Languages

Sub Category

Turn NOUNS & VERBS into ADJECTIVES!
00:06:39
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to expand your vocabulary using words you already know? Today I'll teach you to make nouns and verbs into adjectives! You will learn to form adjectives using past participles. By using this trick, you will improve your vocabulary and sound more fluent.
Practice your skills with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/turn-nouns-verbs-into-adjectives/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Ronnie. I'm going to teach you a little secret. It's not really a secret, but it's something that's kind of interesting and really helpful when you're studying grammar, and more importantly, speaking English. It's more magic than a secret. It's a crazy little magic that I'd like to teach you. I'm going to do some magic tricks.

The magic trick is how to make a noun and/or a verb into an adjective. So, how we make adjectives, or how adjectives are born. Ah, the birth of an adjective. So, I'm going to go through some examples sentences that have a noun. We're going to change the noun-dunh, dunh, dunh, dunh-and going to use the sentence as a verb, and then magically, we're going to change this into an adjective. Are you ready? Are you excited? Not real-... Not real...? Not really? Come on, it's magic. I'm telling you, it'll be... Okay, yeah, let's go.

So, if you look at my first sentence, okay? "There is a tear in my paper." So, "shwi", my paper. [Fake cries] "There's a tear in my paper." We're going to know that this word is a noun with some very simple tricks. Because we have the word "a", a's an article, so: "There is a tear in my paper." We know that this is a noun.

The next one: "There is a stain on my pants." What were you doing? And the se-...

Or the next one: "There are holes in my jeans." Now, we have to change this, because "holes" are plural, we have to use "are". We can't say: "There is a holes." because "a" is only for singular. But when we have plural, for example, "holes" or "pieces", we have to use "are" because "are" is plural. Let's just write that down here.

So: "There are holes in my jeans." And, uh oh: "There are pieces"-again, this is plural-"missing from my teeth". True story. I have pieces missing from my teeth. It's a long story. I'm not going to get into it when we're doing the magic.

So, what we're going to do is we're going to take our sentence, we're going to take our noun-do, do, do, do-and we're going to change it into a verb. The way that we do this is we're going to change the noun into actually the past tense of the verb. For example: "There is a tear in my paper." The verb is "tear" or "tore". So: "I tore my paper."

Next one: "There is a stain on my pants." What we're going to do is we're going to take the word "stain" and make it past tense. We're going to say: "I stained my pants." Just curious as to how you stained your pants, but that's fine.

"There are holes in my jeans." Now, we can't say: "I holeded my jeans", because "holes" we cannot change into a verb. We're going to use the verb "ripped", so you can say: "I ripped my jeans." Rip.

And: "There are pieces missing from my teeth." We can't say: "There are pieceded", but we can say: "I chipped my teeth." So, "chipped" means there's a piece missing.

So what we've done, very simply, is we've taken our noun, and we've used it as a verb. This is where the magic happens. This is where the adjective happens. To make a verb into an adjective, we're going to use what's called the past participle, or as I like to say, the PP of the verb. So, we have the infinitive or the base form, we have the past form, and then the third form or the past participle (the PP) of the verb. So all we're going to do is we're going to change the verb "tore" to "torn". So we're going to say: "My paper is torn." We know that this is an adjective because we used the verb "to be".

Next one: "I stained my pants." The adjective of "stained", because it's an "ed" verb is going to stay the same. We're going to say: "My pants are stained."

Next one, uh oh: "I ripped my jeans." We're going to say: "My jeans are ripped."

And last one, uh oh: "I chipped my teeth." You're going to say instead: "My teeth are chipped."

The magic happens when we take the verb, and we change it into the past participle. This is how we make a lot of adjectives in English. You take a verb, you change it to the past participle. It's difficult to remember all of the past participles, but there are ones that we normally use more than others, and especially when describing things.

Another example would be: "I broke my arm." Oh no! So "broke" is the past tense of "break". "I broke my arm." To make it an adjective, do you know the past participle of "break"? Break, bro... Broken! Broken. So, you're going to say: "My arm is broken." And all we've done, here, is we've changed the verb into-dunh, dunh, dunh-dunh-an adjective.

And that's the end of the magic show. Enjoy your grammar.

Learn CONTINUOUS TENSES in English the EASY way!
00:09:04
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Do you hate grammar? I do! That's why I love teaching easy tricks to make learning English grammar easy. Today, I'm going to teach you an easy trick to make the continuous tense easy! To start with, this tense is sometimes called 'continuous' and sometimes called 'progressive'. Now that you know that, check out this lesson so you can improve your English grammar. Past, present, and future -- we'll cover them all. I promise this won't be a regular boring grammar lesson, because learning English with Ronnie is always FUN and EXCITING! Right? Right! http://www.engvid.com/learn-co....ntinuous-tenses-in-e

TRANSCRIPT

Quack, quack. Hi, my name's Ronnie, and I'm going to go over some grammar with you. Do you hate grammar as much as I do? Oh, it's so confusing. I really, really, really love teaching, but I really hate grammar. But I want to make it easy for you, so I found a new trick. Yes! Check this out. Tricks by Ronnie. Ronnie's turning tricks. [Laughs] We're going to do a little review to help you always get this continuous or progressive tense malarkey down pat. There is one method or one trick that's really cool. Ready?

Meow. The answer is verb+ing. So, I want you to remember one thing from this lesson. In English, as soon as you have something that's continuous or progressive, which is exactly the same... Sometimes your textbook will say "continuous", some textbooks or some people will say "progressive". It's exactly the same. But what you have to know and the cool trick is that as soon as you have continuous or progressive, all this means is somewhere in the magic of the sentence there's going to be verb+ing. Cool. So, present continuous, past continuous, future continuous, somewhere in these sentences, you're going to have a verb+ing. The more you study grammar, you get into past perfect continuous. Oh. Present perfect continuous. Don't worry about those right now, but just remember that whatever you have in progressive or continuous is going to have verbing somewhere in the sentence.

So let's just go through the easy parts. We're going to start, as we should, with the present tense. So present continuous or present progressive is the subject, plus, in this sentence, because it's present tense, we're going to have the present tense of the verb "to be". So: "is", "am", "are" makes this present, "is", "am", "are". Negative: "isn't", "am not", or "aren't". Plus your continuous verbing. So, present continuous is subject plus "is", "am", "are", and your magic verbing. Cool. As an example... [Makes noises] I am watching you. Or you are watching me, aren't you? Yeah, you're watching me, but I'm watching you. "I am watching" you. "She is learning.", "They are listening." So, this is our example of "am", "is", "are", plus verbing. Negative example: "He isn't sleeping." Are you sleeping? Wake up. Come on. He isn't sleeping. You're not sleeping. Good. When we use this grammar, we have subject plus the verb "to be", plus our magic verbing. We use present continuous for actions that are only happening right now at the moment. You cannot use this at any other point. You cannot say: "Yesterday, I am eating." Oh, Ronnie confused. Yesterday, yesterday, yesterday, yesterday. Ah, haha: "was eating" is good because this is past continuous.

So this is where, and probably the first and only time in your life, grammar's going to make sense. If present continuous or present progressive is the verb "to be" plus verbing, the only thing that we're going to change to make it past is we're going to change the verb "to be" into the past tense, which is "was" or "were". So to change it from present continuous to past continuous, you're just changing "to be" verb. And then, of course, you're going to add the verbing, because this is our magic. For example: "He was walking..." He was walking down the street. Usually, when we use past continuous or past progressive, we use it for telling a story. So, if you want to tell your friend about something really crazy that happened yesterday: "We were talking, and all of a sudden, a giant panda bear came out and gave us a kiss." Yeah, good story, buddy. "I wasn't talking to him..." This is an example of the negative. So, you can use "was", "wasn't", "were", or "weren't". Remember: "He was", "We were", "I wasn't". Be careful with your subject and your verb agreement. This is really important in all of the grammar.

Grammar: Learn to use REPORTED SPEECH in English
00:08:14
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Reported speech and indirect speech mean the same thing: They allow you to express what someone has said. This sentence, "He said he was studying English", is an example of reported speech. But how do you conjugate the verbs? Is it "he said he was studying" or "he said he studied"? Both are correct depending on the situation. Learn how to say it correctly every time with Ronnie's quick and easy chart. Your friends said they watched this lesson. So what are you waiting for? http://www.engvid.com/reported-speech-he-said-she-said/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Ronnie. I'm going to teach you some very, very simple reported speech things. If you don't know what reported speech is, welcome to the confusing word... World of confusing reported speech and words. Reported speech, maybe when you study it in your class, the teacher or whoever, will call it indirect speech. It's the same. So, indirect speech or reported speech is exactly the same. Yay. Why or how do we use reported speech? Good question. We use this to report or to write down what somebody has said.

If somebody has told you something, this is going to be a quote. A "quote" means you copy the person's words exactly. You have to be really careful not to change their words. Reported speech or indirect speech is usually only used for writing. So, we don't really have to worry about all of these crazy rules when we speak. Whew, thank god. So, we're just going to go through the past, the present, and the future. We're going to change quoted speech into reported speech. This little chart will help you. If you want to copy down this chart, take a picture of the chart, I guarantee it will make your reported speech grammar class or grammar learning amazing. Check it out.

So, in the present tense, we have two tenses, we have present simple or simple present and we have present continuous. As an example: "She eats lunch." is present simple. This is something she does every day. So if I wanted to report or write down this, write this down, I would use reported speech. So: "She eats lunch." My present simple, what I'm going to do is I'm going to take my verb "eats", and change it to past simple. So, present simple verb we're going to change to past simple. I would say: "She said she ate lunch." In this sentence, "eat" is present simple; in the reported speech, "ate" is my past simple. So, present simple changes to past simple in reported speech.

If I have a present continuous example, this means something the person is doing now... For example: "He is painting." So he's an artist, he's got a paint brush and some paint, and he's painting. We have to change this to past continuous. So, if we have "is painting", all we have to do to make this past continuous is change it to "was painting". Present continuous to past continuous, the only thing that changes is our "to be" verb changes from present to past. "He said he was painting."

Moving right along. Or moving back, back to the future. We have present perfect. An example of a present perfect sentence: "He", sorry. "They had a shower." It's about time; they smell a lot. So, if we wanted to report this or write this down, we would say... Oh, he said... He... Sorry: "They have had". This is strange, "have had". Check this out. Present perfect is going to change to past perfect. So: "They have had", if we change it to past perfect, we have to change it to "had had". Ronnie, "had had"? Is that true? Yes. This is right. So, present perfect, "have had", changes to "had" plus PP: "had had". So: "They said they had had a shower." And it's about time, because they're pretty smelly.

The next one: past simple. For example: "He took my photo." In this sentence, your verb is "took". This is a past. So, past simple, present perfect, both of these we have to change to, again, past perfect. So we're going to change this to: "They said he had taken my photo."

And the last one, past perfect, don't change it. It's cool. It's already done. Past perfect you have to change to past perfect, so you don't have to change the grammar in this sentence. -"They had had a dog." -"They said they had had"-that's crazy again, but it's true-"a dog." So, if you have a past sentence, present perfect, simple past, or past perfect, all of these are going to be changed to past perfect. That's easier. "Had" plus the past participle. You okay?

Moving on to the future. We have two future tenses in English. Future simple or simple future, which is going to be "will", and we have future "going to". Simple future: "She will go." Future "going to": "They are going to play football with their new shoes." Do you play football? Future simple: "She will go", all we're going to do is change the verb or the modal "will" to "would". So it's going to change to: "She would go". That's cool. "Will" changes to "would". That's easy.

Learn the FUTURE PROGRESSIVE TENSE in English
00:08:22
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What will you be doing later tonight? Do you know how to answer that question? In this lesson, you will learn to talk about future plans using the future progressive/continuous tense. This is useful in situations where you want to ask questions about the future. For example, "What will you be doing Saturday night" is a subtle way to ask that special someone out on a date! Watch this important lesson, and do my quiz to see if you understood the material. You will be glad you did.
http://www.engvid.com/future-progressive-tense/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name's Ronnie. In the near future I will be teaching you many lessons. If you have a request or if you'd like to leave a comment, please do. Today I'm going to talk to you or teach you about future progressive or future continuous. They're the same. So, maybe you've learned future or you're trying to learn future progressive, and you look on the internet or you look in a textbook and it says: "Future continuous". No fear, ladies and gentlemen, future progressive and future continuous - exactly the same grammar. They just like to confuse you, and give me a chance to teach you this. So, hallelujah.

And basically, future progressive or future continuous, we're going to use in the future for a planned action or an action that we think is going to happen or that will happen in the future. There's one very important thing that you must consider about the future progressive or future continuous is it must have a time marker in the sentence. So if you do not put a time marker in the sentence, it's wrong. Okay? It's shameful. I don't know if I can talk to you anymore about it. So do me a favour: please just use a time marker.

Let's go through the basic structure. Future simple, future progressive 101. We're going to have a subject, we're going to have "will" or "won't" and then we're going to have "be" and a verb with an "ing". Positive, negative. The question form or the interrogation form, we're going to have "will" plus the subject plus "be" plus verbing.

Now, remember: when you ask someone a question, please ask them in the positive form, because for example, if I said: "Won't you be learning English?" Won't I be learning English? Yes. No. Oh. Please, please, please keep it simple: always ask people a positive question. I don't care what your grammar is, positive questions are always the easiest answer.

Let's jump to the form. So, example: "I will be eating lunch at 12." I always eat lunch at 12, kind of like a habit that I have. In this sentence, can you tell me where the time marker is? What's the answer? Sorry? At 12. Good answer. Tommy, good one. So, in this sentence, "at 12" is our time marker. Subject, "will be", verbing, then I have my noun, "at 12". I will be eating lunch when? At 12. This is what I plan to happen. This is what I hope will happen; I'm hungry.

And in this sentence: "At this time tomorrow, we will be sitting on the beach." Oh, wouldn't that be great? If you would like to go to the beach with me, just throw me some money for an airplane ticket, I'll be on the next airplane, I'll be sitting on the beach drinking some margaritas with you. So: "At this time tomorrow, we will be sitting on the beach." In this sentence, do you know where my time marker is? So we have this big fat one: "At this time tomorrow", so this tells me exactly when in the future I think the action will happen.

"They will be going to Italy this year." Oh, they're lucky. Hi, everyone in Italy. Thanks for watching. Besos or bravo, or something Italian there. Good wine, guys. "They will be going to Italy this year." In this sentence we have "this year". The grammar is quite easy. Again, subject, "will be" plus verbing. Oh, but maybe something happened and now, unfortunately... Uh oh. Guess what? Reality: "Ronnie won't be going to Italy this year." But if you'd like to send me an airplane ticket to go to Italy, I'll be there. I'll be on the next airplane. I promise. Mm-hmm. Airplane tickets. Donate money. www.engvid.com. Also, I have a YouTube channel. Do you want to join that? Subscribe to my YouTube channel. Send me some airplane ticket money. I'll hang out with you.

"We will be sleeping by the time you get home." Sorry: "He", not "me". I'm going to be awake. "He will be sleeping by the time you get home. In this sentence: "by the time you get home" tells us when in the future the action's going to happen. So what is he going to be doing? "He will be sleeping by the time you get home." Then the party starts, right?

And let's look at the question form, some examples. We are going to use this to check plans. Now, maybe you're going to have a party. And you're like: "Okay, well, what time?" Well: "Will they be coming at 6 tomorrow?" In this sentence we have two time markers; we have a time and the place. So: "Will they be coming at 6 tomorrow?" We need to know what the plan is.

How to learn grammar – any grammar!!!
00:08:49
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

English Grammar is frustrating to remember because there are so many rules -- and so many exceptions to the rules! When you learn a new grammar point, it is very important to remember two things: the how we use it and why we use it. I will teach you what you need to remember and give you lots of examples so that you can use your time effectively and learn ANY grammar point!

Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-learn-any-grammar/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. Do you have to learn grammar? I have to learn grammar sometimes. I'm a grammar teacher. And I know grammar is really, really difficult sometimes. And it just makes you want to scream, pull your hair out, freak out, and cry sometimes. "I hate grammar." The reason why grammar is so difficult is because it's confusing; you have to remember so many rules; and then, there are exceptions to these so many rules; and it's just really confusing; and it's very different from your native language or languages, depending on how many you speak. So really, really easy, really effective method to learn any grammar ever in the world. So today's lesson is how to learn, remember, and use any grammar that is on a test, whether you're taking TOEFL or TOEIC or IELTS or Cambridge -- anything that you have to remember grammar for, this is going to be a godsend for you. It's going to help you so much. Great. So let's get into it.

First one, you have two points to remember. That's it. Two. Done. The first one is the structure. You have to remember and know how the grammar is made. Okay? The second point is how or why do we use this? Why do I need to learn this stupid grammar? Am I ever going to use it in real life? Why would I say this? Why do I need present perfect? Why can't I just use simple past? Why do I need continuous? Why do I need passive? These are the questions you have to ask two people, one, your teacher, and two, yourself. If you are teaching English and you don't know structure, and more importantly, how and why, you've got some homework to do.

People -- students have asked me, "Teacher, why?" "I don't know." Just say to them, "I don't know." Go look it up. Do some research. Find the answer. The best thing is to find your own answer if you have to do this. So let's dive into this.

First of all, when I say "structure", I mean how do you make the grammar? How do you make the sentence? So if I give you the example of present continuous, this is the name of the grammar. If you just remember the name of the grammar, it's useless. So it comes to the test and it says, "Write a present continuous sentence." He's like, "Uh, I know present continuous. How do you make it?"

So the way that I always remember grammar is I always like to use a subject. Now, if you want to replace the word "subject" with any other word like [random sounds] or "dog", that's cool. But I like to use "subject" as my beginning.

Then, for present continuous, it's going to be "to be verb". But instead of just writing "to be verb", it really, really helps you if you write out the different forms of the "to be" verb. So for example, "I am", "he is", "we are". Okay?

The second thing -- sorry. The last thing in the present continuous that makes the verb continuous is you're going to have the -ing. So the structure or the form that I like to use for the present continuous is subject + "am", "is", "are" + verb + ing. The present continuous also has another name, which is "present progressive". They're exactly the same grammar point. The usages are the same. But it's just a different word for it. Don't worry. It's cool. Don't worry about it.

So next step -- we've got the structure. Next step, very important, how or why do I use this? Why do I need to use this grammar? Why do I need to learn this grammar? You need to learn it because it's on your test. But as soon as the test is finished, why would I use this? How would I say this in my life? Answer -- actions you are doing now. What are you doing right now? Are you watching a video? I think you are. So maybe you're watching a video. Maybe you're eating something. Maybe you're brushing your teeth. I can't see you. You can see me. What are you doing? Ah. Okay. Good. So present continuous, as an example, structure, how and why.

Another really, really good thing to do is to write down as many examples as you can. It's always good to practice the grammar written. Also, talk. Speak. Get a video recorder and talk into it -- or tape recorder, digital recorder. Listen to yourself saying the new grammar sentences. It will help you remember if you play it back.

Learn Grammar: Negative Questions in English
00:07:18
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to learn English? Don't you want to learn English? Negative questions can be very confusing, even for native speakers. In this lesson, I teach you how to ask these questions, and how to answer them. Aren't you glad that I can teach you these things?! Of course you are. That's why you subscribe to my channel, isn't it? Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/negative....-questions-in-englis

TRANSCRIPT

"Don't you like to watch videos?" "Yes." "Aren't you Ronnie?" "No. Yes. I don't know." Today, I'm going to teach you about something -- it's really been bothering me for the last -- I don't know, six years? It is negative questions in English. The reason why this bothers me is because it's taken me so long to figure out how to teach it to you properly, and how we as native speakers actually handle these questions. First of all, let's go through some examples of negative questions.

First one, "Don't you like pizza?" So you can ask someone, "Don't you like pizza?" "Yes." "Yes, you don't like pizza, or yes you like pizza?" "Yes, I like pizza." "So why didn't you say, 'No. No, I don't like pizza'?" But you don't like pizza. Do you see my confusion? You must be confused.

Let's look at this question, "Aren't you hungry?" "No. No I'm not hungry." "Oh, okay. Good." "Yes." "Aren't you hungry?" "Yes." "Aren't you hungry?" "Yes." "Aren't you hungry?" "Yes." I don't know if you're hungry or not.

"Can't you play football?" "No." "No, you can't play football, or yes, you can play football?" I am still baffled -- which means confused -- about if someone asks me a negative question, if I give them a yes or no answer, the answer is still unclear. So why would someone ask you a negative question? Why would you ask someone a negative question? This answer I can do for you.

Most people like pizza. "Do you like pizza?" "Yes, I like pizza." "Do you like pizza?" "No." "[Gasps] You don't like pizza?" I am surprised by your "no" answer. So the easiest way and the best way -- maybe the only way -- that I can help you with this is we would only ask a negative question if at first you asked a positive question and were surprised by the answer. Let's write this down. Positive question. "Do you like pizza?" "No." You've got to do the face, too. "You don't like pizza?" Surprise. "No. I don't like pizza because I don't like red things." "Okay, whatever."

To help you with this negative answer, what you have to do is you have to give the person more than a yes or a no.

Example 2. If I asked you like this, "Are you hungry?" And you said, "No." "You have not eaten breakfast or lunch. Aren't you hungry?" "No, I'm not hungry." Again, you're going to say the rest of the sentence. "No, I'm not hungry." We would only use this negative question if our first question is a "no" and if the answer is a surprise to you.

If you're from Brazil -- hi. "Can't you play football? You're from Brazil. Every person in Brazil can play football." "No, they can't. That's not true." But someone can ask you, "You're from Brazil? You can't play football?" And you say, "Yes. No." You can say, "Yes, I can play football", or you can say, "No, I can't play football." There is a way to answer this. And unfortunately, you are going to have to use more than a "yes" or "no" answer.

So maybe the best advice I can give you when you're beginning or when you're practicing English is don't ask negative questions. Only ask a negative question if you are surprised by the person's answer. Okay? If someone asks you a negative question, and you definitely know your opinion, to get the answer out clearly, what you have to do is justify. If you want to say "no", you have to repeat, "No, I do like it. No, I don't like it. Yes, I like it. Yes, I don't like it, which doesn't make sense." So what you have to do is either say "yes" or "no", and then give the positive or the negative answer. Don't you want to take a quiz? "Of course, I want to take a quiz, Ronnie." Perfect answer. "Don't you want to get 100 percent on the quiz?" "No." "What?" "No, I do want to get 100 percent." Go to www.engvid.com. Take the quiz. Bye.

Transportation Vocabulary & Phrasal Verbs - GET ON, GET OUT OF, RIDE, GO
00:08:04
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I GET OFF a train, bus, or subway. But: I GET OUT OF a car or taxi. I RIDE a bike and a motorcycle. How do you get to work or school? Learn how to use phrasal verbs to talk about transportation, then test yourself on the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/transportation-vocabulary-phrasal-verbs/

Hello. How are you? Today, we're going to learn about getting around. This means taking public transportation or talking about how you got somewhere or how you're going to go somewhere. All of the examples I've written in the past tense because somebody might ask you, "How did you get here?" "What? I flew because I have a magic carpet. That's how. Why?"

We have different ways of getting places. Verbs: You can say, "I took a 'bus', a 'train', a 'cab', or a 'taxi'." "Cab" and "taxi" are the same. Or you can take a "plane". So with all of these nouns -- "plane", "cab", "taxi", "train", "bus" -- you're going to use the verb "took". There are no exceptions. You cannot say, "I rode a bus. I rode a train." It's wrong. "Rode" means that you were on top of the bus or on the train doing some bus surfing -- didn't happen.

I hear people say this a lot, "How did you get here?" "I ride car." "Wow. What were you doing on top of the car?" If you "ride" something, you're always on top of it. What can you -- what can you ride? I can ride a bicycle. So "ride" literally means you're on top of something. Tell me what you can ride. You can ride a bicycle, a motorcycle, a scooter, a moped. If you're on top of it, you're riding it -- a horse.

"I go by car." No, no, no. These, unfortunately, are wrong. We don't say, "I go by car" or "I ride car." We say, very easily, past tense of the verb "drive": "drove". "How did you get here?" "I drove." You do not need to say, "I drove by car" because you're not driving a bus; you're not driving an airplane; you're not driving a train. Very simply, you can say, "I drove."

Another thing that I hear people say is, "I go by foot." "One foot? You have one foot? Did you hop here the whole time? You must be tired. You go by foot? Wow." Maybe you only have one foot. That's cool. You should drive or take a bus. Another thing: "I walk on foot." This means that you take your hands, and you literally put them underneath your feet and you walk -- if this is your foot -- you walk on your hands. This is painful. I do not recommend this. I would not literally want to walk on my hands. Please don't walk on your feet. Do not walk on your hands. "I walk on your foot" would be, "I'm sorry" -- walk on hands, walk on feet. You'd be stepping on your feet, and you would never get anywhere. You just want to say, "I walked." "How did you get here today, Ronnie?" "I walked."

Another thing that's really confusing in English -- and I understand why -- is when to use the phrasal verb "got on" or "got off", and when to say "got in" or "got out". So as an example, we would say, "I got off the train." Let's write that down. Or you can say, "I got on the train." Also, we use this with a bus. So you can say, "I got on the bus" and "I got off the bus." You don't need to use extra words. Like, you don't want to say, "I got off on the bus." You don't want to say, "I got the train off." Unnecessary. Please do not use extra words when you say this. You're just going to say, "I got on" -- the verb -- the noun. Or "I got off", the noun.

"Train", "bus", and the "plane", or an "airplane". So think about this: What does -- or what do trains, buses, and airplanes have in common? No? Nothing? No? Okay. A train, a bus, or an airplane has many people. You can think of it as something that is public or very large. So a train, a bus, or an airplane, you have to pay. It's really big, and you can fit many people on it. So you're going to get on or get off something that is very big. You're going to get off something that's very big. Or if it's public transportation, you can fit many people.

Future Tense - WILL & GOING TO
00:09:23
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Are you confused about if you should use 'will' or 'going to' to talk about the future? Watch this grammar lesson!

English Grammar - Easy Introduction to Passive
00:08:10
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The passive voice sounds scary and difficult. I make it easy, and explain how we use it in real life!

English Speaking - Mistakes & Regrets ("I should have studied" etc.)
00:08:56
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Sounding like a native speaker isn't all that difficult! Learn how to talk about mistakes you made or regrets you have. I'll give you a pronunciation trick, too! Take the quiz at http://www.engVid.com/

Basic English Grammar: Have, Has, Had
00:07:38
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

This lesson teaches you about the easily and often mixed-up English verb "have"!
https://www.engvid.com/

English Grammar - Tag Questions
00:11:23
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Tag questions can be difficult, can't they? Learn what they are and how to use them properly in this grammar lesson. Don't forget to take the free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-tag-questions/

Basic English Grammar - Do, Does, Did, Don't, Doesn't, Didn't
00:04:57
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ DO is a very simple verb in English, that is used *all the time*. In this simple grammar lesson, I explain how to use it easily and without confusion.

How to pronounce irregular verbs in English - CAUGHT, BOUGHT, THOUGHT...
00:04:37
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Irregular verbs are such a pain! Now learn how to prnounce them with confidence! Test your understanding with the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/

English Grammar - Adjectives & Adverbs
00:06:58
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Many beginners get confused between adjectives and adverbs. After you watch this lesson, the difference will be clear. To test your understanding of the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-adjectives-adverbs/

Learn English - TO & FOR
00:06:56
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I made this lesson about the difference between 'FOR' and 'TO' for you. Why did I use the word 'for' in that sentence, and not 'to'? Watch this lesson and learn when to use 'to' and when to use 'for'. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-to-for/ to make sure you've got it.

Basic English Grammar - "Was" and "Were"
00:06:52
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com When to use WAS and when to use WERE. Learn about the past tense of TO BE -- the most important verb in English! I talk about normal sentences, negatives, and questions. I cover the grammar, but also the correct pronunciation.

After you've watched the lesson, test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/was-were/#quiz!

English Grammar - Stative Verbs
00:05:39
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com What is a stative verb? Watch this free ESL lesson and learn all about stative or non-active verbs! You will also learn the special grammar rules concerning stative verbs and 'to be'.

Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-stative-verbs/

English Grammar - Gerund or Infinitive? ('I like swimming' or 'I like to swim'?)
00:06:06
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com I love to learn! I love learning! Which sentence is correct? Watch this English grammar lesson on gerunds and infinitives to find out. You'll learn when and how to use gerunds and infinitives properly -- especially useful for talking about your hobbies or interests. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/gerund-or-infinitive/ .

DO & MAKE - How to talk about housework in English
00:08:01
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "I do the laundry." "I make my bed." Do or make? How and when do we use these verbs in English? In this class, you'll also learn vocabulary to talk about doing work around the house. We also have a printable list of common Do & Make expressions: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/do-make-expressions/

Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/do-make-housework-in-english/

Basic English Grammar - TO BE verb
00:10:12
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "To be" is the most common verb in English. In this basic grammar lesson, I will teach you how to use this verb correctly. You will learn the positive, negative, and question forms of "to be". Even higher-level English students make mistakes with this most basic verb, so even if you think you know this already, you should watch to review. And make sure to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-grammar-to-be/

How slang is "made" in English - bad-ass, wicked, deadly, sick
00:07:40
Languages
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Wow that is sick! Deadly car! Sick? Deadly? Learn how is slang actually "made" in English. Find out how and when to use words like bad-ass, wicked, sick, and da bomb! Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-slang-is-made/

Speak like a Canadian
00:11:06
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com What's a toque? What does eh mean? Learn Canadian English! In this vocabulary lesson, you'll learn some words that are commonly used in Canada. http://www.engvid.com/canadian-english

BURNED or BURNT? Irregular Verbs in American & British English
00:05:18
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learned or learnt? Burnt or burned? What are the correct ways to say spell and pronounce there verbs? Learn the differences between verbs in British and North American English! http://www.engvid.com/british-american-english-irregular-verbs/

Present Perfect or Past Perfect?
00:07:07
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "I have eaten." "I had eaten." What's the difference, and when do use each form? In this important grammar lesson, learn how to distinguish between past perfect and present perfect. You'll learn the correct form of each tense, and when each should be used. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/present-perfect-or-past-perfect/ .

Past Simple and Past Perfect - Tenses in English
00:07:49
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn how to use the past perfect and past simple tenses together in English. I'll teach how you can show what order events happened in when talking about your day by using these tenses correctly. And go to http://www.engvid.com/past-simple-past-perfect/ to take the quiz!

Conditionals - zero & first conditionals (English Grammar)
00:07:17
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "If I eat two hamburgers, I will be full." Conditionals in English grammar are very confusing! Learn what 'First Conditionals' and 'Zero Conditionals' are, when we use them, and how we use them correctly! I'll also teach you the differences between them, so you'll never confuse them again. You can take a free quiz on this lesson at: http://www.engvid.com/zero-and-first-conditionals/

British & American English: Food Vocabulary
00:09:14
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Crisps? Chips? French fries? Cookies or biscuits? Learn the differences between food vocabulary in British and North American English in this simple lesson! http://www.engvid.com/british-american-english-food-vocabulary/

A, AN, THE - Articles in English
00:14:22
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ 'I saw A movie last night' or 'I saw THE movie last night'? A, AN, and THE are called articles and they can be very confusing. Learn exactly when and how to use articles in English in this important grammar lesson! http://www.engvid.com/a-an-the-articles-in-english/

Rude slang for body parts - COCK, PUSSY, ASS, BALLS :D
00:14:31
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Pussy is not a cat. Cock is not a chicken. Balls are not what we play with at a sports game... Learn the DIRTIEST slang in English! I'll teach you the words we use to talk about the penis, vagina, breasts, buttocks, testicles, and more. You'll learn words like c*nt, schlong, tits, ass, dick, boobs. Best English lesson EVER! Watch the video, then take the quiz at: http://www.engvid.com/rude-body-parts-slang/

Vocabulary - going to the beach
00:11:20
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is a swimming costume? Swim suit? Summer is here! Learn how to talk about the beach and what to wear! You'll also learn some slang and some very important pronunciation!

Are you up to speed(o)? Test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/beach-vocabulary/

English Grammar - Superlative Adjectives - biggest, best, most beautiful, etc.
00:09:15
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Superlative adjectives are used to talk about the most extreme of something. "Brad Pitt is the *most handsome* actor." "Justin Bieber is the *worst* football player." Learn all about superlative adjectives in this grammar lesson! I'll teach you what they are, how and when to use them, and give you some important exceptions to the rules. Test yourself on superlatives with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/superlative-adjectives/

Vocabulary - Renting an Apartment
00:11:00
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you have to pay first and last? What's the difference between a condo and an apartment? What is a bachelor apt? Renting an apartment is not easy! Discover the vocabulary needed to find a place to live! Then test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-renting-an-apartment/

Basic English Grammar - Noun, Verb, Adjective, Adverb
00:09:04
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is a noun? What is a verb? What is an adjective? AHHHHH!!! Learn how to recognize nouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs in this important basic grammar lesson. Then test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/basics-noun-verb-adjective-adverb/

How to Remember Vocabulary
00:08:50
Languages
25 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Remembering vocabulary is difficult! In this lesson, I'll show you five simple ways to remember new words that you learn. If you follow these suggestions, you WILL improve. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-remember-vocabulary/

Tenses in English - Future or Present Continuous?
00:06:26
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I am going to go home." or "I am going home."? What is the difference between the future "to be going to" and the present continuous? You MUST use a base verb in one of the tenses! Does this sound confusing? It's pretty simple, so watch this important grammar lesson to learn the answer. Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/tenses-in-english-future-or-present-continuous/

6 Confusing Words: fun & funny, famous & popular, surprise & shock
00:08:12
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If I go to an amusement park, it is fun or funny? Is George W. Bush famous or popular? Was the dead animal I saw a surprise or a shock? New English speakers often confuse these 3 pairs of words. Learn how they are different! http://www.engvid.com/6-confusing-words/

How to change a verb into a noun!
00:08:48
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ With the simple addition of '-ment' or '-ion' to a verb, it becomes a noun! Learn how to change a verb into a noun in this grammar lesson. It's pretty simple, once you understand how it works. Test your skills with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/change-verbs-into-nouns/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hello, my name is Ronnie. I am going to teach you some English. It's going to be great. It's going to be easy, I think. Something that a lot of you have difficulty with in English is nouns, verbs, adjectives, and all those other crazy, crazy things we have in English.

I'm going to teach you two tricks that will help you, when you are trying to figure out if a word is a verb or a noun, or when to use a verb. Is it a noun? Do what? So today's lesson is the birth of a noun. You are going to take a verb, it's going to do some magical things, and by the end of the lesson it is going to become a noun, so birth of a noun.

How to change a verb to a noun, the first thing we are going to do is have a look at the verbs. We have the verb "employ, develop, move, judge, advertise, and establish." Do you think you see a spelling mistake here?

Are you wondering why this is an "s" and not a "z-ed," well, let me tell you something. In the UK also known as England, they would spell it with a zed, whereas in North America we spell it with an "s." So there is a spelling difference.

And so, you might see it spelled with a "zed" or an "s." Both of them are correct, if you have spellcheck when you are typing something, it might go wrong. But you might have American spellcheck, so just be careful. So, either "zed" or "s" is correct.

"Employ" do you know what that verb means? Have you heard that word, "employ?" It means use or work. The next one we have is "develop;" if you "develop" something it basically means you help to grow.

The next one is move. I am moving my right hand, but not my left hand. That would cause much problem. The next one is judge. There's a noun of "judge" and a verb of "judge." To "judge" something means to give your opinion.

The next one is "advertise." The "s" and the "zed" the pronunciation is the same. Don't worry. "Advertise" means to tell something, usually you do it for money. You "advertise" something on a website, or you advertise on TV to get a product, to make you money.

The next one is "establish, establish means to make something. What we're going to do, two tricks. The first trick is we're going to take these verbs, and we are going to add four letters to make it a noun. The letters are "m-e-n-t."

So we have the verb "employ." The noun changes to "employment." Did you just say mint and not m-e-n-t? I did, English pronunciation is difficult. In English we don't say employment, we actually say it like this word, "m-i-n-t." Like a breath mint. So all of these words you must spell with "m-e-n-t," but your pronunciation is going to be "m-i-n-t," like "mint, employment."

The next one we have is a "development." "Employment" means job. "Development," we use it to mean an area that has been "developed." You could use it to say it's a building; this is a "development" of this country, or a building of a company.

"Move," we have the noun of movement. "Move, move," not "move, move," do you know why I got distracted? Because, I was thinking of a Bob Marley song that's called "A Movement of the People, "movement" of the people. If anyone is a Bob Marley fan out there.

"Movement" of people is a good way to remember what this word means. "Movement" basically means a group of people who try and change something in society, so a "movement" is a group of people.

The next one is "judge, judgment." It means the same, the noun, and the verb. You give your opinion of something. "Advertisement," an "advertisement" you will see on the subway. You will see everywhere you go, everywhere you look. In the world, people are trying to sell you something in an "advertisement." We usually shorten the word, and just call it an "ad."

Next one is "establish," changes to "establishment." For some reason I don't like the word "establishment." "Establishment" means something that has been "established." We usually use it in the form of government or politics; it can also mean a place like a restaurant. I like restaurants. The next trick, trick number one is you take the verb you change it to a noun using "m-e-n-t" or "m-i-n-t" "employment." The next one is this word, "act."

Basic English Grammar - TOO MUCH, TOO MANY, A LOT OF
00:07:40
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I have too much homework. You can never have too much money! I have a lot of lessons! In this grammar lesson, I will teach you when to use "too much", "too many", and "a lot of". You will learn about countable and uncountable nouns, and also about the difference in talking about "good" nouns and "bad" nouns. Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-grammar-too-much-too-many-a-lot-of/

TRANSCRIPT:
Peekaboo. How are you? My name is Ronnie. I'm going to teach you some English. Imagine that I would teach you English on EngVid, www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is good versus bad with nouns.

I hear this mistake a lot, almost every day. So I want to help you. I want you to sound as natural as possible when you speak English.

So maybe you have already learned that we have uncountable and countable nouns. Now, what this means -- if you haven't learned this before -- is that if a noun is uncountable, we do not put an S at the end of the noun. So things that are really teeny tiny small like rice or sugar or salt are uncountable. Things that are liquid -- for example beer or water -- are uncountable. So all liquids and tiny things are uncountable. Also, gases are uncountable. That wasn't me.

So I could go on with a massive list of uncountable nouns, but you can do that yourself. Then, we have countable. Countable, obviously, you can stick an S on the end of the noun. So most things are countable. For example, dogs, hamburgers, cats, markers, eyes, hair -- hair is uncountable because there are so many tiny little hairs on one heads.

So this is the rule that you have learned. If your noun is uncountable, you have to say "too much". So maybe you have come up with a sentence that says, "I have too much sugar." Good. Okay. So you know that sugar is uncountable, and you have used a very good English sentence. You used, "I have too much sugar." Good.

And then, your teacher says, "Okay. Make a countable noun sentence." Okay. "I have too many pens." I have a lot of pens. "I have too many pens." Very, very good grammatical sentences. But there's a problem. Bad nouns. Bad, bad, bad nouns. Bad nouns, what I mean is when we use "too much" or "too many", your noun has to be something that you do not like okay? For example, maybe you go to school and your teacher gives you homework. Do you think homework is a bad noun or a good noun? What's your opinion of homework? I hate homework. I hate it. It's boring. I hate it. I hate it. So in my opinion, homework is a bad noun. So I'm going to say, "I have too much homework." Because homework is a negative or a bad thing, I can say, "Oh, God. I have too much homework tonight." Okay? "Too much" and "too many" are always going to be for negative or bad things that you don't like.

So "too many" -- maybe you go to the movie, and it's really, really crowded. You can say, "There are too many people." Now, maybe you like people. Maybe you don't like people. But in this situation, having a lot of people is bad. So once again, it is your opinion. "Too much" and "too many" are always for things that you do not like personally or you think are bad at the moment. For example, "There are too many calories in seven cookies." I like cookies. Who doesn't like cookies? I love cookies. But calories, they're bad. So I can say, "There are too many calories." Okay? "There is too much rain in the rainy season or in spring. There's too much rain. I don't want any more rain." Okay?

Now, in the reverse, we have the beautiful, lovely, happy good things. The beautiful, lovely, good things are my good nouns. Good nouns, as you might have guessed, are things that you like. For example, beer. You will never, ever, ever, open your fridge and go, "Oh, no. I've got too many beers. I've got too much beer." This will never happen. You will never go to the bank machine and go, "Look at that. I've got too much money." Never happens. So when it's a positive thing, what you're going to say is "a lot of". For example, "I have a lot of friends." Friends are usually good things. Or if you're lucky, you might say, "I have a lot of money." If you have a lot of money, Ronnie would like some money. Donate money. Money, money, money. Okay? "I have a lot of money." "I have a lot of beer." Yes. "I have a lot of friends."

The cool thing about "a lot of" is that it can be used for both countable and uncountable. It's very, very natural in English that we say "a lot of" as opposed to "too much" or "many". All the time.

So what I want you to do is I want you to get a lot of happiness in your life. I don't want you to have too much homework. I don't want you to have too many bad people in your life. And I want you to enjoy learning English. Until then, goodbye.

When NOT to use 'to' in English
00:06:24
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

"I'm going home" or I'm going to home"? "I'm going school" or "I'm going to school?" Why do we use 'to' with some words and not with others? In this English grammar class, I'll teach you many words that don't go with 'to'. This is a mistake that sounds bad to native speakers, so try to learn these words and stop making this mistake! Go here to take a quiz on this lesson: https://www.engvid.com/when-not-to-use-to/

TRANSCRIPT

"Are you going to home?" "Are you going home?" "Where are you going?" "What are you doing?" You're watching a video. My name's Ronnie. I'm going to teach you one trick. Finally, you will understand why in English, we say "I'm going to school" or "I'm going to work." But when we talk about our beautiful, warm, and cozy home we don't say "to". Why, why, why, I don't know. It's just English, isn't it? I can give you some clues. I'll give you some words. You will get this right away. It will be easy for you to do.

So if you look at this sentence, "Are you going home?" A very, very big mistake that everyone says will be, "Are you going to home?" And I go, "No, no 'to'. Don't say 'to'. Don't say 'to', no!" Okay, okay, okay, "Are you going home?" Yes, don't say "to", but why? You learned that when you are going someplace, you say "to". For example, "Are you going to bed?" We don't say "to the bed", by the way. We just say bed. "Are you going to bed?" "Are you going to work?" Or you can use the past tense, "Did you go to work?" "Did you go to school?" "Did you go to engvid.com today, and check out a new lesson?" But when you say "home", you do not use "to". So you know the rule, maybe that this is a noun. This is a noun, so when you use going to a place which is a noun, you have to say "to", and then you come along, and you find this beautiful home, and Ronnie freaks out, because you say "to" and then you don't understand why. I don't know but I will give you a list of words that are places. But all of these words on this board, you cannot use with "to". So "are you going abroad?" You cannot ask someone, "Are you going to abroad?" If you look in the dictionary; the dictionary, one of those books. If you look at an online dictionary it'll tell you that these are adverbs of location, whereas the other ones you've learned are nouns.

But hold on, "home" is a noun. Home is just this big exception going, "No, I am a noun. I don't want to have "to". All of these ones are not proper nouns, they're adverbs of location. Let's go through underground, underneath the surface of the land. If you have ever been to London, there's a big system called the Tube. It's also called the "underground". Most places in the world call it the "underground". In Canada, we call it the subway -- "sub" means "under". So you can say, "I'm going underground. I'm going underground." If you know The Jam -- "Wow, what an amazing band, Ronnie," I know. You will know this song called "I'm Going Underground." Maybe by the magic of video, we'll put on that video for you. "I'm going underground." "I'm going downtown," or you can say "uptown". I would just sing songs for everything, "Uptown Girls" -- little bit of Billy Joel for you. Uptown, downtown -- you don't need the "to". There, here, anywhere, nowhere, somewhere -- you don't need "to". In, inside, out, outside, upstairs, downstairs don't use "to". They're not nouns. They're places.

One other thing to be very careful about, please, when you say this you want to say "upstairs" and "downstairs." Too many times I hear people say, "I went down-stair." Only one, just one stair, I made it. "I went up-stair." And then what did you do? You just stood there? Wow, don't say "down-stair, up-stair". Please use all of the stairs. Go up, okay? That'll be fun, more exciting. You can fall down the stairs too, that's fun. But again, we don't say "to". "I'm going downstairs." "I'm coming upstairs."

If you are confused, or if you have ever been confused about when to use "to", the only advice I can give you is please remember this list of words. Once you have remembered this list, you'll go, "Oh that was easy." [That was easy.]" Yes, it was. Thank you, goodbye.

Basic English Grammar: Pronouns - SHE, HER, HE, HIS
00:03:49
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] It is wrong to say "Her is cute". You must say "SHE is cute". Her, she, he and him are confusing in English. Ronnie's going to help you understand. Watch HER video and learn the differences. Never make mistakes with these pronouns again after you watch his grammar lesson! Take the quiz here: http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]personal-pronouns/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. How are you? I'm very, very well. Thank you. My name is Ronnie. I'm going to teach you something very easy but a little bit confusing and difficult even if you have studied English or grammar for a while. I hear people make this mistake every day. Again, so this is what we're doing: when you should use "she" or "he" or "his" -- sorry -- "her" or "his". These are two words that a lot of people get confused.

First of all, the thing -- or a mistake that a lot of people make is "she" and "he" -- which one's the girl? Which one's the boy? Most of you know that "she" is the girl, but when you speak, you mix it up, and you say, "My mom went to the store. He bought -- " what? He what? Your mom is a "he" now? What happened on the way to the store? Did something happen to your mom that changed it into a "he"? So be careful. "She" is a girl; "he" is a boy.

Now, this is the trick. You will remember this forever if you get this. "She" or "he" going to be followed by a verb, okay? So subject + verb. "She" or "he". So "she likes", "he hates", and then, if you want to, you're going to write a noun, or you're going to say a noun. For example, "She likes chickens." "He hates apricots. He doesn't like them at all." So when you use "she" or "he", it's always going to be followed by a verb. When we use "her" or "his", it's going to be followed by a noun because it is a possessive pronoun. So I can say, "her dog" because "dog" is a noun. Or I can say "his chicken". Then, usually, I would use a verb. For example, "Her dog is cute", or "his chicken -- let's say we put an S -- his chickens are -- these are your verbs. Uh-oh -- sexy!" Sexy chicken time!

So if you need to remember, "Oh, my God. Do I say -- do I say 'her' or 'his' or 'she' or 'he'?" Just remember: "she" or "he" plus the verb -- any verb you want, and "her" or "his" plus a noun. If you can remember these two very simple things for English grammar, you're going to be, "Hallelujah, Ronnie. You saved my life." You're welcome. Stay tuned. Go to www.engvid.com for a quiz on "she", "he", "his", and "hers". 'Til then.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CHANGE THE VOICE || PART-22 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:50:33
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMER || QUESTION TAG || PART 27 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:19:13
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION - AND PART 28 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:10:25
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION - BOTH - AND PART 29 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:05:39
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION - AS WELL AS PART 30 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:57
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION - EITHER...OR PART 32 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:06:55
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION - NEITHER...OR PART 33 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:05:43
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION -USE OF.. OR PART 34 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:07:10
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION -USE OF..BUT  PART 35 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:09:13
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION -YET ONLY HOWEVER PART 36 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:43
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION -USE OF ..SO PART 37 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:06:30
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || COMPLEXE SENTENCE PART 38 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:08:48
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || NO SOONER... THEN PART 39 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:10:36
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHENEVER PART 41 || BALASAHEB SHINDE.
00:02:54
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || HARDLY....WHEN PART 40 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:11:08
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHILE PART 42 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:05:20
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || BEFORE  PART 43 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:15
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || SOTHAT.... PART 46 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:05:35
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || BECAUSE... PART 44 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:45
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || LEST...  PART 45 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:59
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || SO.....THAT PART 47 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:15:59
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || THAT ..... PART 48 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:05:55
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || IF   UNLESS  PART 49 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:13:57
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || THOUGH   PART 50 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:28
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || THOUGH PART 50 || BALASAHEB SHINDE

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || THAN     PART 51 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:02:46
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || AS ....SO      AS PART 52 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:30
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || STILL PART 53 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:54
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHERE PART 54 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:02:52
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHOM  PART 57 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:29
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHOSE  PART 58 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:02:29
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 4 GENDER || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:13:50
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 5 NUMBER || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:46:16
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 7 DIFFERENT USAGES OF THE SAME WORD || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:42
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 9  SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:32:51
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 6 CASES OF NOUN || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:26:38
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || ADJECTIVES  PART 1 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:09:31
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || ADJECTIVES  PART 2 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:17:46
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा. “ENGLISH GRAMMAR || ADJECTIVES PART 1 || BALASAHEB SHINDE” — #balasahebshinde https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || ADJECTIVES  PART 3 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:20:50
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || VERB PART 1 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:11:18
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || VERB PART 2 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:19:56
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE   PERFECT CONTINUOUSTENSE  PART 5 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:08:20
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE  PRESENT PERFECT  PART 4 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:40
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE  SHORT TRICKS PART 1 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:06:09
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE  PRESENT CONTINUOUS PART 3 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:02:35
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE  SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE PART 2|| BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:18:10
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE   MODALS  PART 6 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:27:51
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || TENSE  SEMI MODALS  PART 7 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:08:28
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CLAUSES || PART 26 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:26:19
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || CONJUNCTION -USE OF NOT ONLY..BUT ALSO  PART 31 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:10:15
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

नवीन अपडेट मिळवण्यासाठी

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHO PART 55 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:53
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || WHICH  PART 56 || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:03:38
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 1..  BASIC THINGS ABOUT ENGLISH LANGUAGE|| BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:32:01
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 2 ELEMENTS OF SENTENCE || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:06:25
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 2 (A )TYPES OF SUBJECT  || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:04:44
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 3 NOUN  || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:31:32
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 11DIRECT -INDRIECT SPEECH || BALASAHEB SHINDE
01:03:08
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR || PART 10  RELATIVE PRONOUNS || BALASAHEB SHINDE
00:14:25
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

#balasahebshinde

https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCpL3IGdkSK98gTG17 या लिंकवर क्लिक करून चॅनलला करा.

Lesson 65 - Object Pronouns - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:16
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Go to Lesson 66 in the Basic English playlist (2019): https://youtu.be/-8GrP6csOPo
Learn to understand fast speech. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6
Try an intermediate vocabulary lesson: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o3QHRWYxszU


Topic: Object Pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, them)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/11/3
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/10/3
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/12/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 64 - Review of Questions - Learn English with Jennifer
00:12:06
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Learn rising intonation in questions. WATCH https://youtu.be/pT6aGkt4czQ

Topic: Review of Questions (Question word order vs. statement word order)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/11/3
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/10/3
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/12/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 63 - Would you like...? (polite requests and invitations) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:00
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Read aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/sjsIFeT4zKo

Topic: Would you like...? (polite requests and invitations)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/03/0

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 62 - Present Progressive (questions) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:11:39
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know names of shapes in English? WATCH https://youtu.be/EajwfDlE-X0

Topic: Present Progressive (yes-no questions / wh- questions)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/07/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 61 - Present Progressive (negative) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:35
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

WATCH an intermediate grammar lesson. https://youtu.be/rLwmDta0c1A

Topic: Present Progressive (negative "I am not eating.")
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/07/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 60 - Present Progressive (affirmative) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:12:09
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn intonation patterns in English. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Present Progressive (affirmative "I am teaching.")
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/07/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 59 - Daily Routine - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:41
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Intermediate grammar: prepositions. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Topic: Daily Routines (Learn how to talk about the schedule you follow each day.)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 58 - Telling Time - Learn English with Jennifer
00:15:17
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to use IN, ON, AT to talk about time. WATCH https://youtu.be/Gp1YE3bl20M

Topic: Telling Time (What time is it?)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/07/0

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 57 - Possessive Pronouns (mine, yours...) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:11:30
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn intonation in English. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Possessive pronouns (mine, yours, his, hers, ours, theirs)
Level: Beginner

We will also review possessive adjectives (my, your, his, her, our, their)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/07/1

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 56 - Pronunciation of THE - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:15
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Start learning intonation. Watch a pronunciation lesson: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Pronunciation of THE
Level: Beginner

We will also review A/ AN + noun.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 55 - The Living Room - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:22
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Ready for intermediate English? WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: The Living Room (vocabulary)
Level: Beginner

We will also practice "There is/ There are" and prepositions and adverbs of location (in, across from, in front of, over there...)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/05/1

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 54 - In the Kitchen - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:58
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn more about meals and mealtimes in the U.S. WATCH https://youtu.be/LPF178BcUb4

Topic: In the Kitchen (grammar: prepositions and adverbs of location)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/05/1

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 53 - The Kitchen - Learn English with Jennifer
00:08:05
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn more about meals and mealtimes in the U.S. WATCH https://youtu.be/LPF178BcUb4

Topic: The Kitchen (vocabulary)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 52 - Information (Wh-) Questions - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:46
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn U.S. Culture and American English vocabulary. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Wh- Questions (Information with questions words: where, when, why, and more)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is free to join!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 51 - Question Words - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:12
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Learn U.S. Culture and American English vocabulary. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Question Words (Why? Where? When? and more)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 50 - Yes-No Questions in the Simple Present - Learn English with Jennifer
00:12:26
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Study intonation. https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Topic: Yes-No Questions in the simple present
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/05/0

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 49 - Verbs in the Simple Present - Learn English with Jennifer
00:12:10
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn intermediate grammar: https://youtu.be/ee8dxHPv6qs

Topic: Verbs in the simple present (regular verbs)
Level: Beginner

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 48 - Rooms in the House - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:09
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn American Intonation. https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Correction: At 8:54 "the" appears twice in the answer. I'm sorry for this typo.

Topic: Rooms in the House

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 47 - Possessive Nouns - Learn English with Jennifer
00:06:59
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Study intonation in English. https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Topic: Possessive Nouns

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 46 - Questions with WAS/ WERE - Learn English with Jennifer
00:08:04
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Intermediate English: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Questions with past forms of the verb BE (was, were)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 45 - Past Forms of BE (was, were) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:21
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Study intermediate English. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Topic: Past forms of the verb BE (was, were)
Also learn the negative forms: wasn't, weren't

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 44 - Whose? (my, your...) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:03
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to understand fast English. https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Topic: Whose?
Learn possessive adjectives: my, you, his, her, its, our, their.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 43 - Questions About the Calendar - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:38
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn intonation in English. https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Review questions about the calendar
"What's today's date?"
"What day is today?"
And more!

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 42 - Weekday and Weekend - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:31
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Ready to study intonation? WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Weekday and Weekend
Also learn: school day, work day

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 41 - Days of the Week - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:10
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn American pronunciation. Study intonation: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Topic: Days of the Week

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 40 - Dates - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:24
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to link sounds. Study pronunciation. WATCH https://youtu.be/NnVJEZjehsc

Topic: Dates
Learn to read dates: month - day -year.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for related teaching ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/03/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/03/0

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 39 - Ordinal Numbers - Learn English with Jennifer
00:06:37
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Learn sequence words: First, Second, Next, Finally. WATCH https://youtu.be/rLwmDta0c1A

Topic: Ordinal Numbers
Learn the numbers FIRST, SECOND, THIRD, etc.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for related teaching ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/03/0

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 38 - Leap Year - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:47
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Study prepositions in English! WATCH https://youtu.be/B48cfVFWxcw

Topic: Leap Year
We begin to talk about the calendar.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 37 - Seasons - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:29
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Read aloud with me in English. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 37 - Seasons
These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 36 - Months and Birthdays - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:44
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Ready for Intermediate English? Watch https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 36 - Months and Birthdays

Learn the 12 months of the year.
Learn to ask and answer: "When is your birthday?"

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 35 - How old are you? - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:25
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Vocabulary about aging. WATCH https://youtu.be/SHXk_vgzFF8

Lesson 35 - How old are you?
These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 34 - Family - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:28
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn GOOD, BETTER, BEST. Watch https://youtu.be/ee8dxHPv6qs

Lesson 34 - Family
We also practice the question "How many...?"

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 33- Negative Forms of HAVE - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:59
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know SHAPES in English? Watchhttps://youtu.be/EajwfDlE-X0

Lesson 33 - Negative Forms of HAVE
These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 32 - Forms of HAVE - Learn English with Jennifer
00:08:10
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to try listening to FAST SPEECH? Watch https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 32 - Forms of HAVE

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 31 - Irregular Plural Nouns - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:38
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn irregular verbs in English. WATCH https://youtu.be/nOcPRKziJTE


Lesson 31 - Irregular Plural Nouns

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress....

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/Easy_Li... For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been teaching online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 30 - Plural Nouns - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:51
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

More practice with -S/-ES endings. WATCH https://youtu.be/Wsv4TWhuuXY


Lesson 30 - Plural Nouns
noun + (-s / -es)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress....

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com
The community forum is now open!

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/Easy_Li... For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been teaching online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 29 - Do you have...? - Learn English with Jennifer
00:11:21
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Listen to rising intonation. WATCH https://youtu.be/pT6aGkt4czQ


Lesson 29 - Do you have...?
Learn to ask: Do you have...?
Learn to answer: Yes, I do. / No, I don't.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for a related classroom activity.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/02/2

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 28 - Colors - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:38
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn names of shapes in English. WATCH https://youtu.be/EajwfDlE-X0


Lesson 28 - Colors

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 27 - That, Those - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:06
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Practice vowels sounds in English. WATCH https://youtu.be/haZVOZr48N0?l....ist=PL4B28722936C871


Lesson 27 - That, Those

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. http://www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 26 - What are these? - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:56
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Try to understand some fast speech in English. WATCH https://youtu.be/rCXmOBDDWDI


Lesson 26 - What are these? (These are...)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 25 - Articles (a, an, the) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:52
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Try an intermediate grammar lesson. WATCH https://youtu.be/ee8dxHPv6qs

Lesson 25 - Articles (a, an, the)

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for related ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/02/1

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 24 - What's this? - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:10
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to use falling intonation. WATCH https://youtu.be/kksfqYcYkeg


Lesson 24: What's this?

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for tips and activities.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 23 - Fruits - Learn English with Jennifer
00:02:45
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Study English vowel sounds. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PL4B28722936

Lesson 23: Fruits

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my blog for tips and activities.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com/

STUDENTS and TEACHERS: Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 22 - The Weather - Learn English with Jennifer
00:06:40
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

Practice listening to fast speech in English. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 22: The Weather
Ask and Answer: What's the weather like (today)?

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2010/09/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 21 - Review of BE and Saying Good-bye - Learn English with Jennifer
00:03:59
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn hand gestures in U.S. culture. WATCH https://youtu.be/S8hnO9w8YPg

Lesson 21: Review of BE and Saying Good-bye
Natasha practices the expressions "See you!" and "Have a good day!"

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/2

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 20 - Negative Forms of BE and Questions - Learn English with Jennifer
00:08:40
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn more about forming questions. WATCH https://youtu.be/qbZWKY7pW8g

Lesson 20: Negative Forms of BE and Questions

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/2

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 19 - Forming Sentences with BE - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:55
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Read a short text aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/gy_NS1sTekY


Lesson 19: Forming Sentences with BE
Natasha and I continue to practice using subject pronouns.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/2

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 18 - Subject Pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, they) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:27
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Read a short text aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/sjsIFeT4zKo

Lesson 18: Subject Pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, they)
Natasha and I continue to practice using the present forms of BE.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/2

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 17 - Present forms of BE (am, is, are) - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:48
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Want to watch an intermediate lesson on irregular verbs? https://youtu.be/nOcPRKziJTE

Lesson 17: Present forms of the verb BE (am, is, are)
Natasha and I also begin to look at subject pronouns.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: A related post is on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/2

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 16 - Hundred, Thousand and Million - Learn English with Jennifer
00:02:21
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Practice reading a text aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/Qq3lXSdHwnQ

Lesson 16: Hundred, Thousand and Million

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for teaching tips and ideas. http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 15 - Counting from 10 to 100 - Learn English with Jennifer
00:06:10
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

How do we write dates, times, and numbers in American English? WATCH https://youtu.be/6DWQ8mz-HS0


Lesson 15: Counting from 10 to 100

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for teaching tips and ideas. http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 14 - Counting from 10 to 20 - Learn English with Jennifer
00:06:51
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do you names of shapes in English? WATCH https://youtu.be/EajwfDlE-X0


Lesson 14: Counting from 10 to 20

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for teaching tips and ideas. http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 13 - How many? - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:26
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to study intermediate English? WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 13: How many?
I also teach Natasha the difference between THERE IS/ THERE ARE.

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/Easy_Li... For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been teaching online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 12 - Counting from 0 to 10 - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:20
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Want low intermediate lessons? WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6


Lesson 12: Counting from 0 to 10

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.

Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Please visit my WordPress blog for teaching tips and ideas.
http://englishwithjennifer.wordpress.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 11 - Do and Don't - Learn English with Jennifer
00:09:14
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to use apostrophes. WATCH https://youtu.be/-IHr-M36DnQ

Lesson 11: Do and Don't
I teach Natasha commands and requests that she can use with her children (who are learning English at school).

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS:
Related posts are on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 10 - Let's and Don't - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:38
Languages
1 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Practice reading aloud. WATCH https://youtu.be/sjsIFeT4zKo

Lesson 10: Let's and Don't

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board. Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 9 - Spelling - Learn English with Jennifer
00:10:33
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Learn sentence punctuation. WATCH https://youtu.be/3f_Dk7WatIY

Lesson 9: Spelling Your Name

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog. http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 8  - Writing the Alphabet - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:40
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Learn sentence punctuation. WATCH https://youtu.be/3f_Dk7WatIY

Lesson 8: Writing the Alphabet

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 7 - The Alphabet - Learn English with Jennifer
00:02:43
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Practice the English Vowel sounds. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PL4B28722936

Lesson 7: The Alphabet

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 6  - Introducing Yourself - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:44
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Listen to phone conversations in English. WATCH https://youtu.be/fuas3uRODws

Lesson 6: Introducing Yourself

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 5 - More Useful Expressions - Learn English with Jennifer
00:04:20
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Practice reading aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/gy_NS1sTekY?l....ist=PLfQSN9FlyB6RumU

Lesson 5: More Useful Expressions

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 4 - Useful Expressions - Learn English with Jennifer
00:07:22
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Learn about U.S. Culture with Jennifer. WATCH https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6

Lesson 4: Useful Expressions

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 3 - Greetings Throughout the Day - Learn English with Jennifer
00:05:42
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (2019) https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLfQSN9FlyB6 Watch now! Meet new students.

Learn about titles and greetings in U.S. culture. https://youtu.be/fZVKN-Zk3BY?l....ist=PLfQSN9FlyB6QTQR

Lesson 3: Greetings Throughout the Day

These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Please post comments and questions on my main channel page or my website. www.englishwithjennifer.com

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

Lesson 2 - Learn English with Jennifer - More Greetings
00:06:30
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

More practice! Try to read aloud with me. WATCH https://youtu.be/0HPEO2b1ZZE?l....ist=PLfQSN9FlyB6RumU

In this lesson: Learn English with Jennifer and her friend, Natasha.
Lesson 2: More greetings


These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience. Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English? Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
https://englishwithjennifer.wo....rdpress.com/2012/01/
https://englishwithjennifer.wo....rdpress.com/2012/01/

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been teaching online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Lesson 1 - Learn English with Jennifer - Greetings
00:05:21
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

NEW Basic English playlist (Lessons 66+): https://youtu.be/-8GrP6csOPo
Read aloud in English: https://youtu.be/0HPEO2b1ZZE?l....ist=PLfQSN9FlyB6RumU
Try an intermediate vocabulary lesson: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o3QHRWYxszU (HAND Motions)
https://youtu.be/V1AuOT2v8jY (FOOT Motions)
Looking for more advanced grammar? https://youtu.be/pNm5kAXX4wQ


In this lesson: Learn English with Jennifer and her friend, Natasha.
Lesson 1: Greetings


About this series:
These are REAL lessons. No actors. No scripts. A real learning experience.
Do you know a friend or family member who needs to learn English?
Tell them they can learn along with Natasha as I teach her the basics of the English language.

I will not always be posting captions (subtitles) on these early lessons. I want beginners to develop their listening skills. I will write all important information on the board.
Happy Studies to all!

TEACHERS: Related posts are on my WordPress blog.
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/0
http://englishwithjennifer.wor....dpress.com/2012/01/1

Music credit:
"Smart, Easy Listening"
Artist: Enrique Plazaola
Retrieved from http://www.flashkit.com/loops/....Easy_Listening/Instr
For more by this artist, visit http://www.enrique-plazaola.com/

ABOUT ME:
Former classroom teacher. Published author. Online instructor. I've been online since 2007, posting videos for students, blogging for teachers, and providing different forms of language support. My goal is to make language studies enjoyable and productive. For more info and resources, visit www.englishwithjennifer.com.

Japanese From Zero! Book 4 Lesson 2 しか~ない + RANDOM Q&A
01:14:51
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

ALL JAPANESE BOOKS are now on KINDLE!
Japanese BOOK 1 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/JFZkindle1
Japanese BOOK 2 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/JFZkindle2
Japanese BOOK 3 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/JFZkindle3
Japanese BOOK 4 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/JFZkindle4
Kanji BOOK 1 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/KanjiFZkindle

Korean BOOK 1 ($14.97) https://learnfz.com/KFZkindle1
Korean BOOK 2 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/KFZkindle2
Korean BOOK 3 ($9.99) https://learnfz.com/KFZkindle3

Course 4 Lesson 2 (WORD USAGE) - Japanese From Zero! Video 88
00:41:52
Introduction to Formal Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 87
00:34:07
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Please make sure you have watched the entire series or are familiar with concepts taught in the prior books. I will not respond to people who obviously haven't been following the series. Thanks!
♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥
Thank you for your support!
http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥♥

◆◆◆◆◆ GET THE BOOKS ◆◆◆◆◆
AMAZON: http://amzn.to/2oitnCw
BOOK DEPOSITORY: http://bit.ly/2p9Qbnk

●●●●●●● SOCIAL MEDIA ●●●●●●●
http://www.facebook.com/JapaneseFromZero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan

Japanese "Potential" Verb Form - Japanese From Zero! Video 86
00:26:27
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 13]
With the last lesson video for Course 3 we finally finish off the entire hiragana matrix for Japanese verb conjugation patterns with the "Potential form" or what I like to call the "can do" form.

BONUS VIDEO and OTHER FUN STUFF on PATREON
http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Making adjectives into adverbs - Japanese From Zero! Video 85
00:25:09
Languages
21 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 12]
Any Japanese adjective, both い and な can be turned into an adverb.

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

More information about VERB + から - Japanese From Zero! Video 84.1
00:05:30
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 12]
I saw that some people were still a bit confused in the comments section of this video, so I am releasing this "more information" video to help drive some of the key points forward.

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Doing one action after another - Japanese From Zero! Video 84
00:15:31
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 12]
Doing something after another action in Japanese is an important yet easy to master concept.

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Q&A Where does he streams - Japanese From Zero! Video 83
00:15:57
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 11]
I answer some of the questions asked about the videos from the YouTube comments.

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

NA adjectives and DESHOU - Japanese From Zero! Video 82
00:28:34
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 11]
In this lesson we learn more about Japanese な adjectives and でしょう.

The Mistakes / Typos

Trix - The first ふくざつ is right, but the second one (which appears around 14:00) has an extra dakuten on the つ (it says ふくざづ)

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

WHEN - Japanese From Zero! Video 81
00:15:41
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 10]
When I made this video... when you watch this video... these are all things you can say with this grammar point.

http://www.facebook.com/japanesefromzero
http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan
http://www.yesjapan.com
http://www.georgetrombley.com
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Only Many First Times - Japanese From Zero! Video 80
00:30:50
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 10]
We cover 3 important Japanese grammar concepts in this lesson, which is why the title of the video is a bit weird.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Wanting and Not Wanting - Japanese From Zero! Video 79
00:15:35
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 9]
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Coming to like or hate something in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 78
00:12:56
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 9]
Honestly... the first part of this video makes me want to give my own self a down vote. :-)
In this video we learn how to say "coming to like" or "coming to dislike" things in Japanese.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Starting and ending something in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 77
00:27:08
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 8]
In this lesson we focus on starting and ending things in Japanese. It leads to a discussion about ACTIVE, PASSIVE, INTRANSITIVE verbs.

]Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The counter for all other counters in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! 76
00:08:38
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 7]
This Japanese counter can be used in combination with all other Japanese counters.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Learn Japanese with a tongue twister - Japanese From Zero! 75
00:06:05
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 7]
Sometimes a tongue twister can teaching you more Japanese than an entire lesson. Or in this case we have an entire lesson designed around a tongue twister.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Raising and Showing Animals in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 74
00:10:35
Languages
20 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 7]
We aren't talking only about showing animals in this lesson, but the title was nice this way. In Japanese you don't say "I have a cat" instead you say "I am raising a cat."

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Connecting Multiple Adjectives - Japanese From Zero! Video 73
00:11:01
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 6]
In this video we learn how to connect multiple い and な adjectives.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The Same and Different - Japanese From Zero! Video 72
00:16:22
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 6]
In this video we cover some new things not covered in the book. And... yes... the end of this video is full of cringe... we have to forgive a younger George's musical ambitions.


Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese School - Japanese From Zero! Video 71
00:21:10
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 6]
Japanese school structure is a bit different from the United States and even other Western countries. We will talk about some of those differences and learn the associated words in this video.

The video I discussed near the end of this video is here:
http://www.yesjapan.com/video/....yesjapan-daily-my-hi

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Comparing Things in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 70
00:24:27
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 5]
Saying something is bigger or smaller etc in Japanese is easy once you get used to it!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Ongoing Present Tense Form - Japanese From Zero! Video 69
00:41:03
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 5]
We talk about the ています form (ongoing present tense form).
Also we have a SPECIAL "Miki's Opinion" in this video. Shiori is missing in action but Miki answers George's question.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Plurals - Japanese From Zero! Video 68
00:20:38
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 4]
Get past my non essential discussion around 2:03 or so!
We are going to learn something that I said doesn't exist in Japanese. I might be a huge liar when I said plurals don't exist... or am I?
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

How and What - Japanese From Zero! Video 67
00:14:53
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 4]
どう is a great question word that all by itself is a handy phrase. Let's put this word to use in a variety of Japanese sentences.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Expressing Opinion in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 66
00:20:14
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 4]
In this video we talk about THINKING in Japanese among other important concepts about quoting things you heard or that someone has said.
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Nothing and Nobody - Japanese From Zero! Video 65
00:15:00
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 4]
Today we are talking about NANI MO and DARE MO in Japanese. They are part of a bigger grammar concept that we will learn more about later on.

]Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Command Form (て form) - Japanese From Zero! Video 64
00:37:58
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 3]
This is a SUPER important concept. TE form is initially taught as a "command" form but later you will learn that it has MANY more purposes.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Event Frequency - Japanese From Zero! Video 63
00:08:59
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 2]
We previously learned how to make "time spans". We can now use those time spans in order to describe "event frequency" in Japanese.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

By Which Means - Japanese From Zero! Video 62
00:17:05
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 2]
In this video we talk about how things are accomplished in Japanese. By which means, or by which method.
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Time Spans PT 2 - Japanese From Zero! Video 61
00:19:03
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 1]
We continue talking about Japanese time spans.
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Time Spans PT 1 - Costing Time and Money - Japanese From Zero! Video 60
00:20:53
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 3 Lesson 1]
Congratulations on making it to the first video of Course 3! This video was going long so it was split into 2 parts. The first part we talk about the Japanese verb かかる which is used to say "takes time" or "cost money".
Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Inexact time references - Japanese From Zero! Video 59
00:21:39
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 12]
In this lesson we learn the two ways Japanese says "about". One is for times and one is for amounts. We also learn positive and negative usage of the word まだ.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

WHY - Japanese From Zero! Video 58
00:16:33
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 11]
Sometimes we need to ask WHY! It's a big question in life and Japanese has three ways to ask WHY.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The SURU verbs - Japanese From Zero! Video 57
00:20:39
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 11]
The する verbs are the MOST important type of verbs since they are so common in the Japanese language.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

What kind of - Japanese From Zero! Video 56
00:11:47
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 10]
Let learn a new KO-SO-A-DO word pattern. We are just 2 lessons away from the end of course 2. Keep on trucking! * SHIORI SEGMENT *

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Making Compound Sentences in Japanese with から - Japanese From Zero! Video 55
00:32:38
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 10]
The difference between being good at Japanese and GREAT at Japanese starts with the ability to join sentences into compounds.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Speaking Casual Japanese [Part 3] TA forms - Japanese From Zero! Video 54
00:13:36
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 9] Japanese From Zero!
This is the final part of the Speaking Casual Japanese set of videos. Please tell me you ACTUALLY watched the other 2 videos or you will most likely end up saying SUKI DA NO or SUKI NO or something stupid like that. I say stupid... meaning to insult you... because all you had to do was watch 2 more videos. Sheesh you are so impatient sometimes! It's okay... we all are... but come on, I even put the PART number in the thumbnail. That requires effort.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Speaking Casual Japanese [Part 2] - Japanese From Zero! Video 53
00:10:54
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 9]
Make sure you have watched part 2 of a 3 part series on Speaking Casual Japanese. The casual endings change depending on which part of language is used such as an adjective, a verb, or a noun. And on top of this the ending changes based on which TYPE of adjective. So pay attention!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Speaking Casual Japanese [Part 1] - Japanese From Zero! Video 52
00:20:34
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 9]
Casual Japanese is an important part of speaking Japanese. However there are rules that must be followed. This is part 1 of 3 but video 52 of the larger series teaching Japanese. I assume you understand what has already been taught!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Ouch!!!!! That hurts! - Japanese From Zero! Video 51
00:06:11
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 8]
The word for "ouch" in Japanese also means "it hurts" and it's an adjective which makes things sometimes confusing. In this video we try to clear it up!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Past Tense Japanese Adjectives - Japanese From Zero! Video 50
00:29:43
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 8]
Depending on the adjective type the method for making past tense is different. You will sound very がいじん if you mess this up. So let's not mess it up!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Often and Not Often - Japanese From Zero! Video 49
00:16:32
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 7]
We learn some very useful adverbs in this lesson and even find time to have a bonus adverb. SHIORI is back to help us clarify some of the adverbs in this lesson.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese family and referring to people - Japanese From Zero! Video 48
00:19:50
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 7]
Family members in most languages require a lot of memorization. It's certainly not my favorite topic, but it is important. So... let's get through them!

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

How to say "not yet" and "still" in Japanese - Japanese From Zero! Video 47
00:05:50
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 6]
This is a pre-lesson of what is coming up with the word まだ.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The very useful MOU - Japanese From Zero! Video 46
00:17:57
Languages
1 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 6]
The Japanese word MOU has 3 distinct usages depending on which words you combine it with.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Suggestive Invites - Japanese From Zero! Video 45
00:06:23
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 5] ** REUPLOAD **
Using the negative conjugation of Japanese verbs plus the question marker we can make a "suggestive invite" out of any Japanese verb.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Particle Shuffle - Japanese From Zero! Video 44
00:17:03
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 5]
Japanese particles are really important to knowing the meaning of a sentence. In this video we show just how much the sentence can change just be changing the particles using the same four Japanese words.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Particles Review - Japanese From Zero! Video 43
00:18:35
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 5]
We have learned quite a lot of the main Japanese particles. Let's take some time to review what we already know.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Verbs that use WO - Japanese From Zero! Video 42
00:20:51
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 5]
The Japanese object marker was introduced in course 1 lesson 10. Now we will learn other verbs that can require the object marker to mark the object they are affecting.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Multiple ways to say the same thing - Japanese From Zero! Video 41
00:06:28
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 4]
As you learn more Japanese you will learn that there are multiple ways to say similar things without any impact on the overall meaning. This lesson reviews some of the ways we already know how to do this.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Connecting sentences with SOSHITE - Japanese From Zero! Video 40
00:05:12
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 4]
We already know how to say AND when saying a list of words. Now let's see how to say "AND" to start a related sentence.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Counting Living Things - Japanese From Zero! Video 39
00:22:12
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 4]
We learned in a prior lesson how to count a variety of object types. Now let's look at how to count people and animals in Japanese.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Singling out items with どの group - Japanese From Zero! Video 38
00:26:14
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 3]
You can't say "THIS CAR" or "THAT DOG" using これ or それ. Instead we must use this new こそあど word group. In this video we introduce our resident Japanese helper Shiori. I will push the Shiori help button whenever a Japanese opinion will help the learning process.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Location Words PT 2 - Japanese From Zero! Video 37
00:13:13
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 2 Part 2]
We continue working with Japanese location words.
Follow us (me?) on Twitter to get advanced warning of a live stream start http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Location Words PT 1 - Japanese From Zero! Video 36
00:18:43
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 2]
This is a straight forward concept. We will continue to use the Japanese existence verbs いる and ある in this lesson. Many people ask about the schedule for live streams. I don't have a schedule that I follow. Maybe eventually I will. Please follow us on twitter as this is where I post the official live stream start once I decide to do one. http://www.twitter.com/yesjapan

Today's tip: Don't stop. Get through the bad days and even the days were you want to quit and keep going. Experiences that you can NEVER get without this hard work await you.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese RU verbs are a bad naming convention - Japanese From Zero! Video 35
00:31:07
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 2]
Skip to 13:49 to bypass the introduction.
In this video I address criticism that I received on a video against the concept of RU verbs. I added a self introduction to help let people know who I am. My goal is to show that I am not a casual person teaching Japanese. I welcome your comments. Please keep them civil.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The AND and the WITH particle - Japanese From Zero! Video 34
00:08:57
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 1]
BEFORE you comment, ask yourself a question. Is this video the 34th video I have watched in this series? If not... go back and watch those videos first. Because I will make fun of anyone who asks a question that I have already covered. And I will be VERY disappointed in you as a student. If you are a troll I will just shadow ban you on YouTube and you with THINK we see your comments but we won't. In this video we learn about the WITH particle. :-)

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Using に with existence verbs - Japanese From Zero! Video 33
00:06:23
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 1]
We are continuing our usage patterns for the Japanese existence verbs いる and ある. In this video we use the location marker に.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Existence and IRU ERU verbs - Japanese From Zero! Video 32
00:17:19
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 2 Lesson 1]
The "to be" or "have" verbs for Japanese are taught in this video. Also the very important IRU/ERU verb conjugation formula is covered. REMEMBER this is a series and you should watch the prior videos before watching this one. Also try to refrain from over teaching concepts not yet covered so far as it can often HURT more than it HELPS.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

From and Until Particles - Japanese From Zero! Video 31
00:14:38
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 13]
NOTE: The example started with このでんしゃ... is actually not supposed to be in this video. We don't learn the どの word group until Course 2 Lesson 3. Sorry for the confusion!

Now that we know how to say time, we can add more power by using the start and end time markers KARA and MADE. These can also be used for locations.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Telling Time in Japanese Japanese From Zero! Video 30
00:21:41
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 13]
Telling time in Japanese is absolutely necessary for living in Japan or just speaking in Japanese. In this less we get to combine our Japanese skills to make some great sentences.

Learn Japanese Online: http://YesJapan.com
Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Time and Location Particles - Japanese From Zero! Video 29
00:21:41
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 12]
Most of you know this is a series. Please watch from Video 1 so you aren't behind the other students.

In this video we cover Japanese Time and Location Particles. This video also helps us practice the new Japanese verbs taught in the prior video.

Follow the courses on:
http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Basic Japanese Verb Conjugation - Japanese From Zero! Video 28
00:12:59
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 12]
This is part 28 of a video series. PLEASE watch the entire series to avoid asking questions that have already been covered. If you are offended that I made this request... please refrain from asking ANY questions.

In this video we cover the basic Japanese conjugation rules and how the work with the 4 new verbs in lesson 12:

いく to go
くる to come
かえる to return
わかる to understand

This video is part of the courses on:
http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Counters - Japanese From Zero! Video 27
00:29:09
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 11]
REMEMBER! This is a SERIES. Please watch from the beginning as I am assuming you have prior knowledge. In this video we learn 4 Japanese counters:

いくつ
なんこ
なんぼん
なんまい

These videos are based on the Japnaese courses: http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Asking for Things - Japanese From Zero! Video 26
00:20:04
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 10]
Asking for things in Japanese introduces us to the super important object particle を. This particle will become one of the most used things in Japanese for you.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

This, Next, and Last Dates - Japanese From Zero! Video 25
00:13:24
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 9]
Making "floating dates" such as "this week", "next month" etc will be very useful when speaking Japanese to your Japanese friends.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Days of the week and Years - Japanese From Zero! Video 24
00:16:54
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 9]
These basic concepts in Japanese will be used throughout your entire Japanese speaking life. Continue to review and get these basics firm in your brain so that once we start moving into bigger concepts you don't struggle on the basics.


5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Past Tense DESHITA - Japanese From Zero! Video 23
00:11:27
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 8 Part 2]
Let's learn the first of 2 types ways to make past tense in Japanese.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Months and Days of the Month - Japanese From Zero! Video 22
00:24:19
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 8]
There are a lot of new unique Japanese number related words to remember in this lesson. Take your time and get it right.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The BUT Connector - Japanese From Zero! Video 21
00:11:00
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 7]
In this lesson we discuss the Japanese connector word DEMO.
This word affects how the Japanese particle WA and GA are used.

As a result it made sense to cover some rules on WA and GA in this video also. Keep your comments helpful!

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Locations and the DOKO word group - Japanese From Zero! Video 20
00:09:48
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 7]
Here we learn another こそあど word group. This lesson also serves as an introduction to locations in Japanese. In course 2 we will learn more about using locations.

When helping other learners in the comments always ask "Does my answer HELP or does it just make me look smart?". I love you all but please remember these lessons are designed to teach all Japanese in one day. We are going in order though the "Japanese From Zero!" book series. The goal is to build a foundation. The more you stack onto a new student before they have a solid foundation the more chance they have of giving up out of frustration. I sat in a cafe in Korea and cried to myself just a couple years back myself. Let's keep things friendly and helpful.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Making い adjective negative - Japanese From Zero! Video 19
00:23:53
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 6]
In this video we learn how to make い adjectives negative. This is NOT the same as using JANAI which can only be used for NA adjectives and nouns.

I have decided to let the users of the channel decide whether the comments are beneficial or not, so I will no longer approve or disapprove of messages. All messages will show up immediately.

Remember... not all comments are equal! Some people will sound very convincing but still will have it wrong. :-) I am guilty of this exact thing more than once. Before you post an answer to someone's question please ask yourself "am I am actually helping the student?"

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

The ONE Pronoun - Japanese From Zero! Video 18
00:06:26
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 5]
In this short Japanese lesson we learn how to make the "one" pronoun. It's really simple but often not quite understood by beginners.

Only approved comments to prevent "spoilers" who want to teach beyond the goal of the lesson. This only hurts the student who is just starting. 小さな親切、大きな世話 means "a small kindness, a big burden". Some comments are wrong, or go in the wrong direction and this just hurts the new student that this series is designed for. Comments on all other series will still be available without approval.

All comments are also allowed for members of http://JapaneseFromZero.com on the website. Membership is free.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Making things negative with JANAI - Japanese From Zero! Video 17
00:15:16
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 5]
In this lesson we learn how to make any noun and any NA adjective negative.

Only approved comments to prevent "spoilers" who want to teach beyond the goal of the lesson. This only hurts the student who is just starting. 小さな親切、大きな世話 means "a small kindness, a big burden". Some comments are wrong, or go in the wrong direction and this just hurts the new student that this series is designed for. Comments on all other series will still be available without approval.

All comments are also allowed for members of http://JapaneseFromZero.com on the website. Membership is free.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Liking and Disliking - Japanese From Zero! Video 16
00:18:46
Languages
1 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 5]
Being able to say that you LIKE or DISLIKE something in Japanese is going to allow you to start having more interesting conversation.

I will only be allowing approved comments since so many people want to post "spoilers" and try to push more information out to the students watching. This only hurts the student who is just starting. Often the commenter thinks they are helping but they are often not even getting the basics of the concept right. Comments on all other series will still be available without approval but not for the series where I am teaching in order.

Comments are also allowed for members of JapaneseFromZero.com on the website. Membership is free.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Colors and Three Types of Adjectives - Japanese From Zero! Video 15
00:15:13
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 4]
This is #15 in a series of videos. PLEASE do not watch them out of order as we are BUILDING towards bigger grammar. I will come down hard on you in the comments and embarrass you if you ask a question that has already been covered. There are no dumb questions, but there are times when the question you ask has already been answered VERY clearly in another video of the series.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Subject Marker GA vs WA - Japanese From Zero! Video 14
00:09:20
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 3]
Japanese particles WA and GA can sometimes be confusing because they represent TOPIC and SUBJECT which sound like the same thing often. In this video we are going to try and set some ground rules that will help know when to use them at the right time.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Possession and Particle NO - Japanese From Zero! Video 13
00:18:40
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 3]
Using the Japanese particle の (NO) we can make any Japanese pronoun into a possessive word such as "my, mine, yours, his, hers" etc. We also learn about the question word 誰 (だれ) [dare].

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Working with a topic   Japanese From Zero! Video 12
00:30:20
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 2]
In this video we discuss the Japanese topic marker WA and how it is used in a sentence. This is the start of learning many particles / markers. Make sure that you have watched the prior video before this one if you are unfamiliar with out to create a simple Japanese sentence.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Creating Simple Japanese Sentences - Japanese From Zero! Video 11
00:20:25
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson 1]
It doesn't matter how amazing your Japanese skill level increases the concepts about Japanese sentence structure taught in this and the next lesson are going to lay the foundation for all future Japanese sentence creation. Creating simple Japanese sentences will never not be an unneeded skill.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Greetings - Japanese From Zero! Video 10
00:11:58
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson D]
Japanese has certain customs such as removing your shoes as you enter someone's house. There are also set phrases that are used when leaving and returning home. We will over these and other basic greeting phrases in Japanese in this episode. For more information refer to "Japanese From Zero! Book 1" OR Course 1 Pre-Lesson D.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese age related phrases - Japanese From Zero! Video 09
00:15:30
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson C] I accidentally said D!
Japanese From Zero! Book 1 Pre-Lesson C is covered in this video. There are some fun things you can do when someone asks your name in Japanese. We cover one of my favorite beginner Japanese phrases in this video. I want to hear your experiences after using it.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese First Meeting - Japanese From Zero! Video 08
00:10:51
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson C]
This video covers material taught in Japanese From Zero! Course 1 Lesson C. Your very first Japanese conversation will most likely need all of the phrases taught in this video.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Counting PT 5 (Zero) - Japanese From Zero! Video 07
00:07:11
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson B]
Someone pointed out that despite the name of the book series being "Japanese From Zero!" we hadn't even mentioned the number zero once. Well this is a huge mistake for sure. So I present to you the PREQUEL to Japanese numbers! The three versions of Japanese zero will be covered here. The only zero we won't discuss is the Japanese zero from World War II!

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Numbers PT 4 (100 million and above) - Japanese From Zero! Video 06
00:25:08
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson B]
Put your Japanese learning caps on! The bigger Japanese numbers can be challenging, but I promise you not impossible. In this video I teach the "Zero Method" to converting large English numbers to Japanese and vice-versa. It will take practice but, for me personally, this system has been invaluable to me when doing simultaneous interpreting work.
5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Numbers PT 3 (10,000 to 99,999) - Japanese From Zero! Video 05
00:13:52
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson B]
Now that we can count to 9,999 in Japanese let's bump that number up to 99,999 all we need to do is add ONE more word to our vocabulay to do this. Well... that and add a completely new concept that doesn't exist in English.

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Numbers PT 2 (100 - 9999) Japanese From Zero! Video 04
00:14:03
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson B]
Japanese counting after 99 is also PRETTY easy. You just have to learn 2 new words and a few exception rules and you can easily now count from 1-9999 in Japanese.

The 2 new words we need for this video are:
100 - hyaku (byaku, ppyaku)
1000 - sen (zen)

Remember to go to the website and do the quizes, games, and actual lesson on Japanese numbers.
5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Numbers PT 1 (1 - 99) Japanese From Zero! Video 03
00:22:00
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson B]
Japanese counting is ACTUALLY easier than English counting since Japanese doesn't have as many unique numbers. With just 10 new words (the first 10 numbers) you can make up to 99 numbers.
Be sure to visit the website to see the full lesson.

Here is the complete list:
1 - ichi
2 - ni
3 - san
4 - shi (yon)
5 - go
6 - roku
7 - shichi (nana)
8 - hachi
9 - ku (kyuu)
10 - juu

5 Japanese Courses on http://www.YesJapan.com based on the Japanese From Zero! (http://yesj.us/I) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

Japanese Pronunciation Basics
00:15:31
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson A]
Japanese pronunciation is one of the easiest out of all the Asian languages. It is based on just five simple vowel sounds. Once you master those vowel sounds they rest of the sounds are easy as cake. Even if you pronounce your Japanese with a heavy foreign accent over time you can correct your accent so don't get depressed if your Alabama accent seems to be holding you back!

Japanese From Zero! (http://learnfz.com/JapaneseFZ1) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka

Welcome to Japanese DAY 1! - Japanese From Zero! Video 01
00:09:41
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

[Course 1 Lesson A]
Your first day learning Japanese is exciting! So much to think about??? How should I start? What is important? Let's dive into the topic of how to start learning Japanese!

Japanese From Zero! (http://learnfz.com/JapaneseFz1) book series written by George Trombley and Yukari Takenaka
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
PATREON: http://www.patreon.com/yesjapan
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★

German Lesson
00:05:18
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:03:45
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson
00:03:05
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:17:35
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:04:55
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:05:01
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:06:39
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson
00:04:46
Languages
21 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

German Lesson
00:04:07
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson
00:06:09
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

In this video, you will learn about the three questions words "wo", "woher" and "wohin"

German Lesson
00:06:46
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

A2  | Subordinate clauses with "als" | German for beginners
00:10:12
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German
00:10:06
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Trailer Buena Gente Season 2
00:01:11
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente Season 2 is coming late December! Sandra and Alejandro have friends arriving, but there are a few problems with the house.

A fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.

See Season 1 here:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LtCorVH5ukU&list=PLHWAe4rFdBzy69XpSbjA5BuDwfE64Y_8U.

Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The short episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard native speaker Spanish, the video series features Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Buena Gente Theme Song Lyrics
00:01:56
Languages
34 Views · 5 years ago

Buena Gente theme song lyrics to sing along with the easy Spanish song. Learn Spanish with this upbeat song from Mariana Iranzi and Spanish Playground. Activities for the song and series at: https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

Find more of Mariana Iranzi’s music on her YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi

The Buena Gente theme song has common Spanish phrases and words. Lyrics to songs teach Spanish vocabulary and singing along improves pronunciation. Use this Spanish music to learn language in the classroom or at home.

The music video of the Buena Gente theme song is produced by Fábrica Visual in Guanajuato, Mexico. If you’re wondering how to learn Spanish and learn about Mexico, these images of Guanajuato are an excellent place to start.

Spanish subtitles support the Buena Gente theme song so you can sing along.

****
Spanish Lyrics

Buena gente, buen ambiente
Buenos amigos, buenos tiempos, buena suerte

Buena gente, buenos días
Las historias que suceden en la vida

No hay problema que no tenga solución.
Juntos podemos cuando hay buena intención.
Haremos un mundo mejor.

Buena gente, buen ambiente
Buenos amigos, buenos tiempos, buena suerte

Buena gente, buenos días
Las historias que suceden en la vida

No hay problema que no tenga solución.
Juntos podemos cuando hay buena intención.
Haremos un mundo mejor.

Buena gente, buen ambiente
Buenos amigos, buenos tiempos, buena suerte

Buena gente, buenos días,
Las historias que suceden en la vida

Compartimos aventuras y alegrías
Buena gente, buenos días, buena vida

****
English Translation of Spanish Lyrics

Good people, good atmosphere
Good friends, good times, good luck

Good people, good days (word play - this phrase also means good morning)
The stories that happen in life

There is no problem that doesn’t have a solution.
Together we can (do it - implied) when there’s good will.
We’ll make a better world.

Good people, good atmosphere
Good friends, good times, good luck

Good people, good days
The stories that happen in life

There is no problem that doesn’t have a solution.
Together we can (do it - implied) when there’s good will.
We’ll make a better world.

Good people, good atmosphere
Good friends, good times, good luck

Good people, good days
The stories that happen in life

We share adventures and joy
Good people, good days, good life

The theme song is to the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. The video series a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.

In Season 1, follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Find the series here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LtCorVH5ukU&list=PLHWAe4rFdBzy69XpSbjA5BuDwfE64Y_8U

Don’t miss Season 2 of the Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now!
https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

The Buena Gente theme song and Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series and theme song teach Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/
Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Copyright © 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

#spanishsong #learnspanish #buenagente #guanajuato

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 Vocabulary
00:02:11
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

This vocabulary video presents words in the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. The song you hear in the video is the theme song Buena gente by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

The Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes and slow Spanish. The printable learning materials make the series ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.

In Season 1, follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary and listening exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/
Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E6
00:09:45
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub
Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
¿A dónde vas? © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
A mí, me gusta viajar © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E5
00:05:23
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
¿A dónde vas? © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E4
00:07:22
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
¿A dónde vas? © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
La familia © 2016 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E3
00:03:58
Languages
30 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub
Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Las profesiones © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E2
00:06:36
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Las profesiones © 2014 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Learn Spanish Video Series Buena Gente S1 E1
00:06:30
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente is a fun story with short episodes, slow Spanish and printable learning materials. The series is ideal for high school Spanish class, elementary Spanish or beginning Spanish learners of any age.
Follow the adventures of Mateo and Sofía as they try to solve the mystery of a box left in their apartment in Guanajuato, Mexico. Don’t miss Season 2 of the Learn Spanish video series Buena Gente. Subscribe now! https://www.youtube.com/user/S....panishPlayground?sub

Find listening comprehension questions and a complete transcript and translation on Spanish Playground at https://www.spanishplayground.....net/spanish-video-se

The video series features easy Spanish and fabulous music for language learners. The Buena Gente theme song is by Mariana Iranzi. Visit her YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/MarianaIranzi and her website https://www.marianairanzi.com/ for more Spanish learning songs.

Additional Spanish learning songs in the series are by Rockalingua. Check out their YouTube channel https://www.youtube.com/user/Rockalingua and their website: https://rockalingua.com/

These Spanish videos for beginners make excellent Spanish lessons. Use the learn Spanish video series Buena Gente for school or homeschool. The six episodes are ideal for elementary lessons, and are also entertaining and educational for high school classes and adults. The series includes Spanish subtitles and there are printable vocabulary, listening and reading exercises available.

The Buena Gente video series is filmed in Guanajuato, Mexico. In addition to standard Spanish, the video series teaches Mexican culture, vocabulary and language.

Connect with Spanish Playground for more Spanish learning:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SpanishPlayground/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/SpanishPlaygrd
Pinterest: http://www.pinterest.com/spanishforkids/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/spanishplayground/

Video production by Fábrica Visual http://www.fabricavisual.com.mx
Buena gente © 2018 Mariana Iranzi. All rights reserved.
Mi casa © 2016 Rockalingua. All rights reserved.
Copyright 2018 Spanish Playground. All rights reserved.

Traveling Vocabulary | Spanish For Beginners (Ep. 20)
00:12:27
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson you'll learn Spanish terms and phrases to use in an Airport when traveling to a Spanish Speaking Country.

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/....quehoraes.html******


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw

When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k

Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU

Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E

Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY

Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A

Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw

Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE

Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4

How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ

Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4

Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0


Please SUBSCRIBE, LIKE & COMMENT!!

5 Tips To Make Learning Spanish Easier!! | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.19)
00:05:24
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

5 Tips to help you on your Spanish speaking journey!!

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A
Using “IT” and “Them” - https://youtu.be/lr7pnUojw0w
Common Words in Spanish - https://youtu.be/BEtpeEEww-o



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Common Words in Spanish | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.18)
00:07:00
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Common words used in everyday Spanish .

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A
Using “IT” and “Them” - https://youtu.be/lr7pnUojw0w
Common Words in Spanish - https://youtu.be/BEtpeEEww-o




******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Using "IT" & "THEM" | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.17)
00:11:06
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

How to master using the words "IT" and "Them" in Spanish.

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A
Using “IT” and “Them” - https://youtu.be/lr7pnUojw0w
Common Words in Spanish - https://youtu.be/BEtpeEEww-o



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Daily Routine Nouns | Spanish For Beginners  (Ep.16)
00:04:52
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA

Mastering Reflexive Verbs | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.15)
00:21:42
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA

The Months & Seasons in Spanish | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.14)
00:14:56
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********

********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM

******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg

Weather Vocabulary | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.13)
00:07:10
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

How to describe to the weather in Spanish!

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


******** MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS *********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM

************* Vocabulary *****************

Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw

Family Vocabulary  | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.12)
00:23:29
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Food Vocabulary | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.11)
00:19:23
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A


******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

How To Tell Time | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.10)
00:08:57
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to tell time in Spanish.

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *******


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A




******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Learn Any Number In Spanish| Spanish For Beginners (Ep.9)
00:18:23
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn your NUMBERS in Spanish!!

******Purchase this program and many others here:
https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********

********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Colors | Spanish for Beginners (Ep.8)
00:05:57
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Master your colors in Spanish!!

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A


******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Mastering Irregular Verbs | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.7)
00:26:50
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Mastering irregular verbs in Spanish.

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Clothing Vocabulary  | Spanish For Beginners (Ep 6.5)
00:09:50
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A



******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Mastering 'ER' and 'IR' Verbs | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.6)
00:13:18
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A

******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Mastering the Verb 'IR' | Spanish For Beginners (Ep. 5)
00:15:19
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

****Purchase this Lesson and more here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html ****

Mastering 'IR' verbs has never been easier!!!

Season 1 Ep.5

MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS:

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM


******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA

Using 'THE' and 'A' in Spanish | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.4)
00:11:02
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw

When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k

Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU

Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E

Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY

Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A

Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw

Mastering IR Verbs - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE

Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4

Mastering 'AR' Verbs | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.3)
00:19:09
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Purchase this Lesson and more here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html

Learning the basics of the Spanish language has never been easier!!!

****** SOCIAL MEDIA *******
FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/watchaibtv/

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/watchaibtv/

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/watchaibtv


MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS:


Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM


******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA

When to Use Ser or Estar | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.2.5)
00:15:19
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Season 1 Ep.2.5

******Purchase this program and many others here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html *********

We review pronouns and the verb 'ser,' then goes over the difference between 'ser' and estar' and when to use each of them.

0:11 - Reviewing the verb SER
3:00 - When you should use SER
7:45 - Introducing ESTAR
11:00 When you should use ESTAR



****** SOCIAL MEDIA *******
FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/watchaibtv/

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/watchaibtv/

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/watchaibtv



********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Spanish 101 - https://youtu.be/hyLl_0d0EBw
When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Direct Object Pronouns - https://youtu.be/SwH0-eehUVU
Preterite Tense w/ AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/0NagrK6KlmY
Understanding Que and Cual - https://youtu.be/BosNUdLJY0A
Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A




******Vocabulary******
Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E
Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI

Mastering the Verb "SER" | Spanish For Beginners (Ep.2)
00:24:17
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Download this Lesson and more here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html


Ep.2 -When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Ep.3 -Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
Ep.4 -How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Ep.5 -Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Ep.6 -Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Ep.6.5 -Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
Ep.7 -Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Ep.8 -Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Ep.9 -Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Ep.10 -How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Ep.11 - Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Ep.12 -Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Ep.13 - Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Ep.14 -Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Ep.15 - Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A
Ep.16 -Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI
Ep.17 - Using "IT" & "Them" - https://youtu.be/lr7pnUojw0w
Ep.18 - Common Words in Spanish - https://youtu.be/BEtpeEEww-o
Ep.19 - Best Tips to Learning Spanish https://youtu.be/fG_exxPnUBw
Ep.20 -Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E


Season 1 Playlist: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLTpetkN815Q


****** Be sure to follow AIB on social media! *******
FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/watchaibtv/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/watchaibtv/
TWITTER: https://twitter.com/watchaibtv

Spanish For Beginners | Spanish 101 (Ep.1)
00:27:32
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Download this Lesson and more here: https://www.aibtv.com/shopaib/quehoraes.html

2:06 - Learning Your Alphabet/ Letters
9:11 - Learning Your Vowels
16:34 - Basic Greetings
19:48 - 10 Basic Pronouns in Spanish/ Conjugation Chart
25:52 - Culture Section

*******DONATE HERE: https://goo.gl/fAZV8B*****


********MORE BEGINNER SPANISH LESSONS*********

Ep.2 -When to Use Ser or Estar - https://youtu.be/z7c0IlnBr7k
Ep.3 -Mastering AR Verbs - https://youtu.be/OhruBtJCWT4
Ep.4 -How to Say ‘THE’ and ‘A’ - https://youtu.be/Hpp0TO3LxeQ
Ep.5 -Mastering the Verb IR - https://youtu.be/p2JLyK1dLpE
Ep.6 -Mastering ‘ER’ and ‘IR’ verbs - https://youtu.be/D95mAYdT9m4
Ep.6.5 -Common Words for Clothes - https://youtu.be/4AxgVah7Yh0
Ep.7 -Mastering Irregular Verbs - https://youtu.be/6oXAwaZPHFM
Ep.8 -Colors!! - https://youtu.be/cwsiao0gckw
Ep.9 -Numbers - https://youtu.be/MIo6EZAhCGE
Ep.10 -How to Tell Time - https://youtu.be/yZSbz99doys
Ep.11 - Food - https://youtu.be/IG3--SlLXaE
Ep.12 -Family - https://youtu.be/1fihLMegrNw
Ep.13 - Weather - https://youtu.be/vv4NMHOyKMg
Ep.14 -Months, Days & Seasons - https://youtu.be/1yO-np9snvA
Ep.15 - Mastering Reflexive Verbs - https://youtu.be/O_crd4XH-6A
Ep.16 -Daily Routine Nouns - https://youtu.be/eZctbpNnNmI
Ep.17 - Using "IT" & "Them" - https://youtu.be/lr7pnUojw0w
Ep.18 - Common Words in Spanish - https://youtu.be/BEtpeEEww-o
Ep.19 - Best Tips to Learning Spanish https://youtu.be/fG_exxPnUBw
Ep.20 -Traveling Vocabulary - https://youtu.be/IDrhUh-mq7E


Season 1 Playlist: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLTpetkN815Q

****** SOCIAL MEDIA *******
FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/watchaibtv/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/watchaibtv/
TWITTER: https://twitter.com/watchaibtv

How To Learn English Pronunciation
00:01:22
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.pronunciationpro.com/youtube-free-trial/?keyword=HowToLearnEnglishPronunciation&adposition=body - Get 1 FREE week, and become a member of my American English Pronunciation Pro online course for only $19.97/month. Learn how to pronounce words correctly in American English and reduce your accent.

The steps to learning American English pronunciation are very structured, and if you follow the Pronunciation Pro program step-by-step you will be able to speak English with clear pronunciation. The method of learning English pronunciation is different than the method of learning the English language. Learning the English language involves learning grammar and vocabulary, but learning English pronunciation is all about learning 2 things: the SOUNDS of English (which include how to pronounce English vowels and consonants), and the RHYTHM of English. Just like every music style has its own rhythm, every language, including English, has its own rhythm. In order to speak English fluently you must learn how to use the rhythm of English.

Have you ever been at a restaurant and overheard someone speaking in another language? Maybe you couldn't hear the specific words they were saying but you knew what language they were speaking. How did you know the language without hearing the words? It's because you recognized the rhythm of that language. Every language has its own unique rhythm or beat. English is no exception. English has it's own rhythm that can be recognized without using specific words.

Can you imitate the English rhythm without using specific words? Try it! The English rhythm is based on the combination of stressed and unstressed syllables and words in sentences. When you stress a word or syllable, you are saying it longer, louder, with a higher pitch, and with full pronunciation (not reduced). Some words and syllables in English are stressed and some are unstressed which means we say them quickly or a little lazy.

I have found as I teach English Pronunciation and Fluency that it's usually more important to learn the correct rhythm of English than it is to learn the correct English sounds. Pronouncing English sounds are important but even if you learn all of the sounds, you will still have trouble being understood. This is because native English speakers are used to hearing the correct rhythm of English. It's natural and comfortable for them to listen to that familiar rhythm (it's the same for other languages as well). So, when you use the correct rhythm of English then your listener can listen with ease.

Learn to speak English clearly with an American accent in my pronunciation program course! http://www.pronunciationpro.com/youtube-free-trial/?keyword=HowToLearnEnglishPronunciation&adposition=body

If you like what you hear in this American English Pronunciation video try out my Pronunciation Pro 7-day free trial at http://www.pronunciationpro.com/youtube-free-trial/?keyword=HowToLearnEnglishPronunciation&adposition=body. I truly hope you find my American English pronunciation videos helpful! I want to give you the support and help you need to develop your English skills and improve your English pronunciation!

For those who are new or have not heard of me or my pronunciation program course yet, my name is Annie Ruden and I am the lead trainer and founder/CEO of Pronunciation Pro. I hope you enjoy this English pronunciation video tutorial on the American English pronunciation of the word “the”, and hope that it helps you with your English and communication! If you want to learn more about my accent reduction program course, you can go to http://www.pronunciationpro.com/youtube-free-trial/?keyword=HowToLearnEnglishPronunciation&adposition=body.

There is a lot more to learn about American English pronunciation, and it’s all covered in my Pronunciation Pro 12-week online program course. If you want to learn how to improve your English pronunciation and communication skills then my pronunciation online program course can help you. If you enjoyed this video tutorial lesson then check out my accent reduction online program! Speaking American English clearly and with confidence is one click away. Go to http://www.pronunciationpro.com/youtube-free-trial/?keyword=HowToLearnEnglishPronunciation&adposition=body now to get started in my PROVEN American English pronunciation program course!

How to Use the Passive Voice in English - English Grammar Lesson
00:14:06
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what the passive voice is, how to form the passive, and when you should use the passive in English? In this lesson, you can learn about the passive voice in English. You can see what it is, how to form it, and how to use it.

See the full version of this free English grammar lesson here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/passive-voice

What you can learn in this lesson:

- How to form the passive voice.
- How to form different tenses in the passive.
- How to use the passive to change the emphasis of a sentence.
- How to use the passive when the subject of a verb is unknown or unimportant.
- How to use the passive to sound more impersonal and indirect.
- When not to use the passive.

See more of our free English lessons here: www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/free-english-lessons

How to Use Adjectives in English - The Basic Guide
00:14:43
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about using adjectives in English.
You’ll see basic information about English adjectives, what they do, and how you can use them. Then, you’ll see some more details about different types of adjectives and what they mean.

See the full version of this lesson on our website:
https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/how-to-use-adj

Contents:
1. Adjective Basics 0:46
2. Gradable, Ungradable and Strong Adjectives 4:01
3. Adjective Position 7:23
4. Changing Meaning 11:28

This lesson will help you:
- Understand the basics of adjectives and how to find them in a sentence.
- Learn about gradable adjectives and how you can grade them correctly.
- Understand what ungradable adjectives are and which words you can use to add emphasis in a sentence.
- See the correct way to position an adjective in a sentence.
- Get examples of how adjectives can be used in different ways to have different meanings.

Try a class with a teacher: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/book-first-cla

More free English tools and lessons: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

How to Use The - Articles in English Grammar
00:15:45
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know how to use THE in English? It can be very confusing. If your language doesn’t have a word like the, learning how to use the correctly can be very difficult. Leave us a comment and practice what you learned in the lesson!
In this class, we'll look at some simple advice and basic rules which will make it easier to remember how to use the correctly in English.

See the full version of this lesson with a quiz on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/use-the.

Contents:
1. What Does 'The' Mean? 1:47L
2. 'The' = WE Know Which One You Mean 2:48
3. How Do You Know If a Noun Needs 'The'? 6:45
4. When Not to Use 'The' 11:06

This lesson can help you:
- Understand what exactly The means.
- Learn how to use The to talk about specific things.
- Recognize when a noun needs The.
- See when not to use The

See more free English lessons like this one on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

Understand English Grammar and Sentence Structure - Strange Sentences
00:16:31
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you’re going to see nine strange sentences.
We’re sure at least some of these sentences look weird to you. In this video, we’ll analyse each of these sentences, so that you can understand how they work.
Understanding these strange English sentences will improve your understanding of English grammar and sentence structure!
Don't forget to leave us a comment with your feedback!

See the full version of this lesson on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/strange-senten

Contents:
1. How Many 'Haves' Would You Have Had? 0:33
2. Problematic Prepositions 6:27
3. Who’s Their They’re There? 10:17

This lesson will help you:
- Learn about strange sentences with 'have'.
- Understand the meaning of strange sentences which use prepositions differently.
- Learn how pronunciation can help you understand and say strange sentences.
- See strange sentences which use 'their', 'there' and 'they're'.

Sentences:
1. Have you ever had to have a tooth extracted?
2. I would have had to stay longer if I hadn’t had to go to have my car repaired.
3. All the medicine he had had had had little effect.
4. The party was almost over at around ten thirty.
5. The cat jumped out from behind the sofa.
6. She gets in in the morning.
7. That said, that article that I read argues that that interpretation is incorrect.
8. If it’s like that, then that’s it.
9. There are their bags, over there.

See more free English lessons like this one on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

Uncountable Nouns - English Grammar Lesson
00:20:15
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know the difference between countable and uncountable nouns? The basic difference is quite simple, but this topic still needs attention. Often, countable and uncountable nouns are different in different languages. Also, some nouns can be both countable and uncountable with different meanings! We'll look at these ideas in this lesson, and you can see how uncountable nouns work in English.

What’s the difference between paper and a paper? Why do we say trousers are… but news is…? Why can’t you say, 'Can you give me an advice'?

You’ll learn the answers to all these questions in this lesson.

See the full version of this free lesson here:
https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/uncountable-no

Contents:
1. A basic guide to uncountable nouns 0:40
2. Which nouns are uncountable? 4:06
3. Nouns can be countable and uncountable 7:09
4. Some other strange nouns 12:39
5. Making uncountable nouns countable 16:09

In this lesson you can learn:

- The basic rules of uncountable nouns.
- How to tell which nouns are uncountable.
- How some nouns can be both countable and uncountable.
- About uncountable nouns that are always in the plural form.
- Ways to make uncountable nouns countable.

See more free Oxford Online English lessons here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/free-english-l

Prepositions in English Grammar - How to Use To, In, and At
00:16:11
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, we’re going to look at the English prepositions to, in and at. You can learn how to use the English prepositions to, in and at in spoken or written English.
A good way to understand and learn the difference between English prepositions is to look at them in groups. That way you can compare and contrast them. We’re going to look at to, in and at together because they can be used to talk about place.

See the full version of this free English lesson here:
https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/prepositions-t

Contents:
1. How to Use To 1:17
2. How to Use In 5:01
3. How to Use At 7:54
4. What's the Difference Between To, In and At? 11:53

In this lesson, you'll learn how to:
- Use 'to' when you want to talk about movement.
- Correctly use 'in' to explain being surrounded by something.
- Find ways to use 'at' when you want to describe the opposite of movement.
- Recognize differences between 'to', 'in', and 'at'.
- Understand grammar exceptions to these rules.

See more free English lessons like this one here: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/free-english-le

9 Parts of Speech in English - English Grammar Lesson
00:16:32
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about parts of speech in English.
How many parts of speech are there in English? Can you name them, and explain what they do?
Understanding parts of speech—nouns, verbs, adjectives, and so on—can help you to understand English sentence structure and how English grammar works.
In this class, you’ll learn the basic information about parts of speech, you’ll see some ways that parts of speech can be more complicated than you might expect, and you’ll have several chances to practice!

See the full version of this lesson with text and a quiz: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/parts-of-speec

Contents:
1. Guide to Parts of Speech in English 1:00
2. Practice with Parts of Speech in English 6:34
3. Words Can be More than One Part of Speech 7:39
4. Compound Parts of Speech in English 11:02
5. Challenging Parts of Speech in Practice 14:45

This lesson will help you:
- See 9 parts of speech in English and how to use them.
- Practice the different parts of speech with example sentences.
- Understand how, and why, the same word can be used in different parts of speech in English.
- Learn about compound parts of speech in English and how to use them correctly.
- Get more advanced examples and practice with parts of speech in English.

See more free video lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/

Present Perfect Verb Tense - English Grammar Lesson
00:14:16
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about the present perfect verb tense in English.
Does your language have anything like the present perfect? Many languages don’t have a similar verb form. This can make it more difficult to use the present perfect correctly in English.
In this class, you’ll learn how to use the present perfect verb form in different ways. Be sure to tell us which tense you find most difficult in the comments!

See the full version of this lesson with a quiz on our site: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/present-perfec

This lesson will help you:
- Understand the correct way to form the present perfect.
- See how you can talk about life experiences with the present perfect verb tense.
- Talk about unfinished time with present perfect.
- Use the present perfect verb tense to talk about unfinished actions and states.
- See how you can use the present perfect tense to describe past actions with present consequences.

Contents:
1. How to Form the Present Perfect 1:25
2. Talking About Life Experiences 3:02
3. Talking About Unfinished Time 4:38
4. Talking About Unfinished Actions/States 8:43
5. Past Actions with Present Consequences 11:18

See more free English lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

How to Use the Present Continuous - English Verb Tenses Grammar Lesson
00:12:55
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to use the present continuous verb tense in English. You can see different meanings of the present continuous and how to use them in English.

See the full version of this free lesson, including the full script and a quiz, here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/use-present-co

In this lesson, you can learn about the present continuous verb tense in English.

Do you know to form and use the present continuous? Like many verb tenses in English, the present continuous has many different uses and meanings. You can learn more in this class.

You’ll see all the possible meanings of the present continuous; whether you’re a beginner or an advanced learner, you’re sure to find something new.

You can learn:

- How to use the present continuous to talk about actions happening now or around this moment.
- How to use the present continuous to talk about temporary or changing situations.
- Using the present continuous to talk about the future.
- Advanced ways to use the present continuous verb tense.

You can see more of our free English lessons on this page: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/free-english-l

How to Use Will, Would and Might - English Modal Verbs Lesson
00:16:09
Languages
25 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson you can learn about three verbs: will, would, might. These verbs can be really difficult to use correctly. In this lesson, you'll learn what these three verbs mean, and how to use will, would and might correctly in English. Practice using these verbs in the comments and we will give you feedback!

This lesson will help you:
- Understand the differences between will and might.
- Learn how to use will and would correctly.
- See how won't and would are different.
- Get useful examples on how to use might and would correctly.
- Talk about the past using might have and would have.

Contents:
1. Will vs. Might 0:52
2. Will vs. Would 2:56
3. Won't vs. Would 7:05
4. Might vs. Would 9:54
5. Might Have vs. Would Have 12:21

To see the full version of this lesson with exercises, visit our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/will-would-mig

How to Talk About Time in English - Time Prepositions and Phrases
00:19:20
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn how to talk about time in English.
You’ll learn how to use prepositions, conjunctions and other useful words and phrases to talk about time. Don't forget to let us know if there are any other time prepositions or time phrases you'd like to learn about!
The things you’ll learn in this lesson will help you in many situations: telling stories, saying when things happen, talking about the future, describing how long something lasted, and many more.

See the full lesson with text on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/talk-about-tim

Contents:
1. At, On, In 0:57
2. Changes and Deadlines 4:57
3. At the Same Time 9:58
4. Periods and Duration 15:12

This lesson will help you:
- Learn the correct time prepositions 'at', 'on', and 'in' when discussing time, days, dates and more .
- See how to discuss changes and deadlines when you talk about time in English.
- Understand useful phrases to discuss things that happen at the same time.
- Use time prepositions and phrases to express how long something is, or the duration, when you talk about time in English.

See more free lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

How to Use Must in English - English Modal Verbs
00:14:27
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about the verb 'must'. 'Must' can have many different meanings in English. In this video, you can learn about the different meanings of 'must', and how to use 'must' in English.

See the full version of this English modal verbs lesson here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/how-to-use-mus

Contents:
1. Talking About Obligations 0:22
2. Talking About Prohibition 2:53
3. Giving Strong Advice 4:07
4. Talking About Logical Necessity 6:00
5. Negatives 9:08
6. Past Forms 11:22

You can see:
- How to use 'must' to talk about obligations and rules.
- How to use 'mustn't' to express prohibition.
- How to use 'must' to give strong advice.
- How to use 'must' to make deductions.
- The negatives of 'must' when 'must' has different meanings.
- The past forms of 'must' in different meanings.

See more of our free English lessons on this page: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/free-english-le

Grammar Lesson #1 - Tips to Improve Your Sentence Structure
00:16:32
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn the most important grammar rule in English. Of course, you need to know many things to use grammar correctly in English. However, there’s one tip that can dramatically improve your English grammar—especially in writing. You'll learn how to use this simple idea to make your English writing clearer, simpler and more accurate.

See the full version of this lesson on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/grammar-lesson

Contents:
1. Subject + Verb 0:43
2. Using Phrases as Subjects and Verbs 6:47
3. Empty Subjects 10:14
4. Word Order 13:15

This lesson will help you:
- Understand how subjects and verbs work in sentence structure in English.
- Learn ways to use phrases as both subjects and verbs in English grammar.
- See what sentences with empty subjects are and how to use them in English sentence structure.
- See examples of correct subject-verb word order in English grammar so you can improve your sentence structure in English.

See more free lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/

How to Use Should in English - English Modal Verbs
00:10:08
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know how to use should in English? Like most modal verbs, should has many different meanings and can be used in many different ways. In this lesson, you can learn how to use should correctly and naturally in different situations.

See the full version of this free lesson here: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/video-lesson-us
The full version includes the script and exercises to help you understand this topic fully.

Contents:
1. What Does 'Should' Mean? 0:33
2. Using 'Should' to Give Advice 2:01
3. Using 'Should' to Express Your Opinion 2:53
4. Using 'Should' to Criticise Past Mistakes 4:05
5. Using 'Should' to Talk about Probability 6:00

You can learn:

- The basic meaning of 'should.'
- How to make sentences with 'should'.
- How to use 'should' to give advice in English.
- How to express your opinions with 'should'.
- How to use 'should' in the past.
- How to use 'should' to talk about probability.

See more free English lessons here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/free-english-l

Adjective Order in English - English Grammar Lesson
00:08:01
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Learn about adjective order in English with this lesson. When you use several adjectives with a noun in English, the adjectives have to go in a specific order. For example, we say "strong black Italian coffee," but you can't say "strong Italian black coffee" or "Italian black strong coffee."

Why not? Because of the adjective order rules.

You can see the full lesson (which includes the text and a quiz to help you practice) here: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/adjective-order

Contents:
Rule #1: Opinions go first and facts go second 1:57
Rule #2: General ideas go before specific ideas 3:30
The full rule: 5:21

The basic rules for adjective order are:

- Opinions go before facts
- General ideas go before specific ideas

There's also a more complicated rule, which you'll see in the video.

You can learn more about these adjective order rules and how to use them in the video lesson.

See more of our free English lessons on this page: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/free-english-le

Adverbs in English - Learn All About English Adverbs
00:17:04
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about adverbs. What do adverbs do? What’s the difference between adjectives and adverbs? How do you use adverbs in English? You can learn the answers to these questions in this lesson.

See the full version of the lesson here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/adverbs-in-eng

This lesson will help you:
- Understand what adverbs are and what they do in English.
- Learn how to correctly form English adverbs.
- See key differences between adverbs and adjectives.
- Understand word order with adverbs.

Contents:
1. What Do Adverbs Do in English? 1:19
2. How to Form English Adverbs 4:35
3. What's the Difference Between Adjectives and Adverbs? 8:13
4. Word Order with English Adverbs 10:57

See more free lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/

English Modal Verbs - May, Might, Could, Can - Talking About Possibilities
00:13:43
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

The English modal verbs 'can', 'could', 'may' and 'might' are used to talk about possibilities. This English modal verbs lesson will help you learn how to use may, might, could, and can correctly.

For example:

- He can be really mean sometimes
- It could take us a few hours to finish this
- They might have missed the train

These sentences all express possibilities: things which are possible, but not certain. We often use these modal verbs to talk about things we are not sure about, or to give our opinions.

See the full version of this lesson on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/modal-verbs-po

In this lesson, you can learn:

1) How to use 'can' to talk about general possibilities in the present or the future.
2) How to use 'could', 'may' and 'might' to talk about specific possibilities.
3) The difference between general and specific possibilities, and when you need to use 'can' or 'could/may/might'.
4) Talking about possibilities in the past using 'could have', 'may have' or 'might have'.
5) The two different meanings of 'could have'—'could have' can be used in two different ways to talk about possibilities in the past, depending on whether you know what happened or not.

Contents:
1. How to Express Possibility in the Present or Future 0:34
2. How to Talk about General and Specific Possibilities 3:57
3. How to Talk about Possibilities in the Past 7:53
4. Past Possibilities: Two Meanings of 'Could Have' 9:58

We use the modal verb 'can' to talk about general possibilities—things which can be true at different times, or for different people. For example: "It can take two hours to get there by train." This means that it can take two hours every time, not just once.

You can use the verbs 'could', 'may' or 'might' to talk about specific possibilities—things which are only possible at one time. For example: "It could take you two hours to get there by train." This means it could take -you- two hours, not someone else. It's specific. In this sentence you could use any of the three modal verbs 'could', 'may' or 'might'—there's no difference in meaning.

To talk about possibilities in the past, use the modal verbs 'could', 'may', or 'might', plus 'have' plus a past participle. For example: "I don't know where they are—they could have missed the train." In this sentence, you can use any of the verbs 'may', 'might' or 'could', as before.

Watch this lesson for an introduction to English modal verbs: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/video-modal-ver

See more of our free English lessons on this page: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/free-english-le

How to Use Should, Ought to, Supposed to and Had Better - English Modal Verbs Lesson
00:13:43
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to use 'should', 'ought to', 'supposed to' and 'had better' in this video lesson. You'll see what these verbs mean and how to use them.

See the full version of this free English lesson here: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/should-ought-su

Contents:
1. How to Use 'Should' 0:45
2. 'Should' vs. 'Ought to' 2:42
3. How to Use 'Supposed to' 5:27
4. How to Use 'Had Better' 9:27

We use the verbs 'should', 'ought to', 'supposed to' and 'had better' to say what you or other people think is the right thing to do.

That means these verbs express advice, opinion, criticism or (for 'had better'), warnings or threats.

'Should' and 'ought to' have the same meaning, although 'ought to' is much more formal and is not commonly used in spoken English.

'Supposed to' refers to what other people think is right, while 'should' expresses what you think is right.

'Had better' expresses the idea that something bad will happen if you don’t do what I say. This is why 'had better' can also be used to make threats or give someone a warning.

In this lesson, you'll learn more about:

- What 'should' means and how it compares to 'ought to', 'supposed to' and 'had better'.
- When you can/can't use 'ought to' instead of 'should'.
- The difference between 'should' and 'supposed to'.
- The meaning of 'had better' and how to use it.

See more of our free English lessons on this page: www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/free-english-lessons

Modal Verbs - Introduction to Using Modal Verbs in English
00:16:03
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about modal verbs, what they are, why you need them and how they work. Modal verbs, like 'can', 'must' or 'should' are very common in English.

See this full free lesson on our website:
https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/english-modal-

Contents:
1. What Are Modal Verbs? 0:28
2. What Makes Modal Verbs Different? 1:54
3. How to Use Modal Verbs to Express Different Meanings 6:04
4. Using Different Modal Verbs to Express the Same Idea 9:18
5. How to Learn and Use English Modal Verbs 13:22

The questions we will discuss in this lesson:

1) What are modal verbs?
2) How are modal verbs different to 'normal' verbs?
3) Why are modal verbs important?
4) What makes modal verbs complicated?

Modal verbs are verbs which are used to add meaning to another verb. They follow different grammar rules to regular verbs, and can often be used in many different ways.

The basic modal verbs in English are: can, could, may, might, will, would, shall, should and must.

There are other verbs which behave like modal verbs, although they do not have all the features of 'full' modal verbs. Examples include: ought to, need and have to.

Modal verbs are different from 'normal' verbs in several ways. First of all, modal verbs can only be used together with another verb in the infinitive form, without 'to'. Secondly, modal verbs don't have tenses like other verbs do: they don't have past, perfect, future forms etc.

Modal verbs are used to express many, many different meanings, such as:

- Giving advice: "I think you should take the job."
- Talking about possibility: "We could do it by Friday, if you wanted."
- Asking permission: "May I take this seat?"
- Expressing certainty: "You can't have seen him—he's on holiday in Germany!"

And many, many more… All of the meanings which we use modal verbs to express are very, very common in all forms of English. You could hardly say or write anything in English without using modal verbs.

Although modal verbs can appear very simple, they're actually incredibly complicated, and it will take you time and work to understand them fully. However, if you can use modal verbs well, this will give you much more control over your English, so it's worth spending more time to learn about the details of modal verbs.

You can find more of our free English lessons on this page: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/free-english-l

How to Use To Be in English - Using Be in English Grammar Lesson
00:07:28
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

To be: In this English grammar lesson you can learn about the most important verb. You'll see how to use to be in English.

You’ll learn how to use be in simple sentences and questions. You can learn how to make negatives and short forms with the verb 'be'.

You can see the full version of this free English lesson here: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/use-verb-to-be

Contents:
1. How to use different forms of be 0:43
2. How to make simple sentences with be 1:51
3. How to make negative sentences with be 2:34
4. How to make short forms with be 3:05
5. How to make negative short forms with be 4:15
6. How to make yes/no questions with be 5:49

Topics included in this lesson:

- Forms of the verb 'to be' in English
- Making simple sentences with 'be'
- Making negatives with 'be'
- Short forms (contractions) of 'be'
- Simple questions using 'be'

See more free English lessons on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

How to Talk About the Past in English
00:15:23
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn how to talk about the past in English.
Talking about the past includes many things. Do you want to talk about interesting experiences you’ve had, tell a funny story, or talk about something you regret in the past? If you have a good example, be sure to share it in the comments!

In this lesson, you’ll see the words, phrases and structures you need to talk about the past in clear, fluent English.

See the full lesson with text on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/talk-about-the

This lesson will help you:
- Understand how to describe experiences when you talk about the past in English.
- Use good phrases to compare the past to the present in English.
- Learn how to begin a story when you talk about the past in English.
- Understand words and phrases to use when talking about a sequence of events in the past.
- Talk about things you regret in the past.

Contents:
1. How to Talk About Your Past Experiences 0:41
2. How to Compare the Past and Present 3:16
3. How to Set the Scene of a Story 6:36
4. How to Show the Sequence of Events in a Story 8:36
5. How to Talk About Past Regrets 12:14

See more free English lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

Present Simple Verb Form in English - English Verb Tenses
00:13:48
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

How many ways do you know to use the present simple?

The present simple doesn’t just have one or two uses; there are at least eight common uses, and many more special cases.

In this lesson, you can learn all about the present simple tense. Beginners can learn simple ways to use this verb tense, and more advanced students can learn about more complex uses of the present simple verb form.

See the full version of this lesson with text here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/present-simple

Contents:
1. How to form the present simple 0:41
2. Talking about a regular action 2:23
3. Talking about general truths 3:07
4. Talking about states and situations 4:09
5. Using the present simple with verbs of sensing, feeling, thinking or speaking 5:33
6. Talking about long-lasting situations 6:37
7. Telling jokes or stories in conversational English 9:06
8. Commentary 10:26
9. Talking about future schedules 12:00

You will learn:

- How to form the present simple verb tense.
- Using the present simple to talk about regular actions.
- How to talk about general truths, states and situations using the present simple.
- How to describe long-lasting situations with the present simple.
- Using verbs of sensing, feeling, thinking or speaking with the present simple.
- How to use the present simple to tell jokes or stories in conversational English.
- Using the present simple in commentary, e.g. for a sports match.
- Using the present simple to talk about future schedules.

See more of our free English lessons on this page: http://www.oxfordonlineenglish.....com/free-english-le

Using Would Have, Could Have, Should Have - English Grammar Lesson
00:14:06
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn how to use would have, should have and could have. Did you learn anything new in this lesson? Let us know in the comments!
These verbs—would, should, could, etc.—are modal verbs, so they don’t have past forms like normal verbs do. Instead, you can talk about the past by adding have plus a past participle after the verb.
In this class, you’ll learn how to use these modal verbs to talk about the past in English, what they mean, and how they’re different.

See the full version of this lesson with text: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/would-have-cou

This lesson will help you:
- Learn what the imaginary past is with 'would have'.
- Learn what the imaginary past is with 'could have'.
- Use 'could have' to talk about possibility for the past.
- See how to use 'could have' to criticize something someone didn't do.
- Explain that someone was lucky to avoid something in the past using 'could have'.
- Use 'should have' to criticize something someone did or didn't do in the past.
- Talk about something you expected to happen, but it actually didn't, using 'should have'.

Contents:
1. Would Have 1:34
2. Could Have 3:58
3. Should Have 7:42
4. Would Have, Could Have, Should Have 10:23

See more free English lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

Future in English - How to Talk about the Future
00:15:27
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn how to talk about the future in English.
What are you doing this evening? What are your plans for next year? Who will win the next World Cup? After you watch this lesson, leave us a comment talking about the future and we will give you feedback!
In this class, you’ll learn to answer these and other questions about the future in clear, natural, correct English.
You’ll see many simple phrases which you can learn to help you talk about the future in English in any situation!

You can see the full version of this lesson on our website:
https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/talk-about-fut .

This lesson will help you learn how to:
- Talk about future social plans and holidays in English.
- Use the continuous tense to talk about the future.
- Describe your future goals in your life and career.
- Discuss schedules and timetables in the future.
- Make predictions about the future in English.
- Talk about future possibilities in English.

Contents:
1. How to Talk About Social Plans and Holidays 0:43
2. How to Talk About Future Plans and Goals 4:06
3. Talking About Schedules and Timetables 6:36
4. Making Predictions 8:25
5. Talking About Future Possibilities 12:35

See more free English lessons like this one on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

Modal Verbs - How to Use Must, Have to and Should - English Grammar Lesson
00:11:20
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about the modal verbs must, have to and should.
Do you know the difference between 'must', 'have to' and 'should'? English learners often mix up these three verbs. In this lesson, you can learn how to use must, have to and should correctly in English.

You can see the full lesson here: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/must-have-to-s

Contents:
1. Must vs. Have to 0:25
2. Mustn't vs. Don't Have to 3:45
3. Must vs. Should 6:00
4. Must vs. Have to vs. Should 8:52

This lesson will help you:
- Learn about the differences between 'must' and 'have to'.
- Understand how to use 'must' and 'have to' correctly to talk about obligations.
- Learn the differences between 'mustn't' and 'don't have to'.
- With the differences between 'must' and 'should'.
- Understand how to use these modal verbs to discuss obligations, give advice, explain something is forbidden, say something is not necessary, and give your opinion in English.

See more free English video lessons like this on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

English Verb Tenses Guide - Learn About Simple, Perfect, and Continuous Tenses
00:17:11
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Are you confused about your simple, perfect and continuous tenses? Do you know how many verb tenses there are in English?

In this lesson, you can get a big picture understanding of English verb tenses. You’ll learn what connects English verb forms, which will make it easier for you to learn and understand verb tenses in English.

You can see the full version of this free lesson on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/english-verb-t

Contents:
1. Overview of English Verb Forms 0:35
2. Past, Present and Future Verb Forms 3:12
3. Simple Verb Forms 5:50
4. Continuous Verb Forms 7:35
5. Perfect Verb Forms 9:33
6. Perfect Continuous Verb Forms 12:39

This lesson will help you:

- Understand the main differences between the simple, continuous, and perfect tenses.
- Learn the correct verb forms in each tense.
- See the difference between the verb tense forms and their actual meanings.
- See simple verb forms in detail.
- Understand the different continuous verb forms.
- Detail the correct perfect verb forms.
- Learn about the perfect continuous tense and its verb forms.

To see more free English lessons like this one, visit our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/

How to Improve English Grammar - Tips to Learn English Grammar Faster
00:17:02
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn how to improve English grammar. You'll see a step-by-step, practical plan to improve your English grammar in any area. Make sure you leave us a comment and let us know which grammar topic you're going to review first!

What do you think of when you hear the word 'grammar'? Does it make you think of complicated textbooks, difficult exercises and boring lessons? For many English learners, the answer is 'yes'. Some English learners even tell us "I don't need grammar," or "I don't want to study grammar." In this lesson, you're going to see first of all what grammar really is and why you need it. Then, we'll share some advice to make it easier for you to learn and use English grammar.

This lesson can help you:
- Understand the areas you are struggling with and errors you are making with English grammar.
- Learn what 'form' and 'function' mean when it comes to English grammar.
- Learn what it means to 'template' and how that can help you improve English grammar.
- Get helpful tips on how to make flashcards to improve and learn English grammar faster.

Contents:
1. Find Your Errors and Weaknesses 1:21
2. Identify the Problem: Form or Function? 3:50
3. Templating 7:55
4. Make Digital Flashcards 11:53

See the full version of this lesson with text on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/improve-englis .

English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy: https://www.amazon.com/English....-Grammar-Answers-Int

Quizlet: https://quizlet.com/.

Anki: https://apps.ankiweb.net/.

English Sentence Structure - English Grammar Lesson
00:21:05
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you can learn about sentence structure in English.
You’ll learn how to construct all kinds of sentences in English, from the simplest possible sentences, to long, complex sentences which contain many different ideas. Practice using correct sentence structure and post your example sentences in the comments!

See the full version of this lesson on our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglis....h.com/sentence-struc

In this lesson, you'll learn:
- How to build simple sentences.
- Using compliments.
- Adding onto simple sentences to create more detailed sentence structure.
- How to add description to your sentence.
- How to make complex sentences with independent clauses.
- How to make complex sentences with dependent clauses.

Contents:
1. How to Build a Simple Sentence 0:32
2. Complements - What Comes Next? 2:58
3. Adding Description to Your Sentences 8:43
4. How to Make Complex Sentences with Independent Clauses 11:41
5. How to Make Complex Sentences with Dependent Clauses 15:36

To see more free English lessons like this one, visit our website: https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/.

|2019
00:06:05
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته ..... للحصول على هذه المجموعة الكاملة والمطورة لعام 2019 كل ما عليك هو إرسال رسالة

5000 1
00:15:07
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كامC

5000  (10)
00:09:27
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000  (9)
00:08:16
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000 ك
00:10:13
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000 (7)
00:18:49
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على ال 46 إسطوانة الكاملة للمحادثات والمطورة لعام 2019 والتي تعمل

5000 (6)
00:03:13
Languages
21 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000 (5)
00:14:51
Languages
18 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على ال 46 إسطوانة الكاملة للمحادثات والمطورة لعام 2019 والتي تعمل

5000 (4)
00:16:17
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000
00:17:48
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة

5000 (2)
00:23:07
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

ال إسطوانة كاملة

5000  (1)
00:15:27
Languages
17 Views · 5 years ago

السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته - كل من يريد الحصول على: ''كورس المحادثات مع الكلمات والقواعد والنطق|"46 إسطوانة كاملة +

40  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:11:11
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

40 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

39  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:58
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

39 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

38  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:01
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

38 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

37  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:28
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

37 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

36  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:54
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

36 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

35  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:36
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

35 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

34  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:11:55
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

34 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

33  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:25
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

33 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

32  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:22
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

32 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

31  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:33
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

31 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

30  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:27
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

30 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

29  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:57
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

29 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

28  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:01
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

28 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

27  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:52
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

27 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

26  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:51
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

26 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

25  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:56
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

25 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

24  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:44
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

24 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

23  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:34
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

23 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

22  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:10:15
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

22 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

21  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:34
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

21 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

20  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:11:12
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

20 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

19  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:12
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

19 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

18  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:15:02
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

18 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

17  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:07
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

17 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

16  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:15:08
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

16 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

15  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:40
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

15 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

14  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:50
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

14 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

13  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:52
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

13 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

12  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:51
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

12 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

11  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:01
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

11 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

10  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:57
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

10 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

9  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:27
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

9 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

8  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:13:01
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

8 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

7  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:12:18
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

7 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

6  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:09
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

6 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

5  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:20
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

5 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

4  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:11:55
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

4 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

3  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:10:52
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

3 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

2  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:14:11
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

2 تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English

1  تعلم اللغة الانجليزية Learn English
00:09:23
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

سلسلة أتعلم الآنجليزية
40 درس لتعلم اللغة الآنجليزية للمبتدئين
مقدمة من
اذاعة صوت امريكا

German Lesson (190) - The German Plural - A2
00:17:00
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (188) - How to Say "at the moment" in German - A2
00:03:24
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (186) - Präteritum - Regular Verbs - A2
00:08:51
Languages
20 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to use the past tense in German - Präteritum - which is predominantly used in stories, newspapers and written German.

Reading Comprehension A1/A2

Der Silberne Kugelschreiber: https://amzn.to/2GmYWBx
Audio Book: https://amzn.to/2V9bxlh

Reading Comprehension A2/B1

Falsche Adresse: https://amzn.to/2GveqVd
Audio Book: https://amzn.to/2VSM0ty

Reading Comprehension B1/B2

Foto ohne Namen: https://amzn.to/2IucONN
Audio Book: https://amzn.to/2Iri0SA

German Lesson (185) - Expressions of Time - Accusative & Dative - A2
00:09:12
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (184) - Reflexive Verbs - Dative - A2
00:08:59
Languages
19 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (183) - 100+ Essential German Phrases for Advanced Beginners - A2
00:19:08
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (182) - Quiz: Reflexive Verben mit Akkusativ - A2
00:13:54
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Sign up for German classes with a native speaker and get a 50 EUR/50 USD discount:

German Lesson (181) - N-Deklination - A2
00:13:49
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

Sprachspiele mit Dana - Vokabeln, Sätze bilden und Hörverstehen - A2/B1
00:09:45
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny (OVER 500 WORKSHEETS, SCRIPTS, PODCASTS, MP3 and MP4 files available!!!)

Lessons & Worksheets: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

German Lesson (179) - Adverbs of Time - Part 6: eben ∙ gerade ∙ gleich - A2/B1
00:04:40
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

Find out how to say:

He just called.
I'll be there in a minute.
I'm eating right now.

and more important phrases :)

German Lesson (178) - Adverbs of Time - Part 5: für ∙ schon lange ∙ seit langem - A2/B1
00:05:03
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (177) - Adverbs of Time - Part 4: "her" vs. "vor" (ago) - A2/B1
00:05:07
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (176) - Adverbs of Time - Part 3: seit ∙ lang ∙ vor - A2/B1
00:05:52
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Grammar E-Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension B1/B2: http://amzn.to/2tW0hax

Learn important German adverbs and prepositions related to time such as "ago", "for" and "since".

German Lesson (175) - Adverbs of Time - Part 2: morgens ∙ mittags ∙ abends ∙ nachts - A2
00:06:05
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny (OVER 500 WORKSHEETS, SCRIPTS, PODCASTS, MP3 and MP4 files available!!!)

Lessons & Worksheets: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: germanwithjenny

WORKSHEET: http://germanwithjenny.com/wp-....content/uploads/2016

Learn how to say:

In the morning, I am not very talkative.
On Saturday night, we are going to barbecue.
Tomorrow morning, I am driving to Hamburg.

And more useful German phrases related to time :)

German Lesson (174) - Adverbs of Time - Part 1: Syntax - A2/B1
00:10:36
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (173) - He Lied to Me... But the Truth Will Come out! - lügen - anlügen - A2/B1
00:03:47
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (172) - Words of Negation - nie • nicht mehr • keiner • niemand • nichts - A2
00:08:30
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (171) - How to Say "I Bought Myself..." - A2
00:04:22
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (170) - Der Superlativ - A2
00:06:50
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (169) - Reflexive Verbs - Accusative - A2/B1
00:06:20
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (168) - The Verb 'bekommen' - FALSE FRIEND! - A2/B1
00:05:08
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (167) - Do you want me to...?! - wollen + dass - A2/B1
00:06:43
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (166) - anstatt + zu + Infinitiv - Infinitive Clauses - A2/B1
00:04:24
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson (165) - ohne ... zu - Infinitive Clauses - A2/B1
00:05:16
Languages
29 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson (164) - um ... zu ∙ damit - Infinitive Clauses - A2/B1
00:05:50
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (161) - 10 Common Phrases - Thanks for helping me! - A2/B1
00:04:00
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Get $10 USD in italki Credits with your first lesson purchase: http://go.italki.com/germanwithjenny

____________________________________________________________

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson (158) - I LIKE/LOVE/HATE/PREFER to do this - mögen ∙ hassen ∙ lieben ∙ bevorzugen - A2
00:04:51
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (156) - The Verb "to like" - gerne ∙ gefallen ∙ mögen ∙ lieben ∙ A2
00:08:36
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (154) - The Verb "to meet" - kennenlernen - begegnen - treffen - A2
00:03:14
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (153) - How to Say: "I Used To..." - A2/B1
00:03:41
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (152) - "It Was WORSE Than I Thought!" - Comparisons in German - A2/B1
00:04:13
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (151) - Subordinating Conjunctions - Part 6: selbst wenn - A2/B1
00:03:13
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (150) - als vs. wie - Comparisons in German - A2
00:04:48
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Jan Richter's E-Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson (149) - Der Komparativ - A2
00:07:56
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (148) - The Verb 'to practice' - Vocab + Listening Comprehension - A2/B1
00:08:35
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (147) - Jenny is looking for an apartment in Berlin - Vocab & Listening - A2/B1
00:05:37
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Jenny sucht eine Wohnung in Berlin und ist ganz verzweifelt. Sherin gibt ihr gute Tipps.

Vergesst nicht, Sherins YouTube-Kanal zu abonnieren: https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCfICLkXJnzcDDc3I7
Sie erzählt tolle und interessante Kurzgeschichten auf Deutsch. Es ist eine tolle Quelle für euer Hörverstehen.

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

New Grammar E-Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

German Lesson (146) - I'm all alone! - ganz allein - A2
00:03:43
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (145) - to start - to stop - anfangen - aufhören - A2/B1
00:06:42
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (144) - Making suggestions - Dialogues on the Street - A2/B1
00:03:23
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (143) - Vielleicht... Eventuell... Möglicherweise... Mag sein... Kann sein... - A2/B1
00:05:52
Languages
20 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson - Colloquial German - This Makes Me Wanna PUKE! - Vocab + Listening - A2/B1
00:03:33
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (140) - Adjective Endings - No Articles - All Cases - A2
00:11:07
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (138) - Adjective Endings - Genitive - Definite and Indefinite Articles - A2
00:12:22
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (137) - Adjective Endings - Dative - Definite and Indefinite Articles - A2
00:16:58
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (136) - Adjective Endings - Accusative - Definite and Indefinite Articles - A2
00:13:48
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (135) - Adjective Endings - Nominative - Definite and Indefinite Articles - A2
00:16:05
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (134) - There was/were - Es gab - A2/B1
00:06:28
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson - Listening Comprehension - Im Wald - A2/B1
00:03:31
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny (Scripts, Podcasts, MP3 and MP4 files available)

Lessons & Worksheets: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: germanwithjenny

Kommt mit! Wir machen einen Spaziergang im Schnee!

German Lesson (133) - mögen + an - A2/B1
00:03:04
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (132) - 50 Adjectives & Opposites - A2
00:15:13
Languages
33 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (131) - Asking Questions - Mit wem? - A2/B1
00:06:46
Languages
19 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (129) - Subordinating Conjunctions - Part 4: Useful Phrases - A2/B1
00:03:36
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

Learn how to say:

- I don't know where we have to go.
- I don't know why he did that.
- I don't know why he is in such a bad mood.

and more useful phrases. Viel Spaß!

German Lesson - Eine Woche ohne Internet - Book Review: Reading + Listening - A2/B1
00:11:34
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Purchase books:

http://amzn.to/2guZ8Fk (Kursbuch A2)
http://amzn.to/2feTKmT (Arbeitsbuch A2)
http://amzn.to/2g5lMP9 (Kursbuch B1)
http://amzn.to/2gv1d41 (Arbeitsbuch B1)

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny (Scripts, Podcasts, MP3 and MP4 files available)

Lessons & Worksheets: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: germanwithjenny


In this video, I introduce my favorite German study books for A2 and B1 learners. And you'll find out if I would ever be able to give up using the internet and my phone for an entire week!

German Lesson (128) - The Verb 'zeigen' + DATIV + AKKUSATIV - A2
00:06:27
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (127) - I'm disappointed... - enttäuscht ∙ enttäuschend ∙ Enttäuschung - A2/B1
00:07:15
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (126) - My Only Chance!!! - nur ∙ bloß ∙ lediglich ∙ erst ∙ einzig - A2/B1
00:05:08
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (125) - Der Imperativ + QUIZ - Komm her! - Hilf mir! - Guck mal! - A2
00:19:14
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (124) - How to Use the Verb "dabeihaben" - A2
00:04:11
Languages
34 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (123) - How to Say "I'm going home" - A2
00:04:05
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (122) - How to Say "I don't have time" in German - A2
00:04:10
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (121) - kein vs. nicht - A2
00:19:08
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (120) - The Verb "sagen" - A2
00:06:00
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (119) - Demonstrativpronomen - dieser - dieses - diese - A2
00:04:41
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson - How to Say "Happy Easter" - Explaining Easter Holiday Traditions - A2/B1
00:06:39
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (118) - Sleeping: Vocab, Phrases and Listening Comprehension - A2-B2
00:09:01
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (117) - Flying: Vocabulary, Useful Phrases and Listening Comprehension - A2-B2
00:11:11
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (115) - Studying in Germany: Part 1 - Essential Vocab & Phrases - A2/B1
00:05:38
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (114) - Subordinating Conjunctions - Part 3: wann - wo - was - wer - wie - A2
00:05:42
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

This video is sponsored by Lingoda. Book a trial class for 99 cents:
http://bit.ly/1T1WGgH
VOUCHER5Y
Get a 15% discount on all courses using this voucher: VOUCHER5Y

___________________________________

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

German Lesson (113) - Subordinating Conjunctions - Part 2: wenn - bevor - damit - obwohl - A2
00:07:18
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (112) - Subordinating Conjunctions - Part 1: weil - dass - ob - A2
00:06:58
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (111) - to get on, in, out, off a bus, train, car... - A2 / B1
00:06:17
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson - How to Say "Happy New Year" - A2
00:02:37
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (110) - erklären & erzählen + DATIV + AKKUSATIV - A2
00:06:47
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (109) - The Difference between "sich setzen" and "sitzen" - A2
00:03:31
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (108) - Two Way Prepositions - Dative OR Accusative - A2
00:06:40
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (107) - The Top 100 German Verbs - A2
00:57:43
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (106) - "if" and "when" - als, wenn, ob, wann - A2
00:06:00
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (105) - Listening Comprehension: 100 Things Jenny Likes and Doesn't Like - A2/B1
00:16:22
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (104) - The Genitive Case - Part 2: Indefinite Articles - A2
00:13:02
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (103) - The Genitive Case - Part 1: Definite Articles - A2
00:13:51
Languages
27 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (102) - Come visit me! - The Verb "besuchen" - Vocab + Listen - A2
00:05:36
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (101) - When-Questions - wann, seit wann, bis wann, ab wann - A2
00:05:37
Languages
57 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (100) - How-Questions - wie lange, wie spät, wie viel, wie hoch - A2
00:03:51
Languages
31 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (99) - How To Say "This is not working" - A2
00:03:58
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson - 111 English Words in the German Language - A2
00:20:48
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny (Scripts, Podcasts, MP3 and MP4 files available)

Lessons & Worksheets: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: germanwithjenny

Many English words are used in the German language and the number of English words used in German is increasing. English has a powerful impact on the German language and many German terms have been replaced by English equivalents. Learn about the most important English words used in German on a daily basis. This video only shows you a small number of English words used in German because it would be impossible to fit all of them in one video... There are just too many! But it shows you how English words are used in German and how they have been germanized. This video is also a great vocabulary practice and you can learn new articles and practice your German pronunciation of English words :)

German Lesson (98) - Futur I - werden - A2
00:06:42
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (97) - 30 Excuses for Being Late - Simple German Sentences - A2
00:07:01
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson - Listening Comprehension: Mysterious Yellow Ball - A2
00:02:15
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny
Blog: http://germanwithjenny.com
Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny
Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

I saw a really weird object today and I just had to tell you about it. Train your listening comprehension and learn some new A2 vocabulary.

German Lesson (96) - frühstücken ∙ zu Mittag essen ∙ zu Abend essen - A2
00:05:55
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (95)- kennen vs. wissen | sich auskennen - A2/B1
00:06:01
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (94) - The Verbs "to hear" vs. "to listen" - A2
00:06:29
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (93) - The Verb 'to sleep' - A2
00:06:18
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (92) - How to Express Pain - A2
00:06:08
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (91) - How to Say "I Would Like To..." - A2
00:05:33
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (90) - How to Say "I like to..." - German Vocab and Useful Expressions - A2
00:04:16
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype .

German Lesson (89) - "to be" in the Preterite Tense - Conjugation & Phrases - A2
00:07:53
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (88) - How to Say "Do you have...?" - A2
00:06:07
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (85) - Job Vocab, Phrases & Listening Comprehension - A2
00:09:16
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Lesson (84) - How to Say "I Need to Improve My German!" - A2
00:03:04
Languages
9 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (83) - The Preposition "bei" - A2/B1
00:09:00
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny.

German Lesson (82) - 25 Useful Everyday Phrases - A2
00:12:32
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (81) - How to Say "This is Fun!" - A2
00:05:00
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (80)- How To Use "anymore" in a Sentence - A2
00:05:15
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (79) - The Difference Between "schon" and "schön" - A2
00:05:14
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (78) - How to Say "How was your weekend?" and more useful phrases - A2
00:05:44
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype

German Lesson (76) - The Perfect Tense - Part 3: Separable Verbs - A2
00:12:33
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

Learn how to use separable verbs in the Perfect Tense!

German Lesson (75) - The Perfect Tense - Part 4: Irregular Verbs - A2
00:07:23
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A1/A2: http://amzn.to/2hZhOwl

German Lesson (74) - The Perfect Tense - Part 2: Verbs of Movement - A2
00:07:11
Languages
24 Views · 5 years ago

Check out my app with 500+ worksheets, podcasts and interactive exercises or book a Skype lesson: http://www.germanwithjenny.com

Support my work: https://www.patreon.com/germanwithjenny or send me a one-time donation through Paypal: jn.thrd@gmail.com)

Facebook: http://facebook.com/germanwithjenny

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/germanwithjenny

Twitter: http://twitter.com/germanwithjenny

New Grammar Book: https://elopage.com/s/EasyDeutsch/german-grammar-explained-easy?pid=1081&prid=46

Reading Comprehension A2/B1: http://amzn.to/2hgNcXH

Learn how to use verbs of movement in the Perfect Tense and learn which other verbs use "sein" as a helping verb in the Perfect Tense.

German Lesson (73) - The Perfect Tense - Part 1: Regular Verbs - A2
00:06:28
Languages
26 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to use regular verbs in the Perfect Tense and learn some useful phrases such as "I am working overtime", "I took a walk" and "I made a mistake".

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (72) - wollen - möchten - A2
00:07:29
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny

German Lesson (71) - Question Words: Wo? Was? Wer? Wie? Warum? - A1
00:07:23
Languages
16 Views · 5 years ago

Have you discovered the Learn German with Jenny .

German Konjunktiv II - Explanation | Exercises | English Subtitles
00:09:02
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

Learn everything about the German Subjunctive /Conjunctive II: Form, function, examples, exercises
In this first video: Learn how to build the German Subjunctive/ Conjunctive II in the present tense.

Credits for the used pictures:
Boys and girls dreaming and having wishes: thanks to fotolia.com, © cirodelia

The Konjunktiv II ist not so easy. But with a lot of examples and step-by-step explanations, it will be clear!

We use the Konjunktiv II:
- wish, dream
- polite request

EXAMPLES
Andreas lernt. Lernen macht keinen Spaß.
Er wäre jetzt gern draußen!
Fußball spielen wäre schön.
Eis essen wäre auch super.

TRANSLATION:
Andreas is learning. Learning is no fun. He would like to be outside now. Playing football would be nice. Eating ice cream would bre great, too.

How do you build the Konjunktiv II in the present tense?
Ich wäre gern….
Ich hätte gern….
Ich würde…

Take the form of the präteritum tense, ad the "Umlaut".
This is how to conjugate the conjunctive II:
Ich wäre gern ein Zauberer
du wärest
er wäre
wir wären
ihr wäret
sie wären

A lot of forms are old-fashioned. You don’t use them any more.
We use "würden" + Infinitiv instead.
Do the exercises and try it on your own!

Er würde jetzt gerne spielen.
Ich würde jetzt gerneine Banane essen.

Join my Facebook group to practice every day: https://www.facebook.com/freeGermanCoursesWithAnna

Join me on google+ https://goo.gl/55syNL

Let's tweet on Twitter: https://twitter.com/FreeGermanAnna

Learn with my eBooks! Buy eBooks for less than 3€ - and support me and my Channel :-)
http://www.free-german-lessons-online.com/ebooks/

A2 - Lesson 50 | 10 echte Dialoge | 10 authentic dialogues | German for beginners
00:11:18
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 50 - You will see 10 Situations and learn 10 authentic dialogues:

auf der Post Briefmarken kaufen
ein Bankkonto eröffnen
sich über eine Wohnung in einer Anzeige telefonisch informieren
in der Apotheke Medikamente kaufen
Konzertkarten kaufen
jetzige Tätigkeit beschreiben
sich im Hotel beschweren
jemandem Hilfe anbieten
in der Bäckerei Brot kaufen
an der Passkontrolle

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26837692
Download TRANSCRIPT here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26837696
Listen to PODCAST here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26837699

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 49 | zusammen etwas planen | Goethe Zertifikat A2 | German for beginners
00:10:02
Languages
37 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

@0:44: zusammen etwas plan: to plan something together.

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 49 - You will learn how to plan something together with a partner, just like in Goethe Zertifikat A2 Sprechen Teil 3

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26741918
Download TRANSCRIPT here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26741919
Listen to PODCAST here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26741921

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 48 | vom Urlaub erzählen | Reisebericht | Postkarte | German for beginners
00:10:03
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 48 - You will learn how to talk about your trip or vacation:
- Reisebericht schreiben
- eine Postkarte schreiben
- eine mündliche Erzählung ( Hörverstehen)

Urlaub und Reisen: https://youtu.be/p8nJSKWnmxY
Was hast du im Urlaub gemacht?: https://youtu.be/PRo7eQczMB8

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26689671
Download TRANSCRIPT here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26689673
Listen to PODCAST here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26689676

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 47 | halbformeller Brief | Goethe Zertifikat A2 | German for beginners
00:10:56
Languages
34 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 47 - You will learn how to write a semi formal letter, just like in Goethe Zertifikat A2 Schreiben Teil 2

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26427671
Download TRANSCRIPT here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26427674
Listen to PODCAST here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26427676

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 46 | Wettervorhersage | Weather forecast | German for beginners
00:10:17
Languages
39 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 46 - You will learn how to understand a weather forecast in German.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26106863
Download TRANSCRIPT here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26106865
Listen to PODCAST here:
https://www.patreon.com/posts/26106868

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 45 | Traumberufe & Berufswünsche | Dream Job and career | German for beginners
00:10:01
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 45 - You will learn how to talk about your dream job and your career aspirations.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!
Become a 5$ PATRON and get access to the PODCASTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 44 | Gefühle ausdrücken | How to express emotions | German for beginners
00:10:14
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 44 - You will learn how to express feelings and emotions in German.


NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 43 | eine SMS schreiben | Goethe Zertifikat A2 | German for beginners
00:10:02
Languages
40 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 43 - You will learn how to write an SMS, just like in Goethe Zertifikat A2 Schreiben Teil 1

denn: https://youtu.be/DWkaLIghET8
weil: https://youtu.be/nymodKZcdpU
deshalb: https://youtu.be/T-G5NEBsHpU

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 42 | Ratschläge geben | sollte | Konjunktiv II | German for beginners
00:10:03
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 42 - You will learn how to make an advice or a suggestion in German using KII - sollte/könnte/würde

Lektion 30: https://youtu.be/gsfTkeF5tNU

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 41 | ein Rezept schreiben | Recipe in German | German for beginners
00:10:01
Languages
45 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 41 - You will learn how to write a recipe in passive. #Kartoffelsalat #VanilleKekse

25 Verben in der Küche: https://youtu.be/OhA6uTM-EGI

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 40 | Passiv (Teil 2) | Passive voice in German | German for beginners
00:10:48
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 40 - You will learn how to make various types of sentences into passive.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 39 | Passiv (Teil 1) | Passive voice in German | German for beginners
00:12:06
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 39 - You will learn how and when to use Passiv.

werden: https://youtu.be/9TgTYAeKnP0

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 38 | Adjektive als Nomen | Adjectives as nouns | German for beginners
00:10:04
Languages
27 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 38 - You will learn how to use adjectives as nouns.

Adjektivdeklination: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2-Lesson 37 | Bildbeschreibung | ein Bild beschreiben | Picture description | German for beginners
00:10:03
Languages
25 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 37 - You will learn how to describe a picture in German.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 36 | Höfliche Bitten | Konjunktiv II | könnten | würden | German for beginners
00:10:25
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 36 - You will learn how to make polite requests using the Konjunktiv II form of können and werden: könnten and würden

Präteritum: https://youtu.be/3w_daBRBZHU
Imperativ: https://youtu.be/Y0aJdvJfG-0

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 35 | Vermutungen äußern | Making assumptions | German for beginners
00:04:46
Languages
27 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 35 - You will learn how to make assumptions in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 34 | Wechselpräpositionen | Two way prepositions | German for beginners
00:13:08
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 34 - You will learn how and when to use the Wechselpräpositionen in the German language.

Wo oder Wohin (Part 1): https://youtu.be/dTdc9sPFQig
Wo oder Wohin (Part 2): https://youtu.be/GueeAMLvV4w

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 33 | nachdem - seitdem | Temporale Konjunktionen | German for beginners
00:10:09
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 33 - You will learn how and when to use the conjunctions: "nachdem" and "seitdem" it in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 32 | Plusquamperfekt | Past Perfect Tense | German for beginners
00:10:08
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 32 - You will learn what is Past perfect tense in German? - Plusquamperfekt - Learn how to form it and when to use it in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman
Become a 1$ PATRON and get access to the TRANSCRIPTS!

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 31 | Infinitiv OHNE "zu" | Infinitiv ohne zu Sätze | German for beginners
00:10:14
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 31 - You will learn some verbs that don't need "Infinitiv mit ZU" construction. You will learn when to use them.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 30 | Infinitiv mit "zu" | Infinitiv-Sätze | German for beginners
00:12:21
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 30 - You will learn how to make sentences with "Infinitiv mit ZU". You will learn when to use them and how they are different from "dass"-Sätze.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 29 | Auf dem Land oder in der Stadt? | Vorteile und Nachteile | German for beginners
00:10:10
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 29 - You will learn how to talk about advantages and disadvantages of living in a city or in the countryside. Learn how to answer the question: Wo wohnst du lieber - auf dem Land oder in der Stadt?

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 28 | Als Kind | Wie warst du als Kind? | German for beginners
00:10:08
Languages
55 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 28 - You will learn how to talk about your childhood using sentences with "als"and "mit" and Präteritum / Partizip Perfekt - Wie warst du als Kind?

Past tense: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 26 | Präteritum (Unregelmäßige Verben) | Irregular Verbs | German for beginners
00:10:57
Languages
15 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2

Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 26 - You will learn the "Präteritum" of the "Unregelmäßige Verben" such as fahren, gehen etc. and "Gemischte Verben" such as bringen, denken etc.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 25 | Präteritum (Regelmäßige Verben) | Preterite (Regular Verbs) | German for beginners
00:11:04
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 25 - You will learn the "Präteritum" of the "Regelmäßige Verben" such as spielen, arbeiten, kaufen etc. You will also learn how to use them in sentences.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 24 | Präteritum (Modalverben) | Preterite (Modal Verbs) | German for beginners
00:11:18
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 24 - You will learn the "Präteritum" of the "Modalverben" . konnte, musste, durfte, sollte, wollte, mochte.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Modalverben: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 23 | Indefinitpronomen (etwas, man...) | Indefinite Pronouns | German for beginners
00:10:31
Languages
13 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 23 - You will learn a few indefinite pronouns such as: etwas, alle, manche, jemand, man, niemand etc.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Adjektivdeklination:https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI
Welch-: https://youtu.be/VI3VNRWKHiw
"man": https://youtu.be/kORWImIEKBQ
"niemand": https://youtu.be/Ks16Ys6-OSY
"jemand": https://youtu.be/x0CBBDSlkAA

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

A2 - Lesson 22 | Relativpronomen wer und was | Relative pronouns wer and was | German for beginners
00:11:14
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 22 - You will learn how and when to use the relative pronouns "was" and "wer".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Relativpronomen (Nominativ): https://youtu.be/6CtW6EvAV4A
Relativpronomen (Akkusativ): https://youtu.be/-ArdZ0v55dM
Relativpronomen (Dativ): https://youtu.be/wjVBEg6HfYI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Relativsätze | Relativpronomen im Genitiv | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 21
00:11:21
Languages
17 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 21 - You will learn "Relativpronomen im Genitiv".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Relativpronomen (Nominativ): https://youtu.be/6CtW6EvAV4A
Relativpronomen (Akkusativ): https://youtu.be/-ArdZ0v55dM
Relativpronomen (Dativ): https://youtu.be/wjVBEg6HfYI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Relativsätze | Relativpronomen im Dativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 20
00:11:19
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 20 - You will learn "Relativpronomen im Dativ" and "Relativpronomen mit Dativ Präpositionen"

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Relativpronomen (Nominativ): https://youtu.be/6CtW6EvAV4A
Relativpronomen (Akkusativ): https://youtu.be/-ArdZ0v55dM
Dativverben: https://youtu.be/uHtdBT1WMyw
Dative prepositions: https://youtu.be/X6db08GLuHw

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Relativsätze | Relativpronomen im Akkusativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 19
00:10:43
Languages
22 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 19 - You will learn "Relativpronomen im Akkusativ" and "Relativpronomen mit Akkusativ Präpositionen"

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Relativpronomen (Nominativ): https://youtu.be/6CtW6EvAV4A
Personalpronomen: https://youtu.be/9actJ2rAukU
Akkusativ Präpositionen: https://youtu.be/HLBQveKnADU

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Relativsätze| Relativpronomen im Nominativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 18
00:11:02
Languages
17 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 18 - You will learn what are "Relativsätze" and how to make them. You will also learn "Relativpronomen im Nominativ".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Indirekte Fragesätze | ob | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 16
00:10:46
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 16 - You will learn what are "indirekte Fragesätze", how and when to use them and when to use the conjunction "ob".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Lektion 3 (dass): https://youtu.be/UB0jMgUDrNk

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Das Verb "werden" | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 15
00:10:14
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 15 - You will learn how and when to use the verb "werden".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | "deshalb" und "trotzdem" | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 14
00:10:40
Languages
23 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 14 - You will learn how to make sentences using the adverbs "deshalb" and "trotzdem". You will also learn how they are different from "weil" and "obwohl".

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

"obwohl" - https://youtu.be/usRE0VHXQ6U
"weil" - https://youtu.be/nymodKZcdpU

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Nebensätze mit "obwohl" | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 13
00:10:22
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 13 - You will learn how to make sentences using the conjunction "obwohl" in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Komparativ and Superlativ | Part 2 | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 12
00:12:14
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 12 - You will learn how to make comparisons using comparative and superlative for various adjectives (komparativ und superlativ), also called the degrees of comparison (Steigerungsformen) in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Check out our videos on:
Komparativ & Superlativ (Part 1): https://youtu.be/u_zBt2Ve7gg
Adjektivdeklination: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Komparativ and Superlativ | Part 1 | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 11
00:10:08
Languages
19 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 11 - You will learn the comparative & superlative forms of adjectives (komparativ und superlativ), also called the degrees of comparison (Steigerungsformen) in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Check out our videos on:
Adjectives & Opposites: https://youtu.be/lIISxtqtwQM

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Genitive adjective endings | Genitiv | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 10
00:10:21
Languages
17 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 10 - You will learn the adjective endings in the genitive case (Genitiv) in the German language.

NEW!!!
Download worksheet for FREE here:
https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

Adjektivdeklination in Nom. Akk. Dat.:
https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
Paypal: www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal
Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/LearnGerman

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Genitive case | Genitiv | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 9
00:11:56
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 9 - You will learn the genitive case (Genitiv) in the German language.

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

Nominative case: https://youtu.be/y-aMTFMffDA
Accusative case: https://youtu.be/0V8IyLsLrNk
Dative case: https://youtu.be/jjsrDcw6kfU

Cases (Kasus): https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLF9mJC4RrjI

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Konjunktion "wenn" | Nebensatz | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 8
00:10:02
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 8 - You will learn how to connect sentences with "wenn" and "falls" , difference between them, and how to build "Nebensätze" in the German language.

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

Nebensätze mit "weil": https://youtu.be/nymodKZcdpU
Nebensätze mit "dass": https://youtu.be/UB0jMgUDrNk

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Adjektivendungen | Dativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 7
00:12:41
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 7 - You will learn how to use the adjective endings (Adjektivendungen) or adjective declension (Adjektivdeklination) in Dative case in the German language.

Check out the following videos as well:

Adjektivendungen (Nom.): https://youtu.be/xxQf741CH-k
Adjektivendungen (Akk.): https://youtu.be/60FII1256-s
Dative Case: https://youtu.be/jjsrDcw6kfU
Dative Verbs: https://youtu.be/uHtdBT1WMyw
unbestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/x_qt231dJzA
bestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/gETouvs9mUk
negative Artikel: https://youtu.be/sdNr0FILYws


It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries.

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Adjektivendungen | Akkusativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 6
00:13:20
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 6 - You will learn how to use the adjective endings (Adjektivendungen) or adjective declension (Adjektivdeklination) in accusative case in the German language.

Check out the following video as well:

Adjektivendungen (Nom.): https://youtu.be/xxQf741CH-k
Adjectives & Opposites: https://youtu.be/lIISxtqtwQM
unbestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/x_qt231dJzA
bestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/gETouvs9mUk
negative Artikel: https://youtu.be/sdNr0FILYws
Accusative articles: https://youtu.be/e__PZsWLI2Y
Accusative case: https://youtu.be/0V8IyLsLrNk

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Adjektivendungen | Nominativ | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 5
00:15:02
Languages
17 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 5 - You will learn how to use the adjective endings (Adjektivendungen) or adjective declension (Adjektivdeklination) in nominative case in the German language.

Check out the following video as well:

Adjectives & Opposites: https://youtu.be/lIISxtqtwQM
unbestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/x_qt231dJzA
bestimmte Artikel: https://youtu.be/gETouvs9mUk
negative Artikel: https://youtu.be/sdNr0FILYws
Possessivartikel: https://youtu.be/54DjRC_MoT0
Nominative case: https://youtu.be/y-aMTFMffDA

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Kausalsatz | Nebensatz | weil (da) vs denn  | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 4
00:12:53
Languages
12 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 4 - You will learn how to build "Kausalsätze" or ""Nebensätze" with "weil" and "da" and the difference between "weil" and "denn" in the German language.

Check out the following video as well:

Konjuktionen (OSUDA): https://youtu.be/DWkaLIghET8

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German | Konjunktion "dass" | Nebensatz | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 3
00:10:11
Languages
14 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 3 - You will learn how to connect sentences with "dass" and build "Nebensätze" in the German language.

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

Trennbare Verben: https://youtu.be/Kj_L8uAffG8

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German A2 | Character traits | Charaktereigenschaften | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 2
00:10:11
Languages
10 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 2 - You will learn how to talk about the character traits of a person in the German language.

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

Learn German A2 | Introducing yourself | sich vorstellen | German for beginners | A2 - Lesson 1
00:10:20
Languages
23 Views · 5 years ago

#LearnGermanOriginal #LearnGerman #GermanLevelA2
Learn German lessons online for beginners course - Level A2 - We help you learn german in a quick and easy way. Learn German Lesson 1 - You will learn how to introduce yourself ("sich vorstellen") in the German language and prepare for the first part of the Goethe Zertifikat A2 - Oral exam.

If you want to revise Level A1:
https://goo.gl/hZTNAN

It is highly recommended to listen, learn and practice. You can always pause and replay to hear something again.

If you have any questions or comments, feel free to write!

Support us at:
www.paypal.me/LearnGermanOriginal

Watch our Playlists-
A1 - https://goo.gl/YuxM9T
A2 - https://goo.gl/Q9JKft
Grammar - https://goo.gl/J8C1SJ
Vocabulary - https://goo.gl/YF3wwt
Speaking - https://goo.gl/wcUWo5

Do like our facebook page for more tips and interesting facts about Germany and other German speaking countries :

FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/learn.german.language

Also visit us here:

TWITTER: https://twitter.com/learnGermanLang

INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/learn.german.language/

GOOGLE+: https://plus.google.com/+LearnGermanOriginal

Learn German online for free with easy to understand lessons on our channel "Learn German".

YOUTUBE: https://goo.gl/EWKjxj

Please SUBSCRIBE to our channel on YouTube and start learning German today!

French for Beginners - How to Ask Questions in French
00:04:45
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

In this French lesson, Rita shows you three different ways to ask a question. The question tag Est-ce que.. is introduced. Presented by Diplomat Language School, in Toronto, Canada.

Fruits Names in French part 3 - French For Beginners
00:01:37
Languages
11 Views · 5 years ago

Fruits Names in French part 3 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Fruits Names in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:01:50
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Fruits Names in French part 2 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Fruits Names in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:01:41
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Fruits Names in French part 1 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Animals Names in French part 3 - French For Beginners
00:01:48
Languages
6 Views · 5 years ago

Animals Names in French part 3 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Animals Names in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:01:53
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Animals Names in French part 2 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Animals Names in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:01:34
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Animals Names in French part 1 - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Object pronouns in French - French For Beginners
00:02:13
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Object pronouns in French - French For Beginners
http://www.englishforarabs.com/

How to ask for the time in French - French For Beginners
00:03:57
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

How to ask for the time in French - French For Beginners

http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Time vocabulary in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:02:21
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Time vocabulary in French part 2 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Time vocabulary in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:02:06
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Time vocabulary in French part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Family vocabulary in French part 4 - French For Beginners
00:02:32
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Family vocabulary in French part 4 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Family vocabulary in French part 3 - French For Beginners
00:02:17
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Family vocabulary in French part 3 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Family vocabulary in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:01:46
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Family vocabulary in French part 2 - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Family vocabulary in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:02:10
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Family vocabulary in French part 1 - French For Beginners





http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Ordinal numbers in French part 3 - French For Beginners
00:02:46
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Ordinal numbers in French part 3 - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Ordinal numbers in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:03:04
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Ordinal numbers in French part 2 - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Ordinal numbers in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:03:44
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

Ordinal numbers in French part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

The date in French part 2 - French For Beginners
00:03:24
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

The date in French part 2 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

The date in French part 1 - French For Beginners
00:02:02
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

The date in French part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

The days of the week in French - French For Beginners
00:01:53
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

The days of the week in French - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Months in French - French For Beginners
00:01:45
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Months in French - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Colours in French part 2  - French For Beginners
00:02:31
Languages
3 Views · 5 years ago

Colours in French part 2 - French For Beginners


http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Colours in French part 1  - French For Beginners
00:01:35
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

Colours in French part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Seasons and directions in French  - French For Beginners
00:01:55
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

Seasons and directions in French - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French personal pronouns - French For Beginners
00:02:28
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

French personal pronouns - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French Cardinal Numbers part 2 - French For Beginners
00:03:36
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

French Cardinal Numbers part 2 - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French Cardinal Numbers part 1 - French For Beginners
00:03:12
Languages
8 Views · 5 years ago

French Cardinal Numbers part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French basic expressions part 4 - French For Beginners
00:01:36
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

French basic expressions part 4 - French For Beginners





http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French basic expressions part 3 - French For Beginners
00:02:22
Languages
5 Views · 5 years ago

French basic expressions part 3 - French For Beginners




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French basic expressions part 2 - French For Beginners
00:02:00
Languages
4 Views · 5 years ago

French basic expressions part 2 - French For Beginners


http://www.englishforarabs.com/

French basic expressions part 1 - French For Beginners
00:01:44
Languages
7 Views · 5 years ago

French basic expressions part 1 - French For Beginners



http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Learn French
00:03:26
Languages
2 Views · 5 years ago

French alphabet




http://www.englishforarabs.com/

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently - Season 01 - Episode 16-20
01:22:54
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently - Season 01 - Episode 11-15
01:40:18
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently - Season 01 - Episode 06-10
01:34:16
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation -  Speaking English Fluently - Season 01 - Episode 01-05
01:10:01
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 01 - (Season - 02) - Daily English Conversations
00:16:01
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Daily English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - Spoken English for Daily Use - English Speaking Practice
01:43:24
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations - Spoken English for Daily Use - English Speaking Practice

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 10) -  Day  91 - 100
00:22:56
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 09) -  Day  81 - 90
00:22:34
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 08) -  Day  71 - 80
00:20:18
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 07) -  Day  61 - 70
00:20:03
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 06) -  Day  51 - 60
00:18:39
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 05) -  Day  41 - 50
00:21:21
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 04) -  Day  31 - 40
00:21:48
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 03) -  Day  21 - 30
00:21:14
learnenglish
1 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 03)
Day 21 - 30

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 02) -  Day  11 - 20
00:18:21
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 02)
Day 11 - 20

100 Common English Conversations - (PART - 01) -  Day  01 - 10
00:18:16
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

100 Common English Conversations

Learn English Conversation - 15
00:14:15
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation

Learn English Conversation - 16 | Daily English Conversation  | Let’s Learn English
00:06:52
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation, Let’s Learn English, English Practice

Learn English Conversation - 24 - Speaking English Fluently
00:21:37
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 26- Speaking English Fluently
00:20:11
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 25- Speaking English Fluently
00:18:57
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 21 - Speaking English Fluently
00:20:46
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 20 - Speaking English Fluently
00:16:26
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 19 - Speaking English Fluently
00:16:09
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 17 - Speaking English Fluently
00:19:49
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Learn English Conversation

Learn English Conversation - 14 - Speaking English Fluently
00:32:06
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 13 - Speaking English Fluently
00:19:37
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 12 - Speaking English Fluently
00:24:47
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation

Learn English Conversation - 11 -  Speaking English Fluently
00:10:31
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Speaking English Fluently - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 10 - Speaking English Fluently
00:12:32
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation

Learn English Conversation - 09 - Spoken English Sentences
00:11:16
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - 09 - Spoken English Sentences

Learn English Conversation - 08 - Spoken English Sentences
00:11:15
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation

Learn English Conversation - 06 (Without  Music) - NO MUSIC
00:07:58
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - 06 (Without Music)

Learn English Conversation - 06 - Spoken English Learning Videos
00:08:03
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5J6kLaV2ZhU
NO MUSIC - Learn English Conversation - 06

Learn English Conversation - 06 - Learn English Speaking

Learn English Conversation - 03  English Lessons For Beginners
00:04:20
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learning English Conversation - English Lessons For Beginners

Learn English Conversation - 02 -  English For Life - Basic English Lessons
00:06:10
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - 02 - English For Life - Basic English Lessons

Learn English Conversation - 01 -  English Lessons - English For Life
00:04:47
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - 01 - English Lessons - English For Life

Learn English Conversation - 05 - Learn English Speaking
00:08:25
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Speaking For Beginners - Learn English Speaking

Learn English Conversation - 22 - Speaking English Fluently
00:16:19
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 18 - Speaking English Fluently
00:24:43
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - Speaking English Fluently

Learn English Conversation - 04 - English Phrases - Spoken English Sentences
00:19:52
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English Conversation - 04 English Phrases - Spoken English Sentences - Learn English Phrases

Learn English in Hamza's Classroom

The Enemies We Face, Part 2 - The Nature of Witchcraft
00:57:58
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

In this probing four-part series, Derek Prince exposes the origin, structure and operation of the kingdom of darkness—and presents the keys to overcoming it victoriously.

How to use Too and Neither | Like A Native Speaker
00:01:51
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
Too and neither are tricky words to use correctly. They're both used for agreeing with the speaker, but are used differently. Enjoy!

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Why do we capitalize "I" | Like A Native Speaker
00:01:14
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
Have you ever wondered why only this single letter is capitalized? Well, I have! And I have the answer for you!
Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Introduction to Phrasal Verbs | Like A Native Speaker
00:01:36
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
Phrasal verbs are the most common kind of idiom. They're made up of two words and don't have any connection to the dictionary meanings. They're very important and very useful!
Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

At, In and On. Prepositions of Place (part 1) | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:14
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
Prepositions of place can be very tricky to get right. So watch my video and learn how to use them like a native speaker!

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Music courtesy: ivorygirl from fiverr.com

At, In and On. Prepositions of Place (part 2) | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:12
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

This concludes my video series on these prepositions of place. Today I talk about the different ways to use them beyond the basics!

Part 1 here: http://youtu.be/8kiv6nEripE

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Music: ivorygirl from fiverr.com

How to Use 'Be Supposed To' and 'Should' | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:45
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Another request video, with a special guest star! This week we talk about the subtle difference in meaning between should and be supposed to. Enjoy!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

How to Use Other and Another
00:01:50
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
In my classroom students often mistake "other" and "another". So I want to show you how to use them properly.
Special thanks to: Eric, Caelin, Chris and my lovely wife, Jenn!

Also check us out on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

How to Use Most and Almost
00:01:39
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
In this video I show you the difference between Most and Almost!

Also check us out on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

What's the Deal With Articles? Part 2
00:02:10
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

This week we continue our look at articles with the basic rules for using "The".
And stay tuned to the end where I go a little crazy!

Make sure to check out part 1 here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hkZGc_EXSsM

Also check us out on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

What's the deal with articles? Part 3
00:03:15
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Enjoy the final part of the article series! We tell you all the little rules and details that make using "a, an" and "the" so difficult.

Make sure to check out part 1 here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hkZGc_EXSsM

And part 2 here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L7mQb7ntJzw

Also check us out on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

How to use So and Such | Like A Native Speaker
00:01:16
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Such and so can be tricky to use in English. This video will help you understand the difference, but only you can use it properly. Enjoy!

Facebook: www.facebook.com/likeanativespeaker

How to use So and Too | Like A Native Speaker
00:01:51
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED
Learning English can be hard. Like A Native Speaker makes it easy! So and too are used to add degree to an adjective. Watch as I embarrass myself to make an example!

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Music courtesy of www.incompetech.com

How to Answer Tag Questions | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:55
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Tag questions are hard, aren't they? When learning English, many students have trouble answering tag questions, especially questions that end in a positive way like, are you?
In this video I show you an easy way to respond to these tag questions so nobody gets confused.

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED


Also check us out on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

Regular and Irregular Verbs | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:24
learnenglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

English can be really strange at times, with weird verbs like be and seemingly no rules at all. Today I give you some insight into why it's so irregular. Enjoy!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Understanding Silent E | Like A Native Speaker
00:04:00
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Today Ian talks about that silent E and what it's purpose is. It doesn't actually make a sound, but it's still a signal for how to pronounce a word. Enjoy!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

How To Use Multi-Word Adjectives | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:00
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Welcome to another Like-A-Native-Speaker video! This week I show you how to use compound adjectives to increase your English ability!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

How To Use Nor | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:15
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Nor is used as an opposite to and. In this video, find out how to use it properly!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

What's The Difference Between Simple Past and Present Perfect? | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:48
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

CORRECTION! My second example has a mistake. A) should be the correct answer. Sorry for any inconvenience!

Many people understand the simple past. Many people may understand the present perfect. But when we compare them, the specific details and nuance can get tricky. That's why I'm here to help shine light on the differences between the simple past and the present perfect. Enjoy!

English online for free with Like A Native Speaker
SUBSCRIBE for more FREE English videos! http://bit.ly/143yXED

Also like us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker

And on Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Canadian Spelling | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:43
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

You asked for it! A long time ago I made a video talking about the differences between American and British spelling in English and since then I've had several people ask me for a video about Canadian spelling. The short version is, Canada is awesome. The long version is, that Canada uses mostly British style spelling but is generally very comfortable with American style and that both are generally OK.
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Will and Be Going To | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:36
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Will and be going to are two very tricky expressions to use. Many people think that they're the same but there are actually some small differences that can be really important. Enjoy!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

"Fanfare for Space" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Food or Foods? | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:47
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Is food countable or uncountable? Is it both? Watch the video to find out the answer!

Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

They, Not Just for Plural Anymore! | Like A Native Speaker
00:04:10
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that 'they' can be used as a singular pronoun? It's extremely common and solves a lot of problems with other pronouns! Hopefully this makes your English life a little easier!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Present Perfect vs. Present Perfect Progressive | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:28
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Present perfect and present perfect progressive (continuous) can both be very similar. In this video I explain the difference between them and give you an example where the present perfect progressive is very appropriate.

Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Using Though At The End Of A Sentence | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:37
learnenglish
16 Views · 5 years ago

Though is a useful contrastive conjunction! Most student learn to use it at the beginning or middle of a sentence, but never learn the most common way that Native Speakers use it: at the end of a sentence!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Been And Gone With The Present Perfect | Like A Native Speaker
00:04:04
learnenglish
20 Views · 5 years ago

Using be and go with the present perfect tense can be tricky, especially because the usage is actually different depending on the country. British English uses gone in a different way than American and Canadian English, and the pronunciation of been varies with nation as well!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Mixed Conditional: Assumption | Like A Native Speaker
00:03:38
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Conditionals can be tricky any time without mixing verb tenses, but this combination of past and future creates a feeling of assumption that can be very useful!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Sentence Final 'Then' | Like A Native Speaker
00:02:16
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Then is a common word that can have a few different meanings. but today I want to talk about an often-used but misunderstood meaning. If you put then at the end of a sentence, it has a meaning of 'in that case'.
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Removing Question Words | Conversational English
00:02:46
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Very often, native English speakers don't use full sentences. This is especially true when asking yes or no questions. This lesson shows you how to naturally change your questions to sound more natural.
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Also, As Well, Too | Adverbs of Addition in English
00:05:18
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Subscribe!: http://tinyurl.com/likeanativespeaker
Cafetalk!: http://cafetalk.com/tutors/profile/?id=19067&lang=en
Adverbs of addition can be tricky to use. Also, Too, and As well all have basically the same meaning, but are used in different positions within phrases. Some are also more or less common in speaking. Watch today's video to find out how they work!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Quotative Like | Natural English Grammar
00:04:19
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://www.likeanativespeaker.com/cafetalk/

Telling stories is one of the most important parts of speaking any language. If you constantly use "she said" "he said" then you can easily improve your English by watching this video. There are many ways to use 'like'. In today's lesson I teach you two of them. Bonus points if you catch one other use of like in the video!

Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Transitive and Intransitive Verbs | Natural English Grammar
00:05:09
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://bit.ly/1EQSxFZ

Verbs are the building blocks of English sentences. They let us DO things. Learn about one of the most fundamental (and most mistaken) parts of English grammar!

Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Using Pronouns Perfectly (Part 1: First Person Pronouns) | Natural English Grammar
00:06:12
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://bit.ly/1EQSxFZ
Pronouns can be surprisingly difficult to master. This lesson focuses on the first person pronouns of I, me, we, and us and gives you all the basics you need to understand pronouns!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

The Evolution of Verbs + A Special Announcement | Natural English Grammar
00:04:33
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://bit.ly/1EQSxFZ

Regular and irregular verbs can be very difficult to understand. It helps to learn how they came to be and why some are regular and some are not!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Using Pronouns Perfectly (Part 3: Third Person Pronouns) | Natural English Grammar
00:05:18
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://bit.ly/1EQSxFZ
We come to the third installment on our series about pronouns. Third person pronouns can be tricky because you have to consider plural or singular, subject or object AND gender!
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

Using Pronouns Perfectly (Part 2: Second Person Pronouns) | Natural English Grammar
00:03:17
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

SUBSCRIBE http://bit.ly/143yXED
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pages/LikeANativeSpeaker
CafeTalk: http://bit.ly/1EQSxFZ

You have heard the second person pronoun many many times. This video helps make clear the differences between all the 'you's.
Ian Schellenberg is an English teacher and teacher trainer in Vancouver, Canada with a passion for languages. He enjoys learning and teaching all of the fine nuances of any language. Ian is an expert in pronunciation and the history of English.


Twitter: https://twitter.com/LikeNativeSpeak

"Quasi Motion" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

How does stress change the meaning of a sentence?
00:06:25
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ You've probably watched movies and wondered why you were missing some of the jokes, or couldn't follow the conversation even though you heard and understood the words clearly. In this lesson, you'll find out that a big part of communication is not just language, but how we speak. After you've watched the lesson, test your understanding by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/stress-meaning-sentence/

6 words with meanings that will surprise you
00:09:11
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What make is your computer? In this lesson you'll discover the other meanings of some common words that you thought you knew. Did you know that you could do more than drink milk and water? Did you know that 'meet', 'wear', and 'mean' can be nouns? You'll also find out more about using your dictionary and context to build your vocabulary. If you want to test your understanding of these words, take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/6-words-meanings-surprise/

Learn English Vocabulary: OTHER, ANOTHER, OTHERS, THE OTHER, OTHERWISE
00:13:29
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

You've seen the words other, the other, and another before, but in this lesson you'll see how they are used to identify numbers (plural/singular), a prior reference, and as transitions in essays, such as those on the IELTS and TOEFL. You'll also understand how to use 'otherwise' and 'other than' as expressions. Take a quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/other-another-otherwise/ .

The Passive: When, why, and how to use it
00:11:38
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Why should you use the passive in English? You know how to construct the passive form, but then you wonder, "why should I use this?" You use the passive to sound more interesting, impress readers (especially those grumpy IELTS and TOEFL essay graders), and sometimes because there is no other option. This lesson will tell you when, why, and how to use the passive effectively. Test yourself with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/the-pas....sive-when-why-and-ho

EITHER, NEITHER, SO, TOO - How to agree and disagree in English
00:07:40
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Are you confused by words such as "too", "either", "neither", and "so"? Do you ever agree with an opinion that you really don't share? Or disagree when in fact you think the same thing? Sometimes this happens because you are not sure of which words to use to agree or disagree. After this grammar lesson, you should be able to get your opinion across more easily. Test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/either-neither-so-too/

Phrasal Verbs As Nouns
00:10:07
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Has a teacher ever asked you to make up a class? Did you think he wanted you to decorate the classroom? Or did you understand he wanted you to do the class again? Did you ever have to back up as you were making a backup CD because something went wrong? Confused? This lesson explains some of the changes in sound and meaning when we join phrasal verbs to make nouns. Once you've watched the video, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-as-nouns/

Vocabulary - sometimes, sometime, some time, always, all ways
00:06:36
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Sometimes, some time is all you need to figure out a language problem. But sometime in the future, or maybe it's already happened to you sometime in the past, you won't have that time. So here's a little help with words that sound and look almost the same, but are really different. Take the quiz some time here: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-sometimes-always/

Vocabulary - WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, REBATE, EXCHANGE, CREDIT
00:07:44
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Don't be fooled by companies' gimmicks. Learn the difference between a warranty and a guarantee, because it might save you a lot of money. And before you buy that new shirt, watch this vocabulary lesson so that you can ask if the store will allow you to return it for a refund, an exchange, or credit. Are you ready to go shopping? Test yourself: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-warranty-guarantee/#quiz

Speaking English - TOO MUCH, ENOUGH, NOT ENOUGH
00:05:55
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Oh, you're too handsome ;) -- Have you ever tried to give someone a compliment and watched their face squeeze tight because they think you've insulted them? You probably used "too" + an adjective. "Not enough" and "too much" are usually used to make negative comments. This lesson will show you how to avoid this embarrassing mistake. Not enough time, too much English! Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/too-much-not-enough/

Writing - How to use ETC., AND SO ON, ...
00:07:32
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do you like studying, learning new things, practicing your English, etc.? Do you stop when you see 'etc.' and wonder what it means? This lesson will look at the little things in English, such as how to show a list continues without actually continuing it. You'll learn how and when to use 'etc.', the ellipsis mark (...), as well as 'and so on'. Take the quiz at: http://www.engvid.com/etc-so-on-ellipsis/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi again. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Nice to see you again. Today, I want to talk about a topic that is a little bit unusual. Everybody thinks that English is all about vocabulary, or grammar, or punctuation, things like that.

There's little things, too, that you need to worry about, and people often ask me about these things in particular: ", and so on", "etc.", "...", three dots, sometimes four, I'll explain, "blah, blah, blah", and "blah". Okay? Not everyday stuff. I mean, every day, you're going to see it all the time, but this is not something that ESL teachers will teach you, it's not something that you will really learn in books, so here it is; I'm going to explain it to you. Okay?

First, "and so on". First of all, notice I put a comma before it. Why? Because this will always come at the end of a sentence or after a list of some sort. Okay? When we put ", and so on", we mean: and we continue with the same examples. Right? So you ask me: what kind of foods do I like? Well, I like pizza, I like hamburgers, I like fish and chips, you know, and so on. What does that ", and so on" mean? Does that mean that I like egg white only omelettes with like asparagus and broccoli? No. Why? Because I listed hamburger, junk food; pizza, junk food; fish and chips, junk food. So when I say: ", and so on" means and more examples like the ones I just said. Right? So it's very important to remember. Many of my students, they just throw ", and so on" all the time. Talking, talking, talking, "and so on". And so on, what? I don't understand. Right? So you have to be careful. This has a very specific use. You're continuing the same list or the same idea.

Next: "etc." Usually, you will see it like this: "etc." Now, how to pronounce. This is the actual word when you open it up: "etcetera". Now, some native speakers will say: "et-cet-era", "etcetera". Most will say: "ek-se-chra". That's what it sounds like when most native speakers say it. "Etcetera". Correct, "etcetera", but both are acceptable. Now, what does etcetera mean? It means: "and so on". It means the exact same thing as "and so on". Again, you're continuing the list that was started before. Right? Now, people often ask: how do I use it in writing? Usually, you can... If it comes at the end of a sentence, you put the period, that's it. But if it comes in the middle of the sentence... So: "I like pizza, I like hamburgers, fish and chips, etc., but I also like..." etc. There you go. So I'm writing whatever I write, whatever I write, etc., but I also like other things. Right? So, it's a little bit confusing, you got period and a comma. The period goes for the shortened; the comma goes for the sentence. Okay? Not that important, but if you want to write it correctly, that's how you do it.

Next, we have three dots. These are called ellipses. You don't necessarily need to know this word "ellipses", but just understand that it's referring to this. What does three dots means? "And so on". Same idea. Right? But this is... Usually, you see this in writing. Instead of writing three words, you just put three dots, because it's easier, people understand it. But also remember sometimes it's used just as a pause. Okay? So, person "A" says: "Well..., I think..." You ask: "What do you think about climate change?" for example. "Well..." I'm thinking, thinking, thinking; dot, dot, dot. "I think that..." Etcetera. Now, "And so on" means... "And so on" means the idea is going to continue. Okay? I'm about to give you my opinion. Right? This is in writing. Some people will actually say: "Dot, dot, dot", but they're trying to be dramatic or cool. If you saw the movie Trainspotting, you heard it there, "dot, dot, dot". Very dramatic scene. I liked it. Okay? But basically so far, all more or less the same idea.

Vocabulary - LIVE, LIFE, ALIVE, LIVING
00:07:54
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com I make a living by making some people's lives easier to live. Because English can be confusing, it's sometimes better to get live instruction that will make the language come alive. In this lesson you will learn new vocabulary by really learning one word. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-life/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today, we're going to look at some vocabulary that gets students confused, because the words are so similar that people don't know what to do with them.

Let's look at these words. First, listen carefully to how I say them. As a verb: "live". Of course, the noun is: "life". The adjective: "live". Verb: "live"; adjective: "live"; adjective, a different adjective: "alive"; a noun: "living"; an adjective: "living"; a gerund: "living". Okay, so here are your words. Now, people will often say: "What's the different between 'live' and 'alive', or 'live' and 'alive'?" Okay, so let's look at all of these.

First of all, what does it mean to live? So I'll add this here. "To live". Basically, "to live" means to not be dead. Very simply put. Right? To live means to eat, to drink, to breathe, to go to a club and dance, to sing. Whatever you think is living. For example, you go to work, you make money, that is your life. You live your life to help your family or your friends, or your community. Okay?

"Life" is everything, everything that we do. From the minute you wake up to the minute you go to sleep. Well, even in your sleep, it's still life. Right? You're still living. So, from the minute you're born to the minute you die, that's life.

Now, "live" is completely different from "live". "Live", when we say something is live, we mean at the same time and usually in person. For example, you go to a concert, a music concert, you're seeing the band perform live, in front of you, at the same time. Anything else, if you listen to music on your iPod, or MP3 player, or your phone, then you are listening to a recorded performance. You're listening to recorded music. If you're at the stadium and you're seeing the band on the guitars, and drums, and whatever, you're seeing it live. Now, if you're on Skype and you're speaking to someone on the other side of the planet. Is this conversation happening live? Yes, because you're doing it at the same time. But if you record your video message, send it to your friend by email, he or she opens it and sees the video, then it's not live. Then it's a recording.

"Alive". "Alive" is the state of living, of being not dead again. Right? Usually it's a feeling, it's an adjective. It talks about a feeling or a state of being. I'll give you an example in a second.

Now, "living" has many uses. Oh, I forgot to add one here. We'll start with the verb. As a verb, it is basically the continuous form of "to live". For example, in the present perfect, continuous: "I have been living in my apartment building for three months." It means three months I started... Three months ago, I started to live there, and I still live there now. The continuous.

As a gerund. We can use "living" as a gerund. "Living with cancer is a very bad way to live." Basically. "Living with cancer is very difficult." So, again... Let me just write this out, because you might not know this. A gerund is the "ing" form of a verb, but we use it like a noun. Okay? "Living in Canada is sometimes difficult because it's so cold, but other times, it's nice."

As an adjective. We use "living" as an adjective to talk about something that is alive. Right? So, for example, a living creature. Any living creature is anything that can die. A rock is a nonliving creature. This marker is a nonliving creature. I am a living creature. I hope you are living creatures, too.

We can also use "living" to describe somebody's state. For example: "A living legend." When we talk about a person and we call him or her a legend, it means they're very famous, and their story is very long, and everybody knows it. And if we say: "A living legend", then this person is still alive today. So, for example, some people think that Nelson Mandela is a legend, what he did in South Africa. So he is a living legend. We can learn from him directly. Good.

This one may be a little bit surprising: "living" as a noun. We say: "You make a living." Notice the article "a". What does it mean if you're making a living? "Living" here means income. Every day, you go to work, you work hard, you get a paycheque to take home to your family. You are making a living.

Great. So, now we know what all of these words mean. Let me give you some example sentences.

"To live". Okay? "It is important to live life to the fullest." Basically means live every day like there is no tomorrow. Sing, laugh, love, dance, shout to the skies if that's what works for you. Right? But live life every day like it's your last; enjoy it.

Vocabulary - though, although, even though, despite, in spite of
00:09:05
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Though, although, even though -- how do we use each of these in English? In this lesson, I'll explain how we use them, and when exactly they are used in English. I'll also teach you the meanings and uses of despite and in spite of. Everything is demonstrated with examples. Test yourself afterwards with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-though/

Learn English Grammar: THE SUBJUNCTIVE – "I wish..."
00:05:43
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

"I wish I were...". "He wishes it would...". Wishes are a part of everyday conversation among native English speakers. Are they all dreamers? Maybe. But most of the time, we use 'wish' to talk about something that isn't true or real, more than to talk about our fantasies. In this grammar lesson for advanced students, you'll learn the correct way to construct sentences using 'wish' and the subjunctive voice. You can also take a quiz on this lesson: https://www.engvid.com/wish-subjunctive/

English Vocabulary - ACTUALLY
00:04:54
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com 'Actually' is actually used more often in conversation than you think. It has several uses in English, and is a common shortcut we use to correct someone or to emphasize something. In this lesson, you'll hear how to pronounce the word correctly, and learn its full use. http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-actually

'Knock' in Phrasal Verbs - knock out, knock up, knock over...
00:05:50
learnenglish
1 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Need a knockout lesson? This is it. If you've wondered why girls get knocked up, men get knocked out, or Prada bags get knocked off, this phrasal verb lesson will help you out. After watching the lesson, take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-knock/

Everyday or every day?
00:05:19
learnenglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Every day, people confuse everyday words in English. In this lesson we will see the big difference a little space between words can make, and how misunderstanding can happen because of it. http://www.engvid.com/everyday-or-every-day/

Writing - Transitions - in addition, moreover, furthermore, another
00:09:44
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com One of the most important tools for creating good flow in writing is the transition. Transitions are the bridges that allow a reader to move from one idea to the next without getting lost in the language. In this writing lesson, we'll look specifically at transitions to join similar, supporting ideas. I'll teach you how to use 'in addition', 'furthermore', 'moreover', 'another', and more. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/writing-transitions/

English Grammar - comparing with LIKE & AS
00:09:11
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com This lesson is not like others. You can compare with 'more', but can you do it with 'like' or 'as'? This lesson will help you compare things and actions correctly and help you write and speak as a native speaker does. Test yourself on this lesson with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-comparing-with-like-as/

English Grammar - UNLESS & IF NOT - negative conditional
00:07:32
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Students are often told that unless they practice, they won't improve. But if you don't know what 'unless' means or how to use it, you might get the wrong idea. This grammar lesson focuses on the negative conditional and the consequences that follow. I'll teach you when and how to use 'unless', 'if not', 'as long as', and more. Test your understanding of this lesson with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-negative-conditional/

Basic English Vocabulary - SEEM
00:06:00
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com English seems difficult sometimes. But if you get the right explanations, it's not that hard after all! In this lesson, we'll look at the verb 'seem'. I'll teach you what it means, and how to use it properly. After the lesson, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-vocabulary-seem/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi, again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Today's lesson is about the verb "seem", okay? And this was requested by Sheila from Indonesia on our Facebook page. If you want to make any requests for lessons, please ask.

Today, we're going to look at the verb "seem". Now, this is a verb that creates a lot of problems for students because it's not an action verb and it's not a "be" verb. It's somewhere in between, okay? Actually, we call this a "state verb", but I'll explain that again after.

So for example, you've heard this sentence, "You seem happy." Or, "you seem upset." What does that mean? Does that mean that you are happy or that you are upset? Maybe. I don't actually know. This is just what I think. Or, "He seems to be a pilot." It means, "I think he's a pilot, but I don't know." So basically, "seems" means something looks like something or it feels like something but it's not necessarily true. It's probably true because that's the image or the impression that we have, but we don't know for sure if this is what that is or the situation is true. Okay? So it's something that you think but you're not sure about. It's more like an opinion or even a guess. Okay? So that's the hardest part about "seem" because it's not saying something is or isn't. It's something maybe.

What's the difference between "you seem happy" and "you are happy"? "You are happy" means -- this is a declarative. This is true. This is the case. This is the situation. "Happy" describes "you". "You seem happy" means you're smiling, but maybe you're very sad and you're just hiding it. Or maybe you're very, very -- you seem very calm, but you're really upset, right? So "seem" -- all that "seem" means is the appearance, nothing else. It's not true. It's not untrue. Okay? We're going to look at a couple more examples, and you'll have a better idea of what I'm talking about.

Okay. So let's look at something else now. Remember I said that "seem" is a state verb. What does that mean? It means you can never use it with an -ing. You can never say, "He is seeming nice" or, "She is seeming to be" -- something else. Right? So it's never used as an-ing. That's one thing.

If you want to talk about a particular quality of somebody -- like, you want to talk about something specific. Not about the person, maybe about what the person does. So, "She seems to be good at her job." In this case, you must add the "to be". Before, we wanted to use a noun after "seem", so we used "to be". Now, we are using an adjective, but you still have to use "to be" because I'm not describing "her". I'm describing a quality of "her". Okay. So that's the main thing.

Now, I said you can never use "seem" with-ing. But here, you're looking at this word and going, "What's going on? There's an-ing." But there's also an-ly. This is an adverb, adverb that is telling you something about the adjective. So let's look at these three sentences.

"He is nice." If I said, "He is nice", is he nice? Yes. This is just stating a fact. It's a declarative sentence. If I say, "He seems nice", is he nice? Maybe, but probably. Okay? But this one is a little bit tricky. If I say, "He seems nice", he's probably nice. If I say, "He is seemingly nice", what does that mean? It's a little bit tricky. It means he is acting nice, but he's not really nice. Tricky, isn't it? "Seemingly nice" means he's putting on this impression, but there's a reason he's putting it on. He's not really nice. He's just pretending to be nice.

So you have three different sentences, and "seems" and "seemingly" -- completely different meanings, completely different idea behind them. Okay? So it's a little bit tricky.

"He seems nice." "He seems to be good at his job." "He is seemingly nice." Three different ways of using the verb "seem". Remember; we use it like an action verb, "he seems", "she seems", but never with-ing. Okay? So like an action verb for the "S"s, but it's like a "be" verb because there's no action. It's just a situation. Okay.

Again, if you want to get more examples, go to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I have a quiz there that will hopefully help you. And if you have any questions, write them in the comments. See you next time.

Improve your English: ALL or WHOLE?
00:09:24
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Not sure about when to use 'all' or 'whole'? This English grammar lesson will help you avoid an extremely common mistake that many students make. See if you get all of the questions right on my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/all-whole/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi again. Adam here. [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I have another lesson for you today. This is actually a request by Feresque -- Feresser? I hope I'm saying it right. Sorry about that. It was in the comments section of [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Please leave questions and comments and requests and we'll do our best to get them for you. So the request was: the difference between "all" and "whole". Now, the reason I also chose this lesson is because this is a very common mistake that students make. They mix these two up all the time. They have very specific roles in situations. We're going to look at them today.

The first and most important thing to remember about "all" versus "whole" is where to put the definite article "the". So it's always "all the" whatever you're talking about, "the whole" whatever you're talking about, so always "the" after "all", "the" before "whole". Now, they sound a little bit similar, "all", "whole", but not. Right? So be careful about pronunciation. Sometimes people might think you're mixing them up just because of pronunciation: "all", "whole". Make sure you get that "H" sound and that "O" sound together.

Now, what's the difference between "all" and "whole"? "All", you're talking about "everything". Whatever it is you're talking about, you're talking about all of it, basically: everything, one, etc. When you're talking about "whole", you're talking about a "complete" something: a complete package, a complete group, a complete container of something, right? Whatever it is you're talking about, it has to be complete, right? It has pieces inside, and then the whole is the complete collection of whatever it is you're talking about, whereas "all" is just everything that's involved with that noun, etc. So I'm going to give you a very quick example: You're sitting -- your friend went on a trip out of town. He had to take the bus for two hours to his friend's house in Montreal, let's say. He comes back. You ask him "How was the trip?", and he goes, "Oh, my God, there was a baby on the bus, and the baby cried all the time." But if he said, "The baby cried the whole time", do you think that it's a different meaning? Usually people will understand the same thing, but technically, "all the time" doesn't mean two hours crying. It means "cried, stopped, cried, stopped, cried, stopped." It seemed like he was crying throughout the trip, okay? But if somebody said, "The baby cried the whole time", I understand "two hours, baby crying, wah, wah, wah, two hours." It could drive a person crazy. "All the time" -- he cried enough times that it seemed like a long time. "The whole time" means for two hours straight, non-stop. Okay. So that's a big difference between "all" and "whole", okay? "The whole time", I'm talking about the specific duration, the complete journey, two hours. "All the time" -- always: always crying, stopping. Always crying, stopping, crying, stopping, crying, stopping. Not very much fun. But, "I studied all day" -- I have a test tomorrow; I studied all day. "I studied the whole day." In this case, I would understand the exact same thing as well. You can switch these two. But "all day" means, "I studied. I took a break. I studied. I didn't do anything else -- only studied today." But "I studied the whole day" means "I sat at my desk, and I studied; I didn't stop." So that's one of the big differences between "all" and "whole". "Whole" we're talking about time, non-stop, continuous. "All" means in that day, many times, and that's basically -- you did -- that's the one activity that you did, okay? So this is one aspect of "all" and "whole". "The" and duration, like, "always" and the "complete" time of whatever it is you're talking about. We're going to look at a couple of other differences that are very important that you need to keep in mind.

Okay, so now we're going to look at a few other differences that are sometimes very small but important. So let's look at the two examples here first: "All my friends came." "My whole group of friends came." What do you notice first about the differences between these two? One, the possessive adjective -- my, his, your, etc. -- with "all" comes after "all" -- comes before "whole": "My whole group of friends came." So I can say "all my friends", all individual friends, right? But remember what I said about "whole". "Whole" means something complete, a complete package of something. So I have "group of friends" came. The meaning is more or less the same, okay? But here I talk about the group; here I talk about the individuals. Very important to remember. But most important -- possessive, after "all", before "whole", okay? That's one.

Writing - Transitions - THEREFORE, THUS, CONSEQUENTLY
00:13:18
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn how to use "therefore" and "thus" to show you have reached a conclusion. These transitions will improve your writing by helping you link ideas. In this lesson, we will look at transitions of conclusion and consequence to help ideas flow and improve our writing styles. I'll also teach you how you can use words like "so", "then", "hence", and "as a result" for the same purpose. Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/writing-transitions-therefore-thus-consequently/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi, again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is -- actually, I had a few requests for it. So I'm not going to mention names right now because there are too many to mention. But some people asked me about transitions, again, specifically, "therefore" and "thus". But I figured I would do the whole package because they can all work together. If you're writing essays, you can use more than one of these, more than two of these, especially for longer essays. So first, we're going to look at the differences or similarities -- as the case may be -- of these words and when and how they are used. Okay?

So the words we're looking at today are "therefore", "thus", "consequently", "so", "then, "hence", and the expression "as a result". Okay? So again, all of these are transitions. I'll put it here.

So a little review. What is a transition? A transition is like a bridge that connects two ideas. Okay? So what are we connecting here? What are the ideas that we want to connect? We want to connect a logical conclusion. Okay? Or we want to connect a consequence. What is a "consequence"? A consequence is, basically, a result. So for example, in life, we make choices, we make decisions, and then, we have to live with the consequences, whatever those choices bring us. Okay? So there's a very, very slight difference in these three words, especially. These are the three that I want you to use most on essays if you're going to be writing essays. Okay? We use "therefore" -- again, it's more of a mathematical word, but we use it, obviously, to write, as well. When we have a premise, from there premise, we generally reach a conclusion. Now, what is a "premise"? A "premise" is an idea that we believe to be true. And because we believe it is true, from that truth we reach a conclusion. Okay? I think everybody knows a very famous "premise + conclusion" sentence. "I think" -- premise -- "I believe that I think, therefore I am." That's the conclusion I reach. Because I think, I am. Okay. Don't be confused. It's not "because". Premise and conclusion, but I'm just trying to simplify it a little bit.

"Thus" means "result". Now, it's a little bit different from "consequence". "Result" means a result of the last argument. Okay? And "consequence" is -- again, it's a result, but a consequence. Something's going to happen as a result of the thing before. Now, it's very, very important to remember, something had to be mentioned before you can use any of these words. Okay? All of these words and whatever sentence or clause or whatever comes after it is in relation to what came before. Okay? I said something before; this is my conclusion now. Or this is the result of what happened or this is the consequence.

More informally, we can use "so" also to talk about a consequence or a result. We use "then". So, "This happened. Then, I did this." Not "then" like time, like sequence. "Then" means more like, "This happened, so I did this." "This happened. Then, I did that as a result of the first thing."

Now, a lot of people ask me about this word, "hence". The first thing I will say is don't use it. One, it's a bit old-fashioned and a bit snobby. And two, most people don't use it correctly anyway. I personally don't like this word, but if you must use it, then, remember it's also like a consequence. Use it instead of "thus" -- probably instead of "therefore".

And of course, very casual, "as a result". Okay? So before we look at this -- all of these individually, let's look at some examples. "I am cold." Okay? This is the situation. "I am cold. Therefore, I'll put on a coat." [Coughs] Excuse me. Actually, you know what? Let me change this. Sorry. I'll put a period here. If I were going to use "therefore" with this, I would start a new sentence. All of these words can be used to start a sentence or mid-sentence. But some of them are better used to start. Some of them are better used in the middle. "I'm cold. Therefore, I'll put on a coat."

How to increase your vocabulary
00:13:30
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Here are some great tips for remembering your vocabulary and learning new words. This lesson will show you how to learn more than one new word at a time and how to practice learning and remembering words that will improve all areas of your English quickly. Watch the video, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-increase-your-vocabulary/

Basic English Vocabulary - GET
00:06:18
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Let's get started by looking at the word 'get' followed by participles and other words. 'Get' is one of the most frequently used words in English, but it can be confusing. "Get angry", "get going", and "get a burger" each use the word in a different way. This lesson will show you how you can use 'get' properly in different ways. You can also take a quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-vocabulary-get/

Writing Skills: The Paragraph
00:14:33
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

The paragraph is the most important unit of a well-written essay. The paragraph has a specific structure and standards that make it effective and enjoyable to read. In this writing lesson we will look at how to construct good paragraphs and improve writing with better flow and clarity. After the lesson, take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/writing-skills-paragraph/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about the paragraph. It's a writing lesson, and I want to show people what a paragraph is and how to construct one, what to do, what not to do so you can write very clear, very tight paragraphs. This is especially important for IELTS, TOEFL, SAT students but everybody has to follow the exact same rules. Now before I even begin, I must say that I'm talking mostly about academic writing or even business writing. Creative writing like novels or short stories, anything fiction, you can do anything you want. Only always remember: somebody has to read what you wrote so it has to be clear. But academic essays, for example, certain rules you have to follow; you have to be very careful about them. So let's begin.

In terms of like the actual way a paragraph looks: you have to indent or skip a line. So let me just make sure you understand what an indent is. This is an indent, the first line a little bit pushed in or you can make sure you skip a line between paragraphs. But don't do both. If you skip a line, don't indent. Okay? That's the main thing.

Now, that's in terms of the way it looks. In terms of content -- and this, I can't stress this enough -- very, very, very important: one central idea in one paragraph. Okay? I've seen many people, I've seen many essays where you start a paragraph talking about one thing, and then you go off on a tangent and talk about something completely unrelated. So for example: if you start a paragraph and you're talking about apples, continue to talk about apples. If you go to oranges, that's maybe okay because you're still talking about fruit. But if you start with apples, go to oranges, go to bananas, and then end up with monkeys in space there's a bit of a problem; the reader has no idea what you're talking about. One paragraph, one central idea.

Now, make sure that you tell the reader what this central idea is. This is your thesis statement. Okay? It's a very general sentence. All it does is introduce the topic of the paragraph, nothing else. All the details comes after. So speaking of details, we'll talk about details in detail, but all other ideas, all the other sentences, all your sentences with the details must directly relate back to the main idea. So let's say here is your thesis statement; very general, every sentence after must relate back to that thesis statement. Okay? You can't go off to another idea. Everything must support this, must talk about the same topic. Very important. Okay?

How long should your paragraph be? Technically, a paragraph could be one sentence, but in an academic essay that rarely happens. But it could be any length you want, as long as you're still on that one topic, as long as you still have things to write and things to say about that topic, say it. If you have four sentences, fine; if you have 10 sentences, also okay. Again, for IELTS, TOEFL, SAT students: four, five sentences should be your limit. You can't be too long because you don't have time and you're going to start making mistakes.

So now, the details. Very important to have lots of details. Why is this topic important to your overall idea of your essay? Not only tell me what is the topic, what is the thesis statement of the paragraph, make sure you explain to me why this is important to the general idea of the essay. Give me your reasons. Now, why is it important? And then reasons, why you think what you're saying supports this idea. Examples, always use examples because giving me the reasons is okay; examples make me see exactly what you're trying to say. Very easy for me to understand what you're trying to say.

Now, in terms of flow, in terms of the way the reader can approach the paragraph, you have to have bridges. What is, what do bridges mean? Basically, when you have one idea in this sentence, you must connect it to the next sentence, you must connect it to the next sentence. Every sentence must have a link to the next sentence. This creates flow, makes it much easier to read and understand, and it keeps you on the one topic.

Now, key terms. If you're talking about something specific and you have to use a key term, use it as many times as you need to. Otherwise, avoid repetition. Try not to use the same word more than once in one paragraph. Okay? For example: if you're using the word "moreover" in the paragraph, don't use it, don't use "moreover" again -- use "in addition to", use "furthermore", "another", etc. Try to avoid using one word more than once, especially in the same paragraph.

6 confusing words - small & little, big & large, tall & high
00:13:50
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com 'Small' and 'little' are synonyms, but sometimes it's difficult to know which one to use. In this English lesson we will look at some situations where you should use 'small' or 'little', or either one. We will also look at when we use 'big' and 'large', and the differences between 'tall' and 'high'. http://www.engvid.com/6-confusing-words-small-little-big-large-tall-high/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is a little bit tricky. The reason I say it's tricky is because we're talking about specific words that are often interchangeable; that are often used in the same situations or same meanings. We're talking about "small" versus "little", "big" versus "large", "tall" versus "high". Some students asked: what's the difference between them? I'll do my best to explain the difference between these words. First thing and the most important thing that you need to remember about these words is that yes, they are synonyms -- means they have almost the same meaning. What makes the difference in how to use them is always going to be context. Okay? A lot of the difference in how to use these words depends on the context they are being used in. Some expressions take this word or that word, and not the other, for example. In some situations, the meaning is very different depending on which word you use. Okay?

So we're going to start with "small" and "little". Okay? The main thing to remember and in most cases the biggest difference: when we talk about "small", when we use "small", we talk about size, the size of something or its dimensions -- dimensions are length, width, height, depth, etcetera -- or intensity. Okay? When we talk about the intensity of something. So first of all, the thing to remember about this: we're talking about physical size. When we describe something as "small", generally we mean physically small, something physical is small. But again, sometimes we can use "little" to talk about the physical size of something. So for example: somebody has small hands or somebody has little hands. The nuance is a little bit different, and this is what you have to be careful about, nuance. If somebody has small hands, it means generally physical small but if somebody has little hands, it has more of the idea that he or she can do less with their hands. True, not true - I don't know; I'll leave that up to you. But just remember there's a slight nuance in difference. But, if you look at somebody, say: "Oh, he has such little hands." Or if you say: "Oh, that person has such small hands." Most people will get the same idea. But again, context might tell you it's a little bit different. Okay. When I talk about intensity, again, usually something physical like somebody has a small voice. If somebody has a small voice, sometimes it's a little bit hard to hear them. Did you hear that? Did you hear my small voice or do you hear my big voice now? But we'll get to that after.

Usually, we use "little" with uncountables; money, time. "I have a little money." Not "small money". Small money means like in Canada, we have a dime, 10 cents, it's a very small coin but that's not what we're talking about. "A little money", when we're talking about quantity. So usually when you talk about uncountables -- things you can't count and you're not talking about physical size because it's not something physical, physical things you can count -- uncountables, not physical things, you usually use "small". If we talk about someone's stature... Now, what does "stature" mean? It means more or less like how people view this person or this thing. So look at the example. For example: if I say "A small man" versus "A little man". A small man means usually physically small; maybe short, maybe skinny, whatever. A little man is something... we don't care about this person. Right? He's small, I can step on him because he's not... doesn't have stature. A big man has a bit more stature. A large man is a large man, but we'll get to that in a second.

When we talk about adjective of degree. When we want... we use "little" almost like an adverb. So: "I'm a little tired." Not small tired, a little tired. Or if you say... and that means just a little bit. Right? Not a great amount. But if I say: "I'm a little irritated." I'm a little irritated means like ugh, you know, somebody made me irritated. Again, context will usually tell you that "little irritated" means very irritated. "Ugh, I'm a little irritated." Means I'm pissed off, to be honest, but we use "little" to make it softer. Okay? But, and another thing, again this usually comes back to countables or uncountables. When we're talking about countables and we want to talk about the quantity, like how much we have, we say: "We have a small amount of something" or "We have a small number of somethings." Again, you usually use amount with uncountables, you'll use number with countables.

8 'head' phrasal verbs - head up, head out, head off...
00:05:48
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Head to http://www.engvid.com for help with vocabulary! In this lesson we will look at phrasal verbs that use the verb 'head' with different prepositions to mean different things. You'll learn the meaning of head to, head up, head over, and more. Head over to http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-head/ to take the quiz!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at phrasal verbs, and today's phrasal verb is -- starts with -- "head": "head up", "head down", "head out", "head over", "head in" or "head inside" - both okay -, "head back", "head off", "head for". Okay? These are the ones we're going to look at and we're going to give examples of each one.

First thing to notice: I have... I've grouped these all into one bunch. Basically, these all mean "go". So when we say "head" with any one of these it means "go", but where we go, the direction we go, that changes with each preposition. So let's look at them. When I say: "head up" generally I'm talking about going north. Okay? So if I'm in the US, I'm going to head up to Canada because I'm going north. If I'm in Canada, I'm going to head down to the States. Generally speaking, when we travel or when we go somewhere or drive somewhere especially, we use "head up", "head down". So again, "head up", "head down".

If you're going east or west, you basically just "head over" to wherever you're going. Actually let me get to this one: so "head over" means go to a destination or go to a place. So I'm sure some of you have heard the expression "come over". -"Hey, what are you doing?" -"Nothing." -"Well, come over." "Over" means over to my house or over to where I am. So if you're going to head over to somewhere, you're going to go to a specific place. My friend calls me says: "Well, do you want to come over?" And I say: "Yeah, I'll head over right now." Means I'm going to come to your house right now.

That goes with "head out". "Head out" basically means "go" but it also means "leave". Okay? So if I'm going to "head out in five minutes" means I'm going to leave here in five minutes; I'm going to go in five minutes. My friend calls me up, says: "Hey, you're late. Where are you?" Say: "Oh, sorry. I got, some things came up. I'm going to head out in five minutes." -- I'm going to leave in five minutes.

If you're sitting outside, nice sunny day, drinking with your friends and then you get a little bit tired and you want to go inside your house you say: "I'm going to head in." Okay? "I'm going to head inside." Basically means "go in", "go inside". Usually you would say this when the "in" is understood like if you're outside your house, you're going to head in. If you're in a patio of a restaurant and there's too much sun, "I'm going to head in" or "head inside" -- inside the restaurant. Okay?

"Head back" -- go back. We're going for a little trip and I'm getting a little bit tired or a little bit bored and I say: "You know what? Ah, forget it. I'm going to head back." I'm going to turn around, go back where I came from. Okay, all very easy. These two are a little bit different. "Head off" basically means to stop something from happening or to block, and I'll even say here prevent something from happening. Okay? So my girlfriend found out that my ex-girlfriend lives in the same city, and she found out that my ex-girlfriend is going to come over to my house and try to hook up again. So my girlfriend is going to go head her off, she's going to go and block the way; she's not going to let her get to me. Okay? She's going to "head her off at the pass", we say -- it's an expression. Old western movies, you got the cowboys, you got the Indians and the Indians are coming in for attack, and the cowboys, they head them off at the pass. Now, it could also mean to make them change course or make whoever, make something change course. Basically means make it change direction. So I'm going this way, somebody came to head me off and make me go this way instead of this way. Okay, easy.

"Head for" also means "go" but it's not so much "go", it's more about move, move towards something specifically or even aim. Okay? So there's an old expression: "Head for the hills." If there's a flood coming, if it's raining very heavily and the water's starting to rise, head for the hills; go toward the hills that are higher, you can keep your feet dry. Okay?

So these are all the different uses of "head" with a preposition. Head north: head up; head down: south; head out: leave or go; head over: go to a specific spot or place that you spoke with someone about; head back: go back; head off: stop, block, make change direction; head for a specific place. Now, if you want to get detailed examples, if you want sentences using all of these, go to www.engvid.com. There's a quiz there -- you can try out all these phrasal verbs. Also, check out my YouTube site and subscribe to it. And come back again; visit us, we'll give you another lesson. Thank you.

English Grammar - Comparing: funner & faster or more fun & more fast?
00:06:23
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Is playing video games funner or more fun than studying grammar? Not sure when to use '___er' or 'more ____ than' when comparing things? In this lesson we will look at syllables as a way to choose the faster car, the more beautiful painting, or the more clever phrase. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/comparing-funner-faster-syllables/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, again. I'm Adam. Welcome to [a][a]www.engvid.com.[/a][/a] Today's lesson is very common I think - a very popular question. I get asked this all the time by students who are learning English: when to use "-er", when to use "more" when we are comparing things, for example with adjectives. When do I say "better", for example, or "happier" or "more expensive"? How do you know which one to use? Okay? So it's very, very simple, okay? We're going to look at syllables. To use "-er", we use -- sorry. We use "-er" with words that have one or two syllables. We use "more" with words that have two or more syllables.

Now, before I explain that, what are syllables? "Syllables" are vowel sounds in a word, okay? They're not the number of vowels; they're the number of vowel sounds. But first, what is a "vowel"? Just in case you're not familiar: A, E, I, O, U; these are the vowels in English. Consonants are B, C, D, F, G, and so on. Keep in mind "Y" is a consonant even though it sounds often like a vowel.

Okay, so back to syllables. So these are the vowel sounds. So for example, the word "cat". How many vowel sounds are in the word "cat"? One: "ah" -- "cat". Keep in mind -- here's another one-syllable word: "leak". Two vowels, one vowel sound, "leak", "eeee", okay? Can you think of a two-syllable word? How do you feel right now? I bet you feel "happy". I'm sure you feel happy because you're watching www.engvid.com, right? "Happy". The two vowel sounds: "ha", "py" -- sorry. My mistake. "Hap", "py", "ah", "eeee", okay? How about a three-vowel sound word? How about three syllables? "Beautiful". Sorry. I'm not having the best day spelling today. "Beau", "ti", "ful". Three syllables. How about four? "Ex", "cep", "tio", "nal" -- "exceptional". Great. Very good. Okay. One more -- five. Very common word: "International". Can you divide them up into the syllables? Try it. "In", "ter", "na", "tio", "nal" -- "international", five syllables.

So now, here we go back. We see one or two syllables or two or more syllables. So now, you're thinking, "Okay, well if I have a two-syllable word, I still don't know which one to use, right?" Well, here is the answer. One or two syllables: If the word ends in "Y" -- I'll put it here. Sorry about the mess. If the word ends in "Y", use "-er". So "happy" -- if you want to compare two things; who's happier? Me or my friend? Then you drop the "Y"; then you put "ier". "Happier". Okay? If the word -- the two-syllable word -- ends in a consonant, okay, then you use "more". Okay? So "gentle" is technically a two-syllable word, but it ends in a vowel, so "gentler". I'll think of an example of a consonant-ending word.

Now, there are, of course, exceptions. "Good" does not take "-er" or "more". "Good" becomes "better". "Bad" becomes "worse". "Far" becomes "farther". I'll write this one down. "Far" becomes "farther", so you have the extra addition here. "Much" becomes "more". "Little" becomes "less", okay? Now -- oh, I put it twice. Sorry. Now, "fun" is a one-syllable word, but you will never hear anybody say "funner". Why? Because it sounds like "funnier". So this is an exception. We usually say "more fun". Now here's an example of a two-syllable word that ends in a consonant, so you think "cleverer". Now, some people will say "cleverer", but because of the "r-r" ending, it's a little bit hard to say, so many people will say "more clever". "He is more clever than she is", okay? For example. I still can't think of a word that ends in a consonant. "Feather". No. That's not -- it's a noun; I can't use that. Okay. It'll come to me. I'll put it on the comments on [a][a]www.engvid.com.[/a][/a] And if you want to practice more of these, go to [a][a]www.engvid.com.[/a][/a] There's a quiz there, and you can practice these and come back, and we'll do some more lessons. So don't forget to check out my YouTube page and subscribe. See you then.

3 tips for sounding like a native speaker
00:08:15
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

"That'll be 66 cents please." "Sikysi... what?" Having a hard time understanding native speed English? This lesson will give you some tips on how to sound like a native speaker as well as how to understand what you hear by breaking down expressions into their individual word and sounds. https://www.engvid.com/3-tips-....for-sounding-like-a-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again, welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today, I'm going to help you sound a little bit more like a native speaker, hopefully. Students ask me all the time: "How can I sound like a native speaker?" Well, before I say anything, let me just tell you that it will take time and a lot, a lot, a lot of practice. The best way is to live in an English-speaking country, of course, but of course you can do it anywhere, but it takes time; be patient, practice, practice, practice.

So we're looking at pronunciation. Let me start with this word: "pronunciation". Not: "pronounciation". It is not a pronoun. A pronoun is: "I", "me", "my", "mine". Pronunciation is how we speak English. So I'm going to give you three tips that will help you sound a little bit more like a native speaker. We're going to start with connecting words. Now, think about your own language, whether you're speaking Spanish or Polish or Chinese, you do this in your language as well. When you're speaking fast, you're taking words and you're squeezing them together; you're connecting them, so one word flows into the next word. That's what we're going to do here.

You can connect consonants to consonants. What this means: when a word ends in a consonant... A consonant is "b", "c", "d", "f", "g", etc. A vowel is "a", "e", "i", "o", "u". When a word ends in a consonant and the next word begins with the same consonant, drop the first one. So for example: we do not say: "black coffee", we don't say: "ke, ke". There's only one "k": "bla coffee", "bla coffee." Okay? Practice that. Now, "t" and "d", these are two different consonants, but according to the tongue and the mouth, they almost sound the same so we do the same thing. "Wha do you do?", "Wha do you do?" But again, another thing you have to keep in mind is when we say it fast, we also don't really say "e", we say like a... Sort of like a small... We don't say "o" - sorry -, we say sort of a small "e". "Wha do ye do?" Practice that. "Wha do ye do?" Strange, huh? No "t", "wha", "de ye do?", "Wha de ye do?" That's how a native speaker would say it naturally.

Now, another thing is when a word ends in a consonant and the next word begins in a vowel, make sure you roll it in. Right? Roll the consonant into the vowel and separate the syllable before. A syllable is the vowel sounds in a word. Okay? So nobody, like native speakers don't say: "Not at all. Oh no, not at all." We don't say it like that. We say: "Oh, not-at-all.", "Not-at-all.", "Not-at-all." Right? The "t", so this becomes: "No-ta-tall", "No-ta-tall", "Not at all". Okay? Say it quickly, blend the letters one into the next. But again, practice it.

Now, for those of you who are going to be taking a test, an English test that involves listening; IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, if you're in Canada you're maybe doing a CELPIP test. Okay? This is going to help you on the listening section as well. This is one of the things they're testing. Somebody on the recording will say: "Not-at-all", and you need to cut: "Not at all", you need to understand the separate words, that's part of the test. So practice speaking it, practice listening to it. Another thing we do is we squeeze some words. Okay? Certain words, we don't say all the syllables, we don't even say all the letters. I've heard many students say: "Com-fort-able", "com-fort-able", but native speakers, we don't say this part, we don't say the "or". We say: "Comf-ta-bil", and notice the last sound is like a small tiny, tiny little "i" in there. "Comftabil", "comf-ta-bil", "comftabil". Okay? We don't pronounce the "or": "Comfortable". Nope, don't do that.

Another word like that: "Interesting". "In-chre-sting". Find out what the syllables are so: "In-ter" - sorry, my mistake -, "In-ter-rest-ing". If you want to emphasize something, we have a word called: "enunciate". When someone wants to emphasize a word, then they enunciate each syllable; they say each syllable separately. "Oh, that is very in-ter-est-ing." Right? Because I want you to understand that the word is interesting, but in every day speech: "Intresting", "in-tre-sting". "In-ter-est-ing", I have four syllables, when I actually say it naturally, it becomes three syllables and the "t" and the "r" become like a "ch", but that's... We'll talk about that next. Another word: "every". "E-vry". I don't say: "Ev-er-y", I don't say this letter "e", "ev-er-y". "E-vry", "evryone", "evrything", "evry".

10 GET Phrasal Verbs: get down, get off, get through, get up, get away...
00:08:50
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Get through this lesson without getting down. Phrasal verbs with GET are very common and popular in everyday speech. In this lesson we will look at the meanings of words like get up, get over, get through, and more. https://[a]www.engvid.com%2F10-get-phrasal-verbs%2F[/a]

Hi again. Welcome to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about phrasal verbs using the verb: "get". Now, before I dive into this lesson, I just want to explain a few things. I've gotten many comments on www.engvid.com and many people tell me that phrasal verbs are very difficult. And I understand that, I appreciate that, but I want you to start thinking of phrasal verbs as vocabulary; it's just extra words you have to study. It's not fun, I understand that, but it's not that difficult either. You just have to remember and use, and practice, practice, practice like any other vocabulary you're learning.

So today's verb is: "get". Let's look at some of these prepositions we have. "Get up", "Get down", "Get away", "Get over", "Get off", "Get on", "Get in", "Get through", "Get between", "Get along" or "Get along with". So we're going to go one by one. I'll explain basically what they mean. Sometimes they have more than one; sometimes two, sometimes three different meanings. And if necessary, I'll give examples. Oh, sorry about that.

Okay, let's start with: "Get up". "Get up", two general meanings you're going to need to know. One is get up, if you're sitting down, if you're lying down and someone says: "Get up", it means: stand up, stand. Get off the floor, get off the chair, whatever. "Get up" also means to get dressed in a certain way. If you're going to a club, you want to get up all fancy and put on a nice dress or a nice suit for the guys. If it's Halloween, you're going to get up in a nice costume. We can also use "getup" as a noun. "Getup" means what you're wearing. "Nice getup" means: "I like your clothes.", "Nice suit.", "Nice costume.", "Nice" whatever it is you're wearing.

"Get down", opposite of "Get up". If you're standing, get down or sit down, for example, so get down. If... If a baseball is flying your way: "Get down!" Duck, get underneath it. "Get down" in a slang way means like get down, like enjoy the music, enjoy the party. You know, like get down, dance, do whatever gets you down. We'll get to "Get off" in a second. You'll understand.

"Get away". "Get away" means leave. But in a more colloquial way - "colloquial" means like everyday street English, not necessarily slang but common English - "Get away" means go on vacation. And when you go on vacation, you choose a nice getaway. A getaway is a vacation, like a planned vacation or a nice vacation destination, the place you're going to. So Hawaii is a great getaway in winter in Canada because it's cold; Hawaii: beautiful.

"Get over". One, there's a... One meaning: get over something physical like there's a wall and you need to get to the other side, so you get over the wall. Okay? But that wall could also be a problem or an obstacle; it doesn't have to be a physical thing. Right? So you have a problem, get over it, move on, as they say. So you and your girlfriend had a fight, okay, get over it, move on. Continue on like nothing happened. Make up, kiss, whatever you do. Next day everything's good; get over it. Okay? That's the most common meanings of: "Get over".

TO or FOR? Prepositions in English
00:09:17
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com 'To' and 'for' are prepositions that are often confused. Although they are used in almost all situations, many people do not know which one to use in which situation. This grammar lesson will give you some tips on how to choose the correct one to make your speech and writing smoother. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/to-or-for/

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and today's lesson is about prepositions; everybody's favourite little words that get in the middle of everything and cause you lots of troubles, and headaches, and confusion. Especially if you're writing, this is the worst part, but even if you're not; always causes problems.

Today's prepositions that we're going to look at: "to" and "for". Now, there isn't really a set rule for these prepositions; they can be used in many different ways. What I'm going to try to show you today is when to use "to" instead of "for", when to use "for" instead of "to". Now, to do that, we first have to look at why or situations in which we use these prepositions.

So let's start. If you want to express a reason, - okay? -, then you're going to use "to" or "for".
"I went to the store", why? "To buy milk." "I went to the store", why? "For milk."
What's the difference between these two? Should be very clear I think. Here I have a verb, here I'm only talking about the noun so we use "to". Now, technically, this is not a preposition. Okay? This is an infinitive verb marker, but it looks like a preposition so we'll treat it as one for now. Verb, noun, that's the difference when you're talking about reason.

Now, before we go to the next one, I want you to look at this:
"I went to the store", whenever you have sort of a movement, - sorry -, and you have a destination... So by movement I mean: "go", "walk", "drive", "take the bus", for example. Anything that involves you moving or going somewhere and then you're talking about the destination, - means the place that you are going to -, it's always going to be "to". And this is very much a preposition showing direction. Okay? Now, there are of course exceptions. There are situations where you can use "for". "Head for the hills", "Make for the lobby", okay? But very, very specific situations, very specific verbs and you're not going to use them that often because they're not as common. Easier to just use "go", okay?

Next: if you want to point out a recipient. What is a recipient? A person who receives something. Okay?
"Give this to her.", "This is for her."

Now you're thinking: "Well, her, her, what's the difference? They look exactly the same." So here is why I wrote: "verb". In this situation, you're not worried about the preposition, you're worried about the verb. In this case: "give", in this case: "is". Okay? When you... Again, when you have motion... And here, "her" or the person is like a destination; it's not a place, but it's the recipient. Recipient is similar to a destination except you have place and person. Okay? If you have motion and recipient, use "to". When you have situation, then you're going to use "for". Okay? So it all depends on the verb, not the preposition.

Now, another example:
"Can you send this fax to her?" "Send" means motion, you're going to be doing something, you're going to be moving something.
"I made this cake for her."
"Made" -- you're not moving anything, nothing's changing hands. Right? You made it, this is the situation and it's for her. Eventually she will be the recipient. "I made this for her. Can you give it to her?" Right? So I'm using both: one motion "to", situation "for".

English Vocabulary - EVEN: even though, even if, even when...
00:07:01
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Even English users sometimes have a problem with this word. EVEN has specific uses and knowing how to apply it will help you emphasize and point out surprising information. In this lesson we will see the word EVEN used in many ways, even though it might surprise you how. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-even/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and today's lesson comes from a very common question I get from students. Students sometimes ask me... Like they ask me a question about grammar or whatever, and sometimes I say: "You know what? I'm not sure. I'll tell you tomorrow or I'll tell you the next day", etcetera. And then they say to me: "But you're the teacher, you should know." And I say to them, you know: "Even teachers sometimes need to learn and to continuously grow and find out new things for their students." And then of course the next question is: "What is 'even'?" And I say: "Okay, well there's your... our next lesson." Right? So today's word: "even". Many students... like they hear it all the time, but they don't really understand how it's being used. So today, I'm going to give you some examples because that's the best way to understand this word. Most of you have seen it as: "even though", "even if", or: "even when". There are other uses which we're going to look at in a minute, but first let's go over these.

But first, what does..? What does the word: "even" suggest? Okay? When you use the word: "even", you're talking about something that's very surprising. Okay? It's against expectation. What is "expectation"? When you think something will happen because something else happened. For example: if I win a million dollars, you will... You would expect that I will buy a big house or that I will go on vacation or that I will stop working. Okay? So what we're going to see is that sometimes what you think will happen is exactly the opposite or different from what actually happens, and then that's when you use the word: "even".

Let's look at the first example: "Even though I was late, my boss wasn't angry." Now, you would think: "You're late, your boss is angry." But I'm stressing that what should have been the case, he should have been angry or she should have been angry, but wasn't, even though I was late. So it's a very surprising situation. If I used only "though": "Though I was late, my boss wasn't angry." This just shows a regular contrast. Okay? Late should equal angry, it wasn't. This shows surprise because usually my boss gets angry when I'm late, - not that I'm late often -, but when I'm late, my boss gets really angry. But today, no, today my boss was calm, nothing going on. He must have had a good weekend, I don't know.

Now: "if": "If I win the lottery, I won't have enough money to buy a house." That doesn't make sense. If you win the lottery, you have a lot of money so that's why I'm using: "if". And when I use: "if", I'm also adding the negative, the opposite of what is expected. "Even if I win the lottery, I won't have enough money to buy a house." Okay? It depends how much the lottery is. I think Lotto 649, that's the lottery in Ontario, I think it's three million right now. In Toronto, that'll buy you a little house, maybe. So: "Even if I win".

Now: "even when". "If" is a hypothetical; maybe it will happen, maybe it won't happen, probably not. "When" we use for more realistic ideas, when something happens. "Even when he presented the evidence," - when he showed proof that something happened -, "no one believed him." Now, you think evidence, if somebody sees evidence, they believe what you're saying. But even when he presented the evidence, they didn't believe him. Very strange. I can... I put the word here "after": "Even after he showed the evidence..." If you want to talk about time lapse, this is... "When" shows at that time, "after" means later, but both work the same way in this sentence. Okay? So again: "even" means surprising or against expectations, but we are not limited to these three expressions.

Let's look at some more. Okay, now another thing to remember about this word: "even" is that it sometimes gives you extra information. Just by using this word, you should be able to understand something else. Okay? So let's look at these examples.

"No one thought Tom's joke was funny, not even Kathy." Now, only from this sentence, what can you understand about Kathy? One: you can understand that she always thinks Tom's jokes are funny, so that's why it's a little surprise that even she didn't think this was funny or you think that Kathy always laughs at every joke. Okay? So something about Kathy you can understand from this sentence even though it's not mentioned; you understand something about her personality or about her relationship with Tom, etcetera. Obviously, we need more information to know exactly what, but you understand that there's something else because of this word.

Writing - Misplaced Modifiers
00:09:40
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Engvid.com is great for English learners where you can learn many new things about the language." Does that sentence seem OK to you? Well, in this lesson you will find out why it isn't and where the modifying clause should be. Misplaced modifiers are a common problem in writing and after this lesson, should be a problem of the past. Test your writing skill with the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/writing-misplaced-modifiers/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. My name's Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit more advanced. It's actually very useful for native English speakers as well, not only ESL learners. Today we're talking about misplaced modifiers. Now, this is a very important grammar point, plus it's also very, very important for those of you who need to do English writing. Okay? This is a very common mistake that people will see in all kinds of writing. It could be very, very embarrassing sometimes because... You'll understand in a minute why. But I'll show you the different types and we'll figure out a way to fix it as much as we can.
So, first of all, what is a "modifier"? A modifier is anything in a sentence, it could be an adjective or an adverb, a clause, a phrase, anything that modifies something else in the sentence. What does "modify" mean? Means to change, change the meaning of, change the idea of. Okay? So, for example: if you say: "A car", you have an idea of a car. You say: "A red car", you have a different idea of the car probably. So "red" modifies "car".

Okay, so what we're looking at is misplaced modifiers. We have misplaced modifiers, dangling modifiers, squinting modifiers. Don't worry about the technical words. Worry about what is actually happening here. So I'm going to start with these examples, and we'll look at a few others in a minute.

So look at these two sentences:
"I call only my mother when I'm sick."
"I only call my mother when I'm sick."

Now, this word: "only" is the modifier we're looking at. It is very, very often misplaced; people don't realize that this word doesn't necessarily go where it should go half the time. It's amazing how many people misplace it. So what does this sentence mean: "I call only my mother when I'm sick"? It means: when I'm sick, I don't call my friends, I don't call my girlfriend or boyfriend, I don't call my aunt or uncle; only my mother. I'm sick: "Mom, come make me some soup, please." You have to be polite, of course.
"I only call my mother when I'm sick." It means: when I'm healthy, I don't call her. I never speak to her, only when I'm sick do I call her. She gets very angry at me, she thinks I'm using her. But according to this sentence, I am, because I only call her when I'm sick. So you understand what this word does to the sentence. Okay? Very, very important where you place it to know which word it's going to modify.
The secret about modifiers: place them close to the word you're trying to modify. But that also doesn't always work.
"People who whistle quickly become annoying."

Now, you're thinking: "This sentence looks okay." The problem is: what does it mean? Is it: "People who whistle quickly, become annoying"? Or: "People who whistle, quickly become annoying"? Which one do you mean? All people who whistle or just people who whistle quickly? I don't think I should whistle, I'll probably blow the mic, but very fast whistling. Right? So, this is called a squinting modifier; you're not sure which word the modifier is going with. How can I fix this? You can probably cut it into two sentences. "I get quickly annoyed by people who whistle." Or: "People who whistle become annoying quickly." Or just change the location or again, just split it into two different sentences, that's another solution.

Here's another one, this is called more... This is more of a dangling modifier:
"I went to see a movie last night with my friend, which was really boring."
Okay, maybe you understand the sentence. I don't. What was boring, the movie or the going out with the friend? This is called a dangling modifier because I don't actually know what it is modifying. I'm not sure what this "which" is, the situation or the movie. So again, to fix it, just bring it closer to the actual thing. I'm going to assume you're talking about the movie. "I went to see a movie last night which was really boring, with my friend." No, that's not a very good way to fix it either. "I went to see a movie which was really boring last night with my friend." That's much better, it's right next to the thing you're modifying. So you want to put this right here, so it modifies the movie itself. Okay? So here're three different examples of misplaced modifiers. Let's look at a few more.
Okay, let's look at a few more examples, and eventually, we'll get to some funny ones that you'll understand why it could be embarrassing.

Cooking Vocabulary in English - chop, grill, saute, boil, slice...
00:07:45
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Love to eat? Share your recipes and give advice to those who are lost in the kitchen. In this lesson we will look at some basic cooking vocabulary that might make food a new experience for you and your friends and family. You'll learn words like chop, boil, saute, grill, slice, and more. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/cooking-vocabulary/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a very interesting one. It's one of my favourites. Why? Because I love to eat. Actually, a long time ago, before I was a teacher, before I did any of that, I went to culinary school. "Culinary" -- I learned how to cook. I was going to be a chef. But then I worked at a restaurant, actually I worked in a few restaurants and I decided: "Nope, I don't want to be a chef anymore." But I still like to cook, I still love to eat. So some of my students were asking me for kitchen vocab, some culinary cooking vocab.

First, let's start with this question: "What's cookin'?" Now, it could mean: "Ah, something smells good. What's cookin'?" Means what are you making, what dish are you making? But sometimes, people will ask this as slang: "What's cookin?" means: "What's happening? How are things? How are you?" Just so you know. A good idiom to recognize.

So we're looking at kitchen vocab. When we're talking about cooking, we're talking about culinary arts. Okay? So you ever hear this expression: "culinary" means about cooking, about food.

Now, before I get into these actions, some of these actions that you will use while you are cooking, it's a moral imperative that I spend a minute about these two words. What does "moral imperative" mean? It means that to be a good person, I must tell you something about these words. First: "a chef", a chef is a person who studied cooking, went to school and studied, has worked in many restaurants, and has practiced for a long time in his art, his cooking skills. This person - or her -, this person probably has a diploma and is usually the boss of a kitchen in a restaurant somewhere.

Now, "a cook" is a person who is just starting to cook or somebody who just makes food at home. Anybody can be a cook. So "cook" could be a noun, the person, or: "to cook", verb, to prepare dishes. Now, very, very, very important and I must stress this: "cook", the pronunciation of this word is very important. It's: "uh", "uh", "uhk". "Cook", okay? "Cook". Sounds like, it rhymes with: "look" or: "took" or: "book". Okay? "Book", "took", "look", "cook". It does not, not rhyme with: "rock" or: "sock" or: "lock". Okay? Not. So if somebody says to you: "Oh, I'm a good cock." Say: "I'm happy for you. Bye-bye." Okay?
Because they're talking about something else completely. "Cook", be very careful about this word.
Okay, let's get started. Let's say you're on the internet, you want to look for some new dishes, you want to surprise your family with a nice new meal from a different country maybe. You get on the internet and you find a "recipe", recipe for a nice dish. But, you're not sure about how to make it because you don't recognize some of these actions. "Pot", "pan", all of these things you can understand. My little stove here, and my little oven here, I'm sure you can understand. Let's look at the actions.

"To saute", now this word actually comes from the French, but we use it in English as well. "To saute" means in a skillet or in a pan, to cook lightly. So you have your pan, your flat pan, put a little bit of oil, put in your onions on the stove, and you saute, you flip, you cook it a little bit to a little bit brown, and then you put other things in it or you add it to other things.

"Boil/simmer", these are very similar actions. "Boil", you put something in a pot, like something like this and high, full of water. You put the heat very, very high. So boiling is very high heat, big bubbles, and very fast moving. "Bluh, bluh, bluh, bluh, bluh." Right? Like very boiling, so the bubbles go very fast and very high. "Simmer" means lower heat, small bubbles moving slowly. Okay? So when you're making a nice soup or a stew, first you get everything boiling, and then you reduce the heat and let it simmer for like an hour; get all the flavours to blend together really nicely.

Then you have: "broil/roast". So "broil" and "roast", we're using the oven. If you want to cook something like very quickly and get the top like very crispy, you broil. "Broil" means heat from the top, so the heat is going like this on to the food. "Roast" means the heat is coming from the bottom and the sides, so it cooks the inside and takes a little bit longer. Okay.
"Grill". "Grill", like for example: when you barbeque. When you're barbequing, you are grilling. You have the lines of the grill, you put your steak on it, then you flip it, etcetera. That's grilling, usually with fire, coals, lines.

9 TURN Phrasal Verbs: turn on, turn off, turn over, turn around, turn out...
00:06:51
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn nine phrasal verbs with the verb TURN. You've heard these phrases before but weren't sure what they meant. In this English lesson, learn phrases such as turn in, turn over, and turn out. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/turn-phrasal-verbs/

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is phrasal verbs. Okay? We have phrasal verbs with the verb: "turn". Again, remember: just like vocabulary, remember them, practice them, use them over and over again, you will remember them very well. And again, remember: phrasal verbs: usually or almost always more than one meaning. Okay? So keep that in mind.
Let's start with: "turn on". So, of course, all of you have some sort of electronic equipment at home; you have appliances, you have stereos, you have lights. You want to "turn on" lights and then you want to "turn off", dark. Okay? So that's the easy one. "Turn on": put power to, as it were. Slang: to "turn-on" means to get someone excited. Okay? Or to create an interest in. So, if a woman is wearing like a nice summer dress with like really thin straps, and like very loose, it's a turn-on for a lot of guys. Here, I'm using it as a noun, a "turn-on". That woman knows how to turn on men. Men can turn on women in other ways, hopefully not with a summer dress at the same time. Okay? It's slang. Be careful with it. Something turns you on, it gets you excited. But you can also turn on... a teacher, hopefully, will turn his students on to the subject that he's teaching or she's teaching. If you want your student to study history, you have to turn them on to it; make them interested, make them excited about it.
"Turn off", again, the opposite. "Turnoff", notice here: hyphen, here: no hyphen for the nouns. But to turn off means to make someone lose interest or to disgust someone, to make someone go: "Ulgh, no I don't want any of that." Lose all interest, lose all excitement, not be able to do anything. It's a turnoff, so something turns you off, like a bad smell will turn you off in pretty much any situation.
Okay, "turn up". Now, if you have a stereo, you want to "turn up" the volume, make it louder. Okay? The opposite will be "turn down". I didn't write it here, but "turn down": lower, "turn up": raise the volume. But "turn up" can also mean to discover. Okay? So, I was reading through the book, I was doing some research and an interesting piece of information turned up, something I wasn't expecting. Okay? But "turn up" also means to appear. I invited a lot of people to my party, but twice as many turned up, means appeared, they came. Interesting.
"Turn over": again the physical, you turn something over like if you're cooking a steak; cook it on one side for two minutes, turn it over, cook the other side for a couple of minutes, so flip. But "turnover" in terms of like business, if you have a restaurant, you want to turn over your tables as many times as you can, means you want to rotate their use. So somebody comes in, they eat, you clean... They leave, you clean up, you get the next person. So this table has a good turnover. Okay? You can use it more than one time; it's like rotating the cycle of its use. Then we talk about "turnover". A good restaurant must have a high "turnover". If it doesn't, then it must have very expensive menu prices or menu items or it will go out of business. McDonald's, for example, has huge turnover. That's why they make so much money; always busy.
"Turn around": sorry to show my back to you, but I turned around and now I turned around again to face you. Okay? So that's again, the physical, so the physical turn around. But "turn around" can also just mean change. So last week, my boss agreed to give me a raise, but this week he turned around and decided not to; he changed his mind. Okay.
"Turn in": so when your teacher gives you a test, you write the test, at the end of the class you have to turn it in; submit. Sometimes we say "hand in", it's the same thing. You can also "turn in" a criminal to the police. So you know that this person did something bad, you call the police, say: "Yeah, he did it." So you turn him or her in to the police. Now, also used in slang - and don't ask me why because I don't know -, "turn in" also means go to sleep. Okay? "Oh, I'm tired. I think I'll turn in. Goodnight." Go to sleep, turn in.

Advanced English Grammar: Collective Nouns
00:05:33
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a] ARE the English police looking for you? Or IS the English police looking for you? In this English grammar lesson we will look at how to use collective nouns like STAFF and COUPLE, and of course, police, in the correct way with their matching verbs. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a]/advanced-english-grammar-collective-nouns/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, welcome again to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I'm Adam. I have another great lesson for you today based on a request... a few requests actually from our www.engvid.com site. Today we're going to look at collective nouns. An example of a collective noun: "staff", "police", "audience", "family". These are nouns that might include individual members or be looked at as a whole unit. Okay? So: "staff" means the total group of employees or it could mean each individual employee. So, now you're thinking: "Okay, well, good. What's the problem?" The problem is: what verb do you use with these nouns? Do you use a singular verb or do you use a plural verb? Okay?

So, for example: do you say: "The staff was invited to the BBQ." or do you say: "The staff were invited to the BBQ."? I'm afraid I have to tell you there's actually no rule that decides this. What decides this is you. What do you want to say? What is your intention? Do you want to talk about the individuals or do you want to talk about the group? So, for example, look at this sentence: "My staff consists of young and old alike." "Alike" is basically like "both", both young and old. Now, why am I using the singular? Because here, I'm talking about my entire staff, my whole collection of employees. Right? So I'm probably going to use the singular because I'm talking about the one unit. Here, I could say both; I could say: "My staff", my entire unit of employees or I could talk about all the individual people who work for me were invited to the BBQ. So, again, it's more about what you want to intend... What you want to say, what you intend. Sorry, you don't want to intend anything. Okay?

Here's another example: "My family are going to be citizens soon." "My family was invited to a wedding." I have a plural, I have the singular; it depends what you want to say. "My family" - means all the members of my family - "are going to be citizens soon." It makes a bit more sense when you also have the plural here, "are" and "citizens". It sounds a little bit more natural. "My family was invited to the wedding." The Smiths, we... My family is the Smiths, so when the invitation came, the Smiths are cordially invited to attend the wedding of Jack and Jill who last week went up the hill. I'm not sure if you know this little poem. Anyway, so the same thing goes for "police", "audience", "couple", "faculty". Lots of collective nouns. Depends what you want to say. Now, usually... And keep in mind: this is also difficult for native English speakers to decide which one. Keep in mind that usually in the U.S. and Canada, most people will automatically choose the singular: "The staff is", "The police is", again, depending on the situation. In the U.K., they will naturally or usually go for the plural: "The staff are", "The police are".

Now, again, let's look at: "police". I'll give you two examples. Somebody was bothering my neighbour. Okay? And like they were like making noise. My neighbour asked the person to leave. The person wouldn't leave, so she called the police. They - the police - they came and removed this person. But, I have to be very careful driving these days because the police is cracking down on texters; people who drive and text. I don't do that, but I've seen them around. Right? So this... You have to be careful which meaning you want to use. Sometimes it'll be very natural, like I would only use the singular here because I'm talking about the whole unit. Here, both okay. Do you want to talk about the individuals? Do you want to talk about the group, the whole group? Now, if you want to be specific, if you very clearly want to show that you're talking about the individuals, add a word: "staff members", "family members", "police officers". If you add these words that show the individuals, you will have absolutely no problem. If I say: "staff members", obviously the verb will be plural because this is now the main subject. And "staff" becomes the adjective, "family" becomes the adjective. Okay? If I say: "police officers", "police" becomes the adjective, this is my subject, and I'm going to use a plural verb. If I want to say one person, one police officer, then of course I'm going to be talking... using the singular. Okay? So, again, very straightforward. Whatever you intend to do, that's what will help you choose the verb. But if you're not sure, go to: [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] There's a quiz there where you can get a little bit more practice. And, of course, visit my YouTube site, subscribe if you like. And I'll see you again real soon.

Vocabulary - Talking about MOVIES in English
00:10:07
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Let's cut to the chase -- we all love movies. We love to talk about our favorite movies, but don't have the right words. In this lesson we'll go over some common movie vocabulary that you regularly hear, as well as some slang and Hollywood lingo that will help you understand your favorite stars talk about what they do. Take the quiz here:
http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-talking-about-movies-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again, I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is about movies. Now, as far as I know, everybody loves movies; I love movies, I'm sure you love movies. And there're lots of words that have to do with movies that you might not be familiar with, but they're very good to know if you want to talk about movies with your friends or whoever. So that's what we're going to look at today, talking about movies. I'm going to give you a whole bunch of vocabulary, I'm sure some of them are not so new, some of them will be very new. We have some slang and some idioms that come from movies. A lot of good stuff. Let's get started.

We're going to start with this word: "genre". Can you say that? "Genre". A lot of people have a problem with this "g". So the way I explain it always is to say this word: "measure", like measure a weight or measure volume of something. Everybody knows this word, everybody knows this letter. "Measure", "je", it's between a "g" and a "j" and an "s"; it's a bit of a mixture. This sound: "measure", is the same as this "g", "genre". If you're French: "je". "Je t'adore" or: "Je t'amore". Good stuff. Right? So "genre", what is a "genre"? "Genre" is the type of movie we're talking about. Now, you know drama, you know comedy, you know action, you know sci-fi, science-fiction, documentary, etcetera.

Have you ever heard of a "chick flick"? You're thinking: "Chick flick, never heard of that before. What is a 'chick flick'?" Well, first, what is a "chick"? A "chick" is a woman or a girl, but don't say this to a woman or a girl. And if you are a woman or a girl, I apologize. I don't call women "chicks", but it happens. "Chicks", women. "Flick" is slang for movie. A "chick flick" is a girl movie or woman movie. Right? What it means is a love story or a romance, something that makes you cry. It makes you cry because you're so sad at the end, it makes you cry because you're so happy at the end; it's a very emotional movie. Usually, women go to see these movies. Men, not so much, they don't like them so much.

Men go to see the "bromance". What is a "bromance"? A "bromance" is a romance involving bros, brothers, two guys who might be a little bit too close to each other. They're not gay, they're just two good friends. Right? Two dudes hanging out and spending too much time together, we call that a "bromance". That's what the guys go to see. Chick flick, that's what the girls go to see.

Another one is a "romcom", a romantic comedy shortened; squeezed together: "romcom". So there you have three new genres to think about.

Now, here are a couple idioms that come straight from the movies. "Cut to the chase." Now, first: what is "the chase"? Many action movies, most action movies at some point in the movie have a car chase or somebody chasing somebody like cops and robbers. Catch Me If You Can, everybody's chasing Leonardo DiCaprio. So "the chase" is usually the most exciting part of the movie. So when someone says: "Cut to the chase", means: get to the point, get to the exciting part, get to what you need to say. Don't waste time. "Cut" means in the movie you cut to the chase. Right? To the point.

Another expression is: "That's a wrap." In the old days, when they actually used to have film in like the big rolls of film, when they finished a scene or when they finished the movie, they would wrap the entire reel (r-e-e-l), they would wrap it, package it, and ship it to... Do whatever they do with movies. So "That's a wrap", means finished, we're finished, we're done, let's move on to the next thing. So there you have two new idioms to worry about.

This is just an abbreviation for "miscellaneous", means just generally words that I thought about for movies. "A-lister". An "A-lister" is a very top level celebrity; actor, actress, musician, etcetera. "A-lister", they're on the best list; they get into all the bars, all the clubs, they make the most movies... Sorry. They make the most money. Everybody wants to be around them. A "B-lister", a "C-lister", a "D-lister", they're like down there. Maybe they'll get invited to like a puppy show or something like that.

English Grammar - Causative
00:09:40
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Need to get your hair cut? You can have your friend do it for you. These sentences both use a sentence structure known as the CAUSATIVE. In this grammar lesson we will look at this structure in both the active and passive forms. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-causative/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is the causative. Now, I get asked many times how to construct and use the causative structure.

First of all, "What is the causative", you're wondering? If you have someone do something for you, then you are using the causative voice. For example, if you have the waiter bring you a glass of water, this is a causative. If you have your hair cut, that is a causative. The difference -- active and passive -- we will look at that in a moment.

First thing we need to do is understand how to construct this sentence structure. So we're going to have -- I broke it down into little pieces, everything that you can understand. The difference between a causative sentence and a regular sentence is we use an agent in the causative. We have a subject; we have the causative verb; we have the agent -- the person or thing that is going to do something for you; we have the verb; and we have the object.

So first, the causative verb. There aren't that many that you will use. These are the four most common ones: have, make, let, get. There are others, but the others are so obvious that we don't need to worry about them too much, like "ask". "He asked someone to bring him something." It's very clear. I think most people know how to use it. It's these four that give people problems, especially these three. Why? Because I'm going to use a base verb with them. With "get", I'm going to use an infinitive verb, "to" verb. Okay? So again, subject -- "I" for example -- "had" -- you can go past. Whatever tense you're looking for -- future, past, present -- this is going to take the tense, not this. Your causative verb is going to take the tense. " 'I had' someone, 'I have', or 'I am having' someone, 'I will have' someone cut my hair." For example. I need a haircut, actually, now that I think about it. So, "I had the barber -- in this case, cutting hair -- cut -- base -- my hair -- object." Okay? The main thing to remember is that the agent can be a person or a thing, okay? "I had" -- well, we'll talk about that in the passive. "I had the package delivered. "That's object, still. "I had the car drive to somewhere else." It's a little bit strange if you have an automatic car. I'll think of a different example for you after that, okay? But agent, person, thing. Object could be direct object, the person. It could be indirect object, so it's a thing or a person, what or who. So, "I had the barber cut my hair."

Now, what do these mean, these four verbs? Excuse me. These three -- have, make, and get -- basically mean cause. You're causing someone to do something. But you're wondering, "Okay. All of them mean cause. When do I use which one?" Right? It's a little bit of a nuance, very subtle differences. When you "have someone do something", basically, you're commissioning them; you're paying them. "I will have the painter paint my house." "I will have the mechanic fix my car." These are services. You're paying someone to do something.

"I will make someone do something." You're a little bit forcing them, right? "I will make my little brother clean my room. Why? Because he's my little brother. I'm bigger than him. I can make him do things. So I will."

Get. "Get" is more like "convince". You persuade someone to do something for you, right? "I will get my sister to do my laundry. Why? Because she's nice, and she likes me, and I know how to speak to her. That's why".

"Let" is, basically, "give someone permission". So very clear. Have, make, get -- causing it in its own way; let -- allow. Okay.

Then, this -- all of this is the active causative. "We make someone do something". But we can also use the passive causative, in which case we have the subject; we have the causative verb again; we have the object, next; and we have the verb in a past participle form. Notice that we don't -- I didn't include the agent. You can include the agent. Usually, it's obvious; you don't need to, right? So if I had my hair cut, who did it? The barber. Do I need to say it was the barber? No. You understand that, right? So the agent is optional. I'll put it in brackets, in parentheses.

How to say -ed endings in English
00:03:30
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Past" or "passed"? These two words sound the same! In this quick lesson, you will hear how words ending in -ed sound. This will help get rid of pronunciation confusion with similar sounding words. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-say-ed-endings-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again, I'm Adam. Welcome back to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Today's lesson is pronunciation again. We want to look at the way words that end in "ed" sound. Okay? A lot of the people ask me how do different words sound because sometimes they can't understand the "ed" ending; they don't hear it. Okay? That is because "ed" ending words end in three different sounds: the "d", "de"; the "t", "te"; the "id", "id". Okay?

Now, how do you know when to use which? It all basically works on the last sound before the "ed". If you go through the whole alphabet, you can put every word into one of these categories.

Let's start with a short one: "id". When a word ends in "t" and you want to add the "ed" to it or when a word ends in "d" and you want to add an "ed" ending to it, it's always going to sound like "id", "tid", "did", "wanted", "founded". Why? Because "t" and "d" are too close to that last sound of "d", so we need an extra little sound, an extra little syllable almost to separate the two sounds. "Wanted", "founded", "found", "founded". Okay? So those are those two.

Next, we'll go to the "t" sound. When a... The last letter, when a word ends in a "s" sound, the last letter is an "s" or an "x" in this case, then this... The "d" sounds like a "t". Again, hard to switch the tongue in time to get the "d" sound, we get the "t": "fixed", "kicked', "dropped", "sniffed". Okay? "Fixed", "kicked", "dropped", "sniffed". "s", "k", "p", "f" ending sounds go with a "t" ending for the "ed".

Most of the other sounds come into the "d" sound. "Managed", "fired", "halved", "jogged", "filled", "doomed", "fined". "j" or "g", soft "g", "r", "v", "g" - oh, that's the hard "g", that's a soft "g" - "l", "m", "n". All of these words that end... Words that end in these sounds, add the "ed", sounds like a "d". "Managed", "fired", "halved", "jogged", "filled", "doomed", "fined".

Let's go over the whole list again. "Managed", "fixed", "wanted", "founded", "kicked", "fired", "halved", "dropped", "sniffed", "jogged", "filled", "doomed", "fined". Okay?

That's all there is to it. Practice these. Any word that you get that you... That has an "ed" ending, you're not sure how to pronounce it: which category is it in? What is the last letter or the last sound before the "ed"? Find out which category it's in, that's your ending sound. Okay?

If you have any questions, please go to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] We have a comment section, you can ask any question you like; I'll be happy to answer them. See you again.

English Grammar - Inversion: "Had I known...", "Should you need..."
00:07:38
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Should you need help understanding why the subject in this sentence comes after the verb, I can show you. In this English grammar lesson, we will look at sentences in which the subject and verb order is inverted, and the particular situations in which to use them. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-inversion/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about inversion. Now, what does "inversion" mean? "Inversion" is when you change the order of something. Right? So we're looking at grammar. Usually, you know in a sentence a subject comes first and then a verb. Today we're going to look at situations where that is reversed. Now, of course, I'm sure that you know that in questions: "Are you sure?" the verb comes before the subject in all questions. That's what makes a question structure a question structure. However, there are other situations where we have this inversion, but we're looking at a sentence; we're not looking at a question.

Now, the thing to understand about inversions is that they are very particular. There are only a few expressions that you're going to use inversion with. You can't put them in just about... In just any sentence that you want. The examples that I've written on the board are the ones that you might read or that you might want to write. There are other situations that use this, but unless you're writing poetry or artistic, creative novels - you don't need them and you don't really need to worry about them either. They're very rare. It's very rare you'll see them. It's very, very formal language style. And you'll recognize them, hopefully, when you do see them.

So let's start here. When we have "not only". Generally speaking, when we have a sentence that begins with a negative, we're going to have inversion, but especially when you have "not only", you're going to have inversion. Okay?
"Not only did he", so there's your verb, there's your subject, there's your verb. Okay? We have the helping verb, the auxiliary verb to start. "Not only did he win", and then we have the "but", "also" to go with "not only". This is like an expression that's fixed; you're always going to be looking at the same thing. "Not only did he win, but he also broke the record." Whatever. "Not only", inversion, "but also".

"Under no circumstances", this is another expression that you'll see regularly. And again, we're looking at the negative construction which is why we're looking at the inversion.
"Under no circumstances should you call her/call him."
Okay? Whatever you do, don't call. "Under no circumstances". "Circumstances", basically situation. In no situation should you call. In no situation, same idea. Okay?

Another negative: "nor". What is "nor"? Is the negative of "or". Okay? "Or", "nor". Again, many people don't use this word anymore; it's a little bit old-fashioned, a little bit high formality level. But...
"The mayor of Toronto refused to resign, nor do we expect him to."
Okay? So after "nor", we still have the inversion. Verb, subject, verb. Verb, subject. Okay? I'm not sure if you know the mayor of Toronto, he's very famous now. We're not very proud, but that's a whole other story.

Next, so these are the three negatives. These two are also very similar. Again, very formal style, but you might see it, you might want to use it in your essays or whatever.
"Should you need any help, don't hesitate to call."
What does this mean? "Should you need", if you need. "Should" is just a more formal way to say: "if". "If you need any help, don't hesitate to call.", "Should you need any help, don't hesitate to call." Now, this is a verb, subject, verb. If we use: "if", then there's no issue. Then you have "if" which is a conjunction, adverb, clause, conjunction, subject, verb. "Should" makes it verb, subject, verb.

"Had" is the same thing with the "if", but a different structure of the conditional, a different "if" structure.
"Had I known you were coming, I would have changed."
"If I had known", "If I had known you were coming", "Had I known", it's basically you're making the sentence a little bit shorter, a little more formal. You're starting with a verb, a subject, and another verb. Okay? Past perfect, of course. So these are the conditionals, these are the no's.

Now, we have the comparatives, when you're comparing something. When you're comparing an action, so you're using the clause marker: "as", not the preposition: "like". So:
"John speaks Chinese, as does Lucy."
Okay? "Lucy" is actually the subject, here's the verb, here's a subject. Now, I could put a period and put a new sentence. "So does Lucy." Same idea. "Lucy does as well." If I want the subject, verb order. But when you start with "as", you're going to invert the order. This is a clause marker, adverb clause marker to compare.

7 colorful English idioms
00:05:08
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do you want to develop a colourful vocabulary? Learn the meanings of these seven phrases, and you can start using them in your everyday life. I chose these examples of idioms because of how useful they are at home, in the workplace, and at school. These expressions are commonly used in spoken English. Watch this lesson, and add some decoration to your English! Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/7-colorful-english-idioms/

Idiom list:
see through rose-tinted glasses
give someone the green light
with flying colors
tickled pink
paint the town red
blue-collared / white-collared
see things in black and white

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to engVid. My name's Adam. Nice to see you again. Today's lesson is about idioms. Everybody loves to learn new idioms because they're used every day. Sometimes they're a little bit hard to understand. Today, we're looking at colourful idioms, idioms that use colour in their expression. Before I begin, "colourful", you'll notice I used "u". I'm Canadian, we use the "u" just like the British people. Americans use only the "o", no "u". I used both just to make everybody happy. So just so you understand, it's not a spelling mistake either way.

Let's begin. So I have a few idioms here. The thing about idioms, they never mean what the words say; you have to actually understand what the idiom means and how to use it.

So, if someone sees the world or sees a situation "through rose-tinted glasses". "Glasses" are glasses you wear on your head. "Rose-tinted", there's a little bit of a pink shade on the glass. So you're seeing the world a little bit pinkish, like the colour of the rose. That means you're very optimistic. Even in a bad situation, you're going to see everything as good. You're seeing the world through rose-tinted glasses. Right? You work at a company and they're about to layoff half of the staff; half of the people are going home, no more job. And you think: "Oh, this is a great opportunity for me to find a new job and get a... advance my career." So I am seeing the situation through rose-tinted glasses. I don't see the bad economy, I don't see the fact that I'm 55 years old and I don't have any skills except for what I do in my job, but I will be okay. "Rose-tinted glasses".

"Give someone the green light." You often hear this about governments giving the army the green light to attack. "To give the green light", to give permission. Okay? Go ahead, like a green light in traffic. You see the green light, press the gas, you go. So, for example: The... excuse me. The board of directors gave the CEO the green light to layoff half his staff, even the ones wearing rose-tinted glasses. Okay? So everybody's going home; no more work.

"With flying colors", we always add this expression to the end of an event or action. So, for example: "He passed his interview with flying colours." With flying colours means very, very successful; he did very, very well. He went to a job interview, he passed with flying colours. He got offered the job. Okay?

If you're "tickled pink", means you're very, very happy. Like tickled, tickle, funny - right? You're tickled pink, you get all pink in the face, you're very happy. So, Tom's grandfather was very... was tickled pink when he found out that Tom and his wife were pregnant. Now, I say: "Tom and his wife were pregnant," because it's common for couples to think of themselves as pregnant, even though it's only the woman, of course.

"Paint the town red." This is a very good expression. You're studying for your English exams. Okay? You're very hard... studying very hard, very hard, very hard. You finish your exams, you're free. This weekend, you're going to go paint the town red, means you're going to go party. You're going to have a very good time, you're going to spend all night drinking, and partying, and clubs, and dancing, and people. Have a very good time, you're going to paint the town red; do everything.

"Blue-collared worker/white-collared worker". This might be a very common expression for you. "Blue-collared". So, first of all, a collar, if you have a shirt with a tie let's say or no tie. This is the collar-sorry about the tapping-you have a collar. If it's blue, means you're working in a factory or a garage; you're a mechanic or you're working in some skilled job. If you're a white-collared worker, if the colour of your collar is white, means you're working in an office, you're some kind of professional. Okay?

Learn Punctuation: period, exclamation mark, question mark
00:10:30
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a] You see them all the time, but do you know how to use them correctly? In this lesson we go over the basic punctuation marks used to end a sentence. I also teach you to identify and avoid the run-on sentence, which is a common mistake ESL students and native speakers make in their writing. Watch this lesson to learn the quick and easy rules for using the period, exclamation mark, and question mark! Then take the quiz on it here: http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a]/learn-punctuation-period-exclamation-mark-question-mark/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com again. My name's Adam. Today, I'm responding to some requests for punctuation lessons. So, today's lesson is about punctuation. I'm going to focus on the period, the exclamation mark, and the question mark. Now, you're thinking: why am I beginning with these three? Because these are the ends of sentences. Right? These always come at a very specific point in the sentence, always at the end, always with a clear purpose.

What is the purpose? A period ends a sentence. Seems simple enough, everybody knows this. Correct? But it's not that simple. Many, many times I've seen students writing and not putting the period in the correct place. What...

Another thing you have to remember about the period is what comes after it is always a capital letter. Okay? Many people forget the capital after a period. A period ends a sentence which means it ends a complete idea. Whatever comes after the period is already a new idea. Of course, one idea flows to the next idea; one idea builds on the previous idea, but they are two separate ideas. When you have completed your sentence, when you have completed your idea - put a period. And British people call this: "a full stop". Same idea, means: full stop, done, next idea. Okay? With a capital letter. Always don't forget the capital letter. Or never forget the capital letter. Okay?

Another thing to remember about the period is that once you have a sentence with a complete independent clause and you don't have another independent clause with a conjunction, "and", "but", "so", "or", etcetera or a semi-colon-this is a semi-colon-that means your sentence is finished. If you have two independent clauses in a sentence and you don't have the conjunction, you don't have the semi-colon, means you have a run-on sentence. Okay? A "run-on sentence" is a sentence that has two subjects, two verbs, no spacing, no conjunction, no period. Okay?

Let's look at an example of a run-on sentence.
"Stacey and Claire went shopping at the mall with Ted and Alex they bought new clothes."
Does this sentence seem okay to you? If it does, there's a problem. Okay? We have "Stacey and Claire" as your subject-sorry, this is a "v" actually-"went shopping at the mall". Where? "With Ted and Alex". With who? This is a complete idea. "Stacey and Claire went shopping at the mall with Ted and Alex." Your idea is complete, this is what they did.

Now, at the mall, what did they do? "They bought new clothes." I put a period, I put a capital. I have to separate ideas, therefore, two separate sentences. Now, is there any other way I can fix this? Of course. I can put a comma after: "Alex," I could put the word: "and they bought", in which case, that sentence is fine. "And" joins two independent.

So, every time you're writing... Punctuation, of course, is for writing, not for speaking; we don't see punctuation in speaking. Every time you write, check your sentences. If you have two independent clauses, means two subject, subject, verb, and then subject, verb. If you have two of these, two combinations of subject and verb without a period between them, without a conjunction, without a semi-colon - you have a run-on sentence. Okay?

Just to make sure, here's another sentence. I'll take this away. Something came before.
"As a result," -of whatever came before-"the police evacuated the tenants of the building they thought this would be safer."
Oh. "The tenants of the building they thought this would be safer." Wait a minute. What's going on? Where does the sentence end? Where does the idea end? What's the next part of the sentence? Okay? "The police evacuated". Who? "The tenants". Which tenants? "Of the building". Okay? "The building they thought this", no. Okay, "The building that they thought this", no, doesn't make sense. So this must be the next subject, "they thought". Who are "they"? The police. "They thought". What? "This would be safer." So now, I need to put something here. I need to break up these two sentences because they're two separate ideas. This sentence explains why they did the action in the first sentence.

English Travel Vocabulary: Planning a Trip
00:07:08
learnenglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Are you going to travel? Make sure you're prepared with the vocabulary you will need for your business trip or vacation. In this lesson, I'll teach you the English vocabulary you must know for travel -- from preparing your travel itinerary and making reservations, to getting your visas and boarding your flight. It is essential that you know this basic English travel vocabulary, because English is an international language. ESL students who are studying abroad will find these words very helpful. Even if you are not travelling to an English-speaking country, as a tourist, you will need to communicate with people at the airport, and at tourist attractions. Watch this lesson, take the quiz, and have a safe trip!
http://www.engvid.com/english-travel-vocabulary-planning-a-trip/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. My name is Adam. Today, I'm talking about a very interesting topic because, for example, in Toronto right now, it's very, very cold. I'm thinking about travelling; I would love to go somewhere hot to get away from this winter. So, when I travel, I have, of course, to make travel arrangements. So here, we have a list of words, a list of things that you must think about before you go on a trip to a different country. We're going to go over each of these.

We're going to start with "booking" and "reservation". Now, many people think that this is more or less the same, which it is. To book something or to reserve something means to keep a place, to keep your place. You book a flight, you book a hotel room. Generally speaking, you make a reservation at a restaurant; you make a booking with a travel agency or with a hotel, with accommodations, any type of accommodation. Speaking of, accommodations are hotel, motel, hostel, B&B, bed and breakfast; all kinds of accommodations. Make sure you have a booking before you go, so your place is safe, it's kept for you. When you arrive, it's all good.

Next, when you're at your destination, the place you're going to, you might want to "rent" a car. Okay? Sorry, this is accommodation. One thing I wanted to also make sure - "accommodations", without the "s", "accommodation" means something different. Okay? "Accommodations" is where you're going to sleep.

And you might want to "rent" a car. You can also "hire" a car. Means the same thing. British people generally use "hire" more, North Americans use "rent" more often.

Next, you have to think about your "baggage". Suitcase, luggage, bags, anything you're carrying with you. You might have "check-in baggage". Sorry, I don't know if you can see this guy. "Check-in baggage" and "carry-on baggage". "Check-in baggage" means you give it to the airline, they put it under the plane, you pick it up at your destination. "Carry-on" means you carry on, so you carry it on your shoulder on to the plane. Okay? In your carry-on, you have to be careful, it has to be small. You can't have liquids because of security and all that stuff. So things that you can't put in your carry-on, you must put in your check-in baggage and give to the airline.

Next, when you get to the airport, assuming you're flying, you will have to do a few things that concern the word "boarding". Before you board your plane, get on your plane - you will get a boarding pass that lets you pass through security and into the airport. On the boarding pass, you will see your "boarding time", this is when you get on the plane and your "boarding gate", the place in the airport where you're going to get on your plane before takeoff. Okay? We can also use this for a train. You board a train, you get a boarding pass with a boarding time, and generally a boarding platform. Okay? So "boarding", getting on your vehicle, whatever vehicle that might be.

You will also generally need to get a "visa" to many countries. Now, a "visa" is something that you use to get into a country, it gives you permission to stay in that country. But be aware: many places, if you're going through another country... So, for example: I'm going to country "C" via country "B". "Via" means by way of or through. So I might need a "transit visa", means I can go there, switch planes and keep going on my journey. But I'm still in another country, I need a transit visa. Excuse me. Also, make sure you're prepared to spend money as soon as you get to your destination.

If you're going to a different country, that country will but using a different "currency", type of money. In Canada, we have Canadian dollar. America has American dollar. Okay? For things like that. In Europe, you need the euro. So make sure you have some of the currency before you go, or purchase it at the airport or at the destination you're going to.

Learn English Grammar: EACH OTHER & ONE ANOTHER
00:05:00
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Is there a difference between 'EACH OTHER' and 'ONE ANOTHER'? These are both very useful expressions you can use when you are speaking or writing English. In this advanced English grammar lesson, you will learn how to use these expressions, and also learn about the broader topics of reciprocal pronouns and reflexive pronouns. Watch the video now to understand the differences between these expressions, so that you can use them correctly. If you watch engVid lessons with a friend, you can test each other's understanding. Students studying alone can test themselves at http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-grammar-each-other-one-another/ .

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is about reciprocal nouns. This is something that gives people trouble often it seems, so I'm here to explain it a little bit to show you when to use it, when not to use it.

First of all, what does this word mean: "reciprocal"? "To reciprocate"-that's the verb-"to reciprocate" means to return an action. So I do something for you, you do something for me. The action is reciprocal; goes one way, goes the other way. Doesn't have to be the same action, but it's some sort of... Returning a favour basically or returning help.

So we can use: "each other" or "one another" to show a reciprocal action. These are called reciprocal pronouns. Okay? "Each" is a pronoun, "one" is a pronoun, "another" is a pronoun. These are in groups, they are reciprocal pronouns. Now, quite often, people mix these... They mix the use of this with "themselves". Okay? "Themselves" is not a reciprocal pronoun. "Themselves" is called a reflexive pronoun. I won't get into too much detail about reflexive here, but a "reflexive pronoun" is a pronoun when you have the subject acting on the object, and the object is the same as the subject. So: "I hit myself." I am the subject, I am also the object. I hit myself, it's reflecting back to me. Reciprocal, there's always somebody else or other people involved besides myself. Okay? Besides me.

"Tom and Jerry hated each other."
Now, I'm not sure how old some of you are. I know I'm maybe giving away my age a little bit, but Tom and Jerry were very popular cartoon characters when I was a kid. Tom... Tom was the cat I believe, Jerry was the mouse, and they always used to hate each other. Near the end, when I got older, they became friends; it was very disappointing. It was better when they hated each other and always used to do bad things to each other because they were... It was kind of funny. "Tom and Jerry hated each other." Tom hated Jerry, Jerry hated Tom; the feeling was reciprocal. Okay? Here, it's not an action, it's a feeling, but we can use it in the same way. We use it like an action verb.

"Tom and Jerry hated one another."
Basically, the meaning is the same. Now, there's an argument between grammarians, people who study grammar, who think that "each other" should only involve two characters, "one another" should involve more than two characters. Realistically though, they're interchangeable; you can use one or the other. Everybody will get the exact same meaning, regardless which one you use. Okay?

Now:
"Tom and Jerry hated themselves."
Does this mean the same as these two? No, it does not. If we say: "Tom and Jerry hated themselves." means Tom hated Tom, Jerry hated Jerry. No relation between the two. Tom hated himself, Jerry hated himself. Okay? So this is not a reciprocal action; this is a reflexive.

Now, another situation we have is with the apostrophe. Okay?
"Linda and Kate were bridesmaids at each other's weddings."
"Linda and Kate were bridesmaids at one another's weddings."
"Wedding", I'm going to have to look that one up. "Each other's weddings" though for sure. It basically means the same idea. One to you, one back to me; reciprocal actions. And you can use it. Now, some people put these together, especially language learners who are a little bit new to the language, they say: "Each other". Now, keep in mind, a native speaker will take the "ch" sound with the "o" and mix it - "eachother", but they are two separate words, you can't mix them. And some people also think you can put the apostrophe after the "s", this is also not the case because we're talking about one person to one person, so the "s" always comes... The apostrophe-sorry-always comes before the "s" to show possession. Okay?

It's a little bit confusing, but very useful to know how to use these. Actions going two-way. If you're not sure, go to www.engvid.com, there'll be a quiz there where you can try out these examples. And if you have any questions, please ask; I'll be very happy to answer them. See you again.

Learn English Grammar: The Sentence
00:18:29
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do you know how to build a sentence in English? In this lesson, you will learn the basic parts of a simple sentence, or independent clause. Knowing this will make it easier to understand any sentence in written English. Understanding how these different parts of a sentence work together to form meaning will help you write better in English. The knowledge in this lesson is essential for any 'Independent User' or 'Proficient User' of English. Quiz yourself here: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-the-sentence/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today I have a very important lesson, I think, for all of you that will help you very much with your reading, but especially your writing skills. Okay?

Today we're going to look at the sentence. What is a sentence? Now, I know that all of you are saying: "Well, we know what a sentence is. We've learned this a thousand times before." Right? I know what you've learned and I know what you haven't learned, many of you; some of you have, of course. The sentence has a very basic structure, there's a very basic component that must be involved or included in a sentence, and a lot of grammar teachers, a lot of English teachers don't teach this. Okay? All of you, I'm sure have by now heard of "SVO", but have you heard of "SVsC"? Have you heard of "SVC"? Maybe yes, maybe no. But I'm sure a lot of you are going: "What? I've never heard of these things before." Well, we're going to talk about this in one second.

Before we talk about a sentence, we have to talk about a clause. Now, what is a clause? I'm sure you've heard this word before as well, but just in case, a clause is any subject, verb combination. It's a group of words that must include a subject and a verb. Now, also very important to remember: it must be a tense verb, meaning that it must take a time; past, present, future. Okay? No base verb, no infinitive verb. So that is a clause. Now, there are two types of clauses. Okay? We have independent clauses and we have dependent clauses. The... These are sometimes called subordinate clauses. Now, every sentence in English to be a grammatically correct sentence must have an independent clause. It doesn't need a dependent clause, but it could have one. The independent clause could include a dependent clause as the subject or object. We'll talk about that after.

So an independent clause has a subject and a verb, and it can stand by itself. It can contain a complete idea by itself. Okay? So, technically, the shortest sentence you can have in English will be a... Will be an independent clause with a subject and verb. What is the absolute shortest sentence that you can think of? Think of a sentence, the shortest you can possibly make it. Okay? Here's an example: "Go!" Is this a complete English sentence? Yes. Why? Because it contains an independent clause. Where? We have the implied subject: "you" and the tense verb: "go", the imperative tense "go". So this your basic English sentence.

Now, we have three other types, three basic types and we can of course play with these after. Subject, verb, object. Some independent clauses must have an object, we'll talk about that in a second. Excuse me. Subject, verb, subject complement. Some sentences must have a subject complement. Subject, verb, complement. Okay? We're going to talk about each of these in a moment. I have the "A" here because quite often, this complement is actually an adverb phrase or an adverbial. We'll talk about that in a second.

So your basic sentence can be any one of these three. Now, the reason we're looking at this... All these structures is because once you understand what must be contained in a sentence, then you can read any English sentence out there that is grammatically correct and be able to understand the main idea of that sentence. Okay? So let's start with "SVO".

Okay, let's look at our "SVO" type of independent clause: subject, verb, object. Now, first, what is an object? Well, we have two types of objects to talk about. We have the direct object, we have the indirect object. Now, the thing to understand is that the object always answers a question about the verb, it completes the meaning of the verb by asking the questions: "What?" or: "Who?" Now, keep in mind that technically, it's: "Whom?" But if you say: "Who?" I'll let it go this time. Okay? Formal academic writing, "Whom?", "Whom?", "Whom?" IELTS, TOEFL, SAT, all that - "Whom?" not: "Who?" In the object position. But the direct object answers: "What?" or: "Who?" about the verb. Okay? We'll get back to that.

How to sound like a native speaker: THE SECRET
00:09:43
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Is there a secret to sounding like a native speaker? In today's lesson I'll share with you the key to PERFECT PRONUNCIATION! English pronunciation can be difficult to master, because it isn't a phonetic language -- that is, words are not pronounced the way they are spelled. In addition, American pronunciation and British pronunciation are very different from one another. So how can you sound like a native speaker? Watch this lesson to find out!
http://[a]www.engvid.com%2Fhow-to-sound-like-a-native-speaker-the-secret%2F[/a]

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about pronunciation and phonetics. Now, I said there's going to be a secret on how to improve your pronunciation in English - here's the secret. Are you ready? There is no secret. It takes hard work, it takes practice, it takes perseverance. You have to do things, you have to practice things, you have to use your dictionary. You always have to keep working at it, that's the secret. But I'll give you a little bit of a tip on how to make this a little bit easier for yourself. Okay?

What we have here is a list of words, each one looks very similar, but it has a different phonetic sound. Now, "phonetics" means the sound of the syllables in the word. "Syllables"... I'll just write that word here. A "syllable" is the sound part of a word. For example: the word "cat" has one syllable. The word "beautiful", "beau-ti-ful" - three syllables. Okay? So we're going to learn how to look at syllables, how to find the sound for each syllable in a word to know how to pronounce the full word.

So we're going to start with these words because, again, these are very common words. These are words that all sound very similar, plus I had a request on www.engvid.com in the comment section on how to pronounce these.

Let me say all these words first. "Look", "lock", "luck", "lack", "lake", "like", "lick", "leek", "Luke", "bloke", and "let". Now, "bloke" and "let" are obviously different words, but there's no such word as "loke" and there's no such word as "lek", so I had to improvise. But we have a bunch of other ones. Now, for some of you, a lot of these words sounded exactly the same I'm guessing. Right? They're not. They're very different.

So "lock" and "luck" have completely different meanings. They have no relationship to each other except that they share one, two, three; one, two, three similar letters. "Aw", "ah", very similar vowel sound as well. So, what you notice above each of these words is the phonetic symbol.

Now, there are different phonetic lists. Everybody has their own list. Find one that you like. I took these symbols from the Merriam-Webster Dictionary, that's the American dictionary. If you want to find it online: www.m-w.com. It's a good dictionary and that's where I got these symbols from. Once you start studying phonetics, stick to one list. Okay? If you want to study British English, use a British dictionary; American English, use an American dictionary. Most of the words are going to be the same or similar; some of them will be completely different. So choose your dictionary, stick to it, practice.

Now, if you look at these words in the dictionary on Merriam-Webster, you will find the phonetic spelling. The "phonetic spelling" means they spell the word according to its sound. So this "u" with a dot-I hope you can see that dot-"look", "uh". "Book", "took", "bull". It doesn't matter what the letters on either side are, the vowel sound is going to be the same with this symbol.

With "lock", you have "a" with two dots on top of it. "Lock", "rock", "sock", "font". If you're not sure what a font is, if you have Microsoft Word or whatever typing tool you use, there are different fonts; Times New Roman, Agency, and Calibri, or whatever they're called. These are font, but the sound is "aw".

10 HOLD Phrasal Verbs: hold up, hold to, hold out...
00:07:24
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Hold on to your hats! Excitement is on the way. In this English lesson, we'll go over some uses of "hold + prepositions" so you know when to grab something, or just wait (like on the phone). Do you know when to 'hold on', and when to 'hold back'? What do you do in a 'hold up'? You'll learn these phrases and many others. Once you do, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/10-hold-phrasal-verbs/ to check if you really understand them.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is, again, one of your favourites, phrasal verbs; everybody's favourites because they're so much fun and easy to understand. Today we're going to look at phrasal verbs with "hold". Okay? We have 10 of them. And again, what is a phrasal verb? Just to review. It is a verb, in this case: "hold", plus a preposition, when put together, have completely different meanings than the two words by themselves. So, let's start.

We have: "hold on". Now, many of you might hear this one when you call somebody on the phone and you say: -"Hi, may I speak with Joe?" -"Oh, yeah, I'll get him. Hold on." What does "hold on" mean? Means wait. "Hold on" also means grab. So if you're on the bus and you see like it's a bit shaky, you hold on to the bar so you don't fall. "Hold on", wait; "hold on", grab.

Next, we have: "hold off". Now, "hold off" can also mean wait. But whereas "hold on" means I'm telling you to wait, usually "hold off" means you're waiting for something else to finish. Right? So I will hold off giving you the quiz until I finish explaining everything. It's a little bit like postpone as well. It can also means... It could also mean - sorry - delay. So, we will hold off the election until everybody has a chance to find out who the candidates are. Okay? So we will hold off, we will postpone it or delay it.

"Hold up". "Hold up" also means delay, to delay something. So the party was held up because not enough people came because of the bad weather. Okay? Or the concert was held up because the singer was a little bit sick, couldn't make it on to the stage for whatever reason. A completely different meaning of "hold up" is: "Stick 'em up. This is a hold up." A robbery. Okay? But what you have to remember is this could also be a noun, a one-word noun. In that case, it's a robbery. The bank robbers walked into the bank and held up the tellers to get their money.

"Hold out". "Hold out" also means wait, but in a very different context. If you're holding out for something better, it means you're waiting for a better offer, or a better situation, or anything better to come along. So, for example: in sports, you will hear this word often. A professional hockey player is coming to the end of his... coming to the end of his contract. The team wants to sign him to a new contract, but he's not. He's not signing. Why? He wants more money. They say: "Okay. We're not going to give you more money". He'll say: "Okay, I'll wait". So he is holding out for a better offer. This could also be a noun, a "holdout". We would say the person is a holdout for a better contract.

"Hold over". "Hold over" also means to delay. The exhibition was held over until next week because of technical difficulties. The lights weren't working or there was a problem with the electricity, so the exhibition was held over to the next week.

"Hold against". Also, two meanings. I can hold the pen against my chest. I could hold the baby against my heart, for example. But "hold against" - completely different meaning - means to have a grudge. Now, I'm not sure if you guys know what "grudge" means. A grudge means when you... When somebody did something bad to you and you just can't forgive them. You will always remember that bad thing they did and you will always hold it against them. Every time they want to speak to you, you're... In the back of your mind is that bad thing they did. You're always remembering; you're never forgetting, you're never forgiving. So you hold it against them all the time. They want to help you, you don't trust them. You hold it against them that they did something bad to you in the past.

"Hold onto", again two meanings. Similar to "hold on", hold on to something, "hold onto" your seats, we're going to go very fast. So when you go to a movie, for example, say: "Hold onto your seats, this is going to be an exciting ride", or an exciting movie, or whatever. "Hold onto" also means keep. Hold onto your job, basically. Don't lose your job; hold onto it. Hold onto your friends. Never lose your friends; not a good idea.

IELTS Writing Task 1 - What to write!
00:15:54
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

How to succeed in Task 1 of the IELTS Academic writing section. One question that often comes up in Task 1 is "What should I include in the report?" In this lesson, we'll go over some of the key elements to look for in the infographics you will be given, as well as how to present them in a clear structure. Should you write an introduction? What about a conclusion? Should you put in your personal opinion? If you're talking the IELTS, you *must* watch this class!

Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-writing-task-1/
More IELTS resources: http://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com

Learn English Vocabulary - Weather and natural disasters
00:10:10
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a] Worried about natural disasters like hurricanes, earthquakes, and tsunamis? When we make small talk in English, we often talk about the weather and recent natural events on our planet. In this lesson, I'll teach you English vocabulary to talk about weather, climate, and natural disasters. Watch this lesson, and you'll learn how to follow climate news, how to discuss weather trends, and much more. Take the quiz to test your understanding! When you're done, practice by posting a comment about a natural disaster in your country. http://[a]www.engvid.com[/a]/vocabulary-weather-climate-natural-disasters/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I'm Adam. Today's lesson comes from a few requests from the www.engvid.com comments section. Some people wanted to know about natural disasters. So what I have here is a bit of a combination of climate vocabulary and natural events. I don't call them "disasters" because, realistically, they're only disasters to humans; to nature, they are just events. Okay?

Before we begin, I want to make sure we understand the difference between "climate" and "weather". "Weather" is the occurrence of nature every day. Today is sunny, tomorrow is raining, today is a little bit chilly, tomorrow is going to be nice and warm. Every day's situation is the weather. "Climate" is the pattern over usually we talk about a year. So if a country or a place has four seasons: spring, summer, fall, winter - each season has its own climate; rainy, hot, humid, whatever the case may be. So we're going to look at climate and natural events that usually go together. Now, this last year or the past 2 or 3 years have seen some very crazy weather-or sorry-climate events. So I'm going to give you some words to be able to discuss these amongst yourselves.

First, we're going to start with: "flood" and "drought". Okay? The "h", the "gh" not pronounced. "Drought", "flood", like going up. So "flood" is when there's too much water. Very heavy rain, sometimes it's because snow melts too quickly in hills or mountains. All the water comes into a low place or a flat place, the earth doesn't absorb it quickly enough or the sewage can't take all of it, the pipes, etcetera so all the water rises up above the ground, goes into your houses, into the subway stations, everywhere. That's a flood, a flood. "Drought" is the complete opposite. A "drought" is what happens when a region or a place doesn't get water, doesn't get any rain for a very long period of time. Everything dries out, all the crops, all the wheat, and rice, and everything dies. Sometimes this leads to a famine. Okay? A "famine" is when there's a lot of people starving. Okay? So this is a natural disaster because human beings and animals are starving because everything died in the drought, there's nothing to eat.

Okay, next we have: "earthquake". "Quake" basically means shake. An "earthquake" is when the earth shakes. Okay? Now, what often happens is when there's an earthquake in the sea or near the sea, there's often a "tsunami". Now, this is actually a Japanese word. Actually, it's two Japanese words, but they are used so commonly that we just take them as an English word now. "Tsunami" means harbour wave. Not so important for you guys right now, but it's basically a big wave or a big series of waves that after the earthquake, all the water in the seas or the oceans starts moving around, sometimes it moves on to the land and just destroys everything. I think everybody probably remembers the tsunami from 2006 or so in Indonesia, in that area, very destructive, in Japan a couple of years ago - huge tsunamis.

Next, this is what we're experiencing lately with climate change, global warming, whatever you want to call it: "heat waves" and "cold fronts". Now, if you watch the news, the weather channel, for example, sometimes you'll see something like this, you'll see lines with semicircles moving. Other times, you'll see red lines with triangles moving. The blue lines, these are cold fronts, means a very cold mass of air, the cold amount of air is moving. The red one, same thing but heat, a lot of heat. Heat waves are very dangerous because they come very suddenly, it gets very, very hot. A lot of people suffer from it, a lot of people die from it. Same with a cold front, suddenly the temperature really, really drops, minus 20, minus 30, minus 40. And again, very, very dangerous; you don't want to be outside when that happens.

TOEFL & IELTS skills - Notetaking
00:20:25
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Secrets to improve your TOEFL or IELTS Listening score! Are TOEFL's listening components dragging your time and confidence? Remember: every section has its skills to master. In this class, I will teach you notetaking skills to save time and increase comprehension. This will save you time on the TOEFL or IELTS, and will help you to get a higher score.
http://www.engvid.com/toefl-ie....lts-skills-notetakin
http://www.writetotop.com
http://www.goodluckielts.com
http://www.goodlucktoefl.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is going to be for those of you who are going to take the TOEFL or IELTS test. So just so you understand, I will be speaking at a more natural speed. It will be a little bit faster than some of you are used to. But listen anyway, and watch. It's very good for listening practice, and it will be helpful regardless. So today's lesson is specifically about note taking skills. I'm going to concentrate on the TOEFL, but it is also very useful for the people taking an IELTS test. Now, if you've seen my time management class for IELTS, you will realize that in the listening section, it's very important to know how to take notes. You don't want to waste time concentrating on spelling and writing full words while the recording is playing because you have time at the end to transfer your answers. That's when you want to write correctly spelled answers and everything. You want to just make sure during the listening section that you write enough to know what the word is. We're going to get into that a little bit later. What I want to concentrate on mostly, though, is the TOEFL test, okay? Because in the TOEFL test, it is crucial that you know how to take notes. Why? You have a listening section; you have a speaking section; you have a writing section, all of which have a listening component. Remember; this is an integrated test. You're going to have to listen in each one of these sections. Okay?

In the listening section, what many people don't realize who haven't taken a test yet: You don't see anything. Okay? You don't see the questions as you're listening to the lectures or whatever you're listening to. So it's very, very important that you take notes as you're listening so that when the questions do come, you have the information in front of you, you know how to answer it, okay?

In the speaking section, you may be given a short conversation to listen to and then be given a question, and you have to speak your answer. But if you don't remember what they spoke about, then, you can't answer the question properly.

In the writing section, you have -- in Task 1, you have to compare a reading section with a listening section. And then, you have to write an answer comparing the two. So if you don't take notes during the listening component of Task 1, it's very difficult to write your answer. Okay? So note taking skills -- very important throughout the TOEFL test.

So first of all, before we look at how to do it, let's look at what you need to concentrate on as you're listening. Okay? Now, another thing to remember before I even start: This takes practice. This is a skill that you have to sharpen, that you have to practice with every day before you go out to take your test.

Okay. Now, the first mistake people make is they think -- they try to write down every word they hear. Impossible. Okay? Unless you're a stenographer -- that's a person who works in court and writes down every word that the people in the courtroom are saying, lawyers, judges, defendants, etc., witnesses -- you cannot write every word. Don't try. You don't need to write every word. You need to concentrate on the details that are important, on the information that is important.

Now, what you need to focus on are the big, general ideas. You need to understand generally what is being spoken about, what is the topic, what is the subject. For example, is it science? Is it history? Is it arts? You need to understand the general ideas because they're not going to ask you very, very specific questions, right? And if they do, they're going to give you some information. They're going to give you something to listen to again. Or they're going to give you a very specific word.

So, details. Do you need to concentrate on every little detail? No. You'll be writing all the time, not listening. Stick to the big ideas. But -- okay, sorry. Having said that, technical words -- if they give you some scientific word or some technological word, do you need to know it? No. They will give it to you in the question. You will see it in the question, and you'll remember, "Oh, yeah. This is the technical word." There will be technical words that even native speakers have no idea how to write or what they mean or what they are. You don't need to either. What you need to listen to is the explanation of what the technical word refers to or means because the word itself, they will give you in the questions.

Learn Vocabulary - look, look like, look alike, look as if...
00:06:44
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com It looks as though the word LOOK isn't as easy to use as it looks. In this English vocabulary lesson we look at this word in its different uses. It may seem simple, but you'll see that there are several different meanings here. I'll help you understand what native speakers are trying to say when they use these short combinations of words. Take a look at the quiz, too: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-look/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson comes from a request by a few students actually about how to use the verb: "look". Especially when I have: "look", "look like", "look alike", "look as if", "look as though". So what we're going to do is we're going to explain the different uses because this is a very common verb and very useful for everybody to know.

So first, let's look at the plain verb: "look". "He looks happy.", "She looks sad." In this case, very straightforward. The verb means have the appearance of, to appear in a certain way. So it's always about physical appearance, what the eyes can see. "He looks sad." Means maybe has a frown. "Looks happy." Big smile. Right? Doesn't matter what the appearance is, that's what we use "look" for. "Look" plus usually an adjective or etcetera.

Now, "look like". Technically, this "like" is a preposition, it's a verb plus a preposition. Now, many people will say: "It looks like it's going to rain." Now, does this seem like a good sentence to you, like a correct sentence to you? "It looks like it's going to rain." If you say: "Yes", don't worry - most people, including native English speakers will say this sentence. "Oh, it looks like it's going to rain." Clouds, grey clouds, a little bit chilly, looks like it's going to rain. Technically, this is incorrect. You could say: "It looks like rain." That would be okay. After "like" which is a preposition-okay?-you cannot have a clause, you cannot have a subject and verb. You can only have a noun or an adjective, etcetera. "It looks like rain." That's the... That's the appearance we have. Okay? But again, many, many people including native English speakers use this incorrectly. If you do, don't worry about it. Everybody will understand you. If you're writing an academic PhD thesis, don't do that.

Now, when can I use a clause after "like"? After "look", I'm sorry. You can do it with the conjunction: "as". Okay? "Looks"... "Look as if" or: "Look as though" is a verb and a conjunction. After a conjunction, you can have the subordinate clause. A comparative adverb clause with a subject and a verb. "It looks as if it was going to rain.", "It looks as if it were going to rain.", "It looks as though it was going to rain." Okay? Or: "It looked as though it was going to rain." Now, we'll get back to that in a second.

We also have: "look alike". Okay? This is a verb plus an adjective. "Look alike" is when two things look similar to each other. So Bob and his brother, Bill, really look alike. Means they look like brothers, they look almost the same or very similar. Right? Keep in mind you can also have a "lookalike" which is a noun actually. Now, if you ever go to Las Vegas, you will see many men especially, I'm sure women do it as well, but many men dressed like Elvis Presley. You know, they have the hair, they have that suit, the glasses - they are called lookalikes, they're impersonators. They pretend to be somebody else; they dress the same, they look the same, they act the same, speak the same, etcetera. Lots of places you will see like Princess Diana lookalikes or-what's her name?-Kate now. Kate? Yeah, that's the new princess. Lots of lookalikes, people pretend to look like that.

Now, "look as if", "look as though". I've done a bit of research on this because someone asked me to find out what the difference is. Most teachers, many books, if not, most books will tell you that there is absolutely no difference between the two. So if you interchange them, if you use them the same way, one or the other... "It looks like it's like...", "It looks as if it were going to rain.", "It looks as though it were going to rain." No problem, everybody will understand you. If you write it, also, probably no problem.

I'll tell you how I personally use the two a little bit differently. Okay? For me, "looks as if" talks about a possibility. Okay? It might be that way, it's more of a hypothetical because of the word: "if". We usually use "if" as a hypothetical; maybe yes, maybe no, we don't really know, possible. "Looks as though" I would say is a bit more probable, a probability.

IELTS - How to manage your time
00:25:54
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Get a higher score on the IELTS by following these instructions. Do you sometimes think that English tests are not all about English? You're right. There are many elements being tested on the IELTS and TOEFL, including your stamina and your ability to manage time. This lesson will give you some tips to improve your score, from physical preparations, to section by section breakdowns of how to spend your time on test day.
http://www.goodluckielts.com/
http://www.engvid.com/ielts-time-management/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today, I have a bit of a special lesson for you. We're going to look at the IELTS test.

Now, before I begin, I have to tell you that I will be speaking a little bit faster than usual because this is for IELTS test-takers. You need to get used to faster speed English, more natural speed English. But for everybody else, keep watching. It's still a good practice, still lots of vocabulary to learn, lots of things to learn.

So, more specifically, we're going to be looking at IELTS time management. Now, many people tell me... I've had many students come and tell me the biggest problem they had taking the IELTS test was that they ran out of time. They didn't know how to manage their time, and that's why they lost a lot of points. Okay? So, today, I'm going to help you fix that a little bit. There's lots to talk about. Let's get started.

Two things we have to worry about: mind and body. Okay? First, let's talk about the body. One of the biggest mistakes people make when they go to take the test on test day is they're exhausted. They're just not mentally ready to take the test. It's a long test, it's a difficult test, and it's a test in English; not your native tongue. Obviously, right?

So, what do you do? Very, very important. The night before... The night before the test, don't study. If you don't know it then, you won't know it the next day. So, the night before the test, go to sleep early, get a full eight hours of solid sleep, wake up early, do whatever you need to do in the morning, go to the test center relaxed. Okay? Very, very important. You need as much brain power as you can get on test day.

Speaking of waking up in the morning on test day, make sure that you eat properly. Don't go to the test hungry. Your stomach does a lot of your thinking for you when you're not prepared. If you're hungry, you're thinking about your stomach; not about the English. Okay? Eat. Eat properly. Carbohydrates, proteins. Avoid coffee and sugar. But if you have to have a coffee in the morning to wake up, like I do, have it at least an hour, an hour and a half, two hours before the test. Don't go into the test room with a cup of a coffee in your hand. Well, you can't anyway, but don't go into the test center with a cup of coffee in your hand. Get it all out of the way early. Okay. So this is still body.

During the test, when you have a few extra seconds, maybe between sections, between questions, in the listening section, etcetera, close your eyes. Breathe. Just calm yourself down, relax. Remember, at the end of the day, if you didn't do well on the test today, you take it again next week or the week after that. You can do it again. Relax. Close your eyes. If they're burning, close them, relax. Get a little bit of energy back, move on.

Same idea, if you have a chance, stretch. Don't be afraid to waste-if you want to call it that-take a minute of your time to stretch. Arms up, do whatever you have to do. Don't get up and walk around. I don't think they'll be very happy about that, but as much as you can, stretch. Legs, arms, neck, whatever you need to do. A strong, healthy body helps you do better on a test. It actually helps you save time, believe it or not. Okay, this is one thing.

Most importantly, your mind. We need to train your mind. It's not all about English. Okay? The IELTS test, the TOEFL test, etcetera, these are called standardized tests. It means they're always going to be the same structure. They're always going to be about the same time, the same set up, the same types of questions. Okay? Know them.

So, how we... Do we train your body? Practice. I cannot stress this enough. Practice, practice, practice every single day. What do you practice? Excuse me. Practice your listening and speaking as much as you can. The easiest thing to practice is your listening. Okay? TV, music videos, YouTube, internet. Like, English is everywhere. Very, very easy to practice your listening. Okay?

Practice your vocabulary. Learn vocabulary. Learn vocabulary. Learn vocabulary. You need a lot of words for this test.

Phrasal Verbs - FALL: fall for, fall in, fall behind, fall through...
00:08:00
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Are you falling behind on your English lessons? I'll help you fall in line with the rest of us with this lesson on phrasal verbs using the verb 'fall'. You will know what it means when plans fall through, or when one of your friends falls for a trick or a girl. Make sure to take the quiz after you watch, to see how well you understand. http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-fall/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson, we're going to look at phrasal verbs again. I know everybody likes these. I've heard all the comments. So again, what are phrasal verbs? Phrasal verbs are a combination of a verb and a preposition that together have a very different meaning than the two words by themselves. Today's phrasal verbs are going to be with the verb "fall". "Fall apart", "fall out", "fall behind", "fall for", "fall through", "fall in", "fall in with", "fall back", "fall back on". Different meanings to "in" and "in with", "back, and "back on". So let's start.

"Fall apart" -- two meanings we're going to look at today. The first one is, basically, come apart or disintegrate or break off. So if any of you have ever cooked ribs -- do you like ribs? You know, like, big stack of ribs. Boil them. Put them on the barbecue. Cook them really, really well. Then, the meat just falls apart, just falls off the bone. Very, very delicious. Another meaning of "fall apart" is to have a nervous breakdown. Excuse me. A "nervous breakdown" would be -- when someone has a "nervous breakdown" -- I'm sorry -- we say they have "fallen apart". They have lost control of themselves emotionally. So an example. When does a person fall apart? For example, if I had a girlfriend for a very, very long time, and one day she comes home and she says, "Bye. I'm leaving." Maybe I'll go crazy. I'll fall apart. I won't be able to work. I won't be able to sleep. I won't be able to do anything. That's not necessarily the way things would happen, but for some people, that's how it happens. They just fall apart.

Okay. "Fall out" -- so I'm walking down the street. I'm happy. I'm bouncing around. Something falls out of my pocket. Basically, it comes out and falls to the ground. That's the very basic term, "fall out". Another meaning for "fall out" is when you have a fight or a quarrel with someone. You talk about something; you get into a disagreement; you fight; and then, you don't speak to each other anymore. So basically, you had a "falling out" -- if you want the noun of it. A "falling out", a fight. Okay? So a "falling out", a fight. Another meaning -- a third meaning -- is basically consequences. For example, in a war, there's a big bomb dropped somewhere, and then all the fall out -- all the things that fell out -- then, all the results. "The fall out for this attack was that many people were left homeless or that many people were killed or that the fight extended." So the "fall out" means the result or the consequence of something that happened, usually something bad. And then, the consequences, of course, are also bad.

"Fall behind" -- again, more than one meaning. The first meaning of "fall behind" means to be a little bit behind. All my friends are walking. I'm walking with my friends. They're walking fast, and I start to fall behind. So another word is "lag". "Lag" means to be behind, not keep pace with. We also use this when we talk about debts. Like, for example, you have to pay bills. Every month, the phone company sends you a bill. Then you pay it and you pay it. But one month, you missed. So then, the next month, you have to pay the last month's bill and this month's bill. But you don't have enough money, so you let a little bit more go. Now, you're starting to fall behind on your payments. Eventually, the bank will come and take your phone, take your car, take your puppy -- whatever you have that's worth any money. That's basically "fall behind". Of course, if I drop this here, it will fall behind me. But that's too simple.

"Fall for" -- a couple of interesting meanings. "Fall for" -- one, when you "fall for something" or "fall for someone" means you basically fall in love. Okay? I went to the bar. I met this girl. I just "fell for" her right then and there. I fell in love. I lost control. I wanted this person. But then, her friend came and told me that for $50, he will give me her phone number. So I gave him $50, and he ran away. I "fell for" his trick. Okay? So "fall for" means believe something that is not true. Okay? If you are that type of person, you are gullible. I think I spelled that right. I'll have to check that later. "Fall for" means believe in a trick or believe in something that is not true, or fall in love.

"Fall through" -- "fall through" means when you have a plan or you try to do something, but then at the end, it just didn't work. Your attempt failed, so it "fell through".

Travel English: How to go through customs at the airport
00:08:22
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do the customs officers at the airport in the U.S. make you nervous? Me too. But there is no need to be. Just be prepared and calm, and use the tips in this lesson to make your experience much smoother and less stressful. Learn the words and phrases they will use when they ask you questions, and learn how to answer. If you answer incorrectly, you may be shot. Don't forget to practice with the quiz before you fly! http://www.engvid.com/travel-e....nglish-airport-custo

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is a little bit specialized. We're going to talk about going through customs at a U.S. airport, more specifically, at an airport.

Now, before I begin, why am I doing this lesson? Not too long ago, I flew... I had to go out of town and I had to fly through the States. I flew through Detroit, it's a big hub. In case you're ever flying through a hub, a hub is a central area where many flights come and connect to other flights. And I was in line at the customs, and ahead of me was a couple, they were tourists, I think. And I could see the panic on their faces when the custom guy... Customs guy started speaking to them and asking them questions, and they were so nervous, and they could barely speak. And the more nervous they became, the more questions they got from the customs guy. So, I want to make going through customs as easy as possible for you by giving you a few tips.

First thing you have to remember when you come to the customs guys: have all your forms completed properly. So, if you're coming into a States, you're going to be given a form, I think it's an I-94 form with all kinds of questions. Fill out everything correctly, properly. If you're not sure what something means, ask a flight attendant to help you, they will. Fill everything before you get to customs. Have all your documents; your passport, your return flight ticket. If you're going as a student, have your Visa. If you're going there to work, have your Visa, your work permit, whatever you need. All documents ready, all forms complete, ready to go.

Then the most important thing that you can do when going through customs at an U.S. airport is relax. Okay? Very important to relax. Now, one thing you will notice about American customs officers, they never ever smile. They will never smile. They are always going to look mean, and tough, and questions, questions, questions. That's their job. They're nice people. Don't think anything badly of them. They're doing their job, they want to scare you so that you give them the information that they need.

So, relax. Answer all their questions quickly and as short as possible. If they ask you a yes/no question, answer yes or no. Almost... In most cases, in 99% of the questions, don't say: "I don't know." You do know. You know everything that they're going to ask you. Yes, no, there, there, this long, that person, done. Okay.

So, they can ask you any number of questions, but here are a few of the more common questions that they might ask you. Okay? So, be prepared, answer them quickly, go on your way, enjoy your vacation in the U.S.

What is your final destination? It means: where are you going? Where is your last stop? So, if you're flying in to New York and then you're catching another flight to Kentucky, your final destination is Kentucky, not New York. So, you're going to Kentucky. If you're going to another country, so for example I was coming back to Canada. What is your final destination? Toronto. I was just flying through the U.S.

How long will you be staying in the U.S.? Again, never say: "I don't know." You do know. You have a return ticket out. If you have an open ticket, say you have... "I have a one-year open ticket. I'm not sure when I'm going to go back, but within one year." Have that ticket ready to show him or her. Okay?

How long will you be staying? Two days, a week, two weeks, whatever.

What is the purpose of your visit? Why are you here? To visit family, work or business, tourism, vacation, or transit. Okay? I was there, just transit. Transiting. I was just catching a flight to my next place, which is Canada. I was just here to transit. No problem.

Where will you be staying? Now, this is a very important question. If you are staying in the U.S., make sure you have your hotel address ready to tell the customs officer. If you're staying with a friend, have your friend's address ready to tell the customs officer. If you're staying in a dorm, if you're a student, say the name of the school, the dorm, have the address ready. Never say: "I don't know. I haven't figured it out yet." They want to know where to find you if they need to find you. Okay? Make sure you have an actual place to stay.

War & Military Vocabulary: Understand the news
00:13:36
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Unfortunately, we live in a world at war. We read about it in newspapers. We see it on TV and hear about it over the radio. This lesson will provide you with some of the English vocabulary you need to understand what is reported in the media. Do you know what the difference is between the Marine Corps, the Air Force, and the Navy? Want to know how rockets, missiles, and mortars are different from each other? Watch this lesson, and then take the quiz to test your new knowledge.
http://www.engvid.com/war-military-vocabulary/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson is a little bit unfortunate. We're going to talk about the military, and I'm going to give you some vocabulary to talk about military and war, armies, etc. Now, the reason we're doing this is because we actually had a few requests for this type of lesson because if you open the newspaper today or turn on the TV or the Internet, everything -- everywhere you look at, it's war. Right? The world is a little bit chaotic right now. It's just chaos everywhere. "Chaos" -- big mess, big trouble. So it's better that you understand what it is you're looking at, what it is you're hearing, what it is you're reading, what it is you're talking about. We're going to look at a few things just to get you a basic understanding of the military. I'm going to take the American military as an example because they're the biggest, and of course, they're the most active military right now. The military has four branches -- four parts to the military. There's the Army, the Marine Corps -- we don't want to say the P or the S, "Marine corps" -- Navy, Air Force. Army -- these are basically the ground soldiers. They have the tanks, the big, heavy machine guns, the big anti-tank missiles, all that stuff. These are the ones that go in and do the land things. They set up the whole -- they set up the war, basically. They set up the bases.

The Marine Corps, these are the fighting soldiers. Marine from water -- they come in with the navy. The navy ships them in. They come in, and they go do all the fighting, the deep fighting. Okay? These are very tough guys. The Navy -- the Navy has the ships, the submarines. They also have jets. They have Navy pilots because they have those huge aircraft carriers that carry the planes. The plane can take off in the middle of the sea. And of course, the Air Force. The Air Force has the jets, the pilots, and all of that stuff.

So these are the branches. Now, if you want to know the ranks, this is the level of the people in the armies. We have officers, and then, we have the unlisted personnel. The officers -- the top is the General in the Army and in the Marine corps. In the navy, they have an admiral. Then, you have a colonel. Although this is an L, it sounds like an R -- "ker-nel", like popcorn kernel. You have a major; you have a captain; you have a lieutenant. Now, between these levels, there are all kinds of different ranks. You have a second colonel, a second lieutenant, etc. then, you have the lower ranks. You have sergeant; you have corporal; and you have private. "Private" is the absolute lowest you can go. I'm going to use a red pen from now. Okay. Now, if you want to know what the insignia -- if you want to know what the stripes or the shapes on their sleeves are -- or the stars and the bars -- you can look that up online. Just look for "insignia", "military insignia".

Now, when we talk about soldiers, also -- you're going to see there are a lot of acronyms. An "acronym" is the first initial of a word. When you have a few words, you take the first letter of each and put them together. "POW" -- "prisoner of war". So if I'm a soldier and my enemy catches me and holds me as a hostage, I'm a POW.

"KIA" means "killed in action". So if I go fighting and I'm killed, that's what the military lists me as, "KIA". "MIA" -- "missing in action". So the army can't find me. They don't know if I'm alive or dead. So I'm just missing in action. Okay.

When we talk about war, when we talk about armies, we have to talk about weapons, also called "arms". Okay? Like "arms", except it's an extension of your arm. The gun is an extension of your arm. So "RPG" -- "rocket-propelled grenade". So a "grenade", as we have here -- is like a mini bomb. You put it into the gun; you shoot it; it goes, explodes; and you have shrapnel. "Shrapnel" are little pieces of metal. So when the grenade explodes, all the little pieces of metal go flying everywhere and kill and destroy.

Then, we have "IED". So non-regulated armies -- when you have fighters who are not in a regular army but are still fighting, they don't have the money or the know-how, necessarily, to build all these fancy weapons. So they make "improvised explosive devices". They take whatever they can find -- some fuel, some pieces of metal, a pipe, put it together, put it on the side of the road, and when the enemy comes, it explodes.

LOOK at these PHRASAL VERBS with "look"
00:06:51
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you will learn some common phrasal verbs using the verb LOOK. Do you often have to LOOK UP phrasal verbs and expressions? Do others LOOK DOWN on you when you don't understand? After this lesson, things will start to LOOK UP. Then, when someone yells "LOOK OUT!", you'll know to be careful. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-look/

TRANSCRIPT'

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today's lesson, again, everybody's favourite, phrasal verbs. We're going to look at phrasal verbs with "look". Again, what is a phrasal verb? It's a verb with a preposition combination to get usually very different meanings. Now, if you're thinking: "Oh my god. Too many of these phrasal verbs. You're doing too many of these lessons", things are starting to look up. I'm getting near the end. There's a limit to how many of these I can do, so don't worry; things are looking up. Okay.

Let's start with "up". "Look up". A few meanings. There's the literal meaning, look up. Look up at the sky; look up, see that plane flying. No problem. You can also "look up". If any of these words give you difficulty and you're not sure what I'm saying or you didn't catch what I'm saying, look them up in the dictionary or look them up online. Go to Google or go to wherever you go, the dictionary, punch in the word, and you will get the meaning of this word.

Now, what I said before: "Things are looking up." If something is starting to look up, it means it's starting to be more positive. It's starting to look better. Okay? You can be a bit happier about what's coming. So you can look up to the situation changing, or the situation is changing.

"Look up to". This is a little bit different. "Look up to" means... Because of the "to", you're getting a bit of a direction of somewhere. Right? So you're looking up to someone. If you look up to someone, means you use them as a role model. They're somebody you want to be like. Okay? So I'll put here just so you get that word. "Role model". So, usually, when you're young as a child, you look up to your parents. You think: "Oh my god. My parents are amazing. I want to be like them." When you get older, we'll leave that to you.

"Look down". Now, I'm not saying you're going to look down on your parents, but when you look down on somebody, you're putting them beneath you. Okay? You're making them a little bit inferior. The opposite of inferior - superior. Okay? But if somebody is inferior and if you look down on somebody, means you think they are less than you. They're not as good at their job, they're not as good of a baseball player or whatever sport. They're... You're a better student than they are, so you look down on them. You're thinking: "Not so good." Of course, "look down" by itself is just look down on the ground.

"Look over". Okay? Now, if there's a fence here between my house and my neighbour's house, I could look over the fence and see what's going on. But "look over" can also mean just check. Okay? So, for example, I wrote an essay, and before I hand it in to my teacher, I want to give it to my friend to look over the essay and make sure there's no mistakes, make sure I didn't say anything wrong or make any spelling mistakes. I just want him or her to check it. I want him to look it over and check it.

"Look in on". Okay? "Look in on" means just keep an eye out for somebody, or a little bit take care of somebody. Right? So, for example, I'm going away on vacation next week. I ask my neighbour to look in on my plants. All he has to come in, open the door, check they're still alive, okay. We'll talk about "look after", it's a little bit similar...

You know what? I'll talk about "look after" now. If I have a dog, I can't ask my neighbour to "look in" on my dog. I need more than that. I need my neighbour to "look after" my dog. "Look after" means take care of. Okay?

"Look through" is also a little bit similar to "look over", but a little bit more detailed. "Look through" is inspect, look for detailed things. So I want you to look through my essay, and find this or that particular thing. "Look over", very quickly skim it; look for any problems. "Look through", I want you to go in detail and find everything. Now, "look through" can also be a physical action. For example, the police, if they're trying to find a criminal, they will go... If they have a suspect, they will go to his or her house, they will look through their garbage to find any clothes. So, "look through" means inspect, look for something specific. Okay. So, "look after", take care.

"Look into". "Look into" means investigate. So there's a problem at my office, we're not... Our sales are not very high; we're losing money somewhere. I'm going to "look into" the problem. I'm going to find out what's going on. Okay? So, "look into", investigate.

Classroom English: Vocabulary & Expressions for Students
00:09:36
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Are you the new student in your English class? Do you understand what your teacher is saying? In this lesson, we will go over some of the vocabulary, expressions, and questions that you might hear in class. What do you say if they are speaking too fast or if you didn't hear? It can be stressful to ask questions, but after this lesson, you will be more confident participating and interacting with your teacher and classmates.

Take the quiz:
http://www.engvid.com/classroom-english/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson comes as a request, because I know that there are actually quite a few of you who are teachers of English, and you wanted to know some classroom English. So, today, we're going to look at classroom English. This is more for beginners, especially people who have just joined an English class, an ESL class, EFL class, etc. and you're starting to get used to the classroom environment, and you're not exactly sure what the teacher is saying, what you should say, etc.

We're going to start with the teachers. What do teachers say that you need to understand? Okay? [Clears throat] Excuse me. First, the teacher will take attendance, or the teacher will take roll call. Sorry, these are two separate words, "roll call". Basically, they want to know who is here and who is not here. Okay? So, if a student is in the class, he or she is present. So, if the teacher says: -"Bill?" -"Present." -"Mary?" -"Present." -"Bueller? Bueller? Bueller?" Bueller is absent. He or she is not in the class. So, "absent", not here. "Present", here.

If the teacher has finished with attendance and starts to teach the class, and a student comes in then, that student is late. And they get a little check. Too many lates, you get into trouble. Now, you could be absent, but you can have an excused absent, means that you have a note from your parents, from your doctor, from your boss, or the teacher just knows that you're not coming today and it's okay; it's excused.

Now, the teacher will give you commands. He or she will tell you to do things. Okay? So, it's very important that you understand what to do. If a teacher says: "Put up your hand", or: "Raise your hand to ask a question, to make a comment, to ask to go to the bathroom", put up your hand. Raise your hand. Don't speak out. Because if everybody speaks out, it's just noise. Put up your hand, ask your question, get your answer. Okay?

Then, the teacher will ask you: "Take out your notebooks. Take out your pens. Take out your earphones." Basically, get them ready, we are going to use them. Okay.

"Take your seats." Basically means sit down, sit. Okay? So, he's trying to get organized, or she is trying to get organized.

Next, they'll say: "Take out your book. Turn to page 37." Means open your book, page 37, let's start reading, working, etc.

Now, if the teacher wants you to do things, but not alone... For example, if you're doing math, yeah, you do it alone no problem. If you're doing ESL, the teacher will want you to work in pairs. It means two people together, so you can speak. "Work in groups", means get into a few people together; three, four, five.

If he wants a specific number, he will say: "Get into groups of", or: "Work in groups of three." So, you find your two friends, three sit together, do the exercise.

Now, if the teacher... As everybody's talking, the teacher wants everybody be quiet and listen to one student, he will say or she will say: "Please pay attention to Jack. Jack is going to speak. Everybody, please pay attention to Jack." Or if you're doing exercise, if the teacher wants you to be careful about one word or one grammar structure: "Pay attention to the independent clause." Means be very focused, be aware. Okay?

So, these are the basic things you need to know what... That your teacher will say. Now, you're the student, you have questions or you don't understand something, what are you going to say or what are you going to ask?

English Vocabulary: 12 Internet words
00:10:18
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

What's a meme? Does the internet seem to require knowing a new language? Do bits, bytes, and blogs sound weird to you? In this English vocabulary lesson, we will go over some of the more common words that you might come across on the internet these days. Take a quiz on this lesson here: https://www.engvid.com/english....-vocabulary-12-inter

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is hopefully very useful to all of you. We're going to look at Internet vocabulary, how to survive in cyberspace. Just in case you don't know, "cyberspace" is the Internet, the Internet world where everything happens. These are some very common words you'll see today. Where'll you see them?Everywhere. You'll see them in news reports, articles about entertainment, sports, finance, business -- everywhere. Because the Internet is everywhere, okay? Cyberspace -- huge. So let's start.

"Viral", okay? This is an adjective. When something "goes viral" -- "to go viral". When something "goes viral", it means it spreads very quickly. So for example, I think all of you probably by now have seen Miley Cyrus shake her thing, as it were. That video of her shaking herself went viral. It became a huge hit. Thousands, millions of people saw it all over the world. I think another example is PSY. You know the "Gangnam Style" thing? I'm not going to do it for you; don't worry. But he went viral as soon as his video came up. Keep in mind it goes with this verb. "It went viral." "It will go viral." Many books about how to create a viral video, for example. So it's usually images, videos, sometimes articles, depends on what topic it is.

I know that you know what "Google" is. Everybody knows Google. "Google" as a noun is the name of a company. It comes from a big number. I'm not going to try to say it because it's too big for me to say, but basically, they got this name from mathematics, I guess. But do you know that it's also a verb? "To google", and in the past tense it's "I googled it." And what am I doing right now? "I am googling." Now, some people will write with the "e"; most people will write without the "e". I don't really think it matters all that much. People will understand what you're saying. "To google" basically means "to search". This brand name, the brand name of the company, has become so popular that it is used for any search thing you do on the Internet. If you're using Yahoo!, you're not "yahooing". You're still "googling". If you're using Bing or whatever other search engine, you're probably still "googling" because that's the word that's become common. Completely unrelated: In Canada if you want a tissue to blow your nose, most likely you will ask for a Kleenex. A "Kleenex" is a brand name; it's a company name. Same idea. Google is that huge.

"To post" or "a post", again noun or verb. A "post" is something that you put on the Internet, something you put on your Facebook page, something you put on your blog page, on your website. "To post" means "to put up", to put up for the Internet to spread, hopefully go viral, get you a lot of views, which we will talk about in a second. Now, if you keep a blog, then you want to have good posts, and hopefully they will go viral or will come high on the Google search, okay?

"Blog" is short for "web log". So "web log"; "blog". Now, what is a "log"? A "log" is like a journal or a diary. So a "blog" is usually a personal website where people put whatever they want: comments or ideas or pictures or whatever or videos, in which case it's a vlog -- a "video log". And what you want... you're going to post your articles or your ideas, and you want people to come and see them. You're sharing this with the world.

A "tweet" comes from the company Twitter. A "tweet" is a short message, 140 characters or less, so letters, spaces, dashes, etc. It's something that you share with whoever you want, whoever follows you on Twitter. You tweet this. Sometimes people will "retweet": They will take your tweet, your message, and send it out to more people. So hopefully, if many people see your tweet, maybe it will go viral and the whole world will see it. Maybe.

"Phishing"." Phishing" is a very interesting phenomenon, okay? What people do is they send you an email, and they hope that you will respond and give them information: bank accounts, passwords, usernames, etc. So they send you a letter saying, "Oh, hi, you know. I'm your bank. There's a bit of a problem with your credit card. Can you send me your credit card number and expiry date and the code on the back just so I can make sure that it's actually not a problem?" Well, that's the problem. Be very careful of phishing. It sounds like "fish" because they're sending you a bait, they're sending you a little worm and hope you swallow it. Don't, okay?

IELTS & TOEFL Writing Task 2 - The Introduction
00:15:04
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com The IELTS and TOEFL essay's success is determined by its introduction. In this writing lesson we will look at how to construct an introduction paragraph that will not only make reading easier for the grader, but will also keep you focused on what you need to say. It really is as simple as 1, 2, 3, 4. Test yourself with the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-toefl-writing-task-2-introduction/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Nice to see you again. Today's lesson is for IELTS and TOEFL students, and so because these students need a little extra practice in listening to more natural speed English, I will speak a little bit faster. If you're a beginner English learner, watch anyway. It's still good practice, but don't worry if I'm speaking a little bit too fast. So more specifically, I'm going to be looking at the Writing -- Task 2, the essay of the IELTS and/or TOEFL. They're very similar. That's why I'm doing them together. There're not big differences, but I will point them out. And what I'm doing is I'm concentrating on the introduction today, the introduction paragraph. I'm not showing you the whole essay; I'm just showing you the introduction.

Now, you're wondering, "Why? It's just the introduction. It's a short one, right?" No. This is probably the most important paragraph in your whole essay. This is where you, basically, make or break your score, okay? Why? Because here is where the reader understands what you're about to do. This is where the grader -- the person who's giving you your score -- understands if you understood the question; understands if you know what you're talking about; and understands if you knew how to plan well, okay? Very, very important the first paragraph, the introduction. So what are you going to do? Of course you're going to plan first. You're not going to start writing. Do not write one word of your essay until you have your plan ready. Once you have your plan ready, your essay is done. You just have to, basically, translate this plan into sentences. You're basically going for three to five sentences. Less than three, you missed something; you didn't do enough. More than five, you're going for words. You don't have time; don't worry about it. Three to five -- get down what you need to get down. Get into your bodies where you're going to be writing the most, okay?

There are four questions you want to answer in the introduction. You will already have these answers once you've planned properly, okay? What do you want to answer? "What is the topic?" "What is the question?" "What is your opinion?" And "What are your reasons?" These are the four things that must be included in the introduction.

Now, a lot of you think, "Well, 'topic' and 'question' is the same thing, right?" But no; they're not. This is where a lot of people lose points because they don't realize that these are two different things. The "topic" is the general idea of what the question is about. The "question" is, specifically, what are you asked to do. Now, the most common type of question you will see on both the IELTS and the TOEFL is a question that asks you to choose between two things. They want you to choose one and argue why that one is better than the other one, or why that one is so good. Now, what I'm going to show you today will mostly apply to these types of questions. But if you have a question that asks you to compare and contrast two things, keep in mind even if they ask you to compare two things, they're still going to ask you to lean towards one of them, to choose one as better than the other, in which case you're still going to need to give your opinion, okay?

"What is the topic?" You're going to keep this very, very general. All you're doing is giving the idea of what the essay is about. So I know all of you have probably practiced this question: "Is it better to live in the countryside or in the city? Explain your reasons, giving examples, etc." Your first sentence, very, very general: What is the topic of this question? City life? Country life? No. The topic is "where to live". So your first sentence introduces the idea of living -- choosing a place to live. The question is then more specific, so your sentence narrows a little bit, becomes a little bit more focused. The question is: "Is it better in the country or the city?" Okay? Then, you have to give your opinion. You must say, "I believe", "I think", "in my opinion". You don't have to use these words. There're other ways to say your opinion, but if you're not sure of those, put one of those; make it very, very clear what you're saying. This is your thesis. This is a very specific sentence. After reading this sentence, I, the grader, must understand which side you've chosen and what you're going to argue. And then you see the last sentence gets a little bit more general. Why? Because you're giving your reasons. You're not giving me details.

Learn English Grammar: How to use SO & SO THAT
00:11:51
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Are you SO confused about when to use "so" or "so that"? In this grammar lesson, we will look at when and how to use "so", "so that" and "so _____ that". After watching the video, test your knowledge by doing the quiz SO THAT you can evaluate how much you understand. You'll be SO amazed THAT you'll want to subscribe to my YouTube channel!
Take the quiz here! http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-so-that/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. My name's Adam. Today's lesson is a grammar lesson, and it's about words or expressions that are very often confused or mixed up. We're going to look at "so", "so that", "so something that", usually "so adjective", or: "so adverb that". I can actually put that in here. Adjective, adverb, that.

So, before we look at what usually gets mixed up, and how the things get mixed up, and the confusions, let's do a quick review of what all of these expressions or words mean, or how they are used. We're going to start with "so". Now, "so" has quite a few functions, quite a few uses in grammar. One is to agree. Okay? So you say: "I love English." That's why you come to engVid. Right? "So do I. I love English, that's why I come to engVid as well." So I agree with you. "So do I."

To refer to. -"I think that something is beautiful. I think that that woman is beautiful." -"Well, if you think so, you should go talk to her." "So" means referring to what I just said. "If you think so. If you think she is beautiful, go speak to her." Right? So, "so" is sort of like a pronoun, but not exactly. It's referring to something. It stands in the place of something that was already mentioned and understood.

As a quantifier. As a quantifier, basically, "so" means "very". "I am so hungry." Means I am very hungry. Okay? All we do is we quantify it. We give a quantity to the adjective. We make it stronger, more intense, "very".

"So much", "so many" just means a lot. "So few" means a few, very little. Right? So, this is basically used like an adverb. We can use it "so much" or "so many noun". We can say: "So much", "so many adjective and noun". So, we use this as an adverb. And again, it's like a quantifier; I'm just giving you more quantity or less quantity, or more degree or less degree.

Now, this is the one we want to focus on, "so" as a conjunction, because this is what gets confused with these two. Okay? So, "so" as a conjunction, basically we use it like... Like "because", except "because" is an adverb clause conjunction. We use an adverb clause. "So" is just an independent clause joining two... Oh, sorry, it's a coordinating clause joining two independent clauses. Okay? So: "I was late, so I missed the meeting." It basically shows you a result of something that came before. You could say: "Because... Because I missed..." Sorry. "Because I was late, I missed the meeting.", "I was late, so I missed the meeting." So this is a coordinating conjunction joining two independent clauses, and talks... Shows you result. So far, so good. That's another expression. "So far" means until now.

"So that", "so that" is an adverb clause marker or an adverb clause conjunction. It shows purpose. Okay? Remember: an adverb clause joins two actions, in the independent clause, and in the adverb clause, and it's the relationship between the clauses is purpose. So, whatever comes after "so that" shows the purpose of what you did in the previous clause. Here's an example. "I worked overtime this week"-why?-"so that I could take time off next week." Okay? So, this is the purpose of this. Okay? Remember: adverb clause, there's always going to be a relationship between the adverb clause and the independent clause. Okay? That relationship is one of purpose.

Lastly, we have "so adjective", "so adverb that". Now, this is a bit of a combination of the two. You have a quantifier, so you're making this very something, and you want to give a little bit extra information. What does this mean? Right? You want to complete the meaning of this. Okay? Let's look at this example. I'm going to go right through that one. "I am so tired that I might pass out." Pass out, faint. Okay? Now, I could say: "I am so tired." This is a complete sentence; you don't need anymore. I have the quantifier, I have the adjective, I've completed my meaning.

But I want you to understand how tired I am. "Very tired" is not enough. I want you to understand more. I want to complete this meaning, so I add another clause. We call this a "that clause", a complement clause. It completes the meaning. "I am so tired that I might pass out." Okay? That's how tired I am.

Now, you notice I put "that" in brackets. In these types of sentences, "that" you can take out. "I am so tired I might pass out." It's understood. The point is: don't confuse this "so" with this "so", conjunction. This is not a conjunction. It is also not a quantifier. It is a quantifier, but it's not part of that, it's not part of this guy. Okay?

Learn MEDICAL Vocabulary in English
00:07:08
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Not sure what the difference is between "sick" and "injured"? This lesson will introduce you to some basic medical terms you need to know, like "wound", "cure", "heal", "disease", and more. These terms will help you describe medical conditions and emergencies that will be very useful, especially if you are travelling in an English-speaking country. This lesson is sure to infect you with the English bug!
http://www.engvid.com/learn-medical-vocabulary-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a bit more practical, especially if you're going to be going to travel in an English-speaking country, you might want to know some of these words. We're going to look at some medical vocabulary, and to talk about the issues that you're facing. Okay?

First of all, let's break down the medical vocabulary to three sections. We have injuries, we have illnesses, we have diseases. Okay? First thing to understand, an injury is always about the physical body. Okay? It's bones, it's tissues, it's skin, it's all these things. Illness is inside the body, but it's usually shorter. Okay? It doesn't last a long time, and you can usually get rid of it; you can fix it somehow. Diseases, on the other hand, they're also inside, but they take a long time and quite often they can kill you. Okay? Some diseases, nothing you can do about them; there's no cure for them. But some diseases, you can treat. Okay? We'll talk about that as well. You can treat them, but there's no cure necessarily.

So, let's start with injury. An injury to your physical body can come in different forms. All of these are called "wound", "wound", it sounds like an "oo" sound. "Wound". Okay? A wound is when you do something to physically harm your body.

A "burn". If you touch the stove... You're pulling out bread from the oven, you touch it. Or the stove, you're cooking something and you touch the hot plate, you will burn your hand. Okay? So, if you burn your hand, it'll stink a little bit, it will hurt a lot, but you can put some lotion on it, take care of it.

A "break". Now, if you go skiing and by accident you fall down, you can break your leg. Or if you go bicycling, like off-road, like trail biking, you fall down, you break your leg, break your arm, break something. Like: "crack", a bone inside somewhere broke.

But you could also fall and "sprain" something. A sprain means like almost a break. Like, for example, you fall down on your ankle... You can't see my ankle. It's down there, but I'm like twisting it. If I fall down on it, I won't break my bone, but it will get all swollen. Okay? It'll puff up. It'll be blue and black, and very, very painful. And maybe I won't be able to walk on it, but I didn't break anything. Okay? So, these are examples of injuries.

Next, we have illness. Now, everybody gets ill at some time. If you say "sickness", it means the same thing. Sickness/illness, exactly the same thing. You can get a "cold". [Coughs] And sneezing, and coughing, and whatever.

You can get a "flu" will usually be with a... Usually comes with a fever. Many of you know "influenza", so we just say "flu" for short. Okay? This is not very fun. You sit in bed for a few days, but eventually it goes away, hopefully.

And we always... We often talk about a "bug". Now, when we talk about a bug, we're talking usually about a virus. So we say: "There's a bug going around." So during certain times of the year, you'll get on the bus and somebody on the bus is sick or somebody coughed and then grabbed onto the handle. Then you come on the bus, you grab the handle. The bug comes inside you, and then the next day you're ill. You have a flu. You have a cold. You have something. So we say there's a bug going around.

Next, we have a disease. Now, a disease is a very harsh thing. Okay? There is mental diseases, there is physical diseases. Something that is "chronic" means that it continues for a long time; it doesn't go away. Like even if I have-[coughs]-a chronic cough, it means I'm always coughing; it doesn't go away.

Then, if you get tested and you find out that, for example, you had a tumour let's say. You had something growing inside you, you think maybe it's cancer, you go get it tested and then you find out it's "benign". It means it's not dangerous. It's not going to do anything to you. It won't develop into the disease.

But then there are some diseases that are "terminal". "Terminal" means end. So, basically, if you have a terminal disease, you're going to die. Okay? Sad, but true. That's how it works. Cancer is a terminal disease in most cases. In some cases, it goes away for a little while, but it can come back. But if you have a terminal disease, you're probably going to pass away.

Now, we "heal" injuries. Okay? You go to a doctor, you go to the hospital, they do something, they fix your arm. Then eventually, after a little bit of time, your broken arm, your broken bone heals.

Phrasal Verbs with TAKE: "take to", "take in", "take after"...
00:08:16
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com So you've decided to take up English. Good for you! Take your language skills further by learning phrasal verbs that use the verb TAKE. In this lesson, you'll learn the difference between "taking a girl out to dinner" and "taking the bad guy out of action". We'll also look at expressions such as "take to", "take in", "take after", and more. If you don't know them already, don't worry. I'll take you under my wing!
Test your knowledge with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-take/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is, again, phrasal verbs; everybody's favourite lessons. Today, we're going to look at phrasal verbs using the verb "take". Again, a quick review: what is a phrasal verb? A phrasal verb is a verb and a preposition, when put together, giving different meanings. Sometimes one, sometimes two, sometimes more. So, today, we're going to look at "take out", "take in", "take over", "take up",-excuse me-"take after", "take back", "take off", "take on", "take down", "take to".

Let's start with "take out". All of you, of course, know takeout food. You go to McDonald's, they ask you if you want to eat in or take out. So, take out means to take your food to go. That's one meaning. Another meaning of "take out" is the literal meaning; exactly what the words mean. For example, you have a turkey in the oven. It is finished cooking. You take it out of the oven. Then, there is also the slang. If you want to take someone out, you kill them. You see this in kind of the mob movies. They want to take someone out; they want to assassinate. Assassinate. I'll have to... Yeah, I'll leave that for now. Okay.

"Take in". What does "take in" mean? A few meanings as well. The first is the most common one. If your clothes are too big, if you've lost some weight, you might want to take in your shirt, or your dress, or your pants. You take it to a tailor, and he or she will take it in; make it smaller, tighter. Another meaning of "take in", for example, if you go outside your house and you see a cat, and the cat is sitting there: "Meow, meow", you know, it's all sad and lonely. You take it in. It doesn't mean you take it into your house. It, of course, means that. But more, it means like adopt. You take it into your house, you give it a home, it's part of the family. So, you accept, you take in, you adopt something or someone.

"Take over". "Take over" means assume control of something. So, for example, if I own a big company and you own a slightly smaller company, but you're my competition, one way I can beat you is I can take over your company. I can buy a lot of shares in your company, and I take over. I take control. If we're going on a long road trip, and I'm driving and I'm getting tired, I say: "Oh, can you take over the driving?" Means we switch, and you continue driving.

"Take up". If you take up space, for example, it means you use. You use space. You take up space in a room. Another way to say "take up" is you start to do something new, like a new hobby, or you start learning something new. So, recently, I took up Spanish. It means I started going to Spanish classes, and I started to learn Spanish. Now, if you add "with", you can take something up with someone. It means you can discuss. So, if you have a problem in your class and you're falling behind, and you're not doing so well, take this problem up with your teacher. It means go to your teacher and discuss the situation. See how you can fix it. Okay.

"After". If you take after someone, means you behave like them. It's very similar to look like, except it's not about physical features; it's about personality. So, if you take after someone, you are similar to someone in terms of character or behaviour. So, for example, I take after my mother. My sister takes after my father. My father was a very hot-tempered man. My sister's a very hot-tempered woman, so she takes after him.

"Take back". Again, two meanings. There's the literal meaning, so I lend you my pen. You use it. You finished. I take it back. You give it back to me, it returns to me; I take it back. Now, if I said something really mean to you or something not nice, or I made a promise and then I take it back, it means I cancel what I said. So, if I said something that made you upset and I take it back, it means I apologize. I take back the bad words and everything's okay, hopefully. If I made a promise then take it back, it means I'm not going to do this promise anymore. Okay? So you have to be a little bit careful about take backs.

"Take off". I think most of you know the airplane takes off. It goes down the runway, then "whew," takes off. But "take off" can also mean to be very successful or very quickly to do well. So, a business starts and, you know, the owners are doing what they can, but suddenly the business just takes off. It becomes very popular, very successful, making lots of money, hopefully, again.

Learn POLITE expressions in English – Don't be RUDE!
00:08:29
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Does your coworker have "a bun in the oven"? Has your boss "let himself go"? In this lesson, you will learn some expressions that people often use to say things indirectly in order to sound more polite or less rude. What can you do to avoid using words like "toilet", "dead", or "fat"? Watch this video to learn some interesting alternatives to these words and more. After watching, do the quiz to check if you have understood the material: http://www.engvid.com/polite-english-dont-be-rude/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit interesting. I'll give you a little bit of a background first of all. English speakers, and this is a very cultural part of English... And remember, culture plays a lot... Has a big role when it comes to language. A lot of speakers, in English, don't want to say certain words. For some reason, they think this word is dirty or heavy, or they just don't like this word, so we find soft expressions. We find other ways to say the same thing that everybody understands, everybody from the culture understands. It may be a little bit difficult for non-native English speakers to understand these expressions, so today we're going to look at a few. There are many, many such expressions. We're just going to look at a few for today.

Firstly, these soft expressions are also called euphemisms. You don't need to know this word. If you want to look up more expressions, type: "euphemisms" into your search box on the internet, and you'll see many more.

I'm just going to give you a few to give you an example of what a euphemism is. And when you watch Hollywood movies or TV shows, if you hear these expressions, now hopefully, you will understand what they mean.

So we're going to start with: "passed away" which is very common. I think many of you probably know this expression. Or: "did not make it". So if you go to the hospital, your friend was in a car accident, and you bring him to the hospital or the ambulance brings him to the hospital, and he's in there for a while, and then you see the doctor. And you go to the doctor: "How's my friend?" And the doctor says: "Oh, I'm sorry. He didn't make it." What does that mean? Or: "I'm sorry. He passed away." What does that mean? It means he died. Now, why people don't like to say the word "died", well, it's a very heavy word. Death, people don't like to talk about death, so they find other ways to say the same thing. Okay?

Now, all of these are not bad things, but you know, we just want to soften the language. We want to be a bit more polite sometimes. If you want, if you're in the washroom and you want... Sorry, if you're in the restaurant and you want the washroom, but you don't want to say the word "washroom" or you don't want to say the word "toilet", you say... If you're a boy, you say, or a man, you say: "Where's the little boys' room?" If you're a woman: "Where's the ladies' room?" Now, we understand all this to be toilet. But people think "toilet" is a dirty word. They don't like to say the word "toilet", so they say: "Little boys' room", or: "Ladies' room". Okay?

Now, sometimes you'll see people in a wheelchair. Maybe they had an accident, maybe they were born this way, but they can't walk. They're in a wheelchair. Or you see people who have a... Who were born with a disease, and they're not, you know, they're not fully functional like everyone else. We used to say: "handicapped". But people find this word to be a little bit offensive, and so it's not politically correct; it's not a nice thing to say. So now, we say: "They are mentally challenged." Or: "They are physically challenged." It used to be: "handicapped" or: "disabled". But people don't want to say "disabled" because they think or they know that these people are very able, they can do many things; they're just limited. Okay? They are challenged by their condition. So they are mentally challenged or they are physically challenged is a more polite way to say it.

Okay, so now, we're going to look at the next expressions. If you want to talk about a man or a woman, and the not polite way to talk about them is to say: "He or she is fat", big. So, people don't like the word "fat". So, for a more polite way or a softer way to say "fat" for a woman is: "She is full-figured." Full-figured means she's complete. She's full in all the places, and that's what we say. A man, we're a little bit less nice to men. A man has "let himself go". Means he stopped taking care of himself, and became fat. Okay? Again, not a nice word, but not necessarily a very nice expression either, but it's softer. It's not as direct, but everybody understands what this means.

IELTS – 3 Reading Strategies
00:16:51
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Is the IELTS Reading section very challenging for you? Can't finish all the readings and questions before the time is up? In this lesson, you will learn three approaches to the IELTS Reading section and their pros and cons. The goal of this lesson is to help you finish the test on time without compromising your understanding of the readings. Learn how to read less while answering more questions correctly. After watching, make sure to do the quiz to test your understanding. Good luck on your test!
https://www.engvid.com/ielts-3-reading-strategies/
https://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com/
https://www.writetotop.com/

WATCH NEXT
IELTS Writing: The 3 Essay Types https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pJ-Vyqxn1To

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about IELTS. As usual, with IELTS lessons, I will be speaking a little bit faster than normal. It's good for your listening practice. But if you're not taking the IELTS, you can still listen and try to follow us as we go through this section.

So, let's begin. Today, I'm going to look at the IELTS reading section. I'm going to look at three different approaches to tackling the IELTS reading section. Students always ask me: "What should I do with the reading? How do I do it? How can I finish on time? How can I answer more questions?" Right? So I'm going to give you three approaches, three different ways to try to do the IELTS. Okay? We're going to look at three different ways. They're completely different from each other.

The most important thing I want to tell you before we start: you have to know what works for you. Okay? One of these approaches will work for you; the others may not. Practice all three. If you're comfortable with one and it seems to work for you, and your score seems to be getting better, stick with that one and practice that one. Don't try to do all three each time. Figure out which one works, and just practice that one the most. Okay?

The most obvious one and the first one we're going to talk about: read the entire passage, and then tackle the questions. Now, a few things to say, good and bad, about this approach. So, you have 20 minutes, let's say, that you're going to start from the first passage, you're going to do about 17 minutes; the second passage, you're going to spend 20 minutes; the last passage, you're going to spend 23, 24, 25 minutes. So, you have to do this very fast.

So: can you read the entire passage and do the questions in that timeframe? Okay? That's the question you must ask yourself. Are you a fast reader? Can you comprehend everything you're reading? How is your vocabulary? Things like this. Some people, they must read everything, from beginning to end, and then go to the questions. But they can also keep; they can retain the information they've read, so when they go to the questions, they know where to go back and look for the answers.

Now, the good part about this is that you have all the information in your head once you've read the entire passage. The bad part is that you're going to be reading the passage twice. Okay? Or not the whole passage, but you're going to read big chunks of the passage twice. You'll have read it the first time, you'll go to the questions, and then you'll be reading again to find the answers, because you're looking for specific words now. When you get to the questions, sometimes it's only one word difference from what you read in the passage.

So, do I recommend this? Yes and no. If you're a fast reader and you can comprehend, then yes, do that. If you're not a fast reader, then no, don't do this. You'll be wasting too much time and reading more than you need to.

What I'm going to do with these two approaches is show you how to read less. So you don't need to read the entire passage; you just need to read the areas that contain the answers to the questions.

So, the second approach: go straight to the questions. You look at the question. First of all, understand the type of the question. Is it a multiple choice? Is it a fill-in-the-blank, like a summary? Are you looking for like headings for each paragraph? Are you looking for the title? Etc. Figure out what you're looking for, read the question carefully, pick out the keywords in the question or the key idea in the question, and then scan the passage. Don't read the passage. Just quickly look everywhere for where that information ought to be.

English Vocabulary for EXERCISING at the GYM
00:07:49
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Worried about that "spare tire" or "muffin top" people are pointing at? No, we don't mean car parts or baked goods. It's time to get in shape, so head to the gym! In this lesson I'll help you get "shredded" without having to worry about English. You will learn some common words and expressions about exercising, fitness, and gym equipment. You will also learn how to explain your fitness goals to a personal trainer. Ready? Let's get "jacked". http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-exercise-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about getting you in shape. What does that mean? It means going to the gym and exercising, and all the vocabulary you need to do that well. If you go to the gym and you need to speak to a personal trainer or a fitness coach, he or she will use these words to help you get a very nice body.

So let's start with these. First of all, most people who go to the gym want to "get in shape". It doesn't mean they want to become square or a circle or a triangle. It means they want to have a good body, and also to feel healthy. They want to breathe easier, they want to be able to walk or run for a longer time, they want to be able to feel good about their physical condition.

Now, a lot of people also go to the gym because they want these things. They want to be "fit". "Fit" basically means healthy. Some people want to get "toned". They want some lines here and there; they don't want to be round. They want more lines, a little bit more showing muscles; a little bit less showing fat.

Some people want to get "cut". Now, "cut" means that you see all the lines where all the muscles are or should be, because you've worked out a lot. You have very little fat, more muscle. Now, some people want to get "shredded". "Shredded" means like very, very, very cut. So if you think, for example, Brad Pitt, in the movie Fight Club, he was shredded. Very little fat, all muscle, and cut in all the right places.

Then if you say someone is "jacked", then you think of Arnold Schwarzenegger. Before he was a politician, a little bit before he was an actor, he was a bodybuilder. He was "jacked"; he had huge muscles everywhere. "Ripped" and "shredded" basically mean the same thing. These are all slang words for "toned", basically. And everybody wants like a "six-pack abs". They want one, two, three, four, five, six. You have to work very hard for that. You have to get rid of a lot of fat to get all the muscles to show up. Keep in mind: all of these things, they're more about a lifestyle than about exercising, but you have to exercise to get all these things.

Okay, so what can you do to exercise? You can "work out". One thing you can do, you can walk around your house every day after dinner and, you know, work your digestive system. All the food you ate goes to the right places, everything okay. But you can also "work out", means you go to the "gym" where they have all the weights, all the machines, you can exercise. "Work out", exercise.

Why? Because you want to get rid of your "spare tire". Now, this happens a lot more to men, but a spare tire. So, you know in your car if you have a flat tire, in the back, you have a spare tire? So imagine carrying that spare tire around your stomach. You're skinny, skinny, skinny, fat, skinny, skinny, skinny, skinny. That's your spare tire.

Now, men also have "love handles", you can grab them on the side and you can play with them. I won't explain too much where the "love handle" term comes from, but that's what they're called.

Women, on the other hand, it's called a "muffin top". Because you know when you have a muffin, there's the paper, and then-whoop-it comes out? So if you're wearing really tight jeans and then a little bit sticks out, that's your muffin top. So, you go to the gym, you want to get rid of all these things.

Some people want to "bulk up", means they want to get bigger. They want to "build muscle". Muscle. Some people want to "slim down", means they want to get thinner. They want to "burn fat". So you build muscle, you burn fat. Ideally, you do both at the same time. And, of course, more important than all of this: diet. You have to stop eating McDonalds, you have to stop eating pizza, you have to stop eating bad food if you want to get any of these things.

Now, what can you do at the gym? You can do "weights". "Weights" means like actual physical, heavy things that you lift, etc., you do all kinds of things with them. Or you could do "cardio". "Cardio" is short for "cardiovascular", it means working the lungs, working the inside, getting the body, the blood to flow properly, getting your air passages to open and close properly.

One thing you can do for cardio is "aerobics", so you know, like jumping jacks, and all that stuff, and running, and all these things, exercises on the floor. You do only with your body and a lot of movement to get the inside to burn fat.

Learn English Punctuation: How to use hyphens with compound adjectives
00:12:51
learnenglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Improve your writing by learning the rules of punctuation! Do you wonder why a "world-famous actor" needs a hyphen while another actor is simply "world famous"? What is the difference between these two structures, and when exactly should you be using a hyphen? In this lesson, you will learn the basic structure of compound adjectives like "ten-year-old girl" and "green-eyed boy". After watching, you will be able to construct them yourself with ease. It's really not mind-boggling stuff, after all.

Try the skill-testing quiz: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-punctuation-hy

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is grammar. And actually, I had quite a few requests for this lesson, because these seem to give people a lot of trouble, especially in writing. Okay? "Compound Adjectives".

Firstly, what is a compound adjective? Mostly, you'll notice a compound adjective has the hyphen in it. Right? It's a two- or three-part... Two- or three-word adjective that, together, acts as one word. Okay? That's very important to remember. It may have one word, it may have two words, it may have three words connected by a hyphen, but they work all together like one word, one adjective word. Okay. Let's look at a few examples before we get into the details of how to construct these.

"I heard a girl speaking English."

"I have an English-speaking friend."

Now, what's the difference between these two? "I heard a girl who was speaking English." or: "I heard a girl with an", gerund. So, this could be a participle, this could be a gerund; it doesn't matter. It comes after "the girl", and this is what she is doing. Okay?

"I have an English-speaking friend." Now, I can change this sentence and say: "I have a friend who speaks English." But it's much easier just to say an adjective about the friend.

Now, it's very important to remember an adject-... Sorry, a compound adjective comes before a noun. It always becomes before a noun; never after it. If it comes after it, it's no longer a compound adjective. There's no more need for the hyphen. Okay? Let's look at more examples.

"A strong, healing lotion". Or: "A fast-healing cut". Now, even though it's a fast-healing cut, I would still want to use a strong, healing lotion. What's the difference, here? Here, first of all, you notice the comma. I have two adjectives. It's a strong lotion, it's a healing lotion. These are two separate ideas about this noun. Okay? They're not joined together. Each one affects the lotion. Here, "fast-healing lotion", it's fast and it's healing... "A fast-healing cut", sorry. It's fast and it's healing about this cut.

So, for example, you go to a doctor and he needs to remove a mole. You have like a little thing growing on your arm. So he cuts it, but he's a specialist, he's very professional. It's a very fast-healing cut. In two days, you won't even know there was a cut there. Right? So, both these words-this is an adverb-okay?-this is a participle-both work as one word about "cut". Now, you don't really need to worry about this, but just in case you're interested, if you're writing and you have a word count... For example, IELTS or TOEFL, you have to write 250 words or 350 words, respectively. This is one word; not two words. Remember that. Okay?

Next: "A man eating lion". Now, I don't know if people actually eat lions. I don't know how they would taste. I'm sure they're kind of gamey. It means a little bit strong taste. But I saw a man eating lion. So this man was eating that lion.

But, then I saw: "A man-eating lion" eat the man. How does that work? "A man-eating lion", so this is a compound clause describing "lion". A lion who eats people. Okay? Very different meaning.

So, now you're saying: "Okay, well, where do I put the adjective? Where do I put the compound adjective? Like, before, after, not at all, with a hyphen, without the hyphen?"

Business English Vocabulary: The Stock Market
00:13:38
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn business English vocabulary: Whether you are investing in a bull or a bear market, you should know the common terms and expressions that stock brokers and mutual fund managers will use to discuss your options. In this lesson, we will go over some of the more common terms you will need to familiarize yourself with if you want to become rich. Playing the stock market is a risky business, so be prepared! http://www.engvid.com/business-english-vocabulary-stock-market/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. I'm Adam. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. Today we're going to look at some business English, with an introduction to investing. Now, what is investing? Investing is putting your money someplace with the hope that more money will come back to you later. Okay? So it's making money over time. Many ways to do it, but today we're going to look more specifically at the stock market. Now, before we begin to look at the stock market, we need to know all the different words that you will find in the stock market discussion.

Of course, we have to look at "stocks". So: "stocks" and "shares". Now, many people get confused: what is a stock? What is a share? Realistically, these are basically the same thing, but subtle differences between the two. So, when a company decides that it wants to make money, so it can expand its business, it wants to raise capital. "Capital", it's a big word, there's lots of meanings to it. We're going to look at that a different time. But for our case, "capital" means money. They want to make money, they want to raise capital so they can grow their business. So what they do is they sell stock. Stock is a partial ownership of the company. So when you buy stock, you get a piece of paper, you get a certificate that says that you own part of this company. And because you own part of the company, you have certain rights. You can make... You can vote for changes, you can vote for things that the company should do.

Now, what is a share? A share is an equal piece of the stock. So, for example, a company sells $100 worth of stock. That's the full amount of the ownership that the company makes available to the public. Now, this stock, this total amount, they divide into 100 shares. Okay? So you buy as many shares as you want of this stock. So because you have 100 shares, the full stock is $100. Each share is, of course, $1. You buy 10 shares, that mean... That means you're buying 10% of the available stock. You're buying $10 worth of shares. Now, you own stock, you own shares in the company. In that case, it's the same thing. Now, when you talk about stocks, you can say: "I own stocks."

So let's go to this word quickly: "portfolio". Your portfolio is the collection of your investments. You may have stocks, you may have mutual funds, you may have bonds, you may have commodities, you may have real estate. You may have all kinds of different investments. If part of your portfolio is stocks, you say: "I have some stocks." It means I can have five company's stocks. But when you say: "I have shares", then you have shares of a company. Okay? I have stocks in 10 different companies. I have shares... I have 10% or I have 100 shares in this company, I have 50 shares in that company, I have 2,000 shares in that company. But all together, you have stock. Okay? So it's a total amount of the companies that you own.

Now, if you want to buy stocks or trade stocks, if you want to buy and sell your shares, you can contact a "stockbroker". Okay? A broker is somebody who deals with trades; buys, sells stocks on the stock market. These days, you can just go online and find a "brokerage" which is a website or a company that lets you buy and sell your own stocks and shares. Okay.

Next: we have "IPO", this is "Initial Public Offering". Sorry I'm a little bit off line, here. When a company decides: "Okay, we need to make more money. We need to raise capital. We need to sell some stock of our company." So the first time that they sell this stock, there's a big event, you know, like it's a big promotion, they have to market it, they have to tell the public: "Look, we're going to sell stock. Get ready." This is the initial public offering. The first time that they sell stock. We actually don't say: "Sell". They don't sell stock; they issue stock. And then the stock brokerage or the stockbrokers, they buy and sell the stock.

Next: "ROI". This is a very important thing to consider. "Return On Investment". Before you buy anything, before you invest your money in anything, you always have to consider your ROI. How much money do you hope to get back? How much money do you think you will get back? Because at the end of the day, a stock market is a gamble. There's high-risk and there's low-risk companies. Your return on investment, obviously, you're hoping to make money. You hope to get a positive yield.

Grammar: How to use IF & WHETHER properly
00:06:58
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to use "if" and "whether" properly in English. Whether you like it or not, "if" and "whether" are not always interchangeable. In fact, if you use the wrong word, it can change the entire meaning of your sentence. In this lesson, we will review the uses of the two words and see how to use them in a way that will reduce confusion and clarify your ideas. How can you be sure whether to use "if" or "whether" in the proper context? Watch the lesson, and find out! http://www.engvid.com/grammar-if-whether/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. My name's Adam. Welcome again. Today's lesson is a grammar lesson, and this is a question that I am asked often. What is the difference between "if" and "whether"? Okay? It's a very good question. It's pretty simple, straightforward, but we're going to look at both of these in relation to each other.

First of all, let's make sure everybody understands "whether" is not spelled the same as "weather", like sunny, raining. This is about rain, sun, snow, wind, temperature; this is similar to "if", it's about having choices. Okay?

So, in some situations, "if" and "whether" are interchangeable, but the best way to not make a mistake, not to mix them up in the wrong context is to always use "if" for conditionals; always use "whether" when you're talking about two alternatives, two choices. Okay? You'll see what I mean.

When they can be interchanged. First of all, when they are used as noun clauses, means they can be the object or the subject of a sentence, they can mean the same thing. But again, avoid using them the same if you don't want to make mistakes. "Do you know if Dan is coming?" Do you know what? If Dan is coming. "Do you know whether Dan is coming?" In this case, they basically mean the same thing. Yes or no: is he coming or is he not coming? You could add the "or not?" here: "Do you know whether Dan is coming or not?" But the word "whether" already gives you a choice between yes or no in this particular case, so this is not necessary. It's understood. Okay?

Now, let's look at these two sentences: "I don't know if the exam is on Friday or Saturday.", "I don't know whether the exam is on Friday or Saturday." So here, we're looking directly at a choice. When I use "whether": "I don't know whether the exam is on Friday or Saturday." So again, you have two options when you look at "whether". Friday is one option, Saturday is another option. The problem here is if you use "if", "if" is not limited to two options. "I don't know if the exam is on Friday or Saturday, or if it's next week sometime." So here, although they seem to mean the same thing, the "if" gives you other options that the "whether" doesn't. "Whether": one, two. "If": one, two, or something completely different.

So if you want to avoid making this mistake, use "whether" for the choices, use... Save "if" for when you have your conditional sentence. Now, what is a conditional sentence? A conditional sentence is using "if" as an adverb clause. There's a condition. If "A" happens, "B" will happen. Okay? One thing needs to happen for the second thing to happen, that's the condition. So: "Let me know", oh, sorry. I forgot this word, here. "Let me know if you're coming.", "Let me know whether you're coming." In this case, they're both okay. "Let me know whether you're coming or not."

Now, what's the difference between: "Let me know if you're coming", "Let me know whether you're coming or not"? If you are coming, yes, let me know. This is a conditional. If this is true, do this. "Let me know whether you're coming or not." If you're coming, let me know; if you're not coming, let me know. So in this case, both apply. Okay? So, again, use this to... The condition. This is the condition, this is the result. Here, this is going to happen regardless. So we're going to look at this in a second in more detail. Okay?

"I'll come over if you want me to." If you want it, I will do it; if you don't want it, I will not do it. So this is the condition. If you want me to, I'll come over. This is the condition, this is the result. So your best option is to always use "if" with conditionals, use "whether" to talk about two alternatives.

Now, the other common use of "whether" is to mean "regardless". Doesn't matter what happens, regardless of the situation, here's what I want you to do. "I'm coming over whether you like it or not." Okay. "Whether you like it or not" means if you like it, I'm coming over; if you don't like it, too bad, I'm coming over. So this verb is going to happen regardless of this situation.

IELTS VOCABULARY – Task 1
00:17:28
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are your IELTS Task 1 scores fluctuating in your practice samples? In other words, are they sometimes high and sometimes low? If they are low, it might be because you are using some of the necessary words incorrectly. In this lesson, we will look at nine essential words for this section of the test and how to use them correctly so as to reach your peak band score. Do you know the difference between "percent" and percentage, "former" and "latter", "20-year-old man" and a "man who is 20 years old"? You will understand all this and more after watching this lesson.
http://www.engvid.com/ielts-vocabulary-task-1/
http://www.goodluckielts.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and today's lesson is for those of you who will be taking the IELTS test. Now, as usual, when I do an IELTS class, I will speak a little bit faster, a little bit closer to natural speed for those of you who need the extra listening practice. But this is for everybody; there's always something to learn, it's all English.

So today we're going to specifically look at IELTS Task 1, and I'm going to give you a few vocabulary that are essential to success in IELTS Task 1. You won't necessarily use all of them every time, but you need to know these nine words that I'm going to show you-or 10 words, depends how you look at it-you need to know these words so you're ready for pretty much any kind of infographic that comes your way.

Now, most of the time and most of your practice, I'm sure, is graphs. Okay? So we're going to start with looking at graphs, and we're going to look at these two words: "fluctuate", a verb, okay? And: "fluctuation", a noun. Now, from my experience, checking students' or test takers' essays, this word is quite often misused. Okay? I think sometimes people are not exactly sure what this word means. So, to show you, I'm going to show you a graph, here. This is a fluctuation. Let's say we're looking at a span of 2000 to 2014, so we're looking 15 years of sales, let's say. Sales and whatever the number is in hundred of millions. Okay? "Fluctuate" means to go up and down quite rapidly. Okay? It doesn't have to be rapid; it could be steady, but there's an up, there's a down, there's an up, there's a down.

If you're going something like this, this you don't call a fluctuation. Even though it's not a straight line, it's still not a fluctuation, because overall, the sales are still going upwards, they're still increasing. Fluctuation, there must be some downward movement as well. It goes up and there's down from... Let's say from the starting point. So here we go up, down, up, down, up, down. Here, it's mostly up. You very rarely go down below where you started. So overall, you have an upward motion. This is to fluctuate. So, you can use it as a verb: Over the span of the recording, of the record, of the 15 years, sales fluctuated from let's say 100 million to as little... And ended up here, let's say, it's a little bit lower to 110. So, overall, there was a slight increase, but sales fluctuated throughout the period. Okay?

You can use "fluctuation". If you want to talk about the graph as a whole, you can say: "The graph shows fluctuations in the sales numbers." Okay? The graph shows fluctuations. Sales fluctuated. So you can talk about the... Whatever is on the x-axis itself, or you can talk about the graph as a whole. Use "fluctuate" for whatever item is here; use "fluctuation" for the graph as a whole.

Phrasal Verbs with BACK: "back up", "back off", "back out"...
00:05:45
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do not back out of this lesson because you are about to learn common English phrasal verbs with "back"! You will learn the meaning of "back up", "back away", "back off", "back in", and more. Don't forget to back up your new knowledge by doing our quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ Don't miss this useful lesson.

Espera, ve esta clase, no te eches para atrás, porque estás a punto de aprender todos los verbos en inglés con la palabra "back". En esta clase aprenderás el significado de "back up", "back away", "back up", "back in", y más. No te olvides de respaldar el conocimiento que has adquirido con la prueba que presentamos al final. No te pierdas esta útil clase de inglés.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is, again, everybody's favourite: phrasal verbs. Today we're going to look at phrasal verbs using the verb "back". And again, as always a review: phrasal verb is a combination of a verb plus a preposition. So today we're looking at "back up", "back away", "back down", "back off", "back in", "back into", and "back out". You will hear these in everyday speech, just like most phrasal verbs are very commonly used. And unfortunately, you just have to remember them and use them.

So let's start with "back up". Most of you, I think, know "back up" from using a computer. If you have lots of files on your computer, maybe you download some things, maybe you have some projects on your desktop - you don't want to lose these, so you want to back them up on a hard disk, or a CD, or a USB stick, whatever the case. So "to back up" means to make a copy of your files. Okay? "Back up" can also mean exactly what the words mean: back up, to go backwards. Okay? You can back up your car, it means just go back a bit, back yourself up a little bit. Now, "back up", a very common use is support. If your friend is going to do something dangerous, like mountain climbing, maybe you want to go to the top of the mountain to back him up. You're going to hold the rope, you're going to give him support. Okay? You're going to make sure he doesn't hurt himself. It could also mean "reinforce". Excuse me. So, for example, if police are chasing a criminal and the criminal has some friends with guns, the police will call headquarters and ask them to send some backup. So, in that case, we're going to use it as one word. So "backup" means reinforcements; extra police to come and back up the first police officers to support them to make sure everybody's okay.

"Back away". So, "back away" is similar... A little similar to "back up", except we just say: "Back away." So let's say somebody fainted on the ground, and I am trying to give CPR. And I'm trying to help this person, and suddenly, a crowd comes. So I say to everybody: "Okay. Back away, back away." It means: get away, move. Okay? Very simple. Very straightforward. "Back away".

"Back down", now, you come to me and you start an argument. You think that A is correct. I think that B is correct, and we argue, argue, argue until finally one of us backs down. Now, "to back down" means to retreat or to go back from a confrontation. A little bit like "give up", but not give up. Means I become weaker, you become stronger, and you're going to win the argument. So, "to back down" means a little bit to give up on a fight. Okay. Okay, we'll leave that one there.

"Back off". Now, "back off" is similar to "back away", except if I tell people to "back away", it means to get back and make some space, but if I say to "back off", it means you're threatening me. I feel you're trying to hurt me or you're trying to do something bad to me, and I get angry and I say: "Back off. Don't make me angry, because we'll start a fight, or something will happen, and we don't want that, so back off." Be very careful about the pronunciation: "back off" sounds like a little something else off, but it's not. It just means go away; don't bother me, don't fight with me.

"Back in". Now, very limited uses for this one, but let's say you're driving a car and there's a parking spot there, so you want to back into it, like you want to do a parallel park. Or you want to go into the garage, but you don't want to go forward, so you back the car into the garage. Okay?

"Back into", also, means the same as "back in". Like you can back into a spot or into a space, but also we use "back into", it means as you're moving back, you hit something. So you backed into the wall. Okay? You backed into the trash can, etc.

Confusing Words – affect & effect, compliment & complement, and more!
00:12:55
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Today you're going to master words that even native speakers confuse! You'll learn common words that you can use in academic and business situations. Whether in conversation or in writing, if you use these words correctly, you'll sound smart. But if you use the wrong word, you won't sound so smart. So join me and learn these words, as well as how to use them properly. We'll look at the following sets of words: affect & effect, principle & principal, compliment & complement, moral & morale & mortal, personal & personnel, censor & sensor & censure.
http://www.engvid.com/confusin....g-words-affect-effec

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and today's lesson: "Commonly Confused Words" is very important for those of you trying to learn vocabulary, but especially for those of you who need to write better. It's very important to write the correct word that you mean, and sometimes, the only difference between words is one letter, and this one letter makes a huge difference. Okay? So we're going to look at six sets of commonly confused words.

Now, we're going to start with "affect" and "effect", and the difference being the "a" or the "e". Now, this is one of those pair of words that all teachers in every ESL school, in every ESL class always teach students, but they don't necessarily teach it completely, so that's what we're going to look at today. "Affect", verb, in any situation you're looking at it, but it basically has two different meanings. One is to have an influence or to influence something, someone. It basically means to have some sort of power over something to make some sort of change. The noun, they go together, if something affects someone or something, then the result of that is the effect. Now, I'm stressing the "e" here just so you hear it, but in reality, in spoken and natural spoken English: "affect", "effect", "affect", "effect". It sounds almost the same, so you have to be very careful. You especially have to think about the context. Okay? Context is very important in... With all these words, to know which one is being used, because the situation that you hear or read the word in will tell you which meaning it is. So the context is everything that is around the word. So "affect", to influence something; "effect" is the result or what that influence has done to something or someone.

"To affect" also means to move someone emotionally. So if you affect someone, it means you have an emotional... You create an emotional reaction in them. Okay? You can affect them to the point of tears, means you're making them sad, you're making them so happy that they're crying.

Now, here's the surprising one that many people don't realize: "effect" can also be a verb. So most ESL teachers will tell you "affect" is a verb, "effect" is a noun, that's it. But "effect" can also be a verb, it means to bring about. Okay? I'm actually going to write this down for you. Now, we especially talk about change. So, for example, a new manager comes into a department and he wants to effect a change, a corporate culture change. He wants to bring about or to cause a change. Now, this is a little bit of a formal word, it's a big of a high-end word. If you're writing the IELTS, or TOEFL, or SAT, this is a very good word to use as a verb, but make sure that you know how to use it correctly before you try. Cause, bring about. So, that's these ones.

Next, we have "principle" and "principal". They sound the same, but obviously, different endings. This "principle" is basically a fundamental truth. Something... Like, for example, if you're talking about a scientific principle, this is the truth, and from this truth, we can make other truths or we can have other investigations into other areas. It's a fundamental truth. Now, when a person says that he or she has principles, and something goes against their principles, that means that they have a very, very strong belief, and they have a very strong way of doing something or looking at things, and other people can't change that. Okay? So that is a principle.

Advanced English Grammar: Dependent Clauses
00:23:19
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do you have a hard time understanding dependent clauses? In English, we have four types of dependent clauses. In this advanced lesson, I'll help you understand each type of dependent clause and its purpose. I'll give you definitions and examples of each clause. Mastering these clauses will improve your reading comprehension and make you a better writer. After the class, take the quiz to practice what you've learned. http://www.engvid.com/advanced....-english-grammar-dep

Watch Adam's series on clauses!
Noun Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SrEEPt4MQA
Adjective Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GpV39YEmh5k
Adverb Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fkooLJ9MWVE

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and today's lesson is a special lesson. It's an introduction to dependent clauses. Now, before I begin, I want you to understand I'm only going to look at the functions of the dependent clauses today. I'm not going to look at how they're built, how to structure them, the conjunctions they use, the relative pronouns they use; only about the functions, because it's very important that you are able to recognize the different types of dependent clauses. Once you recognize the function of a clause, you know how it's built, you know what it's doing in the sentence, you can understand the sentence better, you can write better sentences.

So, dependent clauses, what are they? First of all, they're also called subordinate clauses. You might see "subordinate", you might see "dependent". They're very different from the independent clause. The independent clause is a clause that can stand by itself, and has a complete meaning. It doesn't have... It doesn't need any other information. A "clause" is a collection of words-sorry-that must include a subject and a verb.

Okay, we have basically four types. Technically, we think of three types, but there's one extra one that we're going to look at today. We have "noun clauses", we have "adjective clauses"-adjective clauses" are also called "relative clauses"-we have "adverb clauses", and we have something called a "that clause", which is really none of these three. It's closest to the noun clause, but it doesn't function like a noun clause.

We're going to start with the noun clause, then. What is a noun clause? First of all, a noun clause has a specific function in a sentence. It is used, just like it's called, it's used like a noun. You think of a noun clause as you would a noun, except that it's a clause. There's a subject, there's a verb, there's other pieces to it. We can use it as a subject of a sentence, we can use it as a subject of an otherwise independent clause. "What you do in your free time is your business." So, look... Let's, first of all, look at all the verbs, here. We have "do" and we have "is". We have two verbs. The subject for "you"... For "do" is "you". Okay? What is the subject for "is"? Well, if you look around, it's not "time", it's not "your", and it's not "you" because "you" is already being used. So the whole thing: "What you do in your free time", this is the subject, this is the verb, this is the subject complement. Okay?

Now, very rarely do people actually use noun clauses as subjects, especially in writing. What they might say is "it": "It is your business what you do in your free time." Okay? We call this a "preparatory 'it'". It means we prepare you for the subject that's going to come later. Why do we do this? Because it's more... It's a bit awkward to do it like this. It's more convenient to begin with "it", get to the verb, and get to whatever comes after the verb, and put the subject later because it's long. Okay? "What you do in your free time", subject, "is", verb.

Now, we can use it as a subject complement. A subject complement looks like an object, but it is not. It comes after a "be" verb. It comes after a "be" verb, okay? And it completes the meaning of the subject. So, Tom, what do we know about Tom? "Tom isn't"... Isn't what? He "isn't what you would call friendly." This is the noun clause. There is the subject, there is the verb. These, by the way, these are just called the pronouns or the conjunctions, whatever you want to call them. They begin the clause. Now, as we know from other lessons, "is" works like an equal sign. Tom, not really friendly. That's basically what this sentence means. This is the subject complement to Tom, noun clause. Notice the conjunction "what" can only be used in a noun clause; not in an adjective clause, not in an adverb clause.

Improve Your English Vocabulary: 8 ways to say 'WANT'
00:05:13
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to be more fluent in English? I'll teach you different ways native English speakers say "want". You'll learn new vocabulary used in conversational English. Saying things like 'crave', 'feel like', and 'in the mood for' instead of saying 'want' will make you sound more natural and intelligent. It's also necessary to understand English slang. Dying to know more? Check out this lesson! And you'll also want to take the quiz afterwards: http://www.engvid.com/improve-....your-english-vocabul

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit interesting because what we're doing is looking at other ways to say "want". Now, you're thinking: "It's a simple word, just say 'want' every time." But native speakers like to mix up their language a little bit; they like to use different things, different expressions for different moods, different feelings, they want to emphasize something or they want to really exaggerate something, make it more than it is. So we're going to look at different ways to say "want". I have eight different expressions for you.

Now, I know that everybody knows this one: "would like". -"Would you like some tea?" -"Yes, I would like some tea. Thank you. Please and thank you." Very polite, a little bit more formal than "want", no problem.

But then we have "feel like". -"Hmm. Let's go out for dinner tonight." -"Hmm. What do you feel like?" -"I don't know. I feel like a pizza. I feel like a pizza." It means I want a pizza. That's what I have the feeling for. But basically, this means: "I want this." I could say: "I want a pizza", but that's kind of boring. "I feel like a pizza" means: "Mm, that would really satisfy me right now. That would make me feel good."

In the same way... Oh, okay, we have it down here. "I could go for". -"Hmm. What could you go for?" -"I could go for a hamburger. I could go for a lobster." Go for... And usually we say "could go for", because it's just an idea. Right? I might not get it, but "I could go for" means I want this. Whether we can have this or not, I'm not sure, but that's what I'm craving right now. That's the mood I'm in right now. Okay? So, "I could go for a hamburger" means let's go get a hamburger, if one's available.

And you just heard me say "in the mood for". "In the mood for" is similar to "feel like". "Mood" is basically a feeling, but it's more of a mental feeling than a physical feeling. So if I'm in the mood for something, that's what I want. That's the only thing that will satisfy me right now. This is what I want now; nothing else. Later, I'll be in the mood for something else. Okay? So: -"What are you in the mood for?" -"I don't know. I'm in the mood for pizza." I already used pizza. Let me think of something else. "I'm in the mood for a falafel", because that's yummy.

"Craving". Now, "craving", basically means want, but a very, very strong want, like a really strong desire for something. Right? Like nothing else will satisfy you except for this particular thing. Your mouth is already tasting it before you even have it. It's a craving. -"I'm going to go get some sweets. What can I get for you?" -"Mm. I'm craving a donut." It means that's what I really want right now. That's what I, mm, like the juices are coming. I'm salivating already. "Salivating" means like the juices are flowing in the mouth because I want something delicious.

"Dying for". "I'm dying for something" means I really, really, really want. Again, all of these basically mean "want", but there's different degrees of want. So if you're dying for something, it means probably you haven't had it for a long time, and that's why you're dying for it. You feel like if you don't get it, you're going to die. Of course, you're exaggerating, but that gets that... Gets the idea across much more strongly.

Now, we have another couple of expressions. If something will "hit the spot"... So, for example: "Wings will really hit the spot right now" means the spot is right here and a little bit here, too. Right? So if something hits the spot, means that's the only thing that's going to satisfy you. So if you say something is going to hit the spot or something would hit the spot, usually... If something would hit the spot, then that's what you really want right now. This is a very common idiom, actually.

The last one, I just put it in for fun. It's pretty rare. You won't hear it very often. It comes from Shakespeare from the play King... Sorry, Richard III, he says: "A horse, a horse, my kingdom for a horse." He will trade everything he has if somebody will just bring him a horse. That's all he wants, a horse.

TOEFL Writing – Task 1
00:15:59
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Need to get a high score on your TOEFL test? Confused about the Integrated Writing assignment? I'll give you my tips and strategies to succeed in this section of the TOEFL iBT. I will first explain the structure of this writing task. You will then learn how to approach the reading and listening sections, how to take notes, and finally, how to write a summary that will get you a high score. Practice this method as much as you can before writing your TOEFL exam and you WILL succeed.
Take the quiz to make sure you understood the lesson: http://www.engvid.com/toefl-writing-task-1/
More TOEFL tips and practice: http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is for those of you who will be taking the TOEFL test. And, as usual, when I do a lesson about the English tests, I will speak at a more natural pace, a little bit faster than usual. If you're a beginner, don't worry, you can still listen and still practice your listening skills, and get some vocabulary from the lesson. But it will be a little bit faster, perhaps a little bit more difficult. Let's begin.

So, we're looking at the TOEFL task 1, the writing section. This is the integrated task. I'll put it this way. Now, what does that mean by "integrated"? It means they're giving you... Giving you a reading section, they're giving you a listening section, and they're wanting you to write. So you're practicing three skills in one task. Okay? Not easy, but not that difficult if you practice it. So I'm going to give you four tips on how to approach this section of the test.

Now, for those of you who have done the practice test, or have taken an actual TOEFL test, or are preparing for one, you know that what will happen is you will be given a reading section-okay?-you will be given three minutes to read it and prepare whatever notes you need, then... This will be on the computer screen. Then it will disappear, then you will hear a lecture that is related somehow to what you read. That will go on for about a minute or two, and then it will stop. Then, you will be given the question. Basically, the question is going to tell you how to relate the listening to the reading. Okay? It is crucial that you take notes, both for the reading and the listening. You can't try to keep all of this in your head. It will not help you when you... When you have to start writing. You will have 20 minutes to write. You should aim for about 200 words, let's say. That should be enough to convey all of the information that they're asking. What you have to remember is right away, they're...

You're going to have to do one of two things. You're either going to have to counter. You have to show how the listening, the lecture counters or goes against what was written in the passage, or how the listening supports what was written in the passage. Okay? It's going to be one of those two things. So, as soon as the listening starts, you have to understand right away: Are you going to be countering? Are you going to be supporting? You don't need to wait for the question. It should be very obvious to you, as soon as the lecturer starts to give the lecture: What is he doing, or what is she doing? Is she going against the reading, or is she giving support to the reading? Or is she giving information that draws on information from here that they work together? So counter or support, identify it right away, and then you know how to set up your notes.

So, here, I showed you a very basic way of taking your notes. Take out with the reading first, obviously, you're going to have three minutes. Skim the reading. What does that mean? It means look through it pretty quickly. Don't read every word; you don't need to. Although the reading disappears from the screen, it does come back. When the listening is finished and they give you your question and the timer starts, the reading comes back. If you need to go back and get some more information, you can do that. It's there. So, of course, that means you have to concentrate very hard on the listening. You only hear it once, it doesn't come back. If you didn't get any information, you're out of luck.

So, set up your notes like this. Put your reading here. Make sure you get your first point with the example, your second point with the example, your third point with the example. Okay? Once this is set up, the listening becomes easier, because now you're just going to be matching points. So this point, what was said for that point? What was said for this point is going to be said here. What was said for this point is going to be said here. Usually, there will be no more than three. Sometimes it'll just be two. Rarely will you have four, but usually three is the right number. So, look for three points here with their examples, look for... Listen for the three points here that basically correspond.

English Vocabulary: How to talk about the economy
00:09:40
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Let's talk business! Today you'll learn vocabulary that will help you to read and speak about the economy. We will look at common words used to discuss economic matters, such as GDP, stagnation, fiscal, and more. These words and expressions will help you read financial news articles and follow economic reports on television and online. After the lesson, take the quiz and try to practice these words by discussing economic matters in English with your co-workers and friends. Feel free to ask me questions in the comments section on engVid. http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-how-to-talk-about-the-economy/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson, we're going to look at business English. We're going to talk about the economy. Now, we're not going to get into too much detail. We're not going to get into economic theories, etc. What we're going to look at is some vocabulary that will help you read financial articles and newspapers, or online, or watch financial broadcasts on TV; CNN, Money Matters, etc., things like that. So, we're going to look at all these words.

We're going to start with "GDP" because everything somehow relates to "GDP - gross domestic product". What is this? This is the total value, the total monetary value of goods and services produced within a country. So everything that the country produces from toilet paper to airplanes, and services from massage to heart surgery, all the money that's made from these goods and services together adds up to the GDP. So, when we're talking about GDP, we're going to refer back to this expression when we're talking about some of these other words.

So, first, let's look at "fiscal". "Fiscal" basically means anything to do with money, anything to do with financial matters, especially when we're talking about taxes. Okay? So, when... The most common thing you'll hear is "fiscal year". So when we're talking about a company's fiscal year, we're talking about it's the beginning of its tax year to the end of its tax year. In some countries, everybody matches this to January to December; in other countries, you're allowed... Your fiscal year starts when you start your business, and then one year later is the end of your fiscal year. It's easier to match it to the calendar year, but...

A "quarter". Now, you're going to always hear about prices, and stocks, and values going up or down over the last quarter or over the last two quarters. What is a "quarter"? It's basically three months. So if you're talking about the first quarter of the year, you're talking about January, February, March. That's your first quarter. Your next three months, second quarter. Four quarters makes one year.

"Currency". I think everybody knows this word, but just in case, this is the money that is used in a country or a region. This is the monetary value that is used for exchanges, trades, investments, etc. In Canada, we use the Canadian dollar. In the U.S., they use the American dollar. Euro in Europe, etc.

A "budget". A "budget" or "to budget", it can be a noun or a verb, means to make a plan on how to spend a certain amount of money. So, for example, a government has this much money that they need to spend, or they have a plan that they want to spend this much money. Now, they want to spend a million dollars. I'm being very simple, here; I'm not going to get into big numbers. They need to spend a million dollars to provide all the services that they need and to buy all the materials that they need to import, etc. If they are running on a deficit, that means that they need to spend more money than they have. They have to spend on things to bring in or to run the country, but they don't have. So if I need to spend a million dollars but I only make the revenues of the country are only $900,000, then they will run on $100,000 deficit. Okay?

"Surplus" is the opposite. "Surplus" is when the government or any company, you don't have to apply this to a government, when you have more money than you need for the budget. So if I need to spend a million dollars over the next year, but I have a million and a half, then I have half a million dollar surplus, which is always a good thing.

"Inflation/deflation". "Inflation" is when prices of goods and services go up, but wages stay the same. So, basically, the purchase power of the individual goes down. You have the same amount of money, but you can buy fewer things or you can hire fewer people to do to have services for you. "Deflation" is the opposite. That's when prices go down, and the value of your dollar or your currency goes up. Both situations are not good.

Phrasal Verbs with PASS: pass up, pass away, pass out...
00:08:16
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Don't pass up this opportunity to increase your vocabulary! In this lesson, we will look at common phrasal verbs using the verb "pass". You will learn how to reply politely if you hear someone has "passed away". You will also be prepared if someone says they will "pass by" your house soon. Do you know the difference between "pass out", "pass over", and "pass around"? Watch this lesson on useful English phrasal verbs to find out! http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-pass/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is phrasal verbs. Surprise, surprise. Today, we're looking at the phrasal verbs used with "pass". Okay? So once again, what is a phrasal verb? It's a verb and a preposition that together can have the literal meaning of the two words, like what the two words actually mean, plus other meanings that are a little bit unexpected.

We're going to look at "pass up". Sometimes it's "pass up on" something. "Pass on", "pass over", "pass through", "pass by", "pass down", "pass away", "pass out", "pass off", "pass around". Notice how when I have prepositions that begin with vowels, like A, O, O, etc., it sounds like one word. "Pass away", "pass out". Just make sure you understand it's a verb and a preposition.

So, let's start. "Pass up". When you pass up on something, for example, or you pass up an opportunity, it means you let it go. You don't grab it, you don't catch it. An opportunity comes, and you pass up on it. It means you don't really necessarily want to take part of it. For example, in a job. The company has an opening for a manager, and my friends or my colleagues say to me: "You should apply for this position." And I... I'm not really in the mood right now, I want to do other things, so I pass up on that opportunity. Okay? So let it go. And of course, there's the literal meaning. You are standing on a ladder, you are painting the ceiling, and you need a... Another paintbrush, so I grab one and I pass it up to you. Okay.

"Pass on" has a few meanings. One is a soft way to say die. So: -"Oh, how's your grandfather?" -"Oh, I'm afraid he passed on a few weeks ago." Pass on: died. "Pass on" also means pass information, or move, or give, or transfer information. So I... I say to you... You're... You're my staff, I say: "Okay. Here's the new rules for this situation. Pass it on to everybody in the office." It means give it, pass it to everybody. Okay? "Pass on" is also a little bit similar to "pass up", but it's more with specific things. Okay? So for example, you invite me to dinner, and you make a nice roast pig, or something like that. Very delicious. But, I'm a vegetarian. I don't eat meat. So I pass up on the... On the roast, but I will have the salad, I will have the vegetables. Oh sorry, I will pass on the roast. Not "pass up". I will pass on the roast, thank you, I will take something else. Pass up on an opportunity, pass on something. Say: "No thank you." Okay.

"Pass over" means I could just pass over. So, before I passed up, now I'm passing over. More like sideways. We call it laterally. Okay? I can also pass over, it means have a quick look at something. Here's your document, I'll just pass over it. I have a very quick, not detailed look. Okay? Now, we can also use "pass over" to skip something or someone. So, I have some people, and I'm trying to build a basketball team. And I'm thinking: "Hm. Who...? Who are the best players?" So I'll take you, I'll take you, I'll pass over you, and I'll take you, and I'll take you. So this person is passed over. It means I go over them, and I go to the next one. I skip them.

"Pass through". If you're just passing through town, it means you're not stopping for very long. You're coming, you're saying hi, you're going. Now, "pass through" also literally means to go through something. So if I'm wearing a very thin shirt, the wind will pass right through it, and basically chill my skin. Chill my bones.

"Pass by" also means, like, staying for a very short time. So if I come up to my friend's house, he is not expecting me or she is not expecting me, and I ring the doorbell. They open the door, and I say: "Hi. I was just passing by. I was in the neighborhood." It means I just came for a short visit unexpectedly. Okay? If something passes you by, it's [whizzing noise]. The car, I was driving my car, the... Another car passed by, and just kept going. So to move without stopping. And you can also talk about more general things, like time. Time doesn't wait for anybody. Time just passes by, regardless of what you do.

The 4 English Sentence Types – simple, compound, complex, compound-complex
00:15:27
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know there are only four sentence types in English? To improve your writing and reading skills in English, I'll teach you all about simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentences in this grammar video. You'll learn how to identify the independent and dependent clauses. Don't worry, it's easier than it sounds! By learning to identify and use these sentence structures, you'll make your writing more interesting and dynamic. I'll also share many example sentences in the lesson, so you can practice with my help. http://www.engvid.com/the-4-en....glish-sentence-types

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a writing lesson, but it's also a spoken English lesson. It's about anything to do with English, because we're going to be looking at sentence types. Now, of course, when you speak, you're using all kinds of sentence types. But, especially in writing, it's important to know the different types of sentences, because, especially if you're going to be writing tests, they want to see sentence variety. And even if you're not writing tests, anything you write, if you're using only one type of sentence, your writing becomes very bland, very boring, very hard to follow, because it's a little bit monotone. So what you need to do is you need to vary... You need a variety of sentence structures in your writing to give it a little bit more life. Okay?

Luckily, you only need to know four sentence types. We have simple sentences, compound sentences, complex sentences, and compound-complex. Now, this is not exactly easy, but it's not exactly hard, either. If you figure out what you need to have in each one, in each sentence type, just make sure it's there. Okay? Let's start.

A simple sentence has one independent clause. A little bit of review: What is an independent clause? An independent clause has a subject and a verb, and can complete an idea. It can stand by itself, because the idea in that clause is complete. I don't need to add anything else to it. Okay.

A compound sentence has two or more independent clauses, joined by a conjunction. A compound conjunction: "and", "but", "or", "so", "for" (not very common), etc. So, we join two independent clauses with a compound conjunction. You can have more, but again, you have to be a little bit careful. Once you get to three, start to look for a way to finish your sentence, because if you get to the fourth, you already have a crazy sentence that has the... Runs the risk of being a run-on sentence. Eventually, you're going to make a mistake, you're going to miss something, and the whole sentence falls apart. I don't recommend three, but you can put three.

Then we have a complex sentence. A complex sentence has one independent clause, plus one or more dependent clause. A dependent clause is a clause that has a subject and a verb, but cannot stand by itself. It is not a complete idea. It has some sort of relationship to the independent clause. We have three types of dependent clauses. We have noun clauses, we have adjective clauses, and we have adverb clauses. Okay? That's a whole separate lesson. You can look at that later. But you have to have one of these, plus one of these, and you have a complex sentence.

Next we have a compound-complex sentence. Here you have two or more independent clauses, again, joined by a conjunction, and one or more dependent clause. Okay? So you have basically all the elements in this sentence.

Then, once you have all this stuff, you can add as many complements, or basically extras, as you want. So, let's look at an example. We're going to start with the simple sentence: "Layla studied biology." Very simple. I have a subject, I have a verb, I have an object. Okay? This is a simple sentence. It's an independent clause; it can stand by itself as a complete idea. Now, I can add anything I want to this that is not another clause of any type, and it'll still be a simple sentence. So I can say: "My friend Layla studied biology in university." I'll just say "uni" for short. I have more information, but do I have a different type of sentence? No. It's still a simple sentence.

Now, let's look at this sentence. First, let me read it to you: "Even with the weather being that nasty, the couple and their families decided to go ahead with the wedding as planned." Now you're thinking: "Wow, that's got to be a complex sentence", right? "It's so long. There's so much information in it." But, if we look at it carefully, it is still a simple sentence. Why? Because we only have one independent clause. Where is it? Well, find the subject and verb combination first. So, what is the subject in this sentence? I'll give you a few seconds, figure it out. Hit the pause key, look at it.

Okay, we're back. Here is the subject: "the couple and their families". Now, don't get confused with this "and".

Learn English: How to understand native speakers
00:13:07
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Do you find it hard to understand casual English conversations? It's not your fault! Native speakers don't speak clearly, but you still need to understand them. In daily conversation, we take shortcuts in our speech. This is usually done by "dropping" consonant sounds. In today's video I'll explain why this happens, and how you can improve your understanding of native speaker pronunciation. You'll get to hear some of the most common words and expressions that English speakers drop consonants from so you'll be prepared when you hear them. I'll also teach you strategies to improve your English listening skills and recommend some listening exercises you can do while listening to music and watching movies.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-how-to-underst

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit tricky because I want to help you understand native speakers. I want you to understand how they speak. So, for example, if you hear somebody say: "What did you do that for?" You should be able to understand what the person said. Now, whether you understood what I just said or not, not important yet; we're going to get to that. So "Native Speaker Pronunciation".

Now, before I get into this lesson, I want you to understand: I don't want to teach you how to speak like this. Okay? I don't want you to speak like this. I want you to speak good, clear, strong English, just like I'm speaking to you now. But I also want you to understand that when I am with my Canadian friends, for example, I speak a little bit more like this. It's just natural, it's habit. It's not a good habit, but it's habit. Okay?

Now, I had a few comments on www.engvid.com, quite a few people asking me: Why do I understand you? Like why do you understand me, Adam, but when I watch a TV show or when I watch a movie, I don't know what they're saying? Why? Why such a big difference? Well, first of all, let me say that I am speaking to you, knowing what you can and cannot understand, for the most part. So I don't speak to you like I... Like I would with my Canadian friends who are native English speakers. I don't speak to you like Hollywood actors speak on the movie. Okay? I'm speaking to an audience. I know that they need to listen to me, that you need to understand everything I say, so I enunciate, I speak very clearly. I stress each syllable so that you can catch every word I say. But I'm going to talk about when and where to speak like this in a minute.

So, I did actually do a lesson about how to speak like a native speaker before. You can learn how to make elisions, how to connect sounds, how to... When you have two sounds that are the same, to drop one of them. This is a little bit different. We're going to look at dropped sounds inside words.

Now, these words, for example: "listen", no "t"; "plumber", no "b"; "dumb", no "b". These words are not dropped sounds words. These are just the way these words are constructed; we are supposed to make the "t" silent, we are supposed to make the "b" silent. That's just how the word is built.

But native speakers, native English speakers... And I'm sure this is the same in your native language if you pay attention carefully to how you speak and how your friends speak, we like to take shortcuts. Okay? We don't like too many syllables. We like to have fewer and fewer syllables to make the speech go faster. We don't want to think too much about what we're saying.

So, for example, here are a few words. Now, I'm looking at consonant clusters. Does everybody remember what a consonant is? B, c, d, f, g, etc. Vowels: a, e, i, o, u. All the other letters, consonants. So when we have consonant clusters, these are groups when you have consonants bunched together; you have a few of them together. When we have words with this situation, we tend to drop one, maybe two of those consonants.

So, for example, the word "probably". Pro-bab-ly, pro-bab-ly-. I have three syllables in this word, but when I'm speaking in natural speed, I say: "Probly". -"Are you coming to the party tomorrow night?" -"Yeah, probly." Now you're watching me on a TV or you're watching me in a movie, and you're thinking: -"What?" -"Probly." -"What?" -"Probly." Okay? All I'm saying is "probably", but what I'm doing, because I have "b, b, l", I have a little cluster of consonant sounds, I'll just drop this one; I don't need it. You'll understand me without it, right? I think with another native speaker. "Probly". "Good bye", even two consonants, ah, too much. "Gobye. Gobye". I barely even say the o's, I just say like: "Gobye". Okay?

"Old friend". Now, in the other video, I told you if the letters... The very last letter and the first letter are the same, you can drop one, but we do it anyway, even if they're not the same. "I have an ol' friend. Ol' friend who I met for dinner last night. Oh, I met an ol' friend from high school."

10 ways to use the word WAY in English
00:09:42
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

The word "way" can be used to talk about work, or to talk about sex. Do you know how to use "way" correctly? In this practical lesson you'll learn 10 expressions using the word "way", and hear examples of when each one can be used. These are very common expressions for native English speakers, and you'll be able to use them correctly after this lesson! Learning expressions is a great way to become more fluent in English. Some of these expressions may surprise and entertain you!
QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/10-ways-....to-use-the-word-way-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome to www.engvid.com. My name's Adam. Today's lesson is about expressions using the word "way". Now the reason I decided to have this lesson is because English is a funny language, and it's full of expressions, and for those of you who are studying English and just getting into it, a lot of these expressions and the contexts they are used in will be completely unclear to you; very confusing. So I'm going to clear up some of these. There are 10 here, you'll be ready to go after these. Okay.

A very common expression: "a two-way street". Now, you know you're driving, a one-way street means only cars... Cars can only go one way; not the other way. But we use this expression to mean a reciprocal relationship. This is a high-end word for those of you who need it also, but it goes both ways. So if we have a relationship and only one person is making the decisions, or only one person is giving opinions, or only one person is deciding where to go eat every night, for example - that's a one-way street. All the decisions, all the ideas are coming from one person to the other. A two-way street is when both people have equal share in the relationship, equal responsibility, equal duties, etc., and both contribute to their relationship. It's a two-way street. You can think about when you're talking about your boss. If your boss is very tough and what he says goes, then it's a one-way street in terms of command. But if your boss is friendly and listens to his staff, then he has a two-way street relationship.

"Get out of someone's way" or "get out of the way", so one like very straightforward according to the words means get out of the way. I'm coming through, move. Get out of my way. Okay? Very, like the physical get out of the way. But you can also get out of someone's way, mean don't put an obstacle in front of them. Okay? I am going to be the President of America, and if you think you're going to stop me, I tell you: "Get out of my way", because nothing's going to stop me. I'm going straight to the White House. Okay? So you better get out of my way, because I feel very sorry for you if you try to stop me. But "get out of the way" has a different expression, that's why I put these... It's a different expression, I put these in brackets. To get something out of the way or to get it out of the way, for example, you go to university, and I know in Canada, we have to take certain courses. It doesn't matter what we major in, what we study, some courses we have to take. So, I studied philosophy, for example, but I had to take astronomy. I had to take a science class. I chose astronomy. I figured, you know, stars, whatever, they're interesting, they're pretty, why not? Right? So, what I did, my first year I took that class and I got it out of the way. It's to the side, now I can continue doing what I want to do, what I want to study. So to get it out of the way, finish it, put it away, move on to the next thing.

Oh, "by the way", did I mention that this is another very useful expression? "By the way" is probably the most commonly used of these expressions. When you're talking to someone and you suddenly remember something, or you suddenly thought of something that is related to the idea or even not related, you can say... You can stop, you can interrupt the person, and say: "Oh, by the way, I saw Suzie last week and she says hello." We're talking about old high school friends, I remember: "Oh, yeah, Suzie, we went to high school with her." I just remembered her in the middle of the conversation, say: "Oh, by the way"-it means I just remembered-"I saw Suzie, she says hi. Okay, let's continue the conversation", or talk about Suzie, whatever you want. It's a bit of an interruption, but not rude. It's actually okay to use.

Phrasal Verbs with SET: set up, set in, set to...
00:11:07
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

The verb "set" can mean many different things in English, depending on how you use it. In this lesson, you will build your vocabulary with phrasal verbs using the verb "set". We will look at expressions such as "set in", "set to", "set out", and more. The context of "set" can also change its meaning. For example, you will learn the difference between "setting up someone on a date" and "setting up someone for arrest". Set yourself up for success by watching this lesson and doing the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-with-set/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about phrasal verbs. We're going to look at the phrasal verbs with "set". Okay? Again, a phrasal verb is a verb and a preposition that together have a very different meaning than the two words individually. Okay? Not the literal meaning. So we're going to look at: "set up", "set in", "to", "on", "down", "against", "aside", "back", "apart", "out", "off", and "about"-those are similar so I put them together-and this is an idiom, it's not a phrasal verb, but I thought I would throw it in there: "to set someone straight".

Okay, let's start with "set up". "Set up" has quite a few meanings. Okay? We set up something, for example, a display. It means we build it, we construct it, or we put it together. So I want to... For example, I want to display a painting, so I set up the easel, the display. I build it, I put it all together, and then I put the painting on top of that. Okay? In a similar way, we build a business. Okay? So we set up a business. Sometimes we say we "set up shop". We set up shop; we start a business. We also use "set up shop" as a slang expression, it means to start doing something like a professional, but depends on the context for that.

Now, you can also set someone up, means to arrange a meeting or create, like, a date. So, I have a single friend, a guy, and my... My girlfriend has a single girlfriend, and we set them up. It means we bring them together, we say: "Oh, let's go out for dinner", we all meet together, and then we introduce them, and maybe they go on a date later. So we arrange this meeting, we set them up for a date. You can also set someone up, meaning, like, frame them. This is usually in terms of crimes. So I want this person to go to jail, so I will set them up. I will put some drugs in their office, and I will call the police and say: "Oh, this guy has drugs." The police will come, they will check, they will find the drugs, and they will arrest this person. So I set him up for arrest. Okay?

Now, I put here the "to", because we can say we... "You set someone up to", verb. What this means is you put them in a position. So, for example, I have a child and if I don't educate my child properly, then I am setting him up to fail in the future. Why? Because he doesn't have the tools to succeed. You can also say... You can make it a noun, you can say: "set up" or "set someone up for failure". Put them in that position that the only thing that can happen is they will fail. Okay? So that is "set up".

"Set in". "Set in" basically means, like, take hold. But not like physically holding with your hand. Something captures or catches the thing it's meant to do. So here's an example: I'm walking through the jungle, I'm trekking through the jungle and a snake bites me. It's a poisonous snake. So the poison enters my arm, goes into the bloodstream, and starts to move. I'm okay, nothing happens. I'm walking, I think I should go to the hospital. But soon, the poison sets in. It takes hold of the body, of my system, and suddenly I can't move, and I fall to the ground. Or if you're in a dangerous situation, at the beginning, you think: "Okay, you know, it's not so bad", but then suddenly the fear sets in. The fear takes over your mind, it holds your mind, because you realize it's a very, very dangerous situation.

We have a couple other expressions. "Set foot in", if you set foot in a place, it means you enter it. So if I'm a storeowner and I catch you stealing something, I will say: "Okay, I will let you go this time, but if you ever set foot in my store again, if you even a little bit come inside, I will call the police and have you arrested." Okay? We also have "set in motion". These are both common expressions. "To set in motion" means to get something started. So, there were riots in the city last week, but the police and the media are still trying to figure out what set it in motion. What was the trigger? What was the initial cause that got this thing started, got it moving? Okay?

Mixed Verb Tenses in English: Conditionals and IF clauses
00:14:54
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

How many verb tenses can you count in the following sentences? "If you practice every day, you will improve. But you also need to know that if you didn't develop good study habits in the past, you might have trouble in the future." There are several verb tenses in this excerpt, and they are all mixed together. But complex sentences like these are what make English a very rich and interesting language. In this challenging lesson, we will look at conditional sentences that mix tenses and even use the verb "will" in the "if" clause. Make sure to do the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/mixed-ve....rb-tenses-in-english to practice and perfect your understanding of mixed tenses.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit tricky. It's grammar, it's conditionals, but we're going to look at "Mixed Conditionals". Now, before I get into the different types of ways that you can mix tenses and the conditionals, I want to do a very quick review of the conditionals that most of you learn in your ESL classes or your English... Other English classes, because these are the ones that are most commonly taught, and everybody, all your teachers want you to memorize these structures. The problem is then you might see mixed conditionals in other places, and you get all confused. Okay? I'm not going to get too deep into these, because you can find other good lessons by other engVid teachers who have already covered some of these on the site. I'm just going to do a quick review, and then I'll get into... Deeper into the mixed conditionals.

So here are the four main types of conditionals you learn: "If I won the lottery, I'd buy a house." So this, just so we are clear, is "would", I've contracted it to "I'd". "If I won", I have simple past tense, plus "would" in the second clause, in the condition clause, in the result clause. "If I had known she was coming, I'd have come too." Okay? Here I have the past perfect, plus "would have" plus PP, past participle verb. Now, these are both unreal, mean... Meaning that they are hypothetical, they are imaginary. This is about a future or present unreal situation. I didn't win the lottery, I'm not buying a house; this is all just imagination. This is about the past. Now, the reason it is unreal is because I can't go and change the past. So, this didn't happen, and so this didn't happen. This is, again, imagination, but we're looking at the past. Okay?

"If you boil water, it evaporates." If you notice here, I have simple present verb and simple present verb. This is a real conditional. It means it's true. Whenever you have a fact-okay?-a result is based on this condition and it's always true... By the way, "evaporates" means becomes steam, it goes away. Right? If you boil water, eventually you have no more water in the pot. So this is a real conditional, always true. Simple present, simple present. Lastly: "If you study hard, you will pass the test." Simple present verb, "will", verb, like future. So, again, this is a real situation, because this is true. If you do this, this will happen as a result. So these are the ones that you mostly learn.

If you have any questions, again, go to www.engvid.com, find the lessons about these that can explain it in more detail. But now we're going to see other situations, other sentences with "if" conditionals that are not like these. Sometimes we can mix tenses, sometimes you can... Sorry. Let me stop myself, here. Sometimes your teachers tell you: "Never put 'will' with the 'if' clause." Well, what I'm going to show you is that sometimes, yeah, you can. This is the problem with English: There's always exceptions to the rules. Today we're going to look at some of those exceptions. Okay? Let's see what happens.

Okay. So now we're going to look at a few different types of mixtures, if you want to call it that, with the "if" clauses. But before I start to show you these examples, I want you to understand that these mixed conditionals are all about context. You can generally understand what is going on, what the relationship between the two verbs are by looking at the context, looking at the time, looking at the place, looking at the situation that's going on, and should... It usually should be very clear, but in case you're wondering how to construct these so you can use them yourselves, I'll show you with a few examples. Okay? These are in no particular order. They're just examples, and we're going to look at them individually.

English Vocabulary: Having a BABY
00:08:07
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Are you or someone you know expecting a baby? If so, you will need this lesson on vocabulary and expressions relating to childbirth. You will learn words such as "trimester", "embryo", "midwife", "stroller", and more. There are also a few important expressions that need to be clarified. For example, "going into labour" does not mean you have a job interview. And no, an "OBGYN" is not some sort of cocktail. Having a baby is an exciting time! This lesson will help prepare you for that special day. Go to engVid.com to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-having-a-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a special one. We're going to talk about having a baby. Everybody loves babies, everybody wants to know: How does this happen? Well, maybe not how it happens, but what happens along the way. So, we're going to talk about having a baby, we're going to talk from the beginning right till you're ready to take the baby home.

So, what happens first? You "conceive" a baby. "Conceive" is the verb. What happens is "conception". At this stage, the "sperm", the male sperm goes into the female "egg". Okay? You're on a vacation somewhere, you don't... You know, you're having fun on your anniversary, you're celebrating, and you conceive a baby. It happens. A cold winter night, too cold to go outside, nothing on TV, you don't know what to do - you conceive a baby. It happens this way, too. So, most people don't know when they conceive their baby, but they know roughly when.

Eventually, the woman will miss her period, you know, which happens every month, and then she will take a pregnancy test with one of those sticks, or she will go to the doctor, and she will find up... Find out that she was "knocked up". "Knocked up" is a very slang expression to mean pregnant. Or, you could say: "She has a bun in the oven." Okay? So, these are two idioms, slang, for "pregnant".

So, the woman is pregnant, what happens next? So, now, she has... She goes to the doctor. The doctor, by the way, is the "OBGYN" for short. "OBGYN, that's what most people say." The "OB" is the obstetrician; the GYN is the gynecologist. These are female doctors. Not... The doctors themselves are not necessarily female. They're doctors for women. Okay? The obstetrician is the one who delivers the baby; the gynecologist is the one who checks the woman's body, makes sure everything's okay, the baby's okay, the woman's okay, everything is set to go. After the visit to the doctor, you will... The woman will get, or the couple will get a "due date". So, the baby is due, generally, roughly nine months later. Okay?

Nine months later, the woman will "give birth" to the baby, or she will "deliver" the baby. Just before that happens, she will "go into labour". So, all of these... All these expressions are basically the same time. She goes into labour... I forgot to mention a word, here. She has "contractions". This is when she feels that pain in the stomach or wherever it happens, that it's very quick, very sharp pain. It comes, it goes. The closer the contractions, the closer she is to giving birth. So, she goes into the... Into labour, she goes to the hospital, and that's where the OBGYN will help deliver the baby.

Now, over the course of the nine months, there are three "trimesters". Now, this might sound familiar. Maybe you know "semester" from high school, you have semesters; one's fall semester, winter semester, and then summer vacation. In a pregnancy, you have a "trimester", so about three months, three months, three months. During that time, the... The sperm and the egg, basically they come together, and then they start developing. The first stage is called a "zygote", the baby or the zygote is, like, tiny, tiny. Then it becomes an "embryo", this is another stage of the development process. Then it becomes a "fetus", another stage. And finally, it comes out as a "baby". Okay.

So, now, the OBGYN will have to help deliver the baby. It could be a "natural birth", and in which case everything just happens naturally. Maybe the woman will want an "epidural". Okay? "Epidural" is a needle, it's a big needle they stick in her spine, basically it relaxes all the muscles so she has less pain and it's a little bit easier to push the baby out. Sometimes and in some situations, the woman will have a "caesarean" or sometimes called a "C-section". This is when the doctor has to cut the stomach and pull the baby out that way. Okay? Sometimes it's by choice, sometimes it's by necessity. Now, one other way...

Another person, by the way, who can help with the baby is a "midwife". Some people don't like to go to the hospital to have the baby; they want to have the baby at home. The OBGYN will not come to your house, but there are people who are trained to deliver babies at home naturally, no epidural, no C-section, no medicines, no machines. Just you, your bed, and the baby coming out. Okay?

IELTS & TOEFL Writing: 5 Common Mistakes
00:17:36
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you writing essays and getting the same score over and over again? Would you like to learn some techniques you can use to improve your writing and get a better score on the IELTS or TOEFL? Well, in this lesson, I will teach you five common errors that many students make that can lower their score. After watching this lesson, you will know what to avoid, what to include, and why trying too hard might actually be hurting your score.
Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-to....efl-writing-5-common
Visit Adam's site at http://www.writetotop.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson, we're looking at IELTS and TOEFL, the writing section, and we're going to look at the five most common mistakes that I see when I'm checking students' essays. Okay? Now, as usual, for the IELTS and TOEFL lesson, I will speak a little bit more natural speed, a little bit faster than usual. If you're a beginner, don't worry. Watch the video, listen, practice your listening. Get the vocabulary you need. It's all... It's good for everybody, but just a little bit harder. Okay?

So, now, where do I begin? I check a lot of essays. Okay? People send me their essays, I check them, I edit them, I tell them what they're doing wrong, and I've come to the realization that there are certain mistakes that many, many people make. So, I want to tell you five of these common mistakes so that you can avoid making them. Okay?

And the first one-and this is the most common mistake that I see-is that you are trying too hard. Now, what does this mean? Trying hard is a good thing, right? Yes, it is. But you're trying too hard to sound impressive. Okay? You're trying to impress the graders of these... Of these exams, IELTS and TOEFL, you think that by using big words or lots of idioms, or very, very long sentences that are very complex and have many clauses that you're getting a higher score. In fact, most of the times, you're actually hurting yourselves. Why? Because you're using words incorrectly, you're using them inappropriately, meaning in the wrong context or the wrong usage or in the wrong parts of speech; you're using a verb when you should use a noun, etc. When you write very, very long sentences, quite often, you have run-on sentences, mean... Meaning you have two independent clauses in one sentence, and no punctuation, and no conjunctions, and then the whole sentence falls apart and means nothing. And also, a lot of people use idioms because... Yeah, idioms will get you extra points, but they're using them incorrectly or in the wrong context. Again, make sure you know the words you're using, make sure you know the idioms you're using, and shorter sentences can actually be better. Simple is often better than complex. If you think about... As an analogy, if you think about cooking, the more spices you put into the dish, the less you taste the actual meat or the actual core of the dish. Simple is best.

Let me give you an example. Here are two sentences. Okay? Let me read them to you. "The CEO", Chief Executive Officer, like the head of the company... "The CEO's tenure at the company was abbreviated due to his reluctance to integrate more females into upper managerial posts, thereby drawing the ire of the Board who consequently relieved him of his duties." Now, this sentence is perfectly okay. It's grammatically correct, all the words are being used correctly, but if you can write a sentence like this the way that I wrote it here, then you don't need to worry about the IELTS or the TOEFL; your English is obviously very high level. If you can do this, then this test will be very easy for you.

However, a lot of people, a lot of test-takers try to write this sentence, and then they end up making many, many mistakes. They don't use this word correctly: "abbreviated", they say: "abbreviation". Okay? That's the more common thing of it. "Abbreviated" means made shorter. Okay? "Reluctance", hesitance, like not really wanting to. This word: "ire". I write all the time, I write for a living. I never use this word "ire", because it's so old-fashioned. And also, it's a small word. Right? So you don't need many syllables, you don't need very rare words. You need to be simple, you need to get your message across. The most important part of the test is: Answer the question. They give you a task, answer it. Answer it clearly, concisely. Means: Use fewer words, not more words. If you can say the same thing in fewer words, get the message across, make it clear, make the reader interested, then you'll get higher points than if you write something like this. Okay?

Let's look at this sentence: "The CEO's time was cut short because he wouldn't promote women to top positions, which angered the Board who then fired him." Okay, look at the two sentences. This sentence means exactly the same thing as this sentence.

Phrasal Verbs with CARRY: "carry out", "carry away", "carry on"...
00:07:05
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

A phrasal verb is usually a verb plus a preposition that we use in a different context than the verb's original meaning. For example, did you know that "to carry a tune" means to sing well? To "carry" literally means to move something while supporting it, but it can mean different things when used in phrasal verbs. In this lesson, you will learn what it means to "carry out your tasks", "carry on" in class or at work, "get carried away", and more.

QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-with-carry/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about phrasal verbs, using the verb "carry". And again, phrasal... Phrasal verbs are verbs plus a preposition that, together, means something else than the two words themselves. Now, I know you've seen many of these phrasal verb lessons. Don't worry, I think we're almost done, because I've gone through most of them.

"Carry", usually you carry... You carry a basket, you carry a child, you move something in your arms. You carry it. Right? So, most of those have to do with that idea of carrying something.

The most common of these is "carry on". Okay? What does it mean to "carry on"? A few meanings. One is to continue. So, my staff is having a meeting, and I say: "Oh, sorry to interrupt everyone, but I need to make an announcement." I make an announcement. "Everybody understands. Yes? Okay, carry on, continue." Okay? It could also mean to continue something that's been going on for a long time. So, for example, Jimmy wants to carry on his father's tradition of having a barbeque every Sunday with the whole family, so to keep something going, like a tradition, a custom, etc.

"Carry on with" is a little bit different. Actually, it's quite different. When you "carry on with someone", it usually mean you were flirting. Now, I'm not sure if you know this word, "to flirt". "To flirt" means to, like, have some fun with somebody of the opposite sex, or it could mean to have an actual affair, to have an affair with someone, to carry on with someone. Now, there's quite a few differences between British English and American English. In British English, "carry on" can also mean to talk, and talk, and talk, and talk, usually complaining about something. "Oh, stop carrying on about that. We don't care anymore." In American English, it would just be go on. "Stop. Oh, you're going on and on about this. Just forget it. Let it go. Move on. Continue." Okay? So, British/American, slightly different.

"Carry over". "Carry over", it could mean carry something from here over to here, physically, but it could also mean to move something to another time, another place. For example, the meeting we had, we had too many things to speak about, we didn't finish everything on time, so we will carry it over to tomorrow. Tomorrow we will start again, and finish what we need to do. So, "carry over", move to a different time, place, position.

"Carry back". Sometimes, you know, I'm driving in my car and I turn on the radio, and I hear this song, and it just carries me back to when I was a teenager in high school, and when I was just having fun. So, "carry back" means sort of like remind, but more in terms of nostalgia. Nostalgia. It just takes you back, carries you back to another time and place, a different mindset, etc.

"Carry around". So, I can... If I have a baby, I could put on my little pouch thing on my back, put my baby on the back, and carry it around as I go for a little walk. So, you can, again, physically carry something around, but you can also carry around baggage, emotional baggage. So, for example, if you feel very, very guilty about something you did or something that happened, you can carry that guilt around with you for your whole life. It's like a weight on your shoulders, and you're carrying it around, even though it's just inside your head. Okay? So, that person is carrying around too much baggage, emotional baggage.

"Carry off" means to complete something successfully. So, I had a big presentation at work, and after... After the presentation, my boss comes up to me, he goes: "You carried that off great. Good job." Right? I did it, I finished it, successful, everybody was happy. "Carry off" also means to take away. Okay? I picked her up and carried her off into the sunset, my darling, whoever she might be.

"Out", "carry out" basically means to do, or more correctly is to perform. You carry out a task. Okay? You do something. If the boss asks you to do something and he wants you to carry... Carry it out as soon as possible. Okay? In British English, "carry out" is the same as American "take out". So you go to a restaurant, you order your food, and carry out; to go.

Learn "Set" Vocabulary, Idioms, and Phrasal Verbs!
00:12:24
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you all set to learn English? In this lesson, you'll learn common ways to use "set" as a verb, adjective, and as a noun. You'll even learn phrasal verbs and idioms with 'set'. I've chosen the most common ways we use the word 'set' in English-speaking countries. This is an easy lesson that will teach you some great vocabulary and expressions. Depending on how we use this little word, we can talk about groups of people, collections, placement, building, being ready, and more. After watching the video, practice what you've learned by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/learn-se....t-vocabulary-idioms- . Then, use your new vocabulary in English conversations and in writing!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is about the word "set". Now, this word has many meanings and uses, and I was asked to make a lesson about this. And I know that it's in the dictionary, you can look it up, but sometimes it's easier to just hear the lesson, hear the explanations of the words, get some examples of how they're used, and you absorb it a little bit differently this way. So, we're going to look at the different meanings of "set". Now, "set" can be a verb, it can be a noun, it can be an adjective. Okay? So, we're going to look at these. And again, these are the more common uses. There are a few others that I didn't include; you can look those up if you need them.

So, first: "to set". Now, the thing you have to remember about "set", this is called an ambitransitive verb. You don't need to know that word "ambitransitive", but it means it can be a transitive or an intransitive, meaning it can take an object or not take an object. Okay? So, we can set something, we can place it somewhere, we can put it down. Right? So, if I'm going to... If I have a vase-a vase/vase, however you want to pronounce it; both are okay-full of flowers, I want to set it on the table. Okay? So, I can set it down on the table. Set the vase, the vase being the object. And you can... I can set the ladder, or I can set the picture over there against the wall. So, I can put it in a place or a position.

Sometimes it's actually used to mean "to sit". Okay? So, please set... Set the baby or set the child in the chair. It doesn't mean, like, plop it there, it means make the child sit in the chair. It's essentially the same idea, except we use the verb "set", rather than the verb "to sit". You can't say: "Please sit the child." You can say: "Seat the child in the chair", it means put him in the seat. Or, you could say: "Set the child in the chair", put him there. Okay? So, that's one common use of it.

"Establish". Now, here I have "establish" and "build", they're essentially the same idea, but you build something physical-okay?-and you establish something not necessarily physical, more of an idea or a concept. So if I establish something, if I set up a fund... We often use it with the preposition "up", which makes it a phrasal verb: "Set up a fund" means establish. Set up a school, establish a school, or found a school, or begin a school. So, this is a very common use of the word "set", to establish something, to set it up, to begin it, to start it, etc. You can also set up something physical. For example, I'm going to be giving a performance, I want a little stage, so I set up the stage; I get it ready, I get it built, every... All the lights, everything's in place, and then I give my presentation, performance, whatever. If you have... If you're going to a conference or a convention for your company, you want to... You have a little booth where you're going to present your information, you can set up your exhibit, for example. Oops, sorry about that. So, "set up your exhibit" means you're building it, but you're also preparing it at the same time. It's the same idea.

You can also "set" means to apply something to something. So, if you "set fire to the building" means you're applying fire, you're putting the fire to the building - the building goes up in flames. Okay? So, you can set, apply, or you can focus. You can "set your mind on something". And again, you notice that I'm using "set fire to", "set your mind on". A lot of the times, "set" is used as a phrasal verb, it's used with prepositions and they have the different meanings. So you're kind of... You're kind of getting a double lesson, here; you're getting phrasals and you're getting just the general word "set" as a verb. So, "set fire to", "set off the alarm" means you... There's smoke, it applied... You apply the source, the trigger to the alarm, the alarm goes off. You "set your mind on something".

Advanced English Grammar: Noun Clauses
00:18:30
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Having trouble finding the subject or object in a sentence? It might be a noun clause. In this lesson, we'll look at the dependent clause and its conjunctions in order to write better sentences and to read high-level texts like those you will find in newspapers, academic essays, and literature. This is also important if you're in university or taking a test like IELTS or TOEFL. As a writer, I focus my attention on the many elements we use to build great sentences and paragraphs. I've broken down this advanced part of English grammar and will teach it to you simply -- so you can understand and use the noun clauses in your own writing. I'll show you many examples of noun clauses, so you can see the noun clause in context. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/advanced....-english-grammar-nou to practice identifying the types of noun clauses in example sentences.

Watch Adam's series on clauses!
Dependent Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7BsBbZqwU-c
Adjective Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GpV39YEmh5k
Adverb Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fkooLJ9MWVE

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at some more advanced grammar. We're going to look at the noun clause. Now, you may have seen my previous video where I did an introduction to subordinate clauses. Today I'm going to look at only one, only the noun clause, get a little bit deeper into it, show you some examples, show you how it works, how to build it, when to use it, etc.

So before we begin, let's review: What is a clause? A clause is a combination of words that must contain a subject and a verb. Okay? Now, every sentence has at least one independent clause. The noun clause is a dependent clause. Okay? I'm going to write that here. It's a dependent. What that means is that this clause cannot be a sentence by itself. It is always part of a sentence that contains an independent clause, but the noun clause can be part of the independent clause, and we're going to see that in a moment.

But before we do that, we also have to look at the conjunctions. Okay? So these are the words... The conjunctions are the words that join the noun clause to its independent clause or that begin the noun clause. Okay? And again, we're going to look at examples. So these are the ones you need to know: "that", "which", "who", "whom", "whose", "what", "if", "whether", "when", "where", "how", "why", and then: "whoever", "whomever", "whenever", "wherever", "whatever", "whichever". These can all be conjunctions. Now, you have to be careful with a few of them. Some of these can also be conjunctions to adjective clauses, which will be a different video lesson entirely. And you also have to remember that this clause in particular: "that", is quite often removed. Means it's understood to be there, it's implied, but we don't actually have to write it or say it when we're using the noun clause. And again, we're going to look at examples of that.

Another thing to remember is that only some of these can be both the conjunction, the thing that starts the clause, and the subject of the clause. So, for example: "which" can be the subject, "who" can be the subject, "whom" is always an object, never a subject, and "what" can be the subject. "Who", "whoever", "whatever", "whichever" can also be subjects. So I'm going to put an "s" for these. Okay? So it's very important to remember these because sometimes you have to recognize that it is both the conjunction and the clause, and recognize it as a noun clause. Now, of course, it will be much easier to understand all this when we see actual examples, so let's do that.

Okay, so now we're going to look at when to use the noun clause and how to use the noun clause. So, noun clauses have basically four uses. Okay? Or actually five, but one of them is similar. First of all we're going to look at it as the subject. So, a noun clause can be the subject of a clause, of an independent clause.

So let's look at this example: "What she wore to the party really turned some heads." So, what is the noun clause? "What she wore to the party". Okay? So here's our conjunction, here's our subject, and here's our verb. Okay? And then here's another verb. Now, remember: In every sentence, you're going to have one tense verb, will have one subject that corresponds to it. Here I have two tense verbs, which means I need two subjects. So the subject for "wore" is "she", the subject for "turned" is the entire clause. This is the noun clause subject to this verb. Okay? Turned what? Some heads. And, here, we have the object of the whole sentence. So this sentence is essentially SVO, so we have an independent clause, but the subject of the independent clause is a noun clause. So although you have one independent clause, this is still a complex sentence because we're using an independent and the subordinate, and the dependent clause to build it.

Learn 6 Body Idioms in English: get cold feet, play by ear...
00:06:27
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

I'm going to stick my neck out and say that you probably don't know of what some of these idioms mean. But don't worry, let your hair down and we'll have some fun with these everyday English idioms that involve body parts, including "get cold feet", "get something off your chest", "play it by ear", and more. I'll give you real-life examples of how these expressions are used in daily conversations, so you'll never feel like you're in over your head!
Take the QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/6-body-idioms-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. My name's Adam. Today's lesson is going to be about idioms, everyday idioms that you will hear people use quite regularly in many situations, and we're going to look at body idioms. All of these idioms have some part of the body inside them.

Now, again, just a little refresh... To refresh our memories: What is an idiom? An idiom is an expression whose words alone don't mean what the actual idiom means. What that means is the words themselves and the actual meaning of the idiom are completely different.

So, for example: "to get cold feet". Now, of course, in the wintertime if you take your socks off, your feet are going to get cold, but that's not what this means. "To get cold feet" means to get scared. You're about to do something, you've been planning it, you know it's coming, you want to do it, but then at the last minute, you get cold feet. It means you get scared and you don't want to do it anymore; you want to back away from doing this. Okay? You want to back out of it. So, the most common example of getting cold feet is just before your wedding, and this happens to a lot of men. Tomorrow's the wedding, let's say, I'm getting married tomorrow, and tonight I'm thinking: "Oh my god, this is my last night of freedom. I don't want to do it. Forget it. Wedding's off." So I have cold feet. Very common, happens to a lot of people. Doesn't have to be about wedding, it could be about anything; you're about to start a new job, you're about to move to a new house, you're about to do anything - last minute, you get scared, you don't want to do it anymore.

"To get something off one's chest", to get something off your chest. Now, this sounds like pretty straightforward, but if you have something on your chest it means you're holding it and it's very heavy, and you really just want to... You just want to get it out. You want to express something. It could be a secret, it could be a feeling you have for someone, it could be a complaint you have, but you just didn't want to say it. You've been holding it inside and holding it inside, and it's been sitting right here, and it's heavy, and you don't want to carry it anymore. You want to get it off your chest. So, you go into your boss and you say: "Boss, I got to get something off my chest. You're a terrible boss. I don't want to work for you anymore. Either pay me a lot more money or I'm leaving." Or there's a girl you really like or a boy you really like, and you go up to this person and you say: "I have to get something off my chest. I've been in love with you for like five years. I can't hold it inside anymore. I have to get it off my chest, so I'm telling you." Okay? Then you feel much lighter, in theory.

"To be in over one's head". Over one's head. Now, technically, if you go into the swimming pool and you go below the surface of the water, then you're in over your head, but it's the same idea in other situations. If you're doing something that you can't handle, it's too difficult for you, then you're in over your head. So, for example, you got a job... You just finished university, you got a job, and somebody hired you to be the manager of a whole department, and you think: "Yeah, no problem. I can do this." You have no experience doing it, but yeah, you can do it. So you go and it's... Right away you notice that it's too difficult for you, you don't know what you're doing. The staff don't like you, they don't respect you, they don't listen to you. You don't know what to do because you're in over your head. You've taken on a job that's too big for you. Okay?

"To let one's hair down". Now, this obviously sounds like it should be for women, but it could be for men, too. "To let your hair down" means to relax, just go do something fun, enjoy yourself, do whatever you want. We... Generally, we do use this for women. For men, we say: "Loosen your tie". It's the same idea. "To loosen the tie" means relax, don't be so serious, don't be so stiff. Relax, have fun, do whatever you want. Tomorrow's another day, so let your hair down.

"To stick one's neck out". So if you stick... If I stick my neck out, you can come and chop it off, and I'm dead. So, "to stick one's neck out" is to take a risk, to take a big risk. So if you... If you gamble, if you invest in something and you put all your money into this investment, then you're sticking your neck out.

10 Phrasal Verbs with CALL: call for, call up, call in, call upon...
00:10:57
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Learn phrasal verbs to improve your conversational English! I "call on you" to learn these common expressions that you can use in your personal, social, and professional life. I'll teach you these phrasal verbs in a fun way, with many examples, so that you remember them and will be able to start using them right after the lesson.

Looking for more phrasal verb lessons? Watch my lesson on phrasal verbs with 'set' next: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EJqq9hBQjs

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is, again, a phrasal lesson, a phrasal verbs lesson. We're going to look at the verb "call". And again, a phrasal verb is a verb plus a preposition that together sometimes have meanings completely different than the words themselves. Okay?

So, which ones are we going to look at today? We're going to look at "call on". Sometimes you will hear people say: "Call upon". More or less the same usage. "Call up", "call back", "call for", "call in", "call off", "call to"-and this is a little different because you always need something else here, but I'll show you that-"call into"-also you need something at the end here, because by itself it doesn't really work-and "on call".

Now, "on call" is not a phrasal verb. In fact, it's not a verb at all. This is actually a situation. So, I'm going to start with this one. So, for example, "on call" is when you're available at any time for a certain position. So, for example, if I'm a doctor or a nurse, at some point in my career, usually at the beginning, I will have a lot of on-call work, meaning that I have to be ready. Anytime somebody calls, I have to go to the hospital and do the work. A lot of jobs, for example, waitresses or even retail jobs, they give you an on-call position. It means it's not part time, it's not full time, it's on call. When they need you, they will call you, you will go to work right away. When they need you again, you'll go back. So, it's... Could be used as an adjective or a noun. A noun as the situation, "on call" to describe your position.

Okay, let's get to the verbs. "Call on". So, if I call on you for help, that means I'm asking you for help. So, you call on someone to help you do something. You also "call upon", but this is not necessarily a person. You can call upon your wits, you can call upon your intelligence. It means you want to draw. So you're asking your brain to give you the tools you need to do something. So, this job is going to... Is going to call on all our energy, all our brains, all our confidence to do this job. So that's "call on". Okay?

Okay, let's go to the next one. Excuse me. "Call up". A few meanings to this one. One is just telephone. "Oh, yeah, I'll see you next week. I'll call you up sometime and we'll go out for a drink." Okay? So you can say: "Call someone" or you can "call someone up", basically means the same thing. But in sports or in the military, it has a different use. In sports it's a promotion. So, many professional teams, they have the amateur teams or the semi-professional teams that their youngest... Their young athletes play there, and when they get good enough, they're called up to the big team, to the professional team. So, for example, in hockey you have your NHL teams, your professional league teams, you have your farm teams. This is the... We call these the "farm teams". Okay? That's the ones that are just learning, they are young guys, they are trying to get up to the major leagues or the major teams. So, you call them up. They've done well, they're called up to the next level. In military, some countries, they have a draft. It means that they pick out young people to become soldiers and go to war. So, when they draft them, they're calling them up. Okay? They're out of high school or college, or whatever the situation, and they're called up to serve. It means they're going to the army. Okay.

So now we're going to look at "call back". So, of course, there's always: "Hey, come back." So you're calling out to somebody, asking them to come back, to return. And the same thing you can do with a telephone call. I call somebody at their office, let's say, the person is not available, out to lunch or away from the office or in a meeting, and I leave a message and I say: "Can you please ask him or her to call me back?" Basically, return my phone call. Okay. Now, another common use of "call back" is when you have an interview or audition. So, an "audition" is when an actor goes to try to get a part in a movie, or a TV show, or a play, whatever. So they go for an audition, they go to show what they can do. Now, if they are called back, that means they are invited to a second audition. Or in an interview, they're invited to a second interview.

Common MILITARY expressions & vocabulary in everyday life
00:10:59
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what it means to go "AWOL" or to be "MIA"? And what is the point of saying "alpha, bravo, charlie" when referring to letters? In this lesson, you will learn many different military words and expressions that have made their way into everyday English. We will discuss the meaning of "I've got your 6", "collateral damage", "FUBAR", and more. This lesson is definitely not a dud, so make sure to watch and do the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/common-m....ilitary-expressions- afterwards! Copy that? Roger!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everybody. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at some military expressions and slang that are used in everyday English. So, in many situations, when there is a war and there's obviously going to be a military all the time, many words that are used by the soldiers eventually become common in everyday English and are used all the time. Now, especially if you watch war movies, you're going to hear some of these words. Actually, you're going to hear a lot of these words, so it's a good idea to know what they mean. But we also use them in everyday situations, and I'll explain some of these as we go.

So, first we're going to look at the actual words and expressions. "AWOL", this means Absent WithOut Leave. Okay? Although... So, I'll explain that in a second. "MIA" means Missing In Action. Okay? Now, you can "have someone's 6", "copy/roger", I'll explain these. These, similar. A "dud", "snafu", "alpha, bravo, charlie, x-ray, yankee, zulu", "Uncle Sam", "collateral damage", "coup de grace", and "FUBAR" or "soup sandwich".

Okay, let's start with "AWOL". Absent WithOut Leave. So, in the military, if you leave your base or leave your post without permission... So, "leave" basically means permission. If you leave... If you go away from your base or your post and you don't have permission, then you are considered AWOL. If you're gone long enough, then you will go to jail. Okay? The military... In the military, you can't leave your post, you can't leave jail. But we use this in everyday situations. So, I planned an organization, like I'm helping some people, I'm a volunteer, and I got a group of people to help me, and at our meeting one person didn't show up. And I say: -"Where's Mike?" -"Ah, he's AWOL." It means nobody knows where he is. He left, he didn't show up. Sometimes we call it a "no-show". A "no-show" means the person didn't appear where he was supposed to be. He didn't come to the meeting, he didn't come wherever. In an office, somebody is supposed to get all this work done, but the boss is asking: -"Where's the work? Where is this person who had to do it?" -"I don't know. He's AWOL. He's gone AWOL." It means he's disappeared. Okay?

It's not very dissimilar from "missing in action". So, in a war, sometimes soldiers, they're fighting, everybody's working together, but one soldier, nobody knows where he is. Maybe he got killed, or maybe he got injured, or maybe he's making his way back. But right now, I don't know where he is. He is missing in action, in the middle of the battle. So, it's the same thing in everyday life. If somebody is MIA, it means he's disappeared. So, it's very similar to absent without leave, but MIA means he was here but then disappeared. I don't know where he went. So, we had a meeting and in the meeting we had a break, and we come back from break and one person didn't return. -"So, where is he?" -"I don't know. He's MIA." He's missing. He's gone somewhere. Maybe he'll come back later. Just in case you're wondering: "killed in action, KIA" is another expression.

Now, to "have someone's 6", you've seen this on police shows or in war movies all the time. In a clock: 12 is forward, 6 is behind you, 3, 9, all the numbers of the clock. Okay? So, to "have someone's 6" means to have someone's back, to watch out for them or to support them, or to make sure that nothing bad is going to come where they can't see it. Okay? So, 6, behind; 12, ahead.

"Copy" and "roger". When you're talking on a walkie-talkie or on a telephone these days, however way you communicate, "copy" means message received. So, your boss or your commander sends you the message: "Copy", means I got it, I understood. "Roger" if an order comes in: -"I want you to do this." -"Roger." It means I got the message, and I will do what I've been asked to do. And we use this in everyday life. On the phone your boss says: -"This is what I need." -"Copy. Roger. No problem."

When and how to use a dictionary – and when NOT to use a dictionary!
00:20:00
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com You shouldn't always use a dictionary! In this video, I'll explain when you should use a paper dictionary, an online dictionary, or no dictionary at all! I'll show how to use your dictionary, and answer the question "which dictionary should I use?". A dictionary is an incredible tool when you are learning a language, but knowing how to use it is very important. If you use the dictionary correctly, you can learn a word's definition, spelling, pronunciation, origin, common usage, as well as what part of speech it is. This is a very important lesson for English learners of all levels, and native speakers too. To see if you understood the lesson, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/when-and-how-to-use-a-dictionary/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson I want to speak with you about: "How to Use a Dictionary". Now, for some of you, this might seem very obvious. You open the dictionary, you look for your word, there it is, everything's good. But it's not that simple. Now, the reason I say it's not that simple is because a lot of people have a problem with exactly how to use a dictionary, and also when to use the dictionary. You don't always need to go look for every word.

So, before I look at a few examples of when you should look for a word in the dictionary, I want to stress that if you really, really want to build your vocabulary quickly and have a very wide range of vocabulary, use an English to English dictionary. I'm going to give you a couple of examples of which dictionaries to use after, but English to English. Now, I've had many students who use English to whatever language, English to Spanish, English to Japanese, English to whatever language is their native language and vice versa. This is good for a very quick check, but don't make it a habit. Okay? Get yourself an English to English dictionary-you can get the book, I'll show you one in a second-or get online and find the apps for the more common dictionaries. Now, the reason I say this is because you will have to look for meanings of words, and if you don't understand the explanation of the meaning, you will probably learn more words in that explanation and then you can look those up. So you're actually going to build your vocabulary exponentially. "Exponentially", very quickly and to a large degree, without end, so you can go very quickly.

So, let's look at three sentences, and I underlined the words we're focusing on. Okay? "Salivate", "plethora", "mitigate". Now, you may know these words, you may not, but these are a little bit higher end words, they're not very common. So we're going to think about what to do.

First, use context. What I want you to do is I want you to try to guess the meaning of a word before you go to the dictionary. "The hungry dog began to salivate when it saw the steak on the table." Now, most of you have seen a dog, most of you have probably seen a hungry dog. Now, you think of a hungry dog, you think of a steak, what do most dogs do? Even what do humans do? Dogs do it more obviously, they start to salivate. They start... The little wet stuff comes out of their mouths. Right? That wet stuff is "saliva". Dogs have it, you have it, I have it, human beings have it, too. It helps us to eat and digest our food. Now, because of the context, because you have a hungry dog and because you have a steak, it seems pretty obvious that "salivate" means to start emitting or getting... Letting out saliva. Now, another thing to keep in mind: The next sentence will probably use this word, "saliva". So: "The dog began to salivate, and all the saliva gathered in a pool on the floor. So then when I walked by it and I slipped and hurt myself, it's the dog's fault, not my fault." Okay? So, now, do I need to or should you go look at this...? Look for this word in the dictionary? No. You can guess the sentence. You probably are right in your guess of what this means. The next sentence will probably confirm it. Just move on. Don't worry about this word. It's easy. Now you have a new word in your head.

But let's look at the next word: "The forum was a grand success as it had generated a plethora of ideas." Now, you have a forum. A "forum" is where people exchange ideas or where they have discussions. On the internet, there are plenty of forums. At www.engvid.com, there's a forum where you can ask questions, and teachers help, and other students help. So, if the forum has all these ideas and it was a grand success - why? Because it had generated, it had made or created a plethora of ideas. Now, you can probably guess what this means. A "plethora" means many and varied. So, a large amount or a large number, and a varied number.

Vocabulary: Talking about POLITICS in English
00:08:34
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

People all have different views when it comes to leadership and how to run a country. What about you? Are you liberal or conservative? Are you left-wing or right-wing? In this lesson, we will look at common vocabulary used to discuss politics. I will teach you words you need to know in order to understand the news, current events, and even have debates with your friends.
Next, watch Benjamin's lesson to learn even more political vocabulary:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1NIcll5RErg
TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/vocabula....ry-talking-about-pol

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome again to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today, as in response to some requests, I'm going to give you a few vocabulary words or a few words-sorry-about political views. Now, before I start, I just want to make sure we understand: This is just about English. We're not having any political discussions, here. This is meant to help you read newspapers, watch TV broadcasts, listen to radio broadcasts about political news, and these are words that you will see quite often when you're reading these things or watching these programs. Okay? So, we're going to look at a few common words that come up when we're talking about political views. Now, "political views" are basically opinions about how politics should run, how governments should run or be run, etc.

So first we're going to look at the three main types of government. There are "democracy", "authoritarianism", and "dictatorship". "Democracy" is a process by which several parties... Okay? Several parties, each one has its own leaders and its own members, and they compete for the votes of the public. You have several to choose from, the public chooses. The one that gets the most votes or wins somehow the election in their system, they lead the country for a specified period of time. And then you have another election, you can choose the government again, you can choose another government. You can do whatever you need to do.

"Authoritarianism" is a system by which only one party... Or "in which" I should say. Only one party controls the government. So, you don't really have any choice, and the elections are not... If there are elections, are not very legitimate. There's one party, they are the controlling power, they make the decisions, everybody does what they want them to do.

"...ism". I'm just going to mention this. You're going to hear a lot of ism's when you're hearing about politics. Okay? It just means you're taking the concept of whatever the word is before it. So: "ism" is more about the concept of whatever.

"Dictatorship", this is a form of government where one person controls the government and has all the power, all the decision-making power. We're not going to get into the details of how each of these types of government rules or runs the country they're in, but we're just going to talk about what they are very generally.

Next, so here we're getting more into the specific views that people have. Most people are "Liberal" or "Conservative". Now, you're going to hear these words a lot. In America, for example, you hear about the Democrats and the Republicans. Generally, the Democrats are Liberal, the Republicans are Conservative. Liberal government or Liberal politicians believe in the individual. They want every individual to have an opportunity to succeed. They want, basically, to help everyone improve their lives somehow. Conservatives, on the other hand, they're more about everybody takes care of themselves. Sorry, Liberals, they want the government to help the individuals; Conservatives want the individuals to help themselves. And "Conservatives" comes from the word "conserve", there would be an "e" here. They want to keep traditions, they want to keep or maintain values, they don't like change. Liberals, on the other hand, want to change all the time to meet the needs of the people. More good for more people, as it were.

Now, if you hear about "left-wing" or "right-wing" or "centrist", you're talking about the spectrum. The spectrum is basically the range of political views. You have the far left-wing, you have the far right-wing, and you have the people in the centre; they're not really right, they're not really left. Although, they generally lean. "Lean" means "rooop", I'm leaning to the right or I'm leaning to the left. So, even centrists, they're usually centre-right or centre-left, it means they're a little bit more to one side than the other, but generally, they're... They want a bit of a mix. Left-wing politicians or left-wing views generally go with Liberals. Right-wing views or right-wing politicians generally go the idea of Conservatives. Centrists want a little bit of a mix. They will go with whoever will do the best benefit for everybody.

Understanding the US Elections
00:17:42
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Trying to understand the American presidential elections? There's more to it than just Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton. Confused about electoral colleges, super delegates, polls, incumbents, and candidates? Let me explain it for you! In this video, I'll teach you the vocabulary, definitions, and expressions you need to know to follow the US elections. You'll learn how the elections work, what the electoral college is, and who is involved in presidential elections. This information is very important for anyone living in the United States and for those who want to follow the US elections and world politics. I'll answer the questions: What is a primary? What is a caucus? What is the electoral college? What is a delegate, and what is a super-delegate? How do nominees become candidates? What is a pundit? What are swing voters? What is a presidential platform? After you've watched the video, take the quiz to test your knowledge of the American voting system! http://www.engvid.com/understa....nding-the-2016-us-el

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today we're going to talk about "The American Election". Now, if you live anywhere in the world, it's very hard to escape hearing about what's going on in America. The elections are coming up, everybody's talking about it. They're using a lot of new words, a lot of complicated words that you might not be familiar with, so we're going to talk about this. I'll explain to you a little bit how it works. I'll explain to you some of the words you're going to hear commonly. And keep in mind that although it's a bit more for advanced students because I have a lot to say about all this, there's a lot of new information here, but even if you're a beginner, lots of new words, lots of good words that are everyday words. If you watch CNN ever, you're going to hear some of these words because CNN loves to talk about the election. Okay? So let's get into some of this, and we'll see where we go.

First of all we're going to start with the two parties. Okay? So, America is essentially a two-party system. You have the Republicans and you have the Democrats. Now, that doesn't mean there aren't other parties. In fact, there are many parties in America, but usually they don't get many votes, and maybe even... Not even 1% of the total vote for all the little parties. Now, you can also have a third-party candidate, meaning somebody who wants to run by him or herself with his or her own money. Okay? Because the Republicans and the Democrats give money to their candidates to run a campaign. I'm going to go over all these words, so not to worry.

So, first let's start with the Republicans. Okay? They're sometimes called the GOP. You're going to hear this often. This is just a nickname, it means "Grand Old Party." I should make this a little bit bigger. Grand Old Party. It's just a nickname given to them a long, long time ago. In fact, both of these parties are over 150 years old, and they have won every election since way back when. And what they do is they often switch. Sometimes they'll go on a streak, like the Democrats will win a bunch of elections, the Republicans will win a bunch of elections. Sometimes they'll switch back and forth every election. It depends on the season, depends on the mindset of Americans. Okay? So here we have the two Democrats.

Now, the campaign, the... The attempt to run for office... Okay? So, "running for office" means trying to become president. So what happens is they start their campaign. A "campaign" is an organized effort to reach a goal. Okay? You have an advertisement campaign, you have a sales campaign. It's basically something organized with a target to reach by the end of it. In this case, the target is the presidency of the United States. So, this campaign usually starts well over a year before the actual election.

Before they can vote for a president, each party must present a candidate. A "candidate" is the person that the American people will vote for in November, Democrat or Republican. But before you have a candidate for each party, each party has nominees. A "nominee" is the potential candidate, people who are chosen to try to become the candidate. You could have three, four, five, 15. It doesn't matter. Whoever wants to try to be president can try.

Now, what they do, all these nominees, they go all over the country and they try to win delegates. I'll explain "delegates" in a second. So what they're trying to do is become the candidate for their party, they go around, they have a campaign, they give speeches, they put TV and radio advertisements, they do all kinds of things so the people will vote for them. Okay? Now, what they do is they go to each state and they have a primary or a caucus.

Learn English Grammar: The Adjective Clause (Relative Clause)
00:20:59
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

The lesson that you are about to watch is about adjective clauses, of which there are two in this sentence. Can you see them? In some grammar books, you may see the adjective clause called the "relative clause". Don't get confused -- they are the same thing. In this lesson, you will learn the difference between the two types of adjective clauses -- the defining adjective clause, and the modifying adjective clause. I'll also answer a common question people have about clauses: "Should I use a comma or not?". After this lesson, you will be able to spot adjective clauses of all forms and use them to take your English writing and speaking to the next level.

Test your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-grammar-the-ad

Watch Adam's series on clauses!
Dependent Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7BsBbZqwU-c
Noun Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SrEEPt4MQA
Adverb Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fkooLJ9MWVE

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at the adjective clause. Now, this is a dependent clause, and if you're not sure what the difference between dependent or independent clause, you can check out my video about the independent clause and my introduction video to dependent clauses. In this lesson we're going to dive a little bit deeper into this particular dependent clause, the adjective clause. Now, some of you will have grammar... Different grammar books, and some of you will see this called the relative clause. Relative clause, adjective clause, same thing. Different books like to call them different things. Okay? So we're going to look at this.

Now, the first thing to remember about an adjective clause before we look at the actual structure of it, the full clause is essentially an adjective. Although it's a clause, means it has a subject, and a verb, and maybe some modifiers - the whole piece, the whole clause together works like an adjective. So, because it works like an adjective: What does that mean? It means that it's giving you some information about a noun somewhere in the sentence. You could have many nouns in a sentence, you could have many adjective clauses in a sentence. There's no limit to how many you can have, although try not to have too many in one sentence because the sentence becomes very bulky, not a very good sentence.

So let's get right into it. First of all, we have two types of adjective clause. We have a defining adjective clause, which means that it's basically pointing to the noun and telling you something necessary about the noun. Without the adjective clause, the noun is incomplete. I don't know what it is, I don't know what it's doing, etc. The second adjective clause is the modifying, means it is not necessary but we put it in to give a little bit of extra information about the noun. Okay? So it's like an adjective that just gives you a little bit more description about the noun.

Two things to remember: The defining noun. Now, one of the biggest questions about adjective clauses is: Do I use a comma or do I not use a comma? For defining adjective clauses, no comma. For modifying, like the extra information, the ones that you could actually take out and the sentence is still okay, use a comma. We're going to look at examples and understand this more.

Now, another thing to know about adjective clauses: They all begin with a relative pronoun. Okay? A relative pronoun. This is basically the conjunction of the clause. It is what begins the clause. Now, some of these can be also the subject of the clause, which means it will agree with the verb; some of them cannot. So these three... Whoa, sorry. "That", "which", and "who" can be both the conjunction and the subject. These ones: "whom", "whose", "when", "where", and "why" cannot be the subject of the clause; only the relative pronoun, only the conjunction of the clause. Now, in many cases, "that" can also be removed, but we're going to look at that separately.

So, let's look at some examples to get an idea. "The man lives next door." So here we have an independent clause. Independent clause means it's a complete idea, it stands by itself as a sentence, it doesn't really need anything else. But the problem is "the man". Which man? That man, that man, the man across the street? I don't know. So this sentence, although it's grammatically complete, is technically, in terms of meaning, incomplete because I don't know who this man is. I need to identify him. So you can think of defining or identifying. Okay? I want to point specifically to one man because I have "the man". I'm looking at somebody specific.

So here's one way we can do it: "The man who lives next door"-"who lives next door"-"is a doctor". Okay? So, again, I still have my independent clause: "The man is a doctor", but now I have my adjective, my identifying adjective clause telling me who the man is.

IELTS – The 5 Step Study Plan
00:22:48
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

If you're going to take IELTS, start here! Your success on the IELTS is based on more than just practicing English skills. In this video, I'll show you the key steps you need to take to reach your target band score. I'll talk about setting your objectives, building your studying plan, and studying for each section of the exam. Many students get a low score on the IELTS and keep making the same mistakes over and over again. Save your time and your money by avoiding their mistakes. Watch this video and get it right the first time. Take the quiz to make sure: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-the-5-step-study-plan/

For grammar and writing help, you can also visit my site:
http://www.WriteToTop.com

For many more free lessons on IELTS preparation you can visit:
http://www.engvid.com/english-exams/ielts/

For a free complete guide to the IELTS, go to:
http://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today we're going to look at an IELTS study plan, and as usual, when I look at IELTS, or TOEFL, or any of the tests, I'm going to speak a little bit faster so those of you taking the test can get a little bit more listening practice. And everybody else, this is very good practice for you as well to listen to slightly faster English. So we're going to look at IELTS. And for those of you who are just starting to prepare, starting to think about taking this test, maybe you want to go to university, maybe it's for immigration purposes, whatever, you're just starting out, you've just signed up for the test, now you need to start preparing for it. So here's a five-point study plan.

And number one is the most important part because... And I'll tell you in a minute why. Know the test. Now, what does this mean? It means that you have to know exactly what you're about to face. I've met many test takers who've taken the test maybe several times, and the first two or three times they got a really low score because they still didn't really know what was coming. Right? They didn't understand how the test is structured, what the timing is like, all of these things. So, know the test, means: Know the structure. There are four sections; listening, reading, writing, speaking. Make sure you know how each of them works, how much time is going to be used for each one. In the listening section you have four sections, in the reading section you have three passages to read, in the writing sections you have... Section you have two tasks that you have to complete. In the speaking section you're going to be speaking with a native English speaker face to face, one on one for about 12 to 15 minutes. Make sure you know exactly what they're going to be asking you, what you're going to be expected to answer back. Okay? So know the structure of the test.

Know the timing. You have 40 minutes, roughly, for the listening section, including a 10-minute time allotment for copying your answers from the question sheet to an answer sheet. This is very, very important. Know what to do that. If you're finished writing your answers on your answer sheet before the 10 minutes are up, you can't go to the reading section. You have to sit and wait, close your eyes, relax, etc.

Make sure you know the question types that you're going to face in the listening, and the reading, and the writing of course, and the speaking. Knowing the question types will make sure that you aren't surprised by anything. Okay? You do not want to have surprises on test day. Know the question types, prepare for them, begin to think about how to answer them. Okay?

Make sure you know all the directions. Every section of the test will have its own set of directions. Do not spend time reading these or listening to these during the test. You should know all of the directions long beforehand, you should memorize them. That way, you don't spend time reading them, you go straight to the task at hand. Okay? So know the test very well.

Now, the best way to actually know the test is to practice taking the test. Practice the test. Now, I don't mean do, like, 10 minutes here, 10 minutes there, 15 minutes here. I want you to sit down at least once a week from the time you registered or started thinking about it until the actual test day. There are lots of places where you can get full practice tests. The Cambridge books are excellent for that. They are past papers and they're real tests. Make sure that you do a full test at least once a week from beginning to the end. Give yourself three full hours undistracted. Now, what does this mean? When you go to the official test centre you cannot take your phone in with you. You do not have internet, you do not have music, you do not have anything. You have you in a room with a bunch of other people.

Learn 17 Business Abbreviations & Acronyms in English
00:10:01
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Attn: everyone. Re: business writing. In this lesson we will look at common abbreviations and acronyms used in emails, memos, and other types of business writing. If you work in an office or want to be involved in business at any level in the future, this lesson is for you. As is SOP (standard operating procedure), we will also quiz you at the end to test your understanding. http://www.engvid.com/17-busin....ess-abbreviations-ac

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at a bit of business writing, and more specifically, we're going to look at abbreviations and acronyms. But before I even start, I want you to understand that a lot of what you're going to see today applies in many situations outside of business, but I'll explain those when we get to them.

So, first of all: What's the difference between an abbreviation and an acronym? An "abbreviation" is a shortening of a word. Okay? It's one word that we cut out a bunch of letters and we make it shorter. So, for example, the abbreviation of the word "abbreviation" is "abbr." Okay? "Acronyms", on the other hand, are basically initials. Initials means the first letter of each word. And initials we usually use with people's names, like John Smith, his initials are JS. But when we want to take a bunch of words and we don't want to write all these words, we just want to make something short, but it has to be understood by basically whoever is going to read it, then we're going to use acronyms. Okay?

So, let's start with the abbreviations, and in terms of business. Now, especially when we're writing, either a letter by hand like on paper or an email, these are very common. "Attn:" means: Who are you writing to? So, "attention". Whose attention are you trying to get with this letter? "Re:" means "regarding", means: About what? Now, a lot of people might think that "re:" in an email means "reply", it doesn't. "Re:" in an email or a letter always means "regarding". What is the topic of the conversation? So, you know in the email bar it has "re:", what are you talking about when you reply to somebody? The topic. Okay?

Next, when we end our letter, we should say who we are and what our position is in the company. So, whether you're the Assistant or the Director, you can write: "Asst.", "Dir." or "Director", or Manager: "Mgr." Notice that all three of them have a capital. So, it doesn't matter if you're using the full word or an abbreviation, you still have to capitalize the title of a position, or the title of the person's place in the company. Okay? So, if you're the Assistant Director, you write: "Asst. Dir."

Now, you're wondering why there's no dot here, and there is a dot there. There's a few ways to figure out which one to use, yes or no on the dot. Firstly, the more you read and the more you engage in this sort of writing, you will just see: What is the most common approach? But another way is a style guide. You can use The Chicago Manual of Style, that's the most common one for general purposes. Or if your company has its own style guide or a style sheet, look at it to see if they want a dot or they don't want the dot. It's really a personal choice of the company's. Okay?

So, now, the main thing we have to consider is when we're writing something from the company, we're writing it on company stationery. So, the company has pages with a letterhead. It means all the information is already at the top; the name, the logo, the address, etc. So, all of this stuff might already be included, for example: which department, which building you're in, for example, in the address. We always like to take shortcuts, and we don't want to write everything. Write it short. "dept." is enough. Everybody knows "dept." means department. Building is building: "bldg." because we just want to shorten everything. The less, the better. When you end it, you're writing your name, and underneath: Who are you? Like, okay, I know your name, but who are you in terms of the company? So, you're writing your position. Now, you can see all this stuff on business cards, letterheads, etc.

So, next, let's look at acronyms. So, if you watched Rebecca's lesson on business acronyms, you heard about Chief Executive Officer, "CEO", this is the boss of the company, he runs or she runs the whole company. Everybody answers to him or her. So, "CO" basically means Chief Officer, "Executive" means of the whole company, but then you have different departments or different areas of the company. "CFO", Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Information Officer, and then there's many other ones that you can use.

So, now we're going to look at some more acronyms. One thing to remember: Acronyms always use capital letters. Even if you don't need capitals in the extended version, the acronym will always be capital letters. "ETA", estimated time of arrival.

Prepositions of Time in English: BY, UNTIL, BY THE TIME, NO LATER THAN...
00:16:19
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do English prepositions confuse you? There are so many little words to talk about time, but which one do you use, and when? Watch this lesson to erase your confusion. In this lesson, I will teach you how to use "until", "by the time", "no later/earlier than" and more. By the end of this lesson, you will understand the difference between these prepositions and phrases. Until then, sit back, relax, and learn. http://www.engvid.com/prepositions-of-time-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everybody. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at the prepositions: "by" and "until". We're going to look at the differences between them, and how to use them, and what specific meanings they each have. We're also going to look at the expression: "by the time", as another way of using "by" or whatever situation, and this one: "no ________ than". Now, the reason why I left this blank is because you can actually put quite a few words in there. We're going to look specifically at: "no later than" to replace "by" and "until", but for now I want you to also understand that there's other uses for it, and I'll give you some examples of those. Now, before I start I will say Emma did a very good lesson about "by" and "until". Mine is a little bit different because I'm going to show you some other situations where you will use one or the other. Okay?

So we're going to start by figuring out: What's the difference between these two? So look at our example sentences. I'll get to our little time map in a second. "I'll be at the office until noon.", "I'll be at the office by noon." Now, first of all, let's assume the average workday is about... Is from 9 until about 5 o'clock, but I have some... I have some meetings in the afternoon so I will have to leave the office. But if you want to meet with me, I'll be there until noon. What does that mean? It means that I will arrive at the office at the usual time, 9 o'clock, and I will stay there. So my stay at the office will continue until noon. At noon I will leave. Okay? So this is when we're using "until". Now, before I get in... Into that again, let's look at the second one. "I'll be at the office by noon." So, here, we're looking at somewhere in this time, but not later than noon I will arrive at the office. Okay?

Now, what's the key difference between these two? Well, one, something continues. An action starts, continues, and it ends at that time mentioned after "until". So both of them have an end time. You could even say a deadline, but that's for other uses. There's an end time. And that end time is noon. Okay? Something will happen at noon. Now, in the case of "by", it could happen before. In the case of "until", only one thing will happen. But the key to remember: When we use "by", we're looking at a finite action. This arrive is a one-time thing. Right? It'll... It can happen here, it could happen here, it could even happen here. With "until" only here will I leave. Okay? Now, what's the difference, another difference that we have to think about? Is not only the continuance of an action and the finite situation of an action; here, we're looking at something ending. My time at the office will end. Here, something can end or start. So if you want to meet me, I'll be in the office by noon, so you can meet me from noon until 5. So the start time, the earliest time you can meet me is noon. The latest time you can meet me is just before noon because I'm leaving at noon. Right? So that's one thing to keep in mind. The... Basically the implied situation. Now: "I'll be at the office by noon and I'll stay until 5." You can use both of them in one sentence. Sometime in here I'll arrive, and then from 12 till 5, I'll be at the office.

So, what's the key? Now I hope you basically notice this. What's the key difference in these two sentences, is it the preposition? Yes. Different prepositions, different meanings. But what I hope you realize is that the difference is in the verb "be". Why? What does "be" mean here, and what does "be" mean here? "Be... I'll be at the office until... Until noon", means I will stay at the office until noon. So this situation will continue. Here, "be" means arrive. "I will arrive at the office by noon." So, one point here in this time... Timeframe I guess you could call it, something will happen. Continued, finite. "Finite" means it's a one-time action and that's it, it's finished. So that's a very important thing to remember with "by". Okay? "By", and we also think about: "at", "on", or "before". So, "at" for time. This is a little review of prepositions. "At 5 o'clock", "on Friday", "on day", so: "At 5 o'clock or before.", "At noon or before.", "On Friday or before." Okay? "Until"... Now, we don't use this preposition "to", but something continues to the end time.

English Pronunciation: How to say words ending in -OUGH & -AUGH
00:10:16
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learn how to say these difficult words correctly in English! Does "cough" rhyme with "off" or with "cow"? How about "drought", "laugh", and "through"? How would you pronounce these words? I understand these may confuse you, because the pronunciations are different depending on the word. In this lesson, we will look at the different sounds of words with the endings "-ough" and "-augh". This lesson will improve your speaking and listening skills, so be sure to watch and complete the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....pronunciation-how-to

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at words that generally confuse people, especially when it comes time to say them, words that have the "ough" or the "augh" inside them. And the reason they're confusing is because they don't sound anything like they look. Now, this is a common problem in English. English is not a phonetically-spelled language. In other languages, the way a word looks is the way it sounds. In English, not so much. So we're going to look at the different sounds that you can have with these letters. And the thing you're going to have to remember is: This is about memorization. Now, I know that some of you are asking me: "Well, why do I say it like this?" or "Why do I say it like that?" I don't know. I'm sorry to tell you that. There is no answer. You have to remember each word, how it's pronounced, and just remember it, and use it, and practice it, etc.

So if you look here, you'll notice that I have eight different sounds for "ough" or "augh". Okay? Let's start with "uff", "uff": "tough", "rough", "enough". So, even though it's "o-u-g-h", there's no "ough". Okay? That... There's no such sound as "ough" in English. All of these have a specific sound. We're starting with "uff": "tough", "rough", "enough". Now, this word I'm going to get back to in one second. Okay?

Let's look at the next one. "Oo". Very straight: "oo". "Through", like you go through the wall. If you're going really fast and you break through the wall, you're through. "Ghoul", "ghoul". A ghoul like is a some... Is like a... An animal that waits... Or it's like a mystical or... Sorry. A fictional animal that waits for somebody to die and gets pleasure out of other people's death. When people, for example, if you're driving on the highway and you see a really bad car accident and you slow down to have a look, people might call you a ghoul because you want to see blood, you want to see death. Not a good word, but that's how it's pronounced. "Ghoul", "oo".

Now, let's go back to this word. The reason why I put it in the middle here is because this word actually has two meanings, each one pronounced differently: "slough", "slough". Okay? Different meanings. Sl-... It's not a word you're going to use very often, but "slough" is a... It's basically like a marsh, like a very wet area. It's not a lake, it's not a pond. There's a lot of weeds and lots of plant in it, and it's very thick, but that's... Another word for that is "slough". "Slough", now, a lot of people will write it like this: "slew". Especially American English, you can spell it like that. "Slough" means a lot. So: "He's got a slough of problems", means he's got a lot of problems. This is more common usage, but again, you're going to see this more often than you're going to see that. But if you do see that, like if you're reading British English, for example, you're going to see that. Just understand in context which word it is, "slough" or "slough". Okay.

Next: "af". So notice I'm using the "a" here, not the "o", so that gives you a little bit of a hint, but not exactly because we're going to look at something else. "Laugh", everybody knows "laugh", hahaha. Right? And "draught". Now, again, American English, they don't bother, they just spell it like that, "draft", exactly how it sounds, exactly as it looks. But "draught" has different meanings. One, you can have a draught beer, like a beer from the keg. You can drink that, draught beer. There's also a draught, like a drawing. Like an architect, for example, when he... When he or she designs a building they make a draught of the plans, and once everything's agreed and everything's settled then they make the actual final plans. You can also have draughts of your essays. First draught, second draught. You make all the edits and changes, and you get to the end. So, "af", and the "t" we're going to come back to... Remember that "t", we're going to talk about that in a second.

Now, "up". There's only one word that sounds like "up", and it's spelt with an "ough". [Hiccoughs]. Oop, sorry, that was a hiccough. Okay? Again, American English will spell it like this: "hiccup". British English will spell it like this, but they sound the same. "Hiccough". Okay.

Learn English Phrasal Verbs with BRING: bring on, bring about, bring forward...
00:11:22
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Understand and use English like a native speaker by learning these phrasal verbs. Today's phrasal verbs all have the word 'bring' in them: bring up, bring in, bring about , and many others. Hear examples of how these expressions are used in daily language, and practice them on my quiz. Don't let phrasal verbs bring you down; bring them on, and we'll bring them to light! http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-phrasal-verbs-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at phrasal verbs using the verb: "bring". Once again, phrasal verbs: A verb and a preposition that together have a very different meaning than the words by themselves, sometimes more than one meaning, as we're going to see here. So we're going to look at: "bring up", "bring about", "bring around", "bring back", "bring down", "bring in", "bring on", "bring off", and "bring to". These are the ones we're going to look at today. And again, each of them has at least one meaning, sometimes... More often than not, more than one meaning.

So: "bring up", a few meanings to this one. The most commonly used one is to bring up something means to raise, but not raise like physically, raise in terms of conversation. So if we're going to talk... We're going to have a conversation and I want to talk about something specific, I'm going to find an opportunity to bring it up in conversation. So I'm going to raise that topic, and we're going to talk about it, and it's going to be the focus of the conversation. So if you're going to a meeting with your boss and you're thinking: "Oh, it's time for my promotion", somehow you'll find a way to bring it up into the conversation and eventually talk about it. You can also bring up a child. So you can raise a child, that's the one... The verb most people use about children, you raise children, but you also bring them up. Now, it doesn't mean that you physically lift them. It means you educate them, you feed them, you teach them about life, you prepare them for the world they're going to live in. Okay? So you bring them up. Another thing sometimes people use "bring up" is to throw up, puke, vomit. So, today I had a really bad lunch. I hope I don't bring it up all over this video. But I won't. Don't worry, I'm okay. I had a nice lunch. So: "bring up" sometimes used as vomit. There's too many slang words for vomit.

"Bring about", two meanings for this one. One is to cause to happen. Okay? So something... One situation exists, this situation will likely bring about this result. Okay? If we talk about military spending, so the government has decided to go to war in this part of the world, but all the major economists are warning that this war will bring about the destruction of our country economically. Okay? The war will bring about economic hardships to this country. We can't afford it. So: "bring about". Now, a little side note, not really anything to do with phrasals, but I know all of you think of the words: "effect" and "affect". A... "A" is the verb, "e" is the noun, but "effect" with an "e" is the same as "bring about", it means cause to happen. This is a verb. So "e" can be a verb and a noun, "a" can be a verb and a noun, but that's a whole other lesson. "Bring about", "effect", same meaning. Okay. "Bring around". Oh, sorry. Another "bring about". If you're ever on a ship and you need to turn that ship and bring it back to the port, then you have to bring it about. Basically means turn around. But we use this mostly with ships, bring about. Okay.

"Bring around", a few meanings to this as well. "Bring around" basically means to revive someone. So somebody is passed out, they fainted or whatever happened, they're lying on the ground, they look like asleep. You're trying to bring them around, means recover consciousness. Okay? "Bring around" means also bring a friend over to meet other friends, like a casual visit. And the most common use: If you have a very set opinion about something and I have a very different opinion, I will do my best to bring you around to my opinion. So I want to persuade you, I want to make you change your mind and bring you around to view the situation from the way I view it, from my perspective. So I'm going to bring you around to my point of view. That's the most common use of "bring around".

"Bring back", so, again, there's the literal bring back. So you bought something from a store, you took it home, like a shirt, you tried it on, you realize: "You know what? I don't like it." So you bring it back to the store. Now you can also say: "take it back", but technically you're taking it with you, so you're bringing it back to the store. Now, sometimes, people, especially celebrities, they try to bring back something that used to be very popular.

Learn First Aid Vocabulary in English – It could save your life!
00:12:18
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watching this video could help you save a life, maybe even your own! In this video, I'll be teaching you first-aid vocabulary. Beyond that, I'll teach you what to do in case of a medical emergency. You'll learn who to call, what you can do while waiting for paramedics, and a little bit about treating injuries yourself. I'll also talk about First Aid kits and what your kit should should have in it. You'll learn vocabulary such as EMS, first responders, paramedic, stabilize, assess, defibrillator, CPR, and more. You'll learn to describe different medical emergencies and treatments, in case you or someone you know ever needs to be treated by a doctor or paramedic. Stay safe, and take care of yourself. But if an emergency arises, please be prepared. In addition to watching this lesson, I also recommend that you take a first aid course.

Take the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/medical-....vocabulary-in-englis

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at: "First Aid". Basically, taking care of somebody during an emergency if some bad thing happened, like a car accident or you fell down while mountain climbing, or anything bad that happened where you got injured or wounded, you're going to be receiving first aid before they get you to the hospital where they're going to take care of you.

So, first, as the name implies, first aid is the first thing they do when the emergency happened. Somebody will call 911. In some countries I'm pretty sure it's 119, but again, wherever you are make sure you know the emergency number for EMS, the emergency medical services. Basically these are the people that send the ambulance and come in the ambulance. They're also called first responders. They're the first people to respond to the call to come and make sure everything's okay or to try to make everything okay. The people who drive the ambulance are called paramedics. Okay? You will also find paramedics in fire trucks. Usually ambulances and fire trucks come together. The fire trucks have a lot more equipment on them.

Now, the first thing they're going to want to do is figure out what's going on, so they're going to assess the situation. Right? They're going to look around, see what kind of injury's involved, what kind of action they need to take, for example. But sometimes they come, they see blood everywhere, right away they know they need to stabilize. "Stabilize" means make stable, means if somebody's bleeding, first stop the bleeding. If somebody is having a heart attack or somebody's in shock, stop that situation first before you do-excuse me-anything else.

Now, one of the things they're also going to do is demobilize. "Demobilize" means make sure that the person who is injured doesn't move. Can't move, can't be moved. Okay? They will put him in a straight line, make sure that everything is secure so if he moves or she does even more damage, that's not a good thing. So, stabilize, demobilize, assess what's going on. And then what you're going to do is you're going to administer first aid. So we don't do first aid, we don't make first aid. We administer. It basically means, like, give, but we... This is the more common word. You can say give first aid and you attend to the person, means you take care of them, you figure out what they need, give them that. Okay?

Now, in some cases they're going to have to defibrillate. They're going to use a defibrillator. This is a machine that sends an electric shock into the body. So if someone's having a heart attack, for example, and their heart just stops beating, they're going to take the two paddles, they're going to charge the machine with electricity, going to put them two paddles, and: "Whoom", send electricity into the body, get that heart pumping again. So this machine is called a defibrillator. The action is to defibrillate. Okay? Now, it is becoming more and more common to see these machines in all kinds of areas; on planes and trains they have them, in many public places they have a machine ready just in case somebody needs it. Hopefully not.

Something else they might have to do is give CPR, cardiopulmonary resuscitation. To resuscitate basically means to bring back to life. So CPR, if somebody stops breathing, if the lungs stop pumping air in and out of the body, then they're going to have to give CPR, administer CPR. Somebody will have... They can have a bag with a pump or somebody will just have to put their mouth on your mouth and blow air into your lungs. Fill the lungs, push it out, fill the lungs, push it out, make sure everything is okay until the lungs start basically working by themselves. So that's called CPR.

Prepositions in English: ABOVE, OVER, ON, ON TOP
00:10:56
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

An important basic English lesson! There are many ways to talk about the position or location of a person or thing. In this essential video, we will look at the uses of the prepositions "above", "over", "on", and "on top of". Though they all indicate a position or location that is higher than another, they have specific differences. Watch the video to find out when each word is used and why. Then, test your knowledge by doing the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/preposit....ions-in-english-abov

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Adam. Welcome to www.engvid.com. In today's video we're going to look at the difference between the prepositions: "over", "above", "on", and "on top of". Now, in many cases you will find or you will hear native English speakers mixing these up. They're... In some cases they're interchangeable. If you use "over" or "above" or "on", everybody will understand you, the idea will be clear, the image of the situation will be clear, but there are certain situations where you must use one or the other. So, we're going to look at all of these and I'm going to give you the specifics, and then I'm going to give you some more sample sentences to see where they can be interchangeable and where they can't. Okay?

So: "over", when do we use "over"? So, first of all, all of these prepositions talk about a higher position. When we use "over" we're generally speaking about the movement of something higher. Right? So: "The clouds moved over the city." What does this mean? It doesn't mean that the clouds came and then just stayed there. No. "Over" means they came and they passed, and they kept going. Right? So we always have that idea of movement when we're talking about "over". The sheep jumped over the fence. They didn't jump above the fence, because then they would just be stuck there. There's the fence, there's above, the sheep is in the middle of the air. Sounds a little bit strange. So they jumped over the fence, with movement. We use "over" with numbers. Basically, it means more than, but we use it specifically with numbers. I think you got my message there. I'm going to have dirty fingers later, but that's okay. There's soap. More than. "Over 100 people came to the party." Means more than 100 people came to the party. So, sometimes you'll see something like this: "100+" it just basically means "over", or: "100+ people came". We use this with numbers.

"Cover". "To cover something" means to put something on top of, but it doesn't necessarily have to be one on top of the other. It just means to cover, to put some sort of protection on something. So: "Put a hand over your mouth when you cough." [Coughs] That's my pen thing. Okay. Prefix. We also use "over" as a prefix with nouns, adjectives, or verbs sometimes to, again, it's... The idea is more than, but it's also in terms of the verb it means extra, beyond what is normal or beyond what is necessary. So, if someone is "overweight" means they have too much weight. Okay? Obese. Not necessarily obese. Obese is even more overweight than overweight, but again, not thin. To "overestimate", so you have to guess a certain level of something. So I think there will be 100 people at my party, but I overestimated. What does that mean? It means that only 75 people came, so I guessed too far. I reached too far with my guess. "Override" basically means take control of. So if I... If a system, whatever system we're looking at is controlled by a computer, I can override the computer, I can basically put my power over the computer's power-higher than, stronger than-and I can take control of the system. "Overzealous", too much zealous. So, another way to think of it is "too". "Zealous" means like eager, really wanting to do, really have a very focused motivation for something. If you're overzealous, you have too much of this thing, above the normal level.

So, now, speaking of the normal level: "above". Two... Two ways to use this. One is, of course, in terms of like physical relationship. Something is higher in relation to something else. But generally it is on the same plane. Now, what does "plane" mean? In terms of space, something is on a same line I guess you could say. Right? If you have a wall, so something is above something on the wall. So, "over" is listed above "above" because they're on a flat plane, on the flat whiteboard, one is higher than the other. Now, if we go back to the clouds: "The clouds lingered above the city."

Learn English Grammar: The Adverb Clause
00:15:09
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you get confused when you see long sentences with lots of commas and sections? You need to learn about clauses! Once you understand and can recognize the different types of clauses in an English sentence, everything will make sense. What is the difference between noun clauses, adjective clauses, and adverb clauses? Adverb clauses show relationships, like reason, contrast, condition, time, purpose, and comparison. In this lesson, we will look at these relationship types that make adverb clauses so important in English. I will also teach you when to use commas with adverb clauses. This will help you understand very long sentences made up of several clauses. Remember that as long as you can break down all the components of a sentence and understand the relationships between them, you can understand any sentence in English!

Watch Adam's series on clauses:
Dependent Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7BsBbZqwU-c
Noun Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SrEEPt4MQA
Adjective Clauses https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GpV39YEmh5k

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-grammar-the-a

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at the adverb clause. Okay? Now, this is one of the dependent clauses that we're going to look at. I also have a lesson about noun clauses and adjective clauses. I have a lesson about the independent clause, which is different from all of these. Today we're looking at the adverb clause, which depends on the grammar book you're using. Again, they like to use different words. Some people call this the subordinate clause. "Subordinate" meaning under. Right? "Sub" means under, it's under the independent clause, means it's... The independent clause is the more important one, the subordinate clause is the second.

Now, the thing to remember about adverb clauses: What makes them different from noun clauses or adjective clauses is that they don't modify words. Okay? A noun clause modifies or acts as a specific function to something in the independent clause. It could be the subject, it could be the object of the verb, for example. Or it could be a complement. But it's always working with some other word in the independent clause. The adjective clause-excuse me-always modifies or identifies a noun in the sentence, in the clause, etc.

The adverb clause shows a relationship, and that's very, very important to remember because the subordinate conjunctions, the words that join the clause to the independent clause has a very specific function. The two clauses, the independent clause and the subordinate clause have a very distinct relationship. Okay? So here are some of those relationships: Reason, contrast, condition, time, purpose, and comparison. Okay? There are others, but we're going to focus on these because these are the more common ones. And there are many conjunctions, but I'm only going to give you a few here just so you have an idea how the adverb clause works. Okay?

So, for example, when we're looking at reason... Okay? Before I give you actual sentence examples, I'm going to talk to you about the conjunctions. These are called the subordinate conjunctions. They very clearly show the relationship between the clauses, so you have to remember that. So: "because", okay? "Because" means reason. So, I did something because I had to do it. Okay? So: "I did something"-independent clause-"because"-why?-"I had to do it". I had no choice. That's the relationship between the two. "Since" can also mean "because". "Since", of course, can also mean since the beginning of something, since a time, but it can also mean "because" when we're using it as an adverb clause conjunction.

Contrast. "Contrast" means to show that there's a difference. Now, it could be yes/no, positive/negative, but it doesn't have to be. It could be one idea and then a contrasting idea. One expectation, and one completely different result. Okay? You have to be very careful not to look for a positive or a negative verb, or a positive or negative anything else, but we're going to look at examples for that. The more common conjunctions for that is: "although" or "though"-both are okay, mean the same thing-or "whereas". Okay? "Although I am very rich, I can't afford to buy a Lamborghini." Okay? So, "rich" means lots of money. "Can't afford" means not enough money. Contrasting ideas. They're a little bit opposite from what one expects. Contrast, reason.

Condition. "Condition" means one thing must be true for something else to be true. So, for the part of the independent clause to be true-the situation, the action, the event, whatever-then the condition must first be true. "If I were a... If I were a rich man, I would buy a Lamborghini." But I'm... Even though I am a rich man... Although I am a rich man, I can't afford one. So we use "if", "as long as". Again, there are others.

Improve Your Grammar: 4 ways to use -ING words in English
00:08:27
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Words that end in "ing" can be verbs, nouns, adjectives, or adverbs. Understanding the function of a word will help you decide whether it should end in -ing or not. In this lesson, I will teach you about the different uses of -ing words, and about their functions within sentences. By the end of the video, you will have a much better understanding of -ing words and will be able to form proper sentences with them. After watching, try my quiz at http://www.engvid.com/4-ways-t....o-use-ing-words-in-e to make sure you've understood everything.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at some grammar points that is very, very important, mostly because it's very confusing to a lot of people. We're going to look at the four different uses of "ing" words. Now, I don't want to say "ing" verb because that makes it a little confusing as well because the "ing"... Words that end in "ing" could be used as nouns, as verbs, as adjectives, and as adverbs. Okay? So we're going to look at how they are used in each way.

So first we are going to look at them as they are used as nouns. Now, technically, in whatever situation you're seeing an "ing" word, it's always a verb. But it could be used as a noun, in which case it is called a gerund. Now, this is a grammar word. You're never going to use this word outside of your grammar class, but in case I refer to it again: A "gerund" is an "ing" word being used as a noun.

So if we're looking at this sentence: "Wearing loose pants while riding a bicycle is dangerous." So here is your gerund. So the subject of this sentence is "wearing". The verb is "is". Okay? "Wearing is dangerous", "Wearing loose pants is dangerous", and then everything else I'll talk about in a second. Now, a gerund "ing" is basically the activity of the verb. So, "to wear" means, like, to have clothes on. Wearing a blue shirt makes me look taller, maybe. Or shorter. Because I'm on camera you can't tell. Right? Okay. "Wearing" is the activity. Smoking is the activity, running is the activity. "To run" is the idea of the action. Okay. Now, here, this word is actually not a gerund and it's not really a verb either. It's... It has the verb idea, but it is actually a participle, which we're going to talk about in a minute. Okay? So this is a participle, this is a gerund, just the activity itself. Now... So we're going to call it a noun for now.

Then we have the verb, the everyday verb in the continuous tense; past, present, future continuous. Always with a "be" verb. Okay? If you don't see an "ing" verb connected to a "be" verb then it's not a verb, it's one of the other uses. Okay? There's always going to be a "be" verb when you're using it as an actual verb, as an action. "The man is riding a bike." Right now this is what he is doing, he is riding a bicycle. Oh, sorry. I'm running still. I forgot it... The verb. Okay. So "be" verb, continuous verb, easy. That's the one everybody's the most comfortable with.

Now, we can also use it as an adjective. "Wearing a blue, backless dress, the actress created quite a stir at the party." Now, "wearing" is your participle, your active participle. We also have past participle which is in... Used in the passive form, but we're going to talk about that in a different lesson. "Wearing" here, I'm describing the actress. Okay? So if I want to open it up, if I want to write it in a different way, the actress who was wearing... Because I'm in the past, so I have "was". "The actress who was wearing a blue, backless dress created quite a stir." So the participle is just a reduced adjective clause. Okay? What I do is I take out the conjunction, the pronoun and subject, I take out the "be" verb, all I am left with is the participle. Now, because I'm... I have only the participle phrase, it's no... It's not a clause anymore, there's no subject and verb anymore, there's just a phrase - I can put it at the beginning of the sentence as long as the subject of the participle is the same as the subject of the independent clause. Okay? Now, if you're not sure what I'm talking about, you can watch the video about adjective clauses, you can watch the video about independent clauses, you'll get a better idea of what these are. Okay? So, adjective.

Now, where it gets confusing is I can do the exact same thing, but I can use it as an adverb. Okay? "Not wanting to miss our flight, we arrived at the airport 3 hrs early." This is three hours, sorry, I had to reduce a little bit. So, here. Now, you've probably heard never to use the word "want" with an "ing". That is true in this case. Never use "want", "wanting" as a verb, but you can use it as a participle.

Learn Real English: Let's go on a road trip!
00:11:23
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Want to drive in an English speaking country? In today's lesson we're going on a road trip! I'll teach you vocabulary and expressions you should know if you're a driver or if you are interested in driving. In North America and Europe there is an entire culture of driving and road trips. I'll talk about these special driving vacations, who goes on them, and what kinds of vehicles you'll see on the road. I've gone on many road trips, so I'll recommend the tools and supplies you should have with you. I'll also share my advice and warnings so you can save money and have a safe and enjoyable trip. Ready? Let's hit the road! https://www.engvid.com/learn-r....eal-english-road-tri

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today we're going to talk about taking a road trip. Okay? Because this is a very popular activity in Canada and in the US, and I'm thinking in Europe as well, and probably Australia. Big countries where people like to drive, they like to go on road trips, means it's a long trip, you're driving everywhere, staying at hotels, maybe camping out in the woods, all these things. But a lot of things you need to do to prepare and a lot of things you need to know about what to expect on a road trip. Okay?

So, first, you're going to have to have some tools with you, you're going to have to have some gear we also call it. You're going to make sure you're prepared for anything. Okay? Always have a tire gauge. A tire gauge basically measures the air pressure in your tires. You're measuring PSI, pounds per square inch. You want to make sure your tires are full, you want to make sure that you're getting the best mileage out of your car. And you also don't forget your spare tire, the one in the trunk, or underneath, or wherever your spare tire is. Make sure that it is also full, because you don't want to be in the middle of nowhere, have a flat tire, and then you go try to put on your spare and it's also flat. What do you do then, right? Then you have to hike to get a tow truck from somewhere. Just in case, though, take a pump, like a pump to fill air. If you can take a manual pump, you can take an electric pump. Be prepared for flat tires - they do happen.

Also make sure you have a survival kit. If you do get stuck in the middle of nowhere and nobody's going to be coming for a long time, and the next town is far away and you can't really walk to it, you want to be able to survive out wherever you are until a car does pass by. What you want to have, you want to have some flares. A "flare" means it's something you light and it makes this big, big light. You put it on the road, people can see you from miles away. If somebody sees it, they will come help you. In the middle of the night if somebody is driving and your car is on the road, it's dead, no lights on, they won't see you until they hit you. This will make sure that they see you. You can also just have reflectors. So when a light from another car hits this thing, it becomes very bright, very easy to see.

You should also have some edibles. Basically something to eat that won't go bad. Nothing that's fresh, only dry, like nuts, or vacuum-packed things so you always have food with you. Make sure you have a blanket, make sure you have a flashlight, make sure you have some water. If you're stranded, basically... "Stranded" means... One second. "Stranded" means left somewhere alone without any help coming anytime soon, so be ready for that. Also make sure you have a first aid kit. If you want to know what's in a first aid kit and how to use it, watch my other video about first aid. I talk about what should be in a kit, what you need to know for first aid.

Probably a good idea to have a GPS, global positioning satellite. Okay? So you always know where you are, where you need to be. This will also make sure you don't get lost. And if you are lost, how to find your way back to civilization so you're not in the middle of the woods forever. Okay? So, make sure you have all these things before you hit the road. "Hit the road" basically means go drive, go for a drive, go on a road trip. So we say: "Okay, everybody's ready. Okay, let's hit the road. Let's go."

So, on the road, what are you going to need to know on the road? First you need to know what HOV lanes - high-occupancy vehicles. So some... In some places that are very busy, usually in cities, the highways have one lane that is saved only for people with... Only for cars with two or more people in them. If you're by yourself and you're driving in this lane and a policeman catches... Or a police officer-sorry-catches you, that's a big ticket. Stay out of these lanes unless you have two or more people. In some places it will be three or more people. Okay? High-occupancy vehicles.

10 "STEP" Phrasal Verbs in English: step up, step down, step in...
00:12:53
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn these 10 phrasal verbs that are used in school, at work, and in everyday life. You'll learn expressions using the word "step" to talk about taking responsibility, doing things faster, taking a break, becoming a leader, leaving a job, and more. Step up to the plate and learn phrasal verbs -- they will make your English conversations much more interesting. You'll also be able to understand more of what native speakers say in person and in movies. After the lesson, take a step back, review what you have learned, and test yourself on the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/10-step....-phrasal-verbs-in-en

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at phrasal verbs using the verb "step". Now, first of all, what you need to understand, again, phrasal verbs are verbs plus prepositions that have different meanings. And the verb "step" is a bit tricky because we use "step" as a noun as well, and we often combine it with prepositions, and the preposition and noun combination can be completely different from the verb and preposition combination. So we're going to look... Have to look at both of these when we look at these combinations with prepositions. So we're going to look at: "step down", "step up", "step in", "step inside", "step around", "step out", "step on", "step back", "step aside", "step forward".

Let's start with "down". So, "step down". So, before I start with any of them, what is "step"? So a step is when you take your one foot forward. Right? You're taking one step. Or if you're climbing the stairs, you take one, two, three steps, four steps, five steps. It's one foot in front of the other. That's the basic meaning of "step".

"Step down". So, of course, I can step down off the table if I'm standing on a table or whatever. There's always the literal meaning, but "step down" can also mean resign. Okay? Resign means quit. So, for example, if I'm the president of the company and I think that the company is not doing very well and everybody's very angry because the company's not doing well, they want to get somebody new as the president in my position. Finally I say: "Okay, you know what? I will step down and let the new guy come in." Now, we're going to see that again in "step aside", but "step down" basically means resign, give up the position. Now, if we're looking at the verb: "a step down". If we're looking at this as a... Sorry. As a noun, not a verb, "a step down" means a lower position, or a lower value, or a lower rank. Okay? So right now I live in a five-bedroom house, it's a very big house, very, very expensive, but my financial situation is not so good, so I had to sell that house and buy a two-bedroom condominium. Now, for many people a two-bedroom condominium is very nice, but for somebody who has had a five-bedroom house, a condominium is a step down in position, in stature, etc. Right? So a step down means a lower level or a lower rank. "To step down", "to resign", okay.

Now, "step up" same idea. If we're looking at the noun, "a step up" is the opposite, it's an increase in position. So I went from my two-bedroom condominium to a three-bedroom house. That's a big step up in terms of social situations, social rank, depending on who you ask of course. But "to step up", okay? As a verb. "To step up" means to face the challenge. Of course, it literal means to step up. Okay? But to step up to the challenge means somebody has to come forward, show the courage, and do what is needed to overcome an obstacle or to overcome a challenge. So think about sports. Okay? You have your favourite team and they're in the playoffs and they're losing, so you... All the people say: "Well, the star players, the best players need to step up." They need to, like, show up, be courageous, face the challenge and do what is necessary to win. Okay? So, "to step up". Now, another expression we have... This is a very common expression: "Step up to the plate". Now, "the plate" comes from baseball. Okay? You... The batter comes in, there's the home plate and there's the pitcher, you step up to the plate and you're ready to hit the ball. Right? So if we say somebody needs to step up to the plate that means somebody needs to face the challenge, face the difficult situation and take care of it basically. Okay, "step up". Okay.

"Step in", now, again, I can step in a room. Just one step. I'm not moving all the way in. I'm just taking one step, that's the literal meaning. To... The other meaning is to get involved. Okay? So I see my brother and sister, they're both fighting and they're not stopping, and I say: "Stop, stop", and nobody's stopping so finally I have to step in, I have to get involved, I have to separate them. So, if somebody needs to step in they need to get involved, or they need to interfere, or they need to stop something from happening. They need to be part of the situation.

Advanced English Grammar: Participles
00:13:56
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Using participles correctly will dramatically improve the quality of your English writing. If you're learning English for university, IELTS, TOEFL, or for your career, this advanced writing lesson is for you! You will learn to analyze sentences so that you can understand them fully and write your own. Often, English learners are unsure of whether an "-ing" word is an adjective or an adverb. In this lesson, you'll learn how the participle "having" includes the subject, verb, and conjunction. I'll show you many example sentences, and you can practice what you've learned on our quiz at https://www.engvid.com/advance....d-english-grammar-pa

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at participles. Now, this is a little bit more advanced grammar, but it's very useful and it's used in everyday speaking, but especially for writing and reading because you're going to see participles everywhere. What participles do is they help you get sentence variety, they help you make your sentences shorter, if necessary, they give you a little bit of style. Okay? There are two participles that we need to look at, they are called the active or passive participle. Sometimes you'll see them as present or past participle. Past participles, you're familiar with. Sometimes they're called the verb three, so: "eat", past tense "ate", past participle is "eaten". Right? So that's the participle. Now, especially with the "ing" you have to be careful because "ing" words, although they are verbs with "ing", they can be pretty much anything. They could be a gerund, as you know, so they're nouns; they could be part of the continuous verb, so "be going", so: "I am going", it's a continuous action; but "ing" words can also be adjectives and adverbs. When they are adjectives and adverbs they are actually participles. So it's very important to recognize them and know how to use them.

So what I want to do first is I want to look at the adjective participles. Now, what you have to remember about adjective participles, they are... They are reduced adjective clauses. You know an adjective clause, it's meant to modify a noun. It identifies it or gives extra information about a noun. A participle, an adjective participle is that adjective clause minus the subject and the verb. Okay? But we're going to look at that in a second.

So let's look at this sentence first. Oh, sorry, let me... I made a little mistake here. "Dressed in his class-A uniform, the marine looked like a recruitment poster." So this is the passive or the past participle ending in "ed", it's a regular verb, so: "dressed". "Dressed in his class-A uniform". Now, if I rearrange the sentence, really, it says: "The marine, who was dressed in his class-A uniform, looked like a recruitment poster." Okay? Like a poster that wants people to join the marines, etc. But I can take that adjective clause, I get rid of the "who was" or "who is", depending on the tense. Get rid of that, and I'm left with a participle phrase. Now, I can take that participle phrase and move it to the beginning of the sentence, just like I have here. The key when you're using participles at the beginning... A participle phrase at the beginning of a sentence, you must make sure that the subject, which is not there but it is understood: who was, who is the marine, so the marine who was dressed in his class-A, and then the subject of the independent clause must be the same subject. Okay? We're going to look at a couple more examples.

"Standing near the window, Marie could see the entire village." Look at the other example: "Standing near the window, the entire village was in view." Now, many people will look at both sentences and think: "Yeah, okay, I understand them. They're both correct." This sentence is incorrect. Why? Because the subject here is "the village". Can the village stand near the window? No, it can't. So: "Standing near the window" means Marie. "Marie, who was standing near the window, could see the entire village." This subject cannot do this action, so you have to make sure that the implied or the understood subject in the participle is the exact same as the subject of the independent clause that follows it. Okay? That's very, very important. So now what we're going to do, I'm going to look at a few more examples and I want to show you that you can start the sentence with a participle phrase, but you can also leave it in the middle of the sentence. Okay? Let's look at that.

Okay, let's look at these examples now and you'll see the different positions the participles can take. And again, we're talking about participle phrases for the most part. "The jazz musician, known for his tendency to daydream, got into a zone and played for an hour straight." Okay? So what we're doing here, we're giving you a little bit more information about the musician. We're not identifying him. We're giving you extra information, which is why we have the commas.

Improve your Vocabulary: Foreign Words in English
00:11:08
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you an English guru? Well, then you must speak many languages because English uses words from all over the world. In this lesson, you'll be hit by a tsunami of new words like "kaput", "faux pas", and "prima donna". Though they may have started out in another language, these words have now become an accepted part of English vocabulary. English is always evolving, lending, and borrowing terms from other languages. Watch to learn more about this, and don't forget to do the quiz at the end at https://www.engvid.com/foreign-words-in-english/ ! I'm really gung ho about this one!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to learn non-English words. You're thinking surprised because this is an English video lesson, it's supposed to be about English, but in English we tend to borrow a lot of words from other languages. We keep them as they are, we even keep their meanings more or less, but we like to apply them to many areas. So there's a lot of words. These are just a... This is just a sample of the foreign words that we use regularly in English. Some of them have been changed to apply to other things besides the original meaning of the word. So... Excuse me.

First, let's start with the actual words: "tsunami", this is Japanese. "Gung ho" is Chinese. "Pro bono", Latin. "Quid pro quo", also Latin. "Prima donna", Italian. "Je ne sais qua", French. "D�j� vu", French. "Faux pas", French. "Du jour", French. "Kaput", German. And "guru" is actually Sanskrit. Okay. So, first I'm going to explain to you what the words mean, where they came from, and what they mean originally, and then how we use them in English.

So we'll start with "tsunami". "Tsunami" basically means harbour wave. So, in Japan after an earthquake, sometimes... They have a lot of earthquakes, but sometimes they get a tsunami. It's basically a big wave. So the ocean after the earthquake sends a big wave and it covers the land. There was a big one a few years ago, a lot of damage. But we use this, again, to mean the same thing. Whenever there's a tsunami, whenever there's a big wave after an earthquake, but we also use it to talk about anything that's large and sudden. So, for example, the whole world is facing a refuge situation now. A lot of people from... Moving from all parts of the world to other parts of the world, and the countries that are receiving these refuges, they are facing a tsunami of refuges. So it's like a big wave of people. Okay? So whenever you have a big, sudden, wave or whatever, a big, sudden situation or a big, sudden change coming at you, you can call... You can refer to it like a tsunami. Okay?

"Gung ho". So, "gung ho" basically means very enthusiastic. In Chinese it means basically part of a team or teamwork, but in... The way we use it in English, if we say: "That person is really gung ho", it means he's really enthusiastic, really eager, really wants to work hard. So, if I work at a company and a new employee comes in... And I've been at this company a long time, you know, I'm settled, everything, I do my work, I go home. But this guy comes in and he's so gung ho that everybody's a little bit worried because he's making us look bad. He's too gung ho. He's too energetic, too enthusiastic. It's a... So it's a very good word for that. Anytime you're ready to do something, you can do it gung ho or you can do it casual.

"Pro bono", basically this means free. So I'm going to actually write this because these are a little bit long to write. Free. If... So, you see a lot of doctors. A lot of doctors or lawyers when they start their business or when they're very successful and they can afford it, they do a lot of pro bono work. Means they'll go provide legal advice to somebody who can't afford it, or they'll do medical assistance to people who can't afford it. For example, they'll go around the world to poor countries and they'll help children especially with medical situations, etc. So anything... Anytime somebody does something for free, like but professional, like work and they do it for free, it's pro bono work.

"Quid pro quo", something for something. We also have an idiom: "If you scratch my back, I'll scratch yours." Okay? It means: You do something for me, I'll do something for you. But when we exchange favours... For example, if I do something, some professional work for you because I'm a lawyer, I will give you some legal advice; you're a designer, you will design my website. I don't pay you money, I pay you with legal service; you pay me with your design work. Quid pro quo. I do something for you, you do something for me. And this is also a very common expression.

Okay, so now we're going to move to the Italian: "prima donna". Now, "prima" means first, "donna" means lady, so it's the first lady.

This simple word can make you sound more like a native speaker of English!
00:09:07
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

You may have noticed that native English speakers shorten words when they talk quickly. I know that "somuvyu" (some of  you) have a hard time hearing and bridging the preposition "of" when listening or speaking in English. After watching this lesson, "oloyu" (all of you) will have a much easier time understanding this dropped sound. This video will also help you improve your pronunciation and sound more like a native English speaker! https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....say-the-word-of-like

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam, and in today's video I'm going to help you sound a little bit more like a native English speaker and also to be able to understand native English speakers when they speak. What I'm talking about more specifically is how to pronounce the preposition "of". Now, I said: "off", although we almost never say "off". The "f" hardly ever sounds like "f". It sounds like a "v" when it's pronounced, but even more often we just drop it altogether and just have an "a" sound or even just like a small apostrophe sound, like almost no sound at all between the "of" and the word that comes after it. Okay? So most of the time it sounds like: "a" or "ov" with a "v" sound, not an "f" sound. Now, they're very similar in the mouth where the lips and the tongue are, but we'll practice that.

So, what really depends on how to use it is what follows the "f", what the next word starts with. Right? If it's followed by a hard consonant, like a "t", or a "p", or a "d", or a "k" or whatever, then we generally don't drop too much, but we leave the "of" or we have the "a". So: "A lot of people" we say in native speed: "a lot 'people", "a lot 'people". So you can either hear the "a" sound: "a lot a" or "a lot 'people", like you drop into the "p", "'people", "a lot 'people". Okay? Sometimes we can also just add the "v", so you can pronounce the "a" very hard... Or, sorry, with "time", "a lotatime", "a lot 'time" could be, again, the apostrophe, almost no sound or the "a" sound, 'or we could just use the "of": "a lot ov time", "a lot of time". Okay? Notice, also, that the last consonant goes into the vowel. "A lotatime", "a lotatime", "tatime". "A lot ov", "a lot ov time", "a lotovtime". Okay? So this is with the hard consonants.

Now, when it's followed by a "th", so when we... For example, when we have "them", most native speakers will just drop the "th" altogether and just say "em". Okay? So: "so ma them", "so ma 'em". So: "so ma them", "so ma vem" because the... We drop the "th" and we take the "v" of the "of". "Some of them", "so ma vem", "so ma vem", "so ma vem", "some of them". If you want to keep the "th", drop the "v". If you want to use the "v", drop the "th". But generally we don't have them together. "So ma them", "so ma vem". Okay? But when you have a word like "these", in "these" we don't generally drop the "th". This is common with "them", not common with other words. So, "so ma these" or "so mov these". You have the "v" or you have the "a", but you keep the "th" in "these". With "them" you can drop the "th"; with "these" you keep the "th". "Some of these", "so ma these". Okay?

Now: "one of the best", so here, again, we have the "th". "One ov the best", notice if say "of" with a "v" not an "f". We never pronounce the "f" or hardly ever pronounce the "f". Okay. "One of the best", "wa na the best", drop the "f", drop the "v" and keep the "a". "Wa na", "one of", "wa na the best", and keep "the best". Or if you want to use the "v", you keep the "wa", "nov", make it like blend into the next word. The "n" goes into the "o", an ellipses it's called. "Wa nov the best". So you have the option "v" or "a". Now, this is especially important when you're listening to native English speakers speak at regular speed. Native speakers don't even think about the "f", it's automatically dropped. Sometimes they'll use the "v", sometimes they'll just use the "a". Be prepared to listen to both. Okay? Let's look at a few more examples.

Okay, so now we're going to look at some other situations. For example, when "of" is followed by an "h". Now, again, for native speakers the "h" is a very weak sound so we... Quite often we just drop it. We just blend it into whatever came before and after. Right? So: "Some of whom", now, if I'm speaking slowly and I'm trying to enunciate every word, I would say: "Some of whom decided that..." But in normal speed, fast English: "so ma voom", "so ma voom". Right? The "a"... The "v" from the "of", there's the "o", there's the "v": "so ma voom", it blends together, and the "h" is there but it's very soft and very weak so you don't really even hear it. "So ma voom", "so ma voom". Like, it's a little bit of an extra step but it's not really there. You can almost drop it.

"A lot of help", "a law to vhelp". Now, here you notice I didn't take it out because it's still there a little bit more.

Bored or Boring? Learn about -ED and -ING adjectives in English
00:05:28
learnenglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Does grammar make you feel "bored" or "boring"? In this video we'll study the difference between "-ed" and "-ing" adjectives and how to use them correctly. I hope I can get you excited about grammar, because it can be interesting when you understand it! This is a great lesson for beginners to learn. But advanced English learners should also make sure they don't make this common mistake!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://[a]www.engvid.com%2Fed-ing-adjectives-in-english%2F[/a]

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video I want to talk to you about a particular type of adjective that many people often confuse, especially beginners, but this is also good for intermediate, even advanced students. We're talking about the "ed" and the "ing" adjectives. Okay? So, for example: "bored" and "boring", "interested" and "interesting". Now, the reason it's important to know the difference between these is because what you say about yourself sometimes, how you describe things can be very confusing to a native speaker especially, but to other people as well if you mix these two up.

Now, what does it mean to be bored and what does it mean to be boring? When we talk about "bored", we're describing a feeling. Okay? When we talk about "interested", we're describing a feeling. So all of the "ed" adjectives are actually feelings, and you can only use them to talk about people and sometimes animals. Why? Because things, like chairs, or tables, or whatever, they don't have feelings. A movie, a book doesn't have feelings. TV shows, for example, movies, books, whatever, they cause a feeling in a person. So the "ing" adjectives cause the feeling. The "ed" adjectives are the feeling. Okay? So very important. Only people and animals for the "ed", and for the "ing" you can use people, animals, things, situations, places, ideas, basically any noun because you're describing them. You're describing how they make people feel.

So now you're wondering: "Well, I have people here and I have people here, so how can I use 'boring' for people and for... And 'bored' for people?" Sorry. So what we have here, again, feeling and cause of feeling. So if you say: "I'm bored" means that I'm not having fun, I want to go do something else. If I say: "I am boring" means you're not having fun and want to go do something else. So if I am boring means that you are bored. If the movie is boring, then I am bored. Okay? So one thing-the "ing"-causes the feeling-"ed"-in the person. Very important to understand that. So: "I am bored by the movie which is boring. I am interested in this lesson because this lesson is very interesting." Right? "I'm excited, something is exciting." So, for example, I'm excited to go see the concert because this artist is very exciting, this singer or whatever.

"I am worried", now people don't realize that "worried" can have "worrying" as another adjective. "The situation is worrying" means the situation is making me feel worried. Okay? Maybe the whole global political situation, whatever. Now, hopefully none of you are confused by this lesson because I'm trying to make it not confusing. Okay? Everybody okay with that? So very important to understand all these nouns can use "ing" because they're creating the feeling, all these adjectives can only be used for people, again, sometimes animals. A dog sees... Sees you coming home after a long day, gets very excited. Its, you know, tail wagging in the back. Dogs don't usually get bored, they just go to sleep. So, animals sometimes.

Now, I just want to point out one other thing: Don't confuse feeling adjectives with "ed" with actual feelings. Okay? If somebody is loved, does he feel loved? Maybe yes, maybe no. We're not talking about that person's feelings. "Hated", "envied", these are all feeling words, but these are all verbs. Okay? "He is loved" means somebody loves him or her. "She is loved.", "This person is hated." But we can also use these about things. Okay? "The company is hated." So some companies they do not such nice things or maybe they go to a poor country and use very cheap labour, so this company is hated. So people hate this company. So keep in mind that these are feeling words, but used as verbs; whereas these are other verbs used as adjectives. Okay? Very important to distinguish between these words.

I hope this was clear enough. One more thing to say, there's a very long list of these kinds of adjectives, you can just Google them if you need to or you can even ask me in the forum at [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] There's a place you can ask questions, feel free to ask me about other examples of these. But there's also a quiz at www.engvid.com where I'll give you more examples of these kinds of adjectives, and you can practice using them in sentences. Make sure you understand the context: "Is somebody feeling this? Is something causing this?" etc. Also, give me a like if you like this video, and don't forget to subscribe to my channel.

Real English for staying at a HOTEL
00:15:31
learnenglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

Want to stay at a hotel in an English-speaking country? Even if it's another country, you may have to speak English at a hotel, because it's the international language of travel. In this video, I'll teach you everything you need to know. You'll learn about the services that hotels here offer, and how to make the most of your stay. I'll teach you sentences you can use to ask for anything you want at a hotel. I'll also teach you the titles of the people that you'll be speaking with. Find out what free services your hotel offers, so you can get value for your money, and also know which services you have to pay for, so you don't spend more than you want to. Learn all the vocabulary and expressions you need here, so you don't need to worry about your English next time you're on vacation or a business trip. All in all, I designed this video to make sure your next stay in a hotel will be an enjoyable one.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/english....-for-staying-at-a-ho

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video I'm going to walk you through your stay at a hotel in an English-speaking country. You need to know some vocabulary, you need to know some of the staff you're going to be dealing with, some of the services and amenities, and all of that stuff. So it's a lot of vocabulary, but a lot of things that you probably need to know before you get to the hotel.

So, the first thing we're going to look at is the staff. Who works at a hotel? So, first of all, in some of the more fancy hotels, the more up... High-scale hotels, you're going to have a "doorman". He or she, mostly he, will open and close the door for you, that's why: doorman. Very... Now, I know you're not supposed to say "man", you're supposed to say "doorperson", but in hotels I don't think anybody really cares; we still say "doorman" because mostly it's a man working there. Now, if you drove there, there might be a "valet". A "valet" is a person who will take your car and park it for you. You give him or her the keys, they drive away, park your car. When you're ready to leave, they bring your car to the front of the hotel, you get in, drive off. There's also the "housekeeping" or the "maid". You can call it either one. "Housekeeping" is the same thing as "maid". These days "housekeeping" is a little bit more common than "maid", but they clean your room, bring you fresh towels, etc.

The "porter". The porter will probably be standing outside in front of the hotel. When you pull up in your taxi or your car, he will come, take your bags inside to the front desk. And this person is also like a little bit of a man Friday we call it. He will run around and get things done for you if you need. If you need tickets, he'll go pick them up. If you need some chores run, he'll take your coat to the laundry, all these things. So basically he's a person who runs around doing tasks for the guests. Okay? A "bellhop" will take your luggage from the reception to your room. So you don't have to carry your own bags; that's what the bellhop does. Takes your bags, when you're ready to leave he will come to your room, take your bags downstairs for you. The "concierge". So, the concierge is the person who works in a hotel, and this is the person you go to if you need to arrange outings outside the hotel. If you want a restaurant reservation, if you want tickets to the theatre, sports games, anything you want to do outside the hotel, this person will probably help you organize these things, like tours, he or she or the area will have brochures and information about all the sites in the area, all the tourist attractions, etc. So, "concierge". The "g" sounds like the "s" in "measure". Okay? It's a bit of a French sound. Basically it's customer service. And again, in high-scale hotels, they do a bit more services for you, but most hotels have a concierge.

Now, when you walk into the hotel you will go to the "front desk" or you will go to the "reception" or you will go to the "check-in desk", all the same thing. All of them are located in the lobby of the hotel. So the entrance, the main area of the front of the hotel, you just go to the front desk, you check in. You go to the check-in desk, you go to the reception, all the same thing. Now, if you're in your room and you don't want the maid to come and clean up, don't forget to put that "Do Not Disturb" tag on your door. Okay? We call this a tag. It's a piece of paper, you put it outside your door, housekeeping will not disturb you. They will not knock on your door. Now, basically hotel has "rooms" and "suites". What is the difference? Name only. Most hotels like to call their rooms suites, but if you want to get a little bit more technical, a suite should be bigger. Many suites have a kitchenette. A kitchenette is like a half kitchen. It's not a full-size kitchen, it's not fully equipped. Probably no big stove or dishwasher, things like that, but enough that you can make small meals, snacks, etc.

MATH & GEOMETRY Vocabulary and Terminology in English
00:22:46
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you need to speak about or understand mathematics or geometry in English? This lesson teaches you all the terminology you need to translate your mathematics knowledge into English. This video will be especially important for students who are studying in an English-speaking country, and for professionals who need to work with English speakers. I'll also explain the correct sentence structures we use to talk about common mathematical operations in English. For example: "One plus one equals two", "one and one is two", "if you add one and one, you get two", and many more. This lesson covers terminology about: operations (+ - * /), fractions, decimals, exponents, roots, shapes, measurements, angles, triangles, and much more. Don't let English stand in the way of your mathematics!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/math-ge....ometry-vocabulary-en

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I'm going to look at some math. Now, I know this is an English site, don't worry, I'm not actually going to do any math. Philosophy and English major, so math not my favourite, but I will give you some math terminology, words that you need if you're going to do math. Now, a lot of you might be engineers or you might be students who came from another country to an English-speaking country, and you go to math class and you know the math, but you're not sure of the wording. Okay? So this is what we're looking at, terminology, only the words that you need to go into a math class or to do some math on your own. Okay?

We're going to start with the very basics. You know all these functions already. I'm just going to give you some ways to talk about them, and then we'll move on to some other functions and other parts. So, you know the four basic functions: "addition", "subtraction", "multiplication", and "division". What you need to know is ways to say an equation. Right? You know an equation. "1 + 1 = 2", that's an equation. "x2 + y3 = znth", that's also an equation which I'm not even going to get into.

So, let's start with addition. The way to talk about addition. You can say: "1 plus 1", "plus", of course is "+" symbol, that's the plus symbol. "1 plus 1 equals 2." 2 means the total, is also called the "sum". Now, you can also say: "The sum of 1 and 1 is 2." You can also just say, without this part: "1 and 1 is 2." So you don't need the plus, you don't need the equal; you can use "and" and "is", but it means the same thing. Everybody will understand you're making... You're doing addition. Sorry. Doing addition, not making. If you add 1 and 1, you get 2. Okay? So: "add" and "get", other words you can use to express the equation. Now, if you're doing math problems, math problems are word problems. I know a lot of you have a hard time understanding the question because of the words, so different ways to look at these functions using different words, different verbs especially.

If we look at subtraction: "10 minus 5 equals 5". "5", the answer is also called the "difference". For addition it's the "sum", for subtraction it's "difference". "10, subtract 5 gives you 5." Or: "10 deduct"-means take away-"5", we can also say: "Take 5 away"... Oh, I forgot a word here. Sorry. "Take 5 away from 10, you get", okay? "10 subtract 5", you can say: "gives you 5", sorry, I had to think about that. Math, not my specialty. So: "Take 5 away from 5, you get 5", "Take 5 away from 5, you're left with", "left with" means what remains. Okay, so again, different ways to say the exact same thing. So if you see different math problems in different language you can understand what they're saying. Okay?

Multiplication. "5 times 5", that's: "5 times 5 equals 25". "25" is the "product", the answer to the multiplication, the product. "5 multiplied by 5", don't forget the "by". "5 multiplied by 5 is 25", "is", "gives you", "gets", etc.

Then we go to division. "9 divided by 3 equals 3", "3", the answer is called the "quotient". This is a "q". I don't have a very pretty "q", but it's a "q". "Quotient". Okay? "3 goes into... 3 goes into 9 three times", so you can reverse the order of the equation. Here, when... In addition, subtraction, multiplication... Well, actually addition and multiplication you can reverse the order and it says the same thing. Here you have to reverse the order: "goes into" as opposed to "divided by", so pay attention to the prepositions as well. Gives you... Sorry. "3 goes into 9 three times", there's your answer. "10 divided by 4", now, sometimes you get an uneven number. So: "10 divided by 4" gives you 2 with a remainder of 2, so: "2 remainder 2". Sometimes it'll be "2R2", you might see it like that. Okay? So these are the basic functions you have to look at. Now we're going to get into a little bit more complicated math things. We're going to look at fractions, exponents, we're going to look at some geometry issues, things like that.

10 English Idioms from Technology
00:13:19
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Does your language have idioms that come from technology? We use technology in so many parts of our daily life, so it's natural that many English expressions have come from this field. Learn these idioms to make your English sound more fluent and natural. This lesson has all the bells and whistles. If you don't know what that means yet, there's no need to hit the panic button -- I'll show you what makes this English tick.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/10-engl....ish-idioms-technolog

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at idioms, but idioms from the world of technology, so very specific idioms. I'm going to give you ten of them. I got five here and we'll have five more coming in a moment. Now, before I begin, what is an idiom? An idiom is an expression or a collection of words that the words themselves don't necessarily mean what the expression combined means. Right? So you have the words and you know all the words, but when they're put together in this expression the meaning could be completely different. So all of these come from technology because they started about an actual technological tool, or piece of equipment, or innovation and we took this expression and we applied it to other things.

So we're going to start with: "grease the wheels". Now, if you think about machines, they have these kinds of wheels, they're called gears or sometimes they're called cogs, the cogs... A cog in the machine. And a machine might have many of these wheels, and the wheels sort of work together. Now, the machines are most... Sorry, the wheels are mostly made from metal. And if you know from experience probably, if metal touches metal too much it heats up. Now, if it gets too hot then the two wheels will seize on top of each other. They will seize, it means they will catch each other and stop working. So, to prevent that seizure we put grease on the wheels. Grease is like a thick oil. Right? You put it all around, you make everything sort of lubricated... Okay? Oops. Lubricate means you make it so it doesn't heat up and doesn't create friction. Lots of new words for you, here. Friction is that heat that comes from the touching each other too much. So grease the wheels so they don't touch, but how do we use this idiom in everyday life? Well, if you think about bureaucracy, like government, you need to get a permit to change something in your building, for example. Now, in some countries to get this permit will take you months. You have to go to this office and sign the paperwork, take this paperwork to that office, get it stamped, take it to that office, back and forth - you can be spending months and doing lots of work just to get a simple permit. So, what you might do, you'll go to your politician friend and, you know, ask him to, if he can grease the wheels a little bit, make the process easier. You'll give him a little bit of cash, he'll give you all the stamps you need, you'll get your permit in a week, you build your building, everybody's happy. "Grease the wheels". So most commonly it's used to basically mean like a bribe, but it doesn't have to be a bribe. It could just ask somebody to make things a little bit easier, make a process a little bit smoother. Okay?

"Bells and whistles", ding, ding, ding. [Whistles] Right? So bells and whistles. If you're talking about bells and whistles on something, you're talking about all the features, especially you're talking about the cool, the good features. Right? So if you buy a car, you go to the dealership and you say to the guy: "I want this car with all the bells and whistles", it means I want every feature that's available; I want the stereo, I want the air conditioning, I want the automatic, I want the GPS, the mirror, the rear-view camera. I want everything that is available put into this car. I want all the bells and whistles. Okay? So basically all of the good stuff. If you go to an appliance store, you want the machine that has the most bells and whistles, the most cool features that you can put on it. Again, this is from old time, industrial machines worked on steam, so the steam created the whistle and then the bells for when a protest was done, etc.

"Hit the panic button", so in a factory that has a lot of machinery, if somebody gets caught in the machine, like let's say your shirt gets caught in the belt and you start getting dragged, all over the factory there's a button that you can press it and all the machines stop. That's called the panic button. Okay? So, when there's a dangerous situation or emergency, you just hit the panic button, everything shuts down, you go save your friend from the machine. We use this in everyday conversation. Basically we say: "Don't hit the panic button just yet", maybe, or: "He hit the panic button." It basically means to panic, to be really nervous, really scared, really worried about something.

10 English words that are hard to say correctly
00:11:26
learnenglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that 'ths' can sound like a 'z'? Or that 'tt' can sound like 'd'? In this lesson, we look at ways to pronounce some common vocabulary that English learners often find difficult or confusing. Beyond the ten words we cover in the video, I'll share my pronunciation methods, so you can apply the techniques seen here to learn other difficult words.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/10-engl....ish-words-that-are-h

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a pronunciation lesson. I'm going to talk to you about 10 words that many people find very difficult to pronounce, especially non-native English speakers, but even sometimes native speakers have some trouble with some of these. We're going to look at the first five and I'm going to show you two things, two ways to look at this word. One... Or these words. One is the phonetic, basically just: How does it sound? And two is looking at the actual phonetic alphabet to see how it's spelled according to the phonetic alphabet, and I'll talk to you about that as well. So we're going to look at: "months", "clothes", "little", "queue", "chaos". So you already heard me saying them, but I'll go through each one carefully.

A lot of people try to pronounce the "th" in this word: "months", "months", you're just confusing your tongue, you're confusing your listener. Don't try to always put "ths", they don't always work. Even native speakers don't bother trying to separate the sounds. What... The way it sounds like to us, like the way I say it is: "muntz". The "ths" I just switch to a "tz". So if you think about the word "plants", you know... Everybody knows how to say "plant", one plant, many plants, this is the same sound as here: "tz". So this is the same sound here: "mun", like "sun", "run", "munt", "muntz". Okay? Again, don't try to separate them. This is what it looks like in the phonetic.

Now, if you want to really improve your pronunciation and sound like a native speaker, you must learn the International Phonetic Alphabet. I took this phonetic spelling from the Merriam-Webster's Dictionary, that's the American dictionary if you want to get the North American accent. Look at the Oxford Dictionary, for example, if you want to get the British phonetic spelling of things, if you want to get the different accents, etc. Get to know these symbols. This is like an "ah" or sometimes even an "uh", as we're going to see in other words. Make sure you understand the different symbols and what sounds they represent, that way any word that you want to pronounce correctly, you can do according to this. Now, you can also go online: m-w . com or just www . Merriam-Webster . com, you can hear all of these words and you can practice saying them and saying them correctly.

Now, this word, and it's the same idea. You still have your "t", "h", and "s", but you have the "e", the extra vowel in the middle. A lot of people try to say: "clothes", but if you say "clothes" to a native speaker... Okay, usually the context will help them understand what you're saying, but if you say the word out of context they actually won't know what you're saying because we don't have a word "clothes". Okay? It sounds like "cloze". Close the door, wear clothes, sounds exactly the same. And again, the phonetic with be "o" there, "k", and the "z". We don't have the "th" because we don't pronounce it. So most words that have a "th" and an "s" very close together, we generally just basically squeeze them in into a "ts" sound or a "z" sound. Okay? "Clothes". So when... After you take the clothes out of the closet, close the door. Okay? Clothes.

"Little". Now, some people try to say "little", which is okay. Everybody will understand you if you say "little", but most people in, again, native... Native speakers in everyday sound, everyday speech, everyday pace will say: "lidol". I have a little bit. Little bit. So it sounds like a "d", the "tt" sounds like a "d". This "i" is almost not pronounced. It's more like the "d" drops into the "l". This is what it looks like here, that's where the "t" drops. They put it as a "t", but when you have two t's together and in normal speed, it sounds like a "d", so: "lidle". Some people say: "I have a little bit", some people will say: "I have a lidle bit." Little. Okay?

Now, this word, this word is very frightening because everybody who doesn't actually know this word will actually try to pronounce it. But you have to remember English is a crazy language. We have many words that don't sound anything like they look. Okay? So this is not "queue", nobody says "queue", because nobody will understand what you're saying. This word basically means "q" or is pronounced-sorry-"q". It means a line up. When you go to the bank and you go to the teller, but there's a lot of people, get in queue and wait until your turn.

How to call someone STUPID, SMART, or CRAZY in English
00:09:18
learnenglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

You don't have to be nice all the time! Improve your vocabulary and learn how to insult someone creatively in this video. I'll teach you expressions to talk about how smart someone is too, so it isn't all negative. English is very creative when it comes to insults and praise. In this lesson we'll look at some interesting ways to say someone is dumb as well as ways to say someone is smart or just plain crazy. Hopefully, you're not out to lunch on this lesson, but are rather on the ball.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....call-someone-stupid-

AFTER YOU TAKE THE QUIZ, PRACTICE BY CALLING YOUR FRIEND STUPID IN ENGLISH.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a little bit special and a little bit... You have to be careful with it, so I want to give you a little bit of a warning before we even start because I'm going to show you some ways to say: "crazy" and "stupid". I'm going to show you expressions that we use to talk about a person who's a little bit crazy or you think is stupid without actually using the words: "crazy" or "stupid". Now, on the other hand, I'm also going to show you some ways to say a person is very smart or sharp. Now, "sharp" generally means smart, but it could also mean very aware or very in control of a situation. Now, all of these expressions, they're very creative and you can play with them a lot. I'm going to show you basics and then show you how to expand on them, and I want you to understand them because they are very common, and especially if you're watching TV shows or movies... And I get a lot of students say to me: "I can understand all the English, but I don't know what they're saying on... In the movies." Well, the thing you have to remember, in the movies, their audience, their target audience is native English speakers, which means they can use slang, and they can use idioms, and they can use all kinds of cultural expressions that a non-native speaker, that someone who's learning English simply won't understand until it is explained to him or her. So that's what we're going to do here. So we're going to start with "crazy" and "stupid" expressions, and then we're going to look at "smart" and "sharp" expressions. Okay?

Now, a very common expression... And the reason I'm starting with this is because you can be very creative with this one. You are...
"__________ short/shy of __________".
A person is something short of something, or shy of something. Now, before I continue, "shy". Everybody knows "shy" means, you know, you get nervous when you talk to strangers or your face gets red. Shy, "to be shy of" means to have less than complete. Okay? So there's a new meaning of the word "shy" for you. And if... Those of you taking an English test, this is a good word to use in your essay. Keep that in mind.

So let's look at a few examples. "A few cards short of a full deck." So, a full deck of cards has-what?-I think 52 cards, so this person only has 45, so he's not playing a complete game. It means something a little bit missing, so either crazy or stupid-okay?-without actually saying those words, but everybody will understand. Now, this ex-... This structure you can use anything you want on either end, and people get very creative. Some... "That person is a few sandwiches short of a picnic." You can't have a picnic if you don't have all the sandwiches there, so a little bit not 100%. Right? Oh, that's another expression, to say: "He is not 100%." It means something a little bit missing. "A few beers short of a 6-pack.", "A few French fries short of a Happy Meal." The list goes on and on and on and on. You can hear all kinds, just remember this part of it and you'll understand what's going on.

Now, other expressions: "He's not playing with a full deck." So, basically the same meaning as this, but just a different construct. "Oh, that guy's not playing with a full deck. Be careful about him." Means he's a little bit crazy, he's not 100%. Another expression, and this is, again, we use it with these two: "sharpest" and "brightest". Now, "sharp" generally means smart, "bright" also means smart. So if somebody is bright, clever; somebody is sharp, clever. But if somebody is "not the sharpest knife in the drawer", it means he's not very sharp, he's actually quite blunt so he's a little bit stupid. If somebody is "not the brightest star in the sky", same meaning, not very smart, a little bit stupid. Okay?

Other ways: "The lights are on, but nobody's home." So eyes are open, he's alive and seeing everything, but nobody's home, nothing's going on inside the brain. "A person is out to lunch", so the body is here but the brain is outside having lunch somewhere, so not present. You can also say the person "has a loose screw", or "has a few loose screws", means not everything's tight and working properly.

IELTS Writing: The 3 Essay Types
00:15:24
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Be prepared for any essay on the IELTS exam by knowing what to expect. Whether it's an opinion essay, a comparative, or a descriptive essay, your approach will need to match the task. In this lesson we look at what kinds of questions may come up and how to approach these. I'll break it down in detail, clearly, so you know exactly what you should do with each type of essay question. Follow my suggestions and you will succeed.

This is the detailed essay video I mentioned in the lesson:
https://youtu.be/1W9iimRFmF0

Go to my writing YouTube channel, Write to Top, and subscribe for more writing videos:
https://www.youtube.com/channe....l/UCdJ_sF-R6PPqFgPNO

More IELTS videos:
1. IELTS: 3 Reading Strategies: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N0ePX99GM70

2. IELTS: The 5-Step Study Plan: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SHhJ1RqWl-k

3. IELTS Writing: 5 Most Common Mistakes: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFoWVbgT1Tg

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is an IELTS lesson, so as usual, I'll be speaking a little bit faster than normal, give you a little bit of listening practice. And today we're going to look at specifically the essay types, the types of essays you're going to have to come across for those of you taking the IELTS test in the writing section task two, the independent essay. I'm going to talk about the types of essays, and a very general idea, a very general discussion about how to approach, generally again, the essay. I want to make... Talk about templates, but I'll do that a little bit later.

So first of all, the main thing to remember, you have essentially three types of essays that you're going to come across on the IELTS writing test. You're going to have an essay that asks for an opinion, you're going to have an essay that does not ask for an opinion, and then you're going to have a hybrid, you're going to have a combination of the two. Okay? So first let's go over the types of questions you might see that ask for an opinion. Now, it's very important to recognize that not all of you... Sorry, not all of the questions are going to be specifically mentioning the word: "opinion", or "think", or "believe", but you still have to recognize. So: "Do you agree or disagree with whatever has been mentioned before?" or whatever is written there. "Do you agree or disagree?" Take a side. "I agree with this because", reasons. "I disagree because", reasons. And similarly: "To what extent do you agree or disagree?" A quick word about "to what extent", I personally recommend completely, totally, fully agree with whatever you agree with because it's a much easier essay to write. If you say: "I somewhat agree", then you have to look at both sides and tell me what you agree with, what you disagree with. If you say: "I completely agree with this idea", then you only have to focus on that idea. It's much easier. "Do you think" something, so this is a very direct question about your opinion. "What do you think about this?" or "What do you think are the causes of", "What do you think are the main issues or problems?"

Now: "Do the benefits outweigh the drawbacks", or: "Do the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?" As soon as you see, here, the word: "Do", it's a yes/no question, you have to say yes or no, and we're going to talk about yes/no questions. But this word: "outweigh"... "Are there more drawbacks or are there more benefits?" This is an opinion question. You decide if there are more drawbacks or opinions. "Which is better: This situation or this situation?" Okay? "Is it more important to do this or to do that?" So, again, these are all yes/no... This is a choice question because you have the "better", you have the comparative. And, again, you have this, plus the yes/no. So as soon as it's a yes/no question, it's an opinion question. Make sure that you answer very specifically yes or no, this side or this side, and say why you think so. Support your opinion. And yes/no, if a question begins with: "Should some... Should somebody do something?", "Should this be done?", "Do... Do people need to do this?" for example. Excuse me. Any yes/no question is asking for an opinion. Okay? Make sure that you give an opinion, make sure that you support that opinion.

Okay, now, let's go on to the non-opinion questions. "Discuss", so they're going to give you two attitudes, or two views, or two approaches to something. They say: "Discuss both views. Discuss both attitudes." This is not asking for your opinion. So, one thing, it's a general rule of thumb, don't always apply it because some of you don't like to use the word "I", but if the question has a "you", the answer can, and in most cases should, have an "I". Okay? You don't have to use the personal pronoun. It's not wrong to. A lot of people are afraid, they think academic essays shouldn't use "I". Totally okay, recommended for a lot of people. If you can't make your views clear without using the "I", then use the "I". Here, don't use the "I".

Learn Vocabulary: Sports of the Winter Olympics
00:14:33
learnenglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

What's your favourite winter sport? Is it figure skating or luge? Do you know what luge is? In preparation for this year's Olympic Games in South Korea, watch this English vocabulary lesson on Olympic winter sports. In this lesson, you will learn about hockey, skiing, snowboarding, curling, and more. Do you know all the different types of sledding? The Olympic Games take place every four years. Watch the video to ensure that this year, you are ready to talk sports.
https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-sports-winter-ol

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to talk about the Winter Olympics. They're just around the corner, and I figured it's a good idea that you know what's going on if you're interested in winter sports. I'm going to tell you about the different events that you can watch, and what the different words are that they're talking about on TV. Okay? Because this year the Olympics are in Pyeongchang, South Korea, which is the northern part of South Korea, but not North Korea. It's a little bit confusing. The northern part of South Korea. And all the regular events are there, so I'm going to walk you through them and make sure you know which ones you like, which ones you want to watch, adjust your calendars, your timetables because if you live in a different part of the world, you may have to watch them during the night. So, we're going to start with the events and then I'll give you some general Olympics' vocabulary.

Let's start with skating. Okay? We're going to... There're different events for skating. There's speed skating which happens around a long track, an oval track, and people basically race each other; then there's short track speed skating-sorry-and basically this is like a very short... It's almost like a little circle, and you have five or six guys, and they just basically have a race and they're trying to finish first; and whoever finished first, second, etc., they go on and they have a few rounds of this. Okay? They have different rounds, and the winner of each one or the top two of each race go to the next round, the next round until you have a final round, and then the winner gets gold, second place gets silver, etc., or in bronze. So, this is a very exciting event because there're always crashes, and they go around really, really fast, and they're like... Basically almost sideways because they're on their skates going around in a circle all the time, very exciting to watch. Then, of course, there's figure skating, which is one of the more... One of the most popular events during the Winter Olympics. There are men's, women's, and pairs figure skating, and I think there's also a dance figure skating, it's a little bit different. And basically they're on the rink, so the ice surface, or the... The building they're in is the arena and the actual ice surface is called a rink. And there they do all kinds of performances. It's very acrobatic. Now, you might hear all the different names of the movements they make, like double axel and cow something, these I don't actually know because you have to actually know something about figure skating, but you can just watch it. It's very beautiful to watch, beautiful music and they wear their costumes. Their costumes are just basically they create for themselves, they're custom-made costumes you can call them, and they go around, they do all these acrobatic things. There're two components to it, there's the technical and then there's the artistic. So they do this on two occasions, and they get a scaled score, basically up to six or five, 5.2, 5.5, etc., and whoever has the best score, obviously gets the gold medal. And the one component is the technical where they have to do certain number of routines, certain number of movements. And the second one is artistic where they have to basically involve those movements, but also according to the music, according to the style, etc. Okay? Very popular. And of course they're wearing figure skates. That's the only real equipment they need, except for their costumes. Speed skaters, they wear a different type of skate. It's a much longer blade, okay? So they're basically on blade. They're basically on, like, two or three milli-... Or three or four millimetres of metal, that's all that's holding them up. Very sharp edges to the blades, and that's what they go around on, etc. Okay? So, figure skating.

Skiing, that's another common and very popular sport in the Olympics. All types of different events that involve skiing. Alpine skiing is basically coming down a mountain, and there's a slalom, basically it's a very long... They're on the slope of the mountain, and it's a very long course. Okay? And they come down and whoever has the best time... So, there's two ways to do it, there's time and there's also races for different things, but Alpine is usually time trial. Now, there's cross-country skiing which is flat but long distance. […]

Professional English Vocabulary: Meetings
00:08:03
learnenglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

There's a lot of specialized vocabulary that's used in the office. If you work in an office and want to present yourself professionally, it's especially important that you are able to understand and use these terms. In this Business English video, I'll teach you words that you'll hear in business meetings. We'll go over a show of hands, adjourn, consensus, and other important vocabulary. There's a lot on the agenda for this lesson, so don't forget to take minutes, and to take the quiz here: https://www.engvid.com/profess....ional-english-vocabu

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I want to talk to you about some business English, but more specifically, we're going to talk about meetings, business meetings and what goes on there, and some of the vocabulary you will need to know if you have to go to some of these meetings. Okay, we have a bunch of words here. I'm going to go through each one, make sure you understand what it is.

So, every meeting has to have an "agenda". Actually I'll stand on this side a little bit. Every meeting has to have an agenda. What is an "agenda"? An agenda is basically the plan or the list of topics that need to be covered in this meeting. Right? So by the end of the meeting you have to cover these points, and then the meeting can break up or whatever. Okay? So that's the plan. We also use this for other situations, like somebody has an agenda, means somebody has a goal they're after. In a business meeting, the plan. The goal is to finish these lists... The list of priorities.

At a meeting someone will be "designated" to take notes. Okay? So, "you designate" means you choose someone or you assign someone a specific task. Okay? So, every... Every meeting somebody else takes a turn or sometimes some big companies have one person whose job is to take those notes.

Now, those notes are called "minutes", like the same minute... Like, you think about it in terms of time. "Minutes" are the notes or the summary of a meeting. Okay? At the end of the meeting the person who was designated to take the notes will go back to his or her desk, and type up a list of the main highlights of the meeting, and whatever goals were achieved, whatever items need to be discussed next meeting, etc. So, notes.

Now, somebody might put forward a "motion". Okay? "Put forward a motion". A motion is basically the same idea as a proposal. Somebody says: "Okay, I think we need to do this. Let's vote on it." So anything that needs to be voted on is called a motion. Okay? Their idea, their plan, their suggestion, etc.

After somebody puts forward the motion, everybody else in the meeting room will have "deliberations". Okay? They will deliberate on this motion. Basically they will discuss it. Everybody will say what they think, what they like, what they don't like. There'll be a general discussion about the motion, and that's called deliberations.

Sometimes these deliberations involve a "conference call". A conference call is basically a call with people outside the meeting room, it could be on Skype, some sort of video program, it could be just a telephone call, but it's a speaker and everybody in the room can hear and be heard, and the person on the other end can be... Can hear and be heard as well. So it's a conference call.

Then everybody will "brainstorm" to come up with new ideas. So, "brainstorming" is basically thinking, but thinking hard about a specific topic, and trying to come up with different ideas for that topic, how to do something, etc.

Hopefully everybody in the room will "collaborate", people from different departments might come into a meeting to talk about a project or a product, or whatever, or a campaign. Everybody has to collaborate, everybody has to work together, that's what "collaborate" means. A good company will have people who like to collaborate, they'll like to work as a team; some companies it's a bit more difficult.

Then after the deliberations, after the brainstorming, after all their talk, it's time to vote. Okay? So everybody will "cast a ballot". We also talk about this when we talk about politics. After the campaign for a political position, the public goes to cast a ballot. They go to the ballot box to vote. So, "cast a ballot", vote.

Now, there are different ways to do it. There's a secret ballot. Okay? If you have a secret ballot, then everybody writes their answer, their choice on a piece of paper, puts it into a box, and then somebody collects them: "Yes", "No", whatever. There's an open ballot that everybody knows what everybody else is voting. This is called "a show of hands". "Show of hands, who's for the project? Who's against?" Okay, and then more hands this side, this side wins; more hands this side, this side wins. "Show of hands". In a classroom a teacher might use this: "Okay, does everybody understand? A show of hands. If you understand, put up your hand." Good. […]

23 Phrasal Verbs with COME: come across, come around, come up with...
00:12:45
learnenglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

Have you ever come across some phrasal verbs that use the verb "come"? They are often used by native English speakers to express many different things, from disbelief to creating something or finding something. In this lesson, I will teach you 23 phrasal verbs that use "come", like "come across", "come out", "come in", and more. So come on. Let's start!

Take the quiz: https://[a]www.engvid.com%2F23-come-phrasal-verbs%2F[/a]

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] I'm Adam. In today's lesson we're going to look at another phrasal verb using the verb "come". Now, again, what are phrasals? Phrasals are a verb and a preposition that together can have many different meanings apart from the words themselves. Now, I know that there are many phrasal verbs with the verb "come", but I've only chosen these to... These are the most common ones we're going to look at today. If there are other ones that are not on the list, by all means, please put them in the forum on www.engvid.com in the forum section if you want to talk about other ones, if you want to ask about other ones, but today we're going to concentrate on these ones here: "come up with" and "come up against"... Actually I should probably just put this here so there's no confusion. "Come up with", "come up against", "come across", "come around", "come out", sometimes "come out with", "come apart", "come on", "come into", "come over", and "come in". So, let's get started.

So: "come up with". When you come up with something, means that you either produce it or that you think about it. Okay? So if you come up with a plan, for example, it means, like we had a problem in the office or in the business and we needed to fix it, and I asked all my staff to come up with a plan or come up with an idea, or come up with a solution to try to fix this. So, somebody came up with it, means that they thought about it. They used their imagination, they thought, thought, thought, and they came up with a plan. But you can also use it with other things, not just ideas. So, I have a project but I don't have enough money for this project, so I ask my friend to help me out, maybe talk to some of his wealthy friends, and maybe sell them on the idea. And to my surprise, he came up with the money, means he produced it or he found it. He was able to get this money. So: "come up with", thought or actual thing, usually money we use it with. "Come up with the money", and we would say "the money" more than "a money", obviously. Okay?

"Come up against". So: "come up against" means you suddenly face an obstacle or you... Or a struggle, something... Some sort of problem, but usually it's an obstacle. Now, this could be physical. I'm walking along a hiking trail and suddenly there... Or it's not suddenly, but before a tree fell over and blocked the way. So I came up against this tree, and now I have to figure out how to get around or over it, etc. More commonly we talk about this in terms of abstract ideas. So, I am trying to run for President of my country and I thought: "Okay, easy. Everybody loves me. I don't really have much competition." But suddenly the opposition party put in a candidate and I've... I have to come up against him. Basically I have to come up against a worthy opponent and now I have to fight, and I have to struggle to continue on where I'm going. So that's come up against something not good.

"Come across", again, there's the literal one, means come across something, so basically move. But again, I'm... Somebody is coming across to my side. But more commonly: "to come across" and we usually use it with "as". If someone comes across as something else, it means he or she appears to be something that maybe he or she is not. Okay? So I met this person the other day, met him for the first time and he really came across as a friendly guy, but then later I found out that he's really not a very nice guy at all. He's a... I can't use the word here on the video, but there's another word for him that he actually is. So he came across as friendly, but in reality, not very friendly. Okay?

"Come around" also has a few meanings. One, basically if I want to... Somebody is trying to change my opinion, or I want to change somebody else's opinion, okay? So I persuade this person to think that my position is better, and I convince, and I talk and I talk and I talk, and finally this person thinks: "Yeah, you know what? Maybe you're right." So he came around, he came to my side of the argument. "Come around"-sorry-can also mean if you're passed out and somebody's trying to revive you, they give you some smelling salt or they throw water on your face, and you come around. "Oh. Oh, where am I? Oh, okay, I know where I am." I came around, I regained consciousness, I regained my bearings. Okay, that's "come around".

Real English: Talking about BEER
00:12:12
learnenglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Have you ever been offered a "cold one"? This means you were invited to go drink some beer. In many countries (and most English-speaking countries), beer is a big a part of the local culture, so it's a good idea to know some of the language involved with this celebrated drink. In this lesson, we will look at beer types, customs, and even the process of making beer. I'll talk about vocabulary, slang, expressions, and more. So sit back and relax with a brewski, and enjoy the lesson!

Next, watch my video on vocabulary for taking a road trip:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xnT2S70xO8Q&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=16&t=0s

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/real-en....glish-talking-about-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a very special one, especially here in Canada because we're going to talk about beer, one of our favourite drinks, one of our favourite pastimes. In fact, it looks something like this. This is a beer. Not a Canadian beer, but that's okay, it's an import. We're going to talk about the different types of beer, we're going to... You're going to be drinking here when you come to visit us. And beer is a very delicious, cold drink, made with a few particular ingredients. It's alcoholic, so I know not everybody drinks it, but if you come to Canada it's a big part of our culture; we drink it summer, winter, lunch, dinner, sometimes breakfast but not usually. It happens. But there's a bunch of things you need to know if you're going to come to Canada and talk about beer. Of course, in Europe and other places in the world, very common as well.

So, first of all, we have a few nicknames for beer. We could call it: "a brew", "a brewski", "suds", "a cold one", some people even call it "a barley sandwich". "Barley" is like a little grain, it's a cereal that you make beer with, so if anybody offers you a barley sandwich, they are offering you a beer.

So, first let's talk about the process of making beer. You begin with... By making a "malt". You take the barley, you put it in a container and let it "sprout". So like little seeds come out and little strips of that come out. And once you have those sprouts, you put them in a different container and let them "ferment". In other words, you let the sugar content become alcohol. Okay? You..."Fermenting" is used with a lot of different things, but especially in beer. Once the sprouts have fermented and the alcohol is there, then you add "hops". "A hop" is a particular type of plant, very green, very bitter that you add, and you also add "yeast". "Yeast" is the same thing we put in bread, or in flour and water, in dough to make it rise. Okay? So we put it also in beer, that's why you have the white foam on top of the beer. Okay? And the hops and the yeast, they add the bitters and the flavours. That's why your beer tastes a little bit bitter, depending on the type of beer. Some of them are more sweet, some are less, we're going to talk about that after.

Okay, so next we need to think about the "alcohol content" or "alcohol by volume". Now, there is such a thing as non-alcoholic beer, but it doesn't really taste that good. They say it's supposed to taste the same as beer, but I'm not so sure. I'll let you decide that yourself. So, every time you get a bottle of beer it will say on it: "alcohol by volume" or "ABV". Okay? So, a lite beer-and we generally spell it "l-i-t-e", not "g-h"-is 4% usually, 4.5 maybe. A regular beer is usually 5, 5.5, and a strong beer is 7 or higher. And a strong beer will get you drunk pretty quick. Okay? And it's a very strong taste to it.

Now, how do we drink beer? You can drink it from the bottle, you can drink it from a can, or you can drink it from "a mug". A mug is usually glass, it's usually pretty big and has a handle. If you go to a pub or a bar here, they will keep it in the fridge, it's nice in cold, they put the cold beer inside, you drink it, it's very delicious. "A stein" looks like a mug, but generally it could be bigger, it could be different sizes, different shapes. It's usually very decorative. It has, like, colours, or it has shapes, or it has emblems, all kinds of things on it. You will see this especially at Oktoberfest which I'll talk about in a second.

Now, the size of your beer also makes a difference. You can get "a pint" or "a half pint". If you want to know measurements, that's 20 ounces or 568 millilitres, give or take. So, a half pint is not usually half, it's usually about 12 ounces. You can get a glass or you can get a full pint in a mug. Now, if you're with a bunch of friends, you can just order "a pitcher". A pitcher is usually about 3 or 4 almost pints I think. And I think in Europe, three pints. So about that. In Europe I think you can buy by the litre, is usually the case, and that's more personal, too; it's not to share with your friends. […]

WRITING – Advanced English Transitions: thereby, thereof, hereby, therein, wherein, whereby...
00:15:46
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Good writing makes use of transition words, thereby creating better flow and adding some style to the text. In this lesson we'll look at some linking words and transitions used to connect ideas, such as: "thereby", "thereof", "hereby", "therein", "wherein", "whereby", and more. This will make your writing clear and organized. Watch the video to improve your writing style.

Now it's time for a lesson on some different transitions:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IsDR3XEv50E&index=103&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&t=0s

TAKE THE QUIZ ON THIS LESSON: https://www.engvid.com/writing....-advanced-english-tr

TRANSCRIPT

Hi again, everybody. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at transitions. Now, you may have seen some other videos on engVid about transitions, especially for writing. What we're going to look at today are a few more specific transitions, but this time we're not looking at transitions between paragraphs or even transitions between sentences. Okay? We're looking at transitions that we are generally using in a sentence to shift from one idea to another idea in a sentence. So they're very similar to, like, adverb... Adverb clauses, for example, but they're used in different ways. But, again, they do have their specific purposes. Now, you'll also notice that all of them or most of them start with: "there" plus a preposition, or "where" plus a preposition, and we have the one special one: "hereby". So: "Thereby", "Thereof", "Thereafter", "Therein", "Therefore", "Wherein", "Whereby", "Hereby", these are the words we're going to look at and how they're used within sentences.

Now, before I explain these to you and show them... Show you samples of how they're used, I want you to understand that these are generally very formal, very high-end. They're not very commonly used. There are other ways you can say these things without being too serious, I guess you could say. But if you're going to university, if you're going to take a test, IELTS, TOEFL, SAT, all these tests - you will see these and you should be able to use them as well. And if you can actually use them properly in your essays, and like, again, nicely, appropriately, good timing, your score... That'll help your score. It should go up quite a bit because these are not very easy to use.

So, we're going to start with "thereby". "Thereby" basically means by which, or through which, or like through this action something happened. It's a little bit similar to: "due to". The only problem is you can't use it in the same structure as "due to". Okay? So let's look at the first sentence. "The team lost the final game of the season, thereby missing the playoffs." So, basically by doing this, by losing the last game, the result... What happened? They missed the playoffs. But notice that we are using an "ing" here: "...thereby missing the playoffs", right? This is basically a gerund expression, a gerund phrase, but we can't use this with a clause. We're using it with an "ing". So that's one thing you have to keep in mind. If I wanted to use "due to", I would have to change the whole structure. "Due to their loss in the final game of the season, the team missed the playoffs." A completely different structure. I'm using the independent clause, here, the "due to" with the cause, etc. This one gives you another option, basically, on how to link the ideas. Cause, effect. But we don't have to use the "ing", we can use another way. "Lisa studied for three straight weeks and was thereby able to pass her test." So she studied, studied, studied, and through this action she was able to pass her test. And: "...and was thereby", "...and she was thereby able". Notice that I'm not using this to start the clause; I'm using it within the clause, between the verbs to show through this action, this was the result that she was looking for. Okay? So: "by which", "through which action".

Let's look at "therein". "The new contract does not allow for extended maternity leave;" here I'm using the semi-colon, I'm going to give you the next idea, so this is like a conjunction. "...therein lies the problem for the union, 60% of whose membership is young women". So, "therein" basically means in that, or into that situation, problem, position, state, etc. So, "therein". "Therein" means: In what? In this situation, in this new contract there's a problem. So: "...therein in this new contract lies a problem", and this is a very common follow-up to the transition "therein". "...therein lies the problem". A very famous expression: "...therein lies the rub" from Shakespeare. "Aye, there's the rub." I'm not sure if you know that expression, I think from Hamlet, dream to... If you dream and you can die, it's all good, but then: Oh, there's a problem - you don't wake up. So: "...therein lies the rub". A very common expression to use with "lies". […]

My 6 TOP tips for taking tests and exams
00:15:06
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Success on any test depends on more than just knowledge of the test material. You need to prepare yourself both mentally and physically. In this lesson, we will go over some important tips to make sure you are as ready as possible for your test. Some topics we will cover include: the logistics of testing, how to prepare the night prior, what to do if panic sets in, and even how to get proper rest and nutrition. Don't leave any of these parameters to chance, and you'll set yourself up for success. If you follow my advice and take it step by step, you WILL succeed on your exam.
https://www.engvid.com/my-6-to....p-tips-for-tests-exa

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I want to talk to you about how to prepare for taking a test. I'm not talking about studying the material or studying... Practicing the English, if you're taking an English test, like IELTS or TOEFL. I want you to think about the actual test day, what you need to do just before, what you need to do during, what you need to do or not do after. Okay? So, we're going to look at six tips to prep, to get ready for test day. Okay? Now, these are all very general tips, but I'm going to get into a little more detail with each one.

Number one: Good rest. What does this mean? Make sure the night before a test... And this is about any test you're going to take, make sure you get a good night's sleep. Because I've met a lot of people... Excuse me. I've met a lot of people who are going to take a test and I know that they were very, very prepared. They studied all the material, their English was excellent, and then they went to the test and they did terribly. Why? Because they were so tired. They just couldn't concentrate. The night before, get a good night's sleep. Don't study the night before. Sleep, wake up early, be fresh when you get to the test center. Have all of your energy ready to focus on what you're about to do. Okay? Don't go out partying, don't go drinking, don't go see a movie, don't go hang out with friends. Stay at home, relax, read a book, maybe watch a little bit of television. Go to sleep early, wake up early, make sure you have enough time to get to the test center, make sure everything is under control, there's no anxiety, no stress, relaxed. With a clear mind is a strong mind, right? If your mind is clear, and sharp, and focused, you're going to do well. If you're tired, and panicky, and not so sure what's going on, you're not going to do well. Okay.

Good nutrition. Now, this is very important. The morning of the test, make sure you wake up early enough to have a solid breakfast. Now, if you're a coffee drinker, have a coffee, but have it early and don't have any more before the test. Coffee is a stimulant. Okay? Coffee is a stimulant. It stimulates the body, it gets the energy flowing, you get a bit of adrenaline going, you get a bit of a sugar rush. Caffeine gets your... Everything moving a little bit faster. The problem with a stimulant is it gives you a nice boost of energy, but then when the stimulant works its way out of the body, then you come down real hard again. Right? And that's when you start making mistakes, that's when you stop thinking clearly, that's when you get a little bit tired, you lose a little bit of focus, and then you start making silly mistakes. Most of these tests, and again, we're talking about IELTS, TOEFL, SAT, GMAT, even your high school exams, most of them are long. Right? I remember in university having three-hour exams as a regular thing. Make sure that you're energetic from beginning to end; you don't have a downtime where everything falls apart and you don't know what you're writing about. So, what is good nutrition? Have a good protein, high-protein breakfast, make sure you have some carbohydrates, like sugars, things that give you energy, but not too much. Sugar is also a stimulant, so you don't want to have, like, a cinnamon bun from Cinnabon that's full of sugar that's going to get you all juiced up, and then it's going to drop you right in the middle of a test and you lost all your focus. Right? Good protein. Eggs. If you have your coffee, have it early. Make sure that your... Everything your body needs. Now, you have to understand h ow... How your body works. Right? So, again, if you're a coffee drinker, drink your coffee; if you're not, don't drink a coffee just do get the energy buzz. You can have a protein shake if that works for you, you can have a protein bar, you can take that with you, have it just before the test, but again, make sure your stomach is not louder than your thoughts. Okay? I've been in those kinds of tests as well, where my stomach is so loud that the people next to me couldn't concentrate on their test either, so don't do that. […]

8 Phrasal Verbs with BREAK: break in, break up, break through...
00:11:25
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Native English speakers use phrasal verbs all the time! A phrasal verb is a phrase with a common verb that often means something you might not expect. Take a break for a few minutes, and watch this lesson on phrasal verbs with "break". Whether you need to "break up" with someone, "break into" a new career, or "break up" a fight, these expressions will help you "break away" from the pack. Start using these common expressions today after testing yourself in the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/8-break-phrasal-verbs/

Watch more PHRASAL VERB lessons here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_7_QXVcvcfQ&list=PLs_glF4TIn5YwzZX0WkcvWbipolVN7VCm

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video we're going to look at phrasal verbs. Well, one phrasal verb in particular using the verb "break". So, again, just to refresh our memories: A phrasal verb is a verb and a preposition that when put together sometimes have completely different meanings than the two words, and sometimes they have multiple meanings.

So we're going to start with: "break". First of all: "break" means to basically make somebody whole not whole. So you can break your bone, means it's, like, snap in half, or you break your glass. You drop the glass on the floor and it breaks, it comes into pieces, so that's what "break" means. And most of these words you can a little bit guess their meanings, some of them you will not guess at all.

We're going to start with "break out". Okay, "break out" has a few meanings, and we have the noun "breakout". Okay? "To break out", so the first meaning we're going to look at is a rash, r-a-s-h. Actually I'll write this down for you. If you break out in a rash, it basically means you ate something that you're allergic to. So, some people, for example, are allergic to chocolate. So they eat a piece of chocolate, or... By accident and suddenly on their skin they see little, red dots everywhere. Okay? That is called a rash. It's itchy, it's not very pretty, but it's an allergic reaction. So you break out in a rash, usually. Okay? That's one.

The same thing, on the same idea, when we talk about a disease. So, a disease or a virus, for example, starts somewhere and then it just breaks out. It spreads. So: "to break out" means to spread. So, some diseases, like for example, SARS, I don't know if everybody remembers that disease, it started in one little place, and then it suddenly broke out and travelled all over the world, and it was an epidemic, and everybody was really scared.

Another meaning of "break out" and similar to the idea of spread, when we talk about artists, especially like actors or musicians, they break out, it means they suddenly become very popular or very famous. So, some singers or some bands, they make an album, for example. And, you know, the sales are so-so and not that many people hear about them. Then their next album, so-so, maybe a little bit better, maybe not. Their third album suddenly they break out, suddenly everybody knows who they are, they're very famous, everybody's buying their album, so we also call this their "breakout album". That's the album that spread their name and made them famous. Okay?

And lastly: "to break out" means to escape. So if you break out of jail, that means you escape from jail. So a little bit like, you know, you have... You're handcuffed or you have that ball with a chain on your leg, so you break it and you get out, so you escape. You break out of jail. So that's "break out".

"Break in", a few meanings. One, and again, "break-in" is a noun with the hyphen. "To break in" basically means to enter illegally and using force. So, if someone has a break in in their house, means that the burglar broke the lock or the window, or whatever and came in and stole their things. So: "to break in" means to enter forcefully. Usually we use it with "break into", you break into someone's house, you break into the office, etc. But "break into" has another meaning, we'll get to that. So that's "break in".

Another meaning of "break in": "to break in" means to make something basically more suited to your style, to your comfort. Okay? So think about jeans. When you buy your first pair of jeans or when you buy a new pair of jeans, I should say, they're a little bit stiff. You know? They're not that comfortable, you're not sitting too well in them, so you do a few squats. Okay? Or you do some stretches, or you put it in the laundry, and after a few washes, it becomes a little bit softer, a little bit more flexible, so now your jeans are broken in. You've broken in your jeans. If you take a baseball glove-okay?-this is a very common thing that you need to break in. When you buy a new baseball glove it's very stiff, so if somebody throws you the ball, you can't catch it because you can't close the glove. So, what do you do? […]

Real English Vocabulary: Taking care of your car
00:14:23
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

You don't need to be a mechanic to know a little about your car. If you travel and rent a car, make sure you know what to do in case there are problems with it. You also need to know the correct words for the different parts of the car! In this vocabulary lesson, we'll go over some of the basics of car maintenance, including fluids, basic engine words, and other things that are inside most road vehicles. You will learn the meaning of words like "wiper", "jack", "muffler", "hood", "shocks", and more. Take your new vocabulary for a test drive by doing the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/real-en....glish-vocabulary-tak

WATCH NEXT:
1. Vocabulary for a ROAD TRIP: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xnT2S70xO8Q&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=23

2. HIGHWAY DRIVING Vocabulary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GKqblzFWz_8&index=48&list=PLrPhmmx5j5b-AjltXcrLI4iiqF7lsj_P8

#engvid #LearnEnglish #vocabulary

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video, we're going to look at basic car maintenance. Now, some of you are thinking: "Okay, I don't really need to know this because I don't have a car", but it's always a good idea to know as much as you can about as much as you can, including cars. And keep in mind: It's still English, so it's still a good idea to listen. And you never know when you may be able to help a friend or family member with his or her car. Now, I'm not going to get too serious about this; I'm just going to give you the general things you need to keep in mind when you're looking at your car; a little bit inside, a little bit outside, get a general idea of how to take care of your vehicle.

So, the first thing you want to do always... Or every once in a while, depends on the situation, depends on how old your car is: You want to check fluids. "Fluid" is basically any liquid, anything that flows throughout your car. For example, oil. Now, how do you check your oil? Well, you have a little oil tube sticking out of your engine, it has a dipstick - so, basically you pull it out, you clean it with some tissue, you put it back in, and then you pull it out again and then it shows you how much you have; what the level of the oil is. And all of these things... To check all of these things or most of them, they each have their own little dipstick. Okay? So make sure you know where the dipstick is to check your levels.

Now, if you're driving and you have windshield wipers, you also make sure... You always want to make sure you have enough windshield washer fluid. So, when you press on the windshield washers... On the wipers, the spray that comes out. That fills up; make sure you have enough. Especially, for example, you live in Canada, in the winter when the streets are full of snow and ice and salt, and they come on your window, if you don't have this fluid, you could be in a lot of trouble. Okay? So make sure you always have some.

Once in a while check your transmission fluid. Now, your transmission is what makes the engine... The power from the engine comes to the transmission and it basically turns your tires. Now, if you have gears... Some of you... Most people, actually, these days have an automatic transmission. You put in drive and you go; you don't have to think about all the gears. Some people still have manual transmission where you put it into first gear, second gear, third gear, fourth gear, fifth gear, etc., you have your clutch that you have to engage. Okay? So this is your transmission; that's what makes the wheels turn. Make sure there's enough fluid so you don't kill your transmission.

And, again, brake fluid. Your brakes work on hydraulic power. Make sure there's enough fluid in there so the brakes engage and you can actually stop your car. Make sure there's always enough coolant in the radiator. The radiator is that part of the engine that keeps it cool; it doesn't let it get too hot. So the coolant is a special type of fluid that flows through the radiator, it cools as it works, and it goes back into the engine, keeps the engine nice and cool. Make sure you have gas; no gas, no driving. Even electric cars still use some gas, right? So...

Then always make sure that your car is fully equipped with the tools it needs. Now, you have a tire, here; imagine that's a tire on your car. The thing that keeps the tire connected to the car, these things here-there's four or five of them-these are called lugs. Lug nuts. So make sure you have a lug wrench. It's usually in your trunk with your spare tire or underneath it. Make sure you have one that properly works. If you have a lock on these lugs, make sure you have the lock so you can open it. A jack. A jack is the thing that you put under your car, and you pump, pump, pump, and it raises your car so you can take the tire off. […]

PREPOSITIONS in English: under, below, beneath, underneath
00:11:54
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

There are many prepositions in English that seem to have the same meaning. But there are sometimes very important differences. For instance, have you noticed that the preposition "underneath" contains the prefix "under"? So do the two words mean the same thing? No! There are differences in the way we use these prepositions. In today's class, we'll look at the differences and uses of the prepositions "under", "below", "beneath", and "underneath". By the end of the video, you will know when and how to use them when referring to the location of things.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/preposi....tions-in-english-und

WATCH NEXT:
1. Prepositions in English: ABOVE, OVER, ON, ON TOP: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=duMo2VoFAQY

2. Phrasal Verbs - FALL: fall for, fall in, fall behind, fall through: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FV_wz5yyi2Q

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everybody. Welcome back to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's video is about the prepositions: "under", "below", "beneath", and "underneath". Now, I know that some people have a problem distinguishing or knowing which one to use in what context, so we're going to look at all of them and see which situations call for which prepositions, and which situations you can mix them up. Because in many cases you can use "under" or "beneath", for example, or: "under" or "below". So, some situations you can mix them; other situations you can't.

So let's start with "under". When do I use "under"? When we talk about a lower level or a lower layer, in terms of space, like... So, "spatial" is the adjective of "space", so when we're comparing space, one is lower than the other. Okay? But, so... "The ball rolled under the car." Generally, when we have some sort of movement, we're going to use probably "under", although we can sometimes say: "The ball rolled beneath the car." We're going to look at the difference between "under" and "beneath" after. So, in this case, you can use: "under", you can use other ones.

But in a situation... Now, when I say: "situation" or "condition", it's usually about people. Okay? When somebody is feeling a particular thing or is in a particular condition or state of mind, we're going to use "under". So: "He's under a lot of pressure", means it's the weight of the condition is making him down or is heavy on top of him. Okay? So: "He's under a lot of pressure."

Numbers. When we talk about age or quantity, we're going to use: "under", not the other prepositions. "This bar is popular among the under-40 crowd." Basically, "under" means less than or fewer than-right?-when we're talking about numbers. In terms of quantity: "Under 20 people actually showed up to the party", means less than; fewer than 20 people showed up.

We can also use "under" as a prefix, means we can add it to under... Other words. Sorry. We can use it to under... Other words... Not "underwear"; I have underwear on my mind. Other words, and basically mean make them less; weakened, or less than, or other situations. So: "underweight". If someone is underweight, they are less than the healthy weight. Right? So this is the... What you should be, and if you're underweight, you're pretty thin. Right? You should eat more. If you "underestimate"... So, you notice I can use it with a noun or with a verb, or adjective. I'll give you other examples after. If you underestimate something or someone, means you don't give them enough credit; you don't appreciate them or it at the place where it should be. So, again, not enough. "Under" can also mean not enough.

Now, let's look at "below". So we looked about lower level, etc. When we use "below", we're still talking about relation of two things; one is lower than the other, but it's important to remember that usually it's on the same plane. Now, "on the same plane" means the same spot in space. So if something is here and something is here, we don't say: "This is below that." We can say: "It's under this", in terms of the rankings-okay?-but we don't say it's below. So, the word "below" is written below the word "under", because why? We're on the same plane; we're looking at the whiteboard. It's the same space and I have the same line, so this is below that. Okay? It's not under it; it's below it, in terms of the plane.

We also can use "below" when we look at a reference point; in relation to a reference point. Now, what do I mean by "reference point"? Here's the point where things get compared to. For example, average. "Average" is a reference point; it is not the highest, it is not the lowest. It is a combination of all the things on the spectrum or whatever, whatever you're comparing, and we take the average spot which is technically between highest and lowest. […]

Learn English Vocabulary: Your Body & Organs
00:11:26
learnenglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Learn vocabulary such as "arteries", "diaphragm", "bladder", and yes, even "anus" and "poo". You will get a full anatomy lesson as well as a very important vocabulary lesson. If you are going to be travelling or living in an English-speaking country, you need to be able to talk about your body and your health. It could mean the difference between life and death. In this lesson, we will look at the body's vital internal organs and major systems that keep you alive and well. You will get a full anatomy lesson. Be sure to watch this video to see me say some embarrassing words, and then do the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-vocabulary-bo after you have watched.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I'm going to give you a bit of an anatomy lesson. Now, first of all, we have to understand a few things. One, this is very scientific things and it's not necessarily important for everybody, but it's good to know. You never know when you might have to talk to your doctor about some of these things, some of these issues, and explain to them what's going on. Or if the doctor needs to explain to you what is going on in your body, you can at least have a basic idea of what he or she is speaking about. Another thing to remember is: I'm not a doctor so if I'm not saying it exactly correct, let it go. It's all about English, not about medicine. So, don't sue me for malpractice later. Okay?

So we're going to start with anatomy. What is "anatomy"? This is basically the structure of the body, all the parts of the body, inside, outside, and all around. And we're going to look today at the five vital organs. "Organs" are basically pieces of equipment inside your body. "Vital" means crucial, very, very important, very necessary. So we're going to talk about the five vital organs, meaning that if anything happens to these particular organs, you could die. Okay? So you have to be a little bit careful when it comes to taking care of them. And we're also going to look at the systems that they are parts of. Your body has lots of different systems that control and regulate what happens to your body, and we're going to look at how some of these work. Okay?

Now, there are a lot more than five organs, there are more than five systems, but we're only going to look at the vital five today. We're going to start with your "heart". So everybody knows more or less where your heart is, it's about middle of your chest, left or right, depending on the person. What the heart does is it pumps... Basically it pumps blood... It is a pump and it pumps blood throughout your system. Right? It gets the blood flowing in and out. That's why we call it part of the "circulatory system". It circulates the blood throughout your body. The blood goes into the heart, fills up with oxygen, goes to the body, comes back to the heart without oxygen, fills up again, and again, and again. The system is basically made up of the heart, of course.

The "blood vessels", these are the small, little lines of blood that reach all over your body. The "arteries", these are the big, the main blood vessels, the main pipelines, if you want to call them, that leave the heart full of oxygen and travel all around the body, and spreading the oxygen all around. And then the veins, that's the blue ones that you might see on your arms, they're going back to the heart without oxygen to get refilled. And then you have a "spleen", which is another organ we're not going to get into right now. So very important, take care of your heart.

Now, as a side note, the most... The thing you need to be most worried about are your arteries. If you're going to eat a lot of fatty foods, these things can get clogged. "Clogged" means they get full and the blood can't pass through, and that's when you have a heart attack or even a stroke, so very, very important to make sure that this doesn't happen. Don't eat too many hamburgers, and pizzas, and chips, and French fries, and all of that other delicious, but unhealthy stuff.

Next we're going to look at your "brain", the biggest muscle in your body they say, so make sure you exercise, because muscles need exercise to grow. The brain is, again, in your "skull". Okay? It is part of the "central nervous system". Okay? So your brain controls all the voluntary and involuntary actions of your body. "Voluntary", I want to lift my hand up so I do. My brain sends a message, my hand goes up, my hand goes down, side, all around. "Involuntary", breathing. If I held my breath, eventually, even if I want to hold it, my brain will force my lungs to work and I will be able to breathe again. It's involuntary. I don't have much of a choice about it. Okay? The central nervous system consists of the brain, again. The "spinal cord", that's the line in your back-okay?-that it's connected all the way up, keeps your skeleton all together. […]

Speaking English: How we use math vocabulary in everyday English
00:10:41
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you will learn to use expressions from math class that have become a part of everyday English. Don’t worry about being good at math, because these expressions are used in all sorts of different contexts. Did you know that a person can have an angle, just like a shape can? Or that something can grow exponentially? You’ll be surprised how many English phrases come from math. Test yourself by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/speakin....g-english-everyday-m .

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's lesson, we're going to look at some expressions that are used in everyday English, but they come from math. Okay? So, if you know some math terminology, you'll understand these a little bit easier. We also have... I have a video about math words, you can check that out as well, but let's start with some of these.

"Plus" and "minus" or "pluses" and "minuses". Now, in math, we use: "One plus one equals", so "plus", there, is more like a verb, but it's more of an equation; it makes the equation move. Here, we're using them as nouns. Okay? So, that's a key feature you have to remember - they are nouns. And, basically, synonyms to "pluses" and "minuses" are "pros" and "cons". So, when you're looking at a situation, or an action, or an idea, you have to look at the good and the bad side; you have to look at the pros and the cons; you have to look at the pluses and the minuses; the advantages and disadvantages; the positives and the negatives. Okay? So, "plus" and "minuses" work the same way, so these give you a little bit of an extra synonym; an extra choice, especially in writing, but also in speaking.

So, if we're looking at... We're looking at this person, this candidate's presidency, and we're trying to debate: "What are the good points? What are the bad points?" So, some of the pluses of his potential presidency are that he will help the economy. The one big minus, though, is that he's a racist and he might destroy harmony in society, for example. I'm not mentioning any names; I'll leave that to you, but we'll leave it at that as well. So, he has... There are several pluses to his potential presidency; there's one big minus that might outweigh all those pluses.

Now, "exponential". "Exponential" comes from "exponent". Now, you might know this as, like... This is an exponent. But when we talk about "exponential", we're talking about it to a very large degree. Okay? To a large degree or to a large extent; something that is significant. Okay? We're talking about growth, so exponential growth; or the opposite, exponential decline; or an exponential spread. So, it means it's going to... Something is going to increase by many times, or decrease by many times, or spread very quickly.

Now, when we say: "exponential", there's no number to it. We don't actually have this number, here; we're just saying that it's going to be very fast, very large, etc. So, after World War II, the economies of most western nations grew exponentially. In this case, I'm using the adverb. "Exponential" is an adjective; "exponentially" is an adverb. And most of the countries witnessed exponential growth. The use of the internet has spread exponentially around the globe - it means it spread very fast and all over the place. So, there's no number; just very quickly, very fast. Okay?

"Parallel". Now, parallel lines are lines that run along the same path in the same direction, but never meet. Okay? So, we say: "It's in line with" or "on a similar path"; these are synonyms to "parallel". So, the FBI is conducting an investigation into the event, but the local police department, although they're going to cooperate with the FBI, are going to run a parallel investigation on their own. So they're going to help the FBI, but they're also going to have their own investigation that's going to go along the same path; a parallel investigation, meaning in the same direction.

"A fraction of". So, a "fraction" is, for example, number over a number - that's a fraction. When we say: "A fraction of", we're saying a small amount of or a partial amount. So, if you're looking at two companies who create software, let's say... So, this company creates very good software, but my company creates equally good software, but at a fraction of the cost; means much cheaper, much lower. Right? A smaller or a partial. So, they charge 1000 bucks; I charge only 600. It's a partial; it's a fraction of their price; much, much lower. Okay? So, so far we have four. Let's look at four more.

Okay, let's look at a few more. Now, "angle". So, if you're talking about lines or triangles especially, this is the angle. For example: This is a 90-degree angle. But when we talk about "angle" in everyday life, we're talking about perspective; the way we view something. […]

Common ENGLISH VOCABULARY & EXPRESSIONS from French cooking
00:09:33
learnenglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

Do you prefer your apple pie plain or a la mode? If you didn’t know that the second option includes ice cream, then this lesson is for you. French cooking vocabulary has become widely used in everyday English. Some of these words and expressions are even used in situations that have nothing to do with food. Some examples include “a la carte”, “piquant”, “du jour”, “savor”, and more. I’ll teach you these and many others in this vocabulary & common expression lesson all about the culinary delight that is French food.

Test your vocabulary skills with the quiz! https://www.engvid.com/common-....english-vocabulary-e

NEXT, watch some more of my vocabulary lessons!
1. Vocabulary – Your body and organs: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZNk73qAY01I

2. Learn English words from foreign languages: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mEGlGMLG1V4

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video, I want to look at ten words and expressions from the French culinary world. Okay? These are French culinary words; means they're talking about cooking, and eating, etc. But the reason that I chose these ten is because they are very commonly used in everyday English, and not only to talk about food; they have very different contexts... excuse me. Very different contexts as well.

So, we're going to look at "à la carte". Oh, and by the way, for the French speakers watching this video, if I butcher the language, I apologize in advance. Okay? "À la carte", "piquant", "prix fixe", "savour/savor". Now, we have with the "u" and without the "u", so British Canadian spelling, American spelling. "Menu", which a lot of you already know. "Du jour", "à la mode", "pièce de résistance", "café", and "cuisine". Okay? Now, we're going to go one by one, and I'll show you in what other contexts they can be used.

Now, "à la carte" basically means according to the menu, but what it does is it allows you to order things individually as opposed to a set or a package. Okay? So, if you go to a restaurant, they have a meal plan, like a set meal; all these things are included. For example, you have appetizer, main course, dessert. You can also order other items on the menu individually and pay for them separately. So, whatever is in the menu... In the set, in the dinner set, for example, comes with it. If you want to add anything, you order it separately and pay for it on top of the meal set. But we also use this to talk about any package deal. Okay? So, for example, you go buy a smartphone, a mobile phone and the company offers you a full package with all the features that are available for this phone. Now, you don't need all... For example, if you don't need all these features, you can buy a basic plan and then choose your... The features you want à la carte. Okay? So, we don't only use it for food; we use it for any situation where you can pick individual features to... And pay for each one separately. Okay?

"Piquant". "Piquant" means spicy, but not spicy like burn your head off; spicy in a good way, like, just enough of a sting on the tongue to make it enjoyable. Okay? So that's when we're talking about food. We can also use "piquant" to talk about a person. You could say: "The woman is dressed in a piquant way." Or somebody speaks with a little bit of a piquant attitude. Basically, he means with a little bit of attitude; a little bit risky, a little bit racy, but in a way that has a good effect. It's a bit charming, you could even say. It's piquant; it's not... It's not bland, it's not boring. It has a little bit of flavour, even though you're talking about a person or something a person says or does, etc.

"Prix fixe", so again, let's go back to the restaurant. You go to a restaurant and they have a prix fixe - means they have a set price. It means fixed price and you pay this much... You pay $50 and these are all the things you get. Okay? You don't... You can't add anything; there's no à la carte menu. There's one set, one price - that's what you pay. Again, going back to the mobile phone, you can buy a package and it's a fixed price; you can't make any changes to it, no substitutions, no add-ons, no extra features, etc. Or you can just buy the à la carte items as you need them. Okay?

"Savour". Now, "savour" basically means to really feel or really enjoy the flavour of something. Okay? And when you talk about "savour" as a noun, it has that special flavour that makes a dish really good. And many of you might know "savoury". Savoury or sweet. You can have, like, a savoury crepe or a sweet crepe. "Savoury" means more of the salty flavour. But when we savour something... We can savour anything. You can savour the sunset, you can savour a book, you can savour a good wine or food, and you can savour something. It means you take the time to really, really enjoy it, and appreciate everything that it has to offer. Okay? […]

English vocabulary & slang that YouTube doesn't want you to know!
00:14:45
learnenglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn about the history, usage, vocabulary, slang, and cultural significance of a plant that has been used by humans for thousands of years! Then take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/

IELTS Speaking: Improve your fluency with the LASAGNA METHOD
00:13:25
learnenglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

Get confident in your speaking skills for the IELTS. To sound fluent, you must be prepared. And the recipe for success lies in my "Lasagna Method". This lesson will focus specifically on the Speaking Task of the IELTS. I will give you some tips to plan what to say ahead of time, no matter what topic comes up during your test. If you prepare yourself well before test day, you will feel confident and look confident to your interviewer. So watch this video, follow my advice, and get a high score.

Test yourself with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/ielts-s....peaking-lasagna-meth

NEXT, watch more videos in the EngVid IELTS Speaking series. It's free to watch and these videos WILL improve your score:
https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLs_glF4TIn5

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I'm going to talk about IELTS speaking. So, as normal, I'll speak a little bit faster. For those of you taking the test, you get a little bit of listening practice as well. Even if you're not taking the test, this is also very useful for you if you want to practice your speaking skills in English. Okay?

So, we're going to talk about IELTS speaking generally. Okay? I'm not going to talk about any of the three parts in specific. I want to talk about fluency in specific. Fluency is one of the categories that you will be graded on. The interviewer is listening for your fluency skills when deciding to give you the band out of nine. Okay?

Now, first of all, what does it mean...? What does "fluency" mean? Okay? Fluency has a few things to consider within it. First, how quick you respond; a fast response. So when the question is asked to you, when the interviewer asks you a question in part one or part three, they're looking to find out... They're paying attention to how quickly you answer back. If you receive the question and you need to think about the question, try to translate the question in your mind, then you need to try to build up an answer before you start speaking - the more time you take to do this, the less fluent you are in English. Okay? The graders want to make sure you understood the question quickly, you're ready to start speaking quickly; that's part of fluency.

Another thing: Connected sentences. They want to make sure that your sentences flow from one to the next; you're not just throwing out ideas. "I like it. It's good. I did it five times." Like, all of these sentences individually are not part of fluency. That means you're just throwing out ideas, but fluency is also how... The flow. The flow of your speech. And, again, especially in parts one and three when they're asking a question, but also in parts two where you need to construct the answer completely. They're listening for your thinking sounds, so: "Um... Well, uh... Um... If I... Um... Mm... " All of these thinking sounds means you're having trouble with the language, means: Your fluency is not very high, your score is going down. Okay? Try to minimize or even completely eliminate thinking sounds from your speech; they don't help you.

Now, if you need some time to think about what to say, you could say: "Well, when I think about this situation, what I usually think about is..." and then get into your answer. You say: "Well, um... Well, usually it's like this..." Well, that doesn't work. That's not fluency. That means you're having problems with the language. Okay? So cut out the thinking sounds: "Ah, erm, er", etc.

Now, extend - this is probably the most important part of fluency. Do not give one-word answers to any question. -"Do you like swimming?" -"Yes." -"Okay. Why do you like swimming?" -"It's wet." That doesn't work. That's not an answer, even, right? They want full sentences, they want a few sentences, and they want to have a few ideas all strung together coherently and with nice flow.

Now, with all these things in mind, what do most students have the most problems with when it comes to the actual speaking test of the IELTS? The most common problem is what to talk about; they just don't have ideas. Right? So here is my major tip, my major piece of advice to you when it comes to preparing for the speaking section of the IELTS test: Create an idea bank. Okay? This is what I call this exercise. In... Essentially, what this means is: Do your thinking before the test. Don't be in the test room, don't be sitting in front of the interviewer and trying to think about all these ideas that they're asking you about, because sometimes they're going to ask you about things that you have... You just don't think about; you don't really care about. […]

6 UNCOMMON uses of COMMON English words
00:08:52
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Sometimes, common English words can be used in ways that are unexpected. In this lesson, you’ll learn the meaning of expressions like “mum’s the word”, “down a drink”, “foot the bill”, and more. Each one of these expressions contains common words used in uncommon ways to form slang or informal expressions that you will frequently hear in everyday life, and in movies. After watching, own this lesson by getting 10 out of 10 on the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/6-uncom....mon-uses-of-common-e

TRANSCRIPT
Hi. I'm Adam. Welcome to www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, I want to talk to you about six words that all of you already know; they're very common, very easy words, but I'm going to show you the uncommon uses for these words. Now, the reason you want to know uncommon uses of words is: A) to sound more like a native speaker who will use these words regularly, and B) they will actually help you get a better vocabulary range; more variety to your speech, to your writing, and when you read you'll be able to understand these better. So, let's look at these.

"Down". We're going to start with the word "down". Now, obviously everybody knows "down" is, you know, down there. Up, down. That's the preposition. Do you know that "down" can also be a verb? For example, you can down a drink, you can down a plane. Now, what does that mean? "Down a drink" basically means have a drink; finish the drink. If you have a glass of beer, you down it before you leave the bar. "Down a plane" means: "Pew" or-sorry-I should say like this. Shoot down the plane and bring it down to Earth.

So, in Canada, for example, I live in Toronto and the hockey team here is... You know, it's starting to be a little bit better now. But if I want to go watch a hockey game, the drinks and the food at the... at the arena are very, very expensive. So what a lot of people do - we go to a bar, we down a few beers at the bar, and then we head to the arena and maybe have one beer over there. Don't drink if you're not into drinking; if you're underage, you didn't hear any of that.

Plane. Now, in a lot of countries, you know, there's wars and stuff like that, and in some countries, there... the rebels or the local army is a little bit underequipped, and for them a big victory is gotten simply by downing an enemy airplane. So if they're able to down a plane from the enemy, they're very happy about it, even though it doesn't really help that much. So, "down", bring down, or take down a drink.

"Foot". Now, the foot, you know the two things at the bottom of your body, here. Most people know them as a noun; the two things there, but we can also use "foot" as a verb. "To foot the bill", or "to foot the cost", or "to foot the expenses" means pay for or cover the expenses of something. So, if I go away on a business trip, I expect that my company will foot the expenses; hotel, flight, food, etc.

"Foot it". "To foot" basically means to walk. So, if you're driving around and you... Your car breaks down and you're in the middle of nowhere, and there's nobody to call and there's no, you know, a bus, or a taxi, or anything - you're basically going to have to foot it to the next town to call a tow truck to go get your car. "To foot it" - to walk.

"Break". Now, "break" actually has many meanings. You know "break", like break the glass, break... Break something. Anyways, shattered in pieces. Or "to brake" means to slow down in the car. I want to talk to you about other ones. "To be broke". Now, notice that I'm using the past tense. I'm not using "break"; I'm using the past tense "broke", but here, this is an adjective. What does it mean "to be broke"? It basically means to have no money. You open... Pull out your pockets, and lint falls out. No money. So, Bill who's been out of... Out of work for, like, a year is broke and he can't go out to have a drink with us or to watch the hockey game because he's broke.

Now, "to break the bank"... If something breaks the bank it means it's overly expensive. If you actually spend the money on it or if you invest in it, you will become broke. So, a lot of companies, they want to invest in innovative, new things for their company-equipment or technology-but they don't want this investment to break the bank; basically cost so much that the whole company falls apart.

But at the same time, if you invest in something properly or not, the investment in that thing could make or break the company. "Make or break". "Make" means you will become very successful; "break" means you will fail miserably and fall apart. "Make or break", this is a common expression. Okay? It goes together. Something will make or break something else. Okay?

So, a lot of you are thinking that you want to go to university. Keep in mind that you need high scores, you need a good letter, application letter, etc. But no one piece of the application will make or break you. Everything together will make the difference. […]

Improve Your English Vocabulary: Diet, Health, and Nutrition
00:15:30
learnenglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Essential vocabulary about nutrition and health in English. Are you planning to start a diet? Looking to gain or lose weight? In this lesson, we will cover a wide variety of words, including ‘ingest’, ‘digest’, ‘arteries’, ‘carbohydrate’, ‘fat’, ‘fiber’, ‘sodium’, ‘metabolism’, and more. I will teach you which nutrients are good for your body (such as proteins) and which ones are bad (like trans fats), and I’ll explain exactly what calories are. Plus, you will discover how the body breaks down food into energy. The vocabulary you will learn is very useful because it ties into so many other subjects, like anatomy, biology, and fitness.

Now, watch these other healthy vocabulary lessons I've done:

1. Vocabulary of your body & organs: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZNk73qAY01I&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=5

2. Medical vocabulary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IW22_OnpS5Y&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=72

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video, we're going to talk about: nutrition. So, we're going to get a little introduction into how to maintain a proper diet, what you're eating, what you should eat, what you shouldn't eat, how much you should eat, etc. And we're going to especially look at the different types of nutrients that you should put into your body if you want to grow, if you want to maintain, if you want to lose weight, etc.

So, we're going to start with the basic process. Okay? Eating, drinking, all these things. We're going to look at these two verbs: "ingest" and "digest". Okay? So, when we're talking about nutrition, we're talking about what you're taking into your body. So, when you ingest something, when you ingest nutrients, you are swallowing them or absorbing them. So, "swallow" basically means chew and swallow. Right? So, "chew" is break down the food in your mouth, and then you swallow it; you take it in and push it down into your stomach. You can also absorb nutrients. For example, we absorb vitamin D from the sun through our skin. Okay? So, you can absorb or swallow - means you're ingesting your nutrients.

In your stomach, your stomach produces juices-they're mostly acids-that break down the food and separate it into its different components that can then be absorbed in the intestines. So, the intestines are the long tubes that go back and forth from your stomach until the waste comes out, and inside all the good nutrients get absorbed into the blood, and pushed around to all the parts of the body that need them.

So, let's look specifically at the nutrients that you're going to need. Now, first thing you need to know about nutrients are... Is that they are not synthesized naturally by the body. So, the body produces a lot of the things it needs, but some things it just can't synthesize; it can't put together to create a new nutrient. So, these nutrients need to be ingested; they need to be put into your body, basically. Right? And we have: Carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, and minerals. And these are considered essential. You can live without carbohydrates, but you can't live without these nutrients. Okay?

So, what are these? So, "carbohydrates"-we call them "carbs" for short-these are the nutrients that provide your body energy, especially for your brain. Okay? They come from fruits and vegetables, grains... So, for example, bread, which comes from wheat or whatever other kind of grain, has a lot of carbohydrates. Comes from sugars, and starches, like rice, etc. So, all of these give your body a lot of energy. Now, you also get energy from the other minerals... From the other nutrients as well, but carbohydrates are a very good source. The problem is they can also lead to weight gain, if you don't control the intake. Okay? We can also say: "intake of nutrients". Basically means take in; intake. Okay? So, carbohydrates.

Then we have proteins. "Proteins" are the nutrients that help create and build tissues and muscles in your body. So, when a child is growing and getting bigger, it's the proteins that help create that growth. It's good for bones, and muscles, and tissues, etc. Proteins are made of amino acids, which are the building blocks of protein, and there are many different types of amino acids. And these days you can take pills specifically with the amino acids that you want for specific things. So, nowadays, you see a lot of guys or girls - big, big muscles, and you think: "Oh, steroids." Right? Not necessarily; they could just be taking a lot of amino acids, and exercising a lot, and growing their muscles and looking much bigger. So, proteins are basically the building blocks.

"Fats" are the nutrients that store energy. So, if you eat too many carbohydrates, the fats will store that energy as sugar, and that's why you get fat. That's why it's called... When a person is a little bit heavy, we sometimes say: "Fat". […]

Learn English Grammar: When to use an ‘-ING’ word after ‘TO’
00:08:56
learnenglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Do we always use a verb after ‘to’? The answer is NO! In this English grammar lesson, I will teach you how ‘to’ can be followed by a noun, a preposition, an adjective, an adjective participle, and more. We will look at this grammatical structure in several sentences that serve different purposes. For example, we can express anticipation by saying “I look forward to meeting with you next week.” We can express a preference by saying “I prefer jogging to running.” Or we can express an obligation by saying “I need to get around to finishing my essay.” Watch the video for these and lots more useful ways to use ‘to’ plus an ‘-ing’ word ending. Then take a quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/english....-grammar-ing-after-t

Next, watch these important grammar lessons:
1. THE CAUSATIVE in English: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o0YOITIDdKY&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=94

2. How to use IF & WHETHER properly: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Klnroe1UBRs&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=65

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is a bit of a grammar lesson; a specific point I'm going to look at. And this is "to" followed by an "ing" word or an "ing" verb, it looks like. Right? And for some people this is very confusing because they automatically see "to", and they think it should be followed by a verb. Okay?

Now, the one thing that a lot of people forget is that "to" can be a preposition, and that is what you're going to be looking at when you're looking at "to" with an "ing". But there are also some things you have to remember. You have to keep in mind that there are certain collocations. A "collocation" is basically a set of words-a pair, or three, or four words-that just generally go together to have a particular meaning. Right?

So, for example: "look forward to" - these three words generally go together, and they're going to be followed by an "ing". "I look forward to meeting you." Now, where people get confused is they see a verb, and then they see the "to", and they're automatically thinking of another verb. But, here, this "to" is not part of the infinitive. There's two uses for "to": Preposition, and the infinitive "to". Right? Part of the infinitive verb. What you have to remember is that preposition.

"Admit to"... "Admit"... "The student admitted to cheating on the test." So: "Admitted to", what? Remember: The preposition needs an object, and that's what you're going to be answering when you answer the question: "What?" And objects in this particular case are going to be nouns or they're going to be gerunds. They can also be active participle adjectives, but I'll talk about that in a second. "Admit to cheating", "Object to being filmed", for example. So, somebody... I'm a politician and I see a camera coming, and I say: "No, sorry. I object to being filmed. You can ask me questions, but don't film me", basically.

"Get around to" means you will do something. Okay? So: "I'll get around to handing in the proposal later today." Okay? So, basically what you have to do is just remember these collocations.

Where it gets a little bit trickier is when you have adjectives. But before that, "prefer" I forgot to mention. -"I prefer jogging to swimming." -"Do you like jogging?" -"Well, I prefer it to swimming." Right? So it doesn't have to be an "ing"; it can be "it" mentioned before, and then "to", "ing". But this is a comparative "to", preposition. And, again: "to", what? "To" the noun or gerund. So, this is a gerund. It's not a verb, and that's why you can... It can follow "to". Okay? Now, let's look at a little... Something a little bit trickier, and I'll show you a general rule on how you can recognize whether to use "to" as a preposition or a verb.

Now we're going to look at something a little bit different. Okay? We're going to look at adjective participles. Now, "participles" are basically verbs that are used as adjectives. They can be, like, "ed" or irregular verb, and they can be "ing" verbs; passive and active - that's, you know, a different lesson on participles. But you have to also pay attention to how they're being used in the sentence.

Let's look at an example: "The company is committed to providing top-quality customer care." So, here, we have a verb: "commit", and we have: "is committed to". But, here, we're not actually looking at it as a passive verb; we're looking at it as more like an adjective. "The company is committed", right? So, this is telling you about the company. It's like a subject complement; it's acting like an adjective. And, here, this is a complement.

So, basically what does this mean? You have to look and see: What is your independent clause first? Right? And you should know independent clauses by now; and if you don't, I have a video on that as well. So, here: "The company is committed". This is a complete sentence: "The company is committed." To what? I don't know yet. […]

10 Phrasal Verbs for Academic Writing in English
00:12:42
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Phrasal verbs are a part of everyday English language. But they can and should be used in academic writing as well, such as in essays, and reports. The key is to use more formal phrasal verbs, like “do without”, “account for”, “follow through”, “carry out”, “look into”, and others. In this lesson, we will look at some formal phrasal verbs to give your academic writing a touch of style. This lesson will help you become a confident writer, and as a result, you will appear to be more experienced to your reader. And if you are taking the IELTS or the TOEFL, then these will be certainly help you get a better score in the writing section of those exams.

After the lesson, take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/10-phra....sal-verbs-for-academ

Take your writing to the next level by watching more writing lessons:

1. Misplaced Modifiers: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qu5pvwL9u4Q&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=99

2. Advanced Transitions for English Writing: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vWQk67meYUA&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=13

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video I want to talk to you about academic writing. So this is especially for those of you who will be taking the IELTS or TOEFL, or any English exam where you have to write an essay. Okay?

Now, before I get into this, a lot of you have been told by teachers, by classmates, by whoever that you should not use phrasal verbs in your academic writing, in your essays, because you think that they are too informal. Well, what I want to tell you today is that not only can you use phrasal verbs, you should use phrasal verbs in your writing. Phrasal verbs are part of the English language. We use them in everyday situations, as well in very formal situations; in academics, in business, etc.

So what I have here, I have a few phrasal verbs to show you that are very common, but are very useful for academic writing. And some of them are a little bit more rare, but if you can use them properly in your essays, your scores should go up; you'll actually impress the graders a little bit. But, again, if you're using them correctly. Okay?

So just before we begin, what is a "phrasal verb"? You have a verb in conjunction with a preposition; and together, the two words have a slightly different meaning or slightly different meanings - most of them have more than one.

So, today we're going to look at: "account for", "take into account" or "take into consideration", but the actual phrasal is: "take into". Okay? With something else. "Carry out"; "look into" or "find out" - these are kind of synonyms, you can use them one or the other. "Cut down" or "cut back on" - these are also generally synonymous; you can use them in certain... In same situations; slightly different usage. And... Just so you know, "cut back" can also become a noun: "cutback" or "cutbacks". "Do without", "follow through", "frown upon" which is a little bit one of the rare ones, "resort to" which should be used more but people don't use it enough, "rule out", and "put off". Okay? So, let's go through each one separately.

"Account for". "To account for something" means to consider it; to make it part of your thought process when you're thinking about something, especially making a plan or maybe making a budget, etc. And basically it means the same thing as: "Take into account". Now, you have "account" and "account". This is a noun; this is a verb. So, be very careful not to mix the two expressions up somehow. So, "account for", and it's also part of your calculations. That's why we have "account", like accountant does.

"Take into consideration" and "account" - same idea. When you're making a plan or you're thinking about something, don't forget to include whatever it is... Whatever the topic is into that thinking process. Right? So, if you're creating a budget... Let's say you have limited money, and you have to make yourself a budget for each month. So, make your budget for, like, school, work, going out, food, rent, etc. but don't forget to take into account or don't forget to account for emergencies or surprise expenses; things that you weren't planning for that inevitably happen. So: "Account for surprises in your budget calculations." Okay? Put a little bit extra money aside.

Now: "carry out". "Carry out" essentially means do. Okay? But we use it with specific collocations. And "collocations" are groupings of words that generally go together to create a particular expression. So, for example, you would carry out an experiment. You don't do an experiment; you carry out an experiment. Okay? So, it means do or make happen. So, for example, you have plans, you create plans for the weekend, and then the weekend comes and now it's time to carry out those plans; make them happen, do them. Okay?

"Look into" or "find out" is essentially the same meaning. […]

Understand more in English: Expressions from pop culture
00:17:14
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Can’t understand native speakers? Sometimes the problem is not your level of English – it’s the topic that’s giving you trouble. In this lesson we look at cultural references you should become familiar with in order to understand native English speakers. I will teach you some common phrases and expressions including “catch-22”, “show me the money”, “off the rails”, “lifehacks”, “the ball’s in your court”, and more. More importantly, you’ll learn about the general areas of life that you need to learn more about in order to understand these types of casual references in English conversation. This is language you won’t learn from a textbook, but once you know it, you will significantly improve your comprehension, and you will feel a lot more comfortable talking with native English speakers.

Test your understanding with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/express....ions-from-pop-cultur

Take your understanding of North American culture further by watching these videos next:

1. Vocabulary & slang that YouTube doesn't want you to know: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7Pv-ZkQEd-A&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=6

2. Common military vocabulary in everyday English: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=437ExXEvYzc&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=44

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video I want to talk to you about how to improve your listening. Now, there're a few things I'm going to talk about. And, again, this is all from my own personal experience having taught for nearly 20 years. And I've taught people from all over the world, and there's one aspect of listening to English that I think is very troublesome for a lot of people. And it doesn't really even have to do much with English itself; not with the language. Okay? It has to do with culture.

Now, a lot of people who are studying English are using textbooks; they're only studying from textbooks to improve their listening and improve their vocabulary, their grammar, etc. The problem with textbooks is that they are very limited in terms of the exposure you're getting to the language. Now, "exposure" means what you're basically coming in contact with; what you're seeing, what you're hearing, what you're reading. So, if you're only looking at textbooks, you're getting very simple English, even if you're doing high-level... Like, advanced-level textbooks, they're still very focus on very specific contexts that they want you to study. And another thing they're not doing is they're not putting a lot of informal language into these books. Okay? So, now, that's why we're going to look at culture.

Now, the thing to remember about language, and again, this is not only English; this is... This is any language that you might want to study. Language is a living thing. It evolves. Okay? Language evolves - means it changes over time. But it has a memory. Okay? And this is the problem because you have to keep up with the new language, plus you have to understand the references to the old language or to the old points of reference. Okay? And that's what we're talking about, here: Lack of reference.

So, you might be watching a movie or even a TV show, or you're speaking to some people in... Local people in the place where you're speaking English, and they might say something. They may say a joke, for example, or they may talk about a situation, like politics or anything like that, and they're making a reference to something. Now, you heard it correctly, you heard the words, but you have no idea what they're talking about. Okay? And the problem, here, again: It's not the language; it's the fact that the thing that they referred to, you just don't know what that... What they're talking about. Okay?

So, for example: Sports, literature, movies - these are major points of reference for a lot of people. Okay? And think about, again, where you're going to be studying... Where you're going to be speaking English. If you're planning to go to the US and you're studying American English, but then you come to the States and you have no idea what anybody's talking about half the time - again, some of it is just the language, but a lot of it is the cultural references.

So, let's talk about sports as an example. Americans love sports, and sports is such a big part of everyday life in the US that a lot of the language from sports makes its way into everyday speech. Okay? So, if somebody says: "Okay, well, the ball's in your court." They're talking about a situation: "I've done everything I can." Like, my friend and... My friend and his girlfriend had a fight. And he apologized and he bought her some flowers, and he did everything he could. Now the ball's in her court. And you're thinking there, like: "Ball? Like, what does 'ball' have to do with anything? What does 'court' have to do with a girlfriend/boyfriend fight?"

What this means: "The ball is in your court"... So, think about basketball. You have a basketball court. […]

10 English Idioms with Food
00:10:08
learnenglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Although idioms are not everyone’s “cup of tea”, they give English a certain spice. In this lesson, we look at idioms from the world of food. We will go over idioms such as “bread and butter”, “butter someone up”, “the big cheese”, “spill the beans”, “the apple doesn’t fall far from the tree”, and others. I will explain what they mean and how to use them in context. You might have heard or seen some of these before in books, movies, and shows. Everyone loves food, so you are bound to love these food idioms. And if you don’t understand right away, don’t cry over spilled milk, because you’ll get a chance to practice by doing the quiz after watching. Talk about having your cake and eating it, too!

Next, take the quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/10-engl....ish-idioms-with-food

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. In today's video, we're going to look at idioms from the world of food. So, all of these idioms have some sort of food in them. And just to review: What is an idiom? An idiom is an expression or a collection of words, the words of which don't necessarily mean the same as the expression as a whole. Okay? So, for example, we're going to talk about beans, but this idiom has nothing to do with beans. So I'm going to give you 10 idioms. Here are five, and we're going to look at another five in a few minutes. Okay?

Let's start with: "Spill the beans". "To spill" means to drop, like, for example if you have a bag of beans and you tilt it, some of them will spill out. Okay? Or you have a glass, and you spill some water. So, what does: "Spill the beans" means? Mean? It means to tell a secret. Okay? To reveal a secret. So, some of you might know the idiom: "To let the cat out of the bag" - same idea. "To spill the beans" - to let out a secret. It could also mean to just basically reveal some details. So, I went out on a date last night, and then I come to work and all my co-workers-all my guy friends-they want to know what happened, so they say: "Come on. Spill the beans. How was last night? What did you do? What...?" etc., all these things. So, they want details. They want the secret and they want me to tell them. So, let out the secrets or the details.

Now, if you're talking about "bread and butter". Now, everybody knows bread, you spread some butter on it - very delicious; you eat that. But as an idiom, what does it mean when we say: "Something is my bread and butter"? So, if I say: "Well, that's my bread and butter" means that's my major source. Right? So, if I'm a car dealer and I'm in a particular neighbourhood, the people who live in that neighbourhood are my bread and butter; they're the ones who come and give me the most business. So, it could be the major source of income or the major source of support. So, some politicians, they target specifically white working-class people, or they target immigrants, or they target any particular demographic group because that group is their bread and butter; it is their major source of their support, and in some cases, their income. Okay?

"The big cheese". So, not: "What is the big cheese?" but: "Who is the big cheese?" The big cheese is the boss. Okay? So, there's a new decision, a new policy that's going to come into effect in the company, and I'm looking, and I'm going: "Whose idea was this? Was this?" And my co-worker says: "Oh, that's the big cheese. He wanted it, so it's got to be done." I say: "Well, that's stupid." Well, still. The big cheese wanted it - that's how it's going to be. So, the boss knows. Sometimes you might hear: "the head cheese", same idea. "The head cheese" means the boss or whoever's in charge at the place.

Now: "The apple doesn't fall far from the tree." So, imagine a tree and it has apples, when the apple drops, it drops very close to the tree; not very far away from it. Right? Essentially, what this means is when we talk about a son and a father... A son and his father. So, if the apple doesn't fall far from the tree, we mean the son is very similar to his father. It could be in looks, but usually it's more about behaviour. And for some reason, we use it more about son and father than daughter and mother. So, when we... When somebody says: "Oh, the apple doesn't fall far from the tree" means that the son is doing the same things as his dad. Now, usually we talk about this in... Usually in negative things. So, when somebody does something bad and we say: "He's just like his dad"... We say: "Oh, the apple doesn't fall far from the tree." He did bad things, his son is doing bad things; they're very similar in that way. If you want to remember: An apple is the fruit of a tree; a child is technically the fruit of a couple of people. Right?

Now, what does it mean "to bring home the bacon"? "Bacon", little strips of pork, you fry them and put them on your sandwich or whatever. "Bring home the bacon", it doesn't mean bring home pork. […]

✈ TRAVEL ENGLISH: Vocabulary & expressions for your flight ✈️
00:08:30
learnenglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

English is the language of travel. When you are travelling, you will need to use and understand particular English phrases in order to be safe and comfortable. Has a flight attendant ever needed to tell you to fasten your seatbelt or bring your seat to the upright position? Do you understand the long speech and the safety demonstration at the beginning of a flight? Learn everything you need to know for your next flight by watching this vocabulary lesson all about airplane travel. You will learn words like “belt”, “buckle”, “turbulence”, “lavatory”, “brace”, “impact”, “decompression”, “tray table”, and more. After this lesson, you will be able to understand the flight attendant’s instructions, feel safe, and enjoy your flight without any worries. Make sure you're ready by taking the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/travel-....english-vocabulary-e

Next, watch some of my other travel English lessons:
1. How to go through customs at the airport: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PEvi3np6ncc&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=78

2. English for staying at a HOTEL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QVtdM-76Mfg&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=24

3. Travel Vocabulary – Planning a Trip: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VfG7A3ASblU&list=PLxYD9HaZwsI5C0d8CivHvoI_-0rs8XMfc&index=89&t=0s

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to engVid. I'm Adam. In today's video, I want to talk to you about flight safety; but more specifically, I want to tell you about the things you're going to hear from the flight attendant on the plane - before you land, before you take off, etc. You know how they stand in front of all the seats; they stand in the aisle and they make that whole show? Like, everything's on video now, but they still stand there, they put the vest on, they put the tube - the oxygen, and they tell you where the... You know, the emergency exits are, and you have to pay attention to all of that. So, if you're not sure exactly what they're saying, I'm going to go over some of the vocabulary today that you're going to hear during that speech. Okay?

We're going to start with: "Fasten your seatbelt." You're going to probably hear this quite a few time during the flight, because they want you to be safe, they want you to be in your seat with your seatbelt fastened. Now, "fastened" means closed; together tightly, securely. Right? So, how do you do that? You have your belt, which is actually the strap that goes around, the black part; and then you have the buckle - this is the metal part where you actually close it. The two pieces are the fittings. So, the one... One fitting goes into the other fitting, you hear a click, and then you know it's closed, and then you can lift the tab to open it. Okay? So that's what it means "to fasten your seatbelt". It means put it on, put it tight, be safe.

Now, the reason you might hear it a few times is because your plane might go through some "turbulence". So, if you're not sure what that means, you know sometimes you're on the plane and everything's, you know, quiet and there's that hum of the engines, and then suddenly the plane starts shaking like this and you get all scared - not a big deal. "Turbulence" is just basically unsteady air movement. The air outside is not flowing in a stream, it's a little bit shaky, so the plane's a little bit shaky. It's perfectly safe; nothing to worry about. Okay?

But... But just in case they have to make an emergency landing; they have to come down because something happened, maybe the engine blew up or there's fire on board, so they have to land and they want you to "evacuate" the plane. "To evacuate" means to leave a place that's dangerous to go to somewhere safe. Now, this is not only on airplanes; if there... If your building... If you live in a building or you work in a building and it's on fire, the police department will come and they will evacuate everybody; they will get everybody out and get them to a safe place. On a plane, that means it's getting away from the plane.

Now, how do you evacuate? So, usually, because if they do an emergency landing, it's not at an airport so they don't have the stairs or they don't have the gangway. Sorry, I should have put this one on, here. The "gangway" is that... You know, that hall that when you come off the plane, you have that hall until you get into the building. So, they don't have that, they don't have stairs, so they're going to use an inflatable slide. Okay? "Inflatable" means that it can be filled up with air.

So, that life vest that you're going to put on... If you land on water, you put on that yellow life vest - that's also inflatable; means it can be filled with air. You can inflate it. The verb: "to inflate" - to fill with air. So, they will have this big slide that's full of air, and you jump on it, you slide, you get off the plane, you run. […]

Vocabulary: 7 English words that can be suffixes
00:13:40
learnenglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Suffixes are additions to words that change the original word’s meaning or function. In this lesson, we will look at seven suffixes that are also words on their own, such as “like”, “phobia”, and “ware”. For example, the word “hood” means a head covering that is attached to a jacket. But did you know that if you add it at the end of “child”, the meaning of “child” and “hood” change completely? Suffixes can help you be more precise in your language, which is why they are perfect for you to use in your IELTS and TOEFL tests. Add some variety to your writing with this new and more advanced vocabulary. Take the quiz on this lesson here: https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-7-english-words-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Welcome to www.engvid.com. I'm Adam. Today's lesson is going to be a bit of a mix of grammar, and vocab, and writing - all of the skills you need together because we're going to be looking at suffixes; and more specifically, we're going to be looking at seven words that can also be used as a suffix.

Now, first of all, what is a "suffix"? A "suffix" is a piece of something that you add to the end of a word. It's a word ending. Right? Now, most of you might be familiar, for example, with if I add "ly" to the end of an adjective, I can change it into an adverb; or if I add "ment" to the end of a word, I make it a noun. Now, these suffixes change words in terms of parts of speech. I change a verb to a noun or a noun to a verb, etc. What these do... what these specific suffixes do is they change the meaning of a word completely.

Now, the reason it's important to know these and the reason I mentioned writing is because these are not used enough by writers; especially those of you taking tests, like IELTS, TOEFL, CAE, etc. - you need to have your vocabulary range. Right? That's one of the things they're scoring you on. You want to have nice words, but nice words don't have to be big words; they just have to be words that are not commonly used. And a lot of people do not use words that include these suffixes, and they're very useful words. Okay? So we're going to look at some of them.

So, when I add "hood" to the end of a word, for example... now, the word "hood" by itself, if you have a hoodie, if you have a sweatshirt with a hood that goes over your head; or if you think about in your kitchen you have a... you have your stove, and above it you have a hood with a fan to take all the steam and oil, or whatever you're cooking - the smells. Your car, the front of your car, over your engine has a hood. So, think of a "hood" as covering everything. But as a suffix, it's basically the state, condition, or quality of something.

So, now, for example, when I speak of "childhood", I'm talking about the whole time of being a child and everything that is included in that. So, "childhood" includes going to school and having friends, and playing outside, and having toys, and having... playing video games, and innocence. All of the ideas we think of: "What is a child?" are included in the childhood; so it's a period of time where you're a child. The opposite: "adulthood" - the time of being an adult; of having a job, and having a family, and responsibilities. Okay?

A "neighbourhood" is the area where all the people are neighbours; where all the neighbours live together and share a small community. Okay? "Likelihood". "Likely" means probably will happen. The "likelihood" means the chance of something being likely; the chance of it being... or the condition of it being likely. So, the likelihood of this guy winning the presidency is very low. But turns out that the likelihood was not as low as everybody expected, for example. Right?

Now, the reason I mentioned these: I've seen so many IELTS and TOEFL essays that do not use this word that should use this word. Right? People say: "Oh, the time that a person is a child... the time a person is a child", right? You have seven words when you could have said all of that with one word. If you can use one word, don't use seven words. Okay? So now we're talking about coherence and cohesion, which includes brevity. These suffixes give you a lot of range in terms of vocabulary. Learn how to use them properly. Lots of words like this. If you Google: "Words that end in 'hood'", you'll see a whole bunch of them. Okay?

"Like". So, "like" has many meanings, but the one we're going to look at is similar to; so something is like something else. But I don't have to separate it into a whole sentence; I can use this as a suffix. I can talk about things, attitudes, behaviours, but you have to be a little bit careful. Okay? Now, if somebody is "childlike" means he is like a child. But what does that mean? It doesn't mean that he's small or whatever; it means he behaves like a child or he thinks like a child. So, we're not talking about physical; we're talking about mental or even personality-wise. And we're going to talk about "wise" in a second. […]




Showing 4 out of 4